Regulatory Guide 4.2: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(StriderTol Bot change)
(StriderTol Bot change)
Line 1: Line 1:
{{Adams
{{Adams
| number = ML13350A248
| number = ML003739519
| issue date = 08/31/1972
| issue date = 07/31/1976
| title = Guide to the Preparation of Environmental Reports for Nuclear Power Plants, Issued for Comment
| title = Preparation of Environmental Reports for Nuclear Power Stations
| author name =  
| author name =  
| author affiliation = US Atomic Energy Commission (AEC)
| author affiliation = NRC/RES
| addressee name =  
| addressee name =  
| addressee affiliation =  
| addressee affiliation =  
Line 10: Line 10:
| license number =  
| license number =  
| contact person =  
| contact person =  
| case reference number = -nr
| document report number = RG-4.2 Revision 2
| document type = Regulatory Guide
| document type = Regulatory Guide
| page count = 113
| page count = 101
}}
}}
{{#Wiki_filter:GUIDE TO THE PREPARATION
{{#Wiki_filter:NUREG-0099 Regulatory Guide 4.2 Revision 2 USNRC REGULATORY GUIDE SERIES
OF ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTS
REGULATORY GUIDE 4.2, REVISION 2 PREPARATION OF
FOR NUCLEAR POWER PLANTS
ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTS  
U.S. ATOMIC ENERGY COMMISSION
FOR  
DIRECTORATE OF REGULATORY STANDARDS
NUCLEAR POWER STATIONS
AUGUST 1972 ISSUED FOR COMMENT
J U LY 1976 U.S. NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION


GUIDE TO THE PREPARATION OF
Revision 2 July 1976 U.S. NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION
ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTS FOR NUCLEAR POWER PLANTS
REGULATORY GUIDE
U.S. ATOMIC ENERGY COMMISSION
OFFICE OF STANDARDS DEVELOPMENT
DIRECTORATE OF REGULATORY STANDARDS
REGULATORY GUIDE 4.2 PREPARATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL
AUGUST 1972 Issued for comment
REPORTS FOR NUCLEAR POWER STATIONS
USNRC REGULATORY GUIDES
Comments should be sent to the Secretary of the Commission. U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Guides are issued to describe and make available to the public Regulatory Commission. Washington, D.C. 20555. Attention: Docketing end methods acceptable to the NRC staff of implementing specific parts of the Service Section.


TABLE OF CONTENTS
Commission'% regulations, to delineate techniques used qy the staff in evalu eting specific problems or postulated accidents, or to provide guidance to appli- The guides ere issued in the following ten broad divisions:
Page INTRODUCTION
cents. Regulatory Guides are not substitutes for regulations, and compliance
.................................................
1. Power Reactors S. Products with them is not required. Methods and solutions different from those set out in
National Environmental Goals
2 Rmsrchend Test Reactors
....................................
7. Transportation the guides will be acceptable it they provide a basis for the findings requisite to
Applicant's Environmental Reports .................................
3. Fuels and Materials Facilities
Commission Action on Environmcntal Reports .........................
7. Occupational Health the issuance or continuance of a permit or license by the Commission.
Preparation of Environmental Reports ...............................
 
Criteria and Technical Specifications Relating to Environmental Impact ........
4. Environmental and Siting
STANDARD
9. Antitrust Review Comments and suggestions for improvements in these guides are encouraged
FORMAT AND CONTENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL
5. Materials and Plant Protection
REPORTS FOR
10. General at all times. and guides will be revised, as appropriate, to accommodate com.
NUCLEAR POWER PLANTS
 
monte and to reflect new information or experience. This guide was revised as a Copies of published guides may be obtained by written request indicating the result of substantive comments received from the public and additional staff divisions desired to the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission. Washington. D.C.
 
review
25.
 
Attention: Director. Office of Standards Development.
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page A.
 
INTRODUCTION ...................................................................  
v
1.
1.


OBJECTIVES OF THE PROPOSED FACILITY
National Environmental Goals .....................................................  
.......................
v
3
3
4
1.1 Requirement for power
.......................
1.1.1 Demand characteristics ....................
1.1.2 Power supply
..........................
1.1.3 System demznd and resource capability comparison
1.1.4 Input and output diagram
.................
1.1.5 Report from Regional Reliability Council .......
1.2 Other primary objectives ........................
1.3 Consequences of delay
........................
2.
2.


TH E SITE ...................................................
Federal Water Pollution Control Act .................................................  
2.1
v
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9 Site location and layout
..
............
Regional demography, land and water use
..............
Regional historic and natural landmarks
...............
Geology .....................................
Hydrology
...................................
M eteorology
..................................
Ecoloý,
......................................
Background radiological characteristics
................
Other environmental features .......................
.. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. ..
.. .. . .....
.. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ....
.. .. .. ....
.. .. .. . . ..
....
.. . . ..
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
7
7
7
7
8
8
8
8
8
9
9
9
9
9
9
10
10
10
11 II
I1
3.
3.


TH E PLANT
NRC Implementing Actions Concerning the Environment ................................  
................................................
v
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9 External appearance .............................
Reactor and steam-electric system
...................
Plant water use
................................
Heat dissipation system
..........................
Radwaste systems
..............................
Chemical and biocide systems
......................
Sanitary and other waste systems ....................
Radioactive materials inventory
.....................
Transmission facilities ............................
. . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . .
iii
 
PaOW
4.
4.


ENVIRONMENTAL
Commission Action on Environmental Reports ........................................  
EFFECTS
vMii
OF
5.
SITE
PREPARATION,
PLANT
AND
TRANSMISSION FACILITIES CONSTRUCTION ..........................
12
4.J
Site preparation and plant construction ..
..........................
12
4.2 Transmission facilities con.iruction ..  
.............................  
13
4.3 Resources committed ...
......................................
13 S.


ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS OF PLANT OPERATION ...................
Cost-Benefit Analysis ............................................................  
13
viii
5.1 Effects of operation of heat dissipation system ..  
..................
..
13
5.2 Radiological impact on bio:j other than man ..
......................
14
5.2.1 Exposure pathways ......................................
is
5.2.2 Radioactivity in environment ...
.........................
..
Is
5.2.3 Dose rate estimiales ...
...................................
15
5.3 Radiological impact on man ...
................................
15
5.3.1 Exposure pathways ...
...................................
Is
5.3.2 Liquid effluents ....
...................................
..
Is
5.3.3 Gaseous effluents ....
...................................
16
5.3.4 Direct radiation ...
.....................................
16
5.3.4.1 Radiation from facility ..............................
16
5.3.4.2 Transportation of radioaclive materials ..
................
16
5.3.5 Other exposure pathways ..................................
17
5.3.5 Summary of annual radiation doses ...........................
17
5.4 Effects of chemical and biocide discharges ..
........................
17
5.5 Effects of sanitary and other Waste discharges ......................
17
5.6 Effects of operation and maintenance of the transmission system
........
17
5.7 O ther effects .............................................
17
5.8 Resources committed ...
......................................  
17
6.
6.


EFFLUENT AND ENVIRONMENTAL MEASUREMENTS AND MONITORING
Environmental Reports ...........................................................  
PROGRAMS ....................................................
viii
18
7.
6.1 Applicant's pre-operational environmental programs ...
.................  
18
6.


===1. I Surface waters ===
Preparation of Environmental Reports ..............................................  
..............
ix B.
........................
..
19
6.1.2 Ground water ..........................................
19
6.1.3 Air ...
..............................................  
20
6.1.4 Land ..  
..............................................
20
6.1.5 Radiological surveys ..
..................................
20
6.2 Applicant's proposed operational monitoring programs ..
...............
21
6.2.1 Radiological monitoring ..
................................
21
6.2.2 Chemical effluent monitoring ..
............................
21
6.2.3 Thermal effluent monitoring ..
.............................
21
6.2.4 Meteorological monitoring ..
..............................
22
6.2.5 Ecological monitoring ..
.................................
22
4
6.3 Related environmental measurement and monitoring programs ..........
22 iv


Pawe
STANDARD FORMAT AND CONTENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTS .....................
7.
1-1 Chapter 1 Purpose of the Proposed Facility and Associated Transmission ........................
1-1
1.1 System Demand and Reliability ................................................
1-1
1.1.1 Load Characteristics ...................................................
1-1
1.1.2 System Capacity ......................................................
1-2
1.1.3 Reserve M argins ......................................................
1-2
1.1.4 External Supporting Studies. ............................................
1-2
1.2 Other Objectives ...........................................................
1-2
1.3 Consequences of Delay ......................................................
1-2 Chapter 2 The Site and Environmental Interfaces .........................................
.2-1
2.1 Geography and Demography ..................................................
2-1
2.1.1 Site Location and Description .......
....................................
2-1
2.1.2 Population Distribution .................................................
2-1
2.1.3 Uses of Adjacent Lands and Waters ........................................
2-2
2.2 Ecology ..................................................................
2-3
2.3 Meteorology ..............................................................
2-4
2.4 Hydrology ................................................................
2-5
2.5 Geology ..................................................................
2-6
2.6 Regional Historic, Archeological, Architectural, Scenic, Cultural, and Natural Features .....
2-6
2.7 N oise ....................................................................
2-7 Chapter 3 The Station ................................................................
3-1
3.1 External Appearance
.......................................................
3-1
3.2 Reactor and Steam-Electric System .............................................
3-1
3.3 Station W ater Use ..........................................................
3-1
3.4 Heat Dissipation System .....................................................
3-1
3.5 Radwaste Systems and Source Term ............................................
3-2
3.5.1 Source Term ..........................................................
3-2
3.5.2 Liquid Radwaste Systems ...............................................
3-3
3.5.3 Gaseous Radwaste Systems ..............................................
3-3
3.5.4 Solid Radwaste System .................................................
3-3
3.5.5 Process and Effluent Monitoring ..........................................
3-4
3.6 Chemical and Biocide Wastes .................................................
3-4
3.7 Sanitary and Other Waste Systems .............................................
3-4 i


ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS OF ACCIDENTS
Page
.......................  
3.8 Reporting of Radioactive Material Movement .....................................
23
3-5
7.1 Plant accidents
3.9 Transmission Facilities ......................................................
..........................................  
3-5 Chapter 4 Environmental Effects of Site Preparation, Station Construction, and Transmission Facilities Construction .......................................................
23
4-1
7.2 Transportation accidents .....................................  
4.1 Site Preparation and Station Construction .......................................
28
4-1
7.3 Other accidents
4.2 Transmission Facilities Construction ............................................
..........................................  
4-2
28
4.3 Resources Committed ......................................................
8.
4-2
4.4 Radioactivity ..............................................................
4-2
4.5 Construction Impact Control Program ...........................................
4-2 Chapter 5 Environmental Effects of Station Operation ......................................
5-1
5.1 Effects of Operation of Heat Dissipation System ..................................
5-1
5.1.1 Effluent Limitations and Water Quality Standards ............................
5-1
5.1.2 Physical Effects .......................................................  
5-1
5.1.3 Biological Effects ......................................................
5-1
5.1.4 Effects of Heat Dissipation Facilities ......................................
5-2
5.2 Radiological Impact from Routine Operation .....................................
5-2
5.2.1 Exposure Pathways ....................................................
5-2
5.2.2 Radioactivity in Environment ............................................
5-3
5.2.3 Dose Rate Estimates for Biota Other Than Man ...............................
5-5
5.2.4 Dose Rate Estimates for Man .............................................  
5-5
5.2.5 Summary of Annual Radiation Doses ......................................  
5-6
5.3 Effects of Chemical and Biocide Discharges ......................................
5-6
5.4 Effects of Sanitary Waste Discharges ............................................
5-6
5.5 Effects of Operation and Maintenance of the Transmission Systems ....................
5-6
5.6 Other Effects .............................................................
5-7
5.7 Resources Committed .......................................................  
5-7
5.8 Decommissioning and Dismantling .............................................
5-7
5.9 The Uranium Fuel Cycle .....................................................
5-7 Chapter 6 Effluent and Environmental Measurements and Monitoring Programs ...................
6-1
6.1 Applicant's Preoperational Environmental Programs ................................
6-1
6.1.1 Surface Waters .......................................................
6-2
6.1.2 Ground W ater ........................................................
6-2
6.1.3 A ir .................................................................
6-2
6.1.4 Land ...............................................................
6-3
6.1.5 Radiological Monitoring ................................................
6-3
6.2 Applicant's Proposed Operational Monitoring Programs .............................
6-4
6.3 Related Environmental Measurement and Monitoring Programs .......................
6-4
6.4 Preoperational Environmental Radiological Monitoring Data ..........................
6-4 Chapter 7 Environmental Effects of Accidents ............................................
7-1
7.1 Station Accidents Involving Radioactivity ........................................
7-1
7.2 Transportation Accidents Involving Radioactivity ..................................
7-1
7.3 Other Accidents ...........................................................
7-1 ii


ECONOMIC
Page Chapter 8 Economic and Social Effects of Station Construction and Operation ...................
AND SOCIAL
8-1
EFFECTS
8.1 Benefits ..................................................................
OF PLANT CONSTRUCTION
8-1
AND
8.2 Costs ....................................................................
OPERATION ................................................  
8-2 Chapter 9 Alternative Energy Sources and Sites ...........................................
28
9-1
8.1 Value of delivered products ..................................  
9.1 Alternatives Not Requiring the Creation of New Generating Capacity ...................  
28
9-1
8.2 Incom e
9.2 Alternatives Requiring the Creation of New Generating Capacity ......................
...............................................  
9-1
29
9.2.1 Selection of Candidate Areas .............................................  
8.3 Em ployment ...................  
9-1
.........................  
9.2.2 Selection of Candidate Site-Plant Alternatives ................................
29
9-3
8.4 Taxes .................................................  
9.3 Cost-Effectiveness Analysis of Candidate Site-Plant Alternatives .......................  
20
9-3
8.5 Externalities .............................................  
9.4 Costs of Alternative Power Generation Methods ...................................  
29
9-4 Chapter 10 Station Design Alternatives ...................................................
8.6 Other effects ............................................  
10-1
29
10.1 Circulating System .......................................................  
9.
10-3  
10.2 Intake System ...........................................................
10-3
10.3 Discharge System ........................................................  
10-3
10.4 Chemical Waste Treatment .................................................  
10-3
10.5 Biocide Treatment .......................................................  
10-3
10.6 Sanitary Waste System ....................................................
10-3
10.7 Liquid Radwaste Systems .................................................
10-4
10.8 Gaseous Radwaste Systems .................................................
10-4
10.9 Transmission Facilities ....................................................
10-4
10.10
Other Systems ..........................................................
10-4 Chapter 11 Summary Cost-Benefit Analysis .............................................  
11-1 Chapter 12 Environmental Approvals and Consultation ....................................
124 Chapter 13 References .............................................................  
13-1 iii


ALTERNATIVE ENERGY SOURCES AND SITES ......................  
LIST OF TABLES
30
Table
9.1 Alternatives not requiring the creation of new generating capacity
1 Primary Benefits to be Considered in Cost-Benefit Analysis ................................... 
.......  
2 Cost Information for Nuclear and Alternative Power Generation Methods ........................ 
30
3 Estimated Costs of Electrical Energy Generation ............................................ 
9.2 Alternatives requiring the creation of new generating capacity
4 Monetized Bases for Generation Costs ................................................... 
..........  
5 Environmental Factors to be Used in Comparing Alternative Station Systems .....................
,30
APPENDIX A
9.2.1 Selection of candidate regions ............................  
APPENDIX B
30
APPENDIX C
9.2.2 Selection of candidate sit
APPENDIX D
APPENDIX E
APPENDIX F
APPENDIX G
APPENDIX H
APPENDIX I
APPENDICES
§ 51.20, IOCFR Part 51, "Applicant's -Environmental Report - Construction Permit Stage" ......  
.......................................................... 
§51.21, 10CFR Part 51, "Applicant's Environmental Report - Operating License Stage" ................................................................ 
Data Retrieval System (Proposed) ........................................... 
Use of U.S. Age Group Population Distribution Data ............................ 
Data Needed for Radioactive Source Term Calculations for Pressurized Water Reactors... 
Data Needed for Radioactive Source Term Calculations for Boiling Water Reactors ...... 
Data Needed for Radwaste Treatment System Cost-Benefit Analysis for Light-Water Cooled Nuclear Reactors ................................................... 
Table G. 1 Total Direct Cost Estimate Sheet of Radwaste Treatment System for Light Water-Cooled Nuclear Reactors ..................................... 
Table G.2 Annual Operating and Maintenance Cost Estimate Sheet for Radwaste Treat ment System for Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear Reactors .................. 
Examples of Figures Showing Radiation Exposure Pathways ....................... 
Proposed Annex to Appendix D, 10 CFR Part 50, "Discussion of Accidents in Appli cants' Environmental Reports: Assumptions" .. ...............................
iv Page T-1 T-2 T-3 T-4 T-5 A-I
B-i C-1 D-1 E-1 F-i G-1 G-2 G-3 H-i I-1


====e. plant alternatives ====
==A. INTRODUCTION==
..................
1. National Environmental Goals The national environmental goals are expressed by the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) of
32
1969 (Public Law 91-190, 83 Stat. 852), as follows:
9.3 Co.--nurison of practicable alternatives and the proposed facility .........
"...it is the continuing responsibility of the Fed eral Government to use all practicable means, consistent with other essential considerations of national policy, to improve and coordinate Fed eral plans, functions, programs, and resources to the end that the Nation may
33
"(1)
10.
fulfill the responsibilities of each genera tion as trustee of the environment for succeed ing generations;
"(2) assure for all Americans safe, healthful, productive, and esthetically and culturally pleas ing surroundings;
"(3) attain the widest range of beneficial uses of the environment without degradation, risk to health or safety, or other undesirable and unin tended consequences;
"(4) preserve important historic, cultural, and natural aspects of national heritage, and main tain, wherever possible, an environment which supports diversity and variety of individual choice;
"(5) achieve a balance between population and resource use which will permit high standards of living and a wide sharing of life's amenities; and
"(6) enhance the quality of renewable resources and approach the maximum attainable recycling of depletable resources."
Prior to the issuance of a construction permit or an operating license for a nuclear power station, the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) is required to assess the potential environmental effects of that facility to ensure that issuance of the permit or license will be consistent with the national environ mental goals presented above. In order to obtain information essential to this assessment, the NRC
requires each applicant for a permit or a license to submit a report on the potential environmental impacts of the proposed station and associated facilities. The Commission's implementation of NEPA is discussed in Section 3 of this Introduction.


PLANT DESIGN ALTERNATIVES
2. Federal Water Pollution Control Act The responsibilities of the NRC under NEPA are affected by the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (FWPCA) Amendments of 1972 (Public Law 92-500, 86 Stat. 816). The FWPCA gives the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) regulatory authority over the discharge of pollutants to waters in "the United States from nuclear power stations requiring an NRC license or permit subject to the requirements of 10 CFR Part 51.
................................
34
10.1 Cooling system (exclusive of intake and discharge)
..................
36
10.2 Intake system
............................................
36
10.3 Discharge system .........................................
36
10.4 Chemical systems ..........................................
36
10.5 Biocide systems ..........................................
36
10.6 Sanitary waste system
.....................................
36
10.7 Liquid radwaste systems ....................................
36
10.8 Gaseous radwaste systems ...................................
37
10.9 Transmission facilities ...................................
....
37
10.10 Other systems ............................................
37
10.11 The proposed plant
.......................................
37
11.


SUMMARY BENEFIT-COST ANALYSIS .............................
Section 511 of the FWPCA provides that nothing under NEPA shall be deemed to authorize any Federal agency to review any effluent limitation or other requirements established pursuant to the FWPCA, or to impose, as a condition of any license or permit, any effluent limita tion other than any such limitation established pursuant to the FWPCA.
37
12.


ENVIRONMENTAL APPROVALS AND CONSULTATIONS
Pursuant to the authority of the FWPCA, EPA
...............
requires applicants for discharge permits to submit information required by EPA in order to establish effluent limitations in permits. Pursuant to the authority of NEPA, the NRC may require applicants for licenses or permits to submit information required by NRC in order to evaluate and consider the environmental impacts of any actions it may take. Consequently, the informa tional needs imposed by the two agencies may be similar in the area of impacts on water quality and biota. In addition, the FWPCA requires that EPA comply with NEPA regarding the issuance of discharge permits for new sources, as defined in the FWPCA, but not for other point sources. The responsibilities of the NRC and EPA
37
under NEPA as affected by the FWPCA are the subject of a memorandum of understanding discussed in Section
13.
3.c.(l) of this Introduction.


REFERENCES
In cases where the cooling system proposed in an application does not comply with the thermal effluent limitations under Sections 301 and 306 of Public Law
..............................................
92-500 (FWPCA), a request for alternative thermal effluent limitations under Section 316(a) may be initiat ed according to the provisions of 40 CFR Part 122. If the request for alternative thermal effluent limitations under Section 316(a) is denied, the applicant will be required to submit a supplement to the environmental report presenting a description and environmental analysis of the alternative cooling system.
38 Table I - Monetized Bases for Generating Costs ............................
39 Table 2 - Guidance for Description of Environmental Effects ...................
40
Form AEC-
Benefits from the Proposed Facility
.........................
50
Form AEC-
Cost Description of Proposed Facility and Transmission Hook-Up .....
51 Supplementary Forms for Alternative Systems
.............................
54 v


APPENDICES
3. NRC Implementing Actions Concerning the Environ ment a. Licensing and Regulatory Policy and Procedures for Environmental Protection (10 CFR Part 51)  
Page
The Commission's implementation of NEPA 1 is contained in 10 CFR Part 51, "Licensing and Regulatory Policy and Procedures for Environmental Protection."
1. Appendix D of 10 CFR Part 50 ("Interim Statement of General Policy and Procedure:
ISee also CEQ Guidelines (38 FR 20549) published August 1,
Implementation of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 [Public Law
1973.
91-1901") .. ...................................................
85
2. Questionnaire for Eliciting Basic Data for Source-Term Calculation
.............
96
3. Example of Chart Showing Radiation Exposure Pathways .......................
99
4. Proposed Appendix I of 10 CFR Part 50 ("Numerical Guides for Design Objectives and Limiting Conditions for Operation to Meet the Criterion 'As Low as Practicable'
for Radioactive Material in Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Reactor Effluents")  
. ..
100
vi
4


INTRODUCTION
v
NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL GOALS
Prior to the issuance of a construction permit or an operating license for a nuclear power plant, the U.S.


Atomic Energy Commission is required to assess the potential environmental effects of that plant in order to assure that issuance of the permit or license will be consistent with the national environmental goals, as set forth by the National Environmental Policy Act of
Other relevant information is contained in a proposed Annex, "Discussion of Accidents in Applicants' Environ mental Reports: Assumptions," to Appendix D, 10
1969 (Public Law 91-190).  
CFR Part 50 (36 FR 22851).
In order to obtain information essential to this assessment, the Commission requires each applicant for a permit or a license to submit a
b. Radiological Impact Assessment (Appendix I to  
report on the potential environmental impacts of the proposed plant and associated facilities.
10 CFR Part 50)
The Nuclear Regulatory Commission published Appendix I, "Numerical Guides for Design Objectives and Limiting Conditions for Operation to Meet the Criterion 'As Low As Is Reasonably Achievable' 2 for Radioactive Material in Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Reactor Effluents," to 10 CFR Part 50 in the Federal Register (40 FR 19437) as an effective rule on May 5, 1975. This revision of Regulatory Guide 4.2 includes changes in NRC's information requirements made necessary by Appendix I to 10 CFR Part 50.


The national environmental goals as expressed by the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) are as follows:
On September 4, 1975, the NRC published amend ments to Appendix I to 10 CFR Part 50 in the Federal Register (40 FR 40816). These amendments provide persons who have filed applications for construction permits for light-water-cooled nuclear power reactors that were docketed on or after January 2, 1971, and prior to June 4, 1976, the option of dispensing with the cost-benefit analysis required by Paragraph II.D of Appendix I if the proposed or installed radwaste systems and equipment satisfy the Guides on Design Objectives for Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Reactors pro posed in the Concluding Statement of Position of the AEC Regulatory staff in Docket No. RM-50-2 dated February 20, 1974 (reproduced in the Annex to Appendix I to 10 CFR Part 50)
"... it is the continuing responsibility of the Federal Government to use all practical means, coiisistent with other essential considerations of national policy, to improve and coordinate Federal plans, functions, programs, and resources to the end that the Nation may-
The NRC staff intends to employ realistic analyt ical models for assessing the potential release of radio active materials to the environment and for estimating their pathways and impacts over the operating life of the proposed nuclear facility. The models used in determin ing potential radioactive releases should consider all potential sources and pathways within the proposed station.
"(l) fulfill the responsibilities of each generation as trustee of the environment for succeeding generations;
"(2) assure for all Americans safe, healthful, productive and esthetically and culturally pleasing surroundings;
"(3) attain the widest range of beneficial use of the environment without degradation, risk to health or safety, or other undesirable and unintended consequences;
"(4) preserve important historic, cultural, and natural aspects of our national heritage and maintain, wherever possible, an environment which supports diversity and variety of individual choice;
"(5) achieve a balance between population and resource use which will permit high standards of living and a
wide sharing of life's amenities; and
"(6) enhance the quality of renewable resources and approach the maximum attainable recycling of depletable resources."
Executive Order 11514 (35 F.R. 4247) of March 4,
197/0, by which all Federal agencies were required, to the fullest extent possible, to direct their policies, plans and programs to meeting the goals set out in NEPA.


On April
The NRC has published a series of regulatory guides' that provide guidance m evaluating the potential
2,  
2 Amended 40 FR 58847, December 19, 1975.
1970, the Commission's initial implementation of NEPA was published (35 F.R.


5463) as 4n Appendix D to  
3 Regulatory Guide 1.109, "Calculation of Annual Doses to Man from Routine Releases of Reactor Effluents for the Purpose of Evaluating Compliance with 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix 1;"
10 CFR Part 50.
Regulatory Guide 1.111, "Methods for Estimating Atmospheric Transport and Dispersion for Gaseous Effluents in Routine Releases from Light-Water-Cooled Reactors;" Regulatory Guide
1.112, "Calculation of Releases of Radioactive Materials in Gaseous and Uquid Effluents from Light-Water-Cooled Power Reactors;" and Regulatory Guide 1.113, "Estimating Aquatic Dispersion of Effluents from Accidental and Routine Reactor Releases for the Purpose of Implementing Appendix I."
radiation dose to individuals and populations within 50
miles (80 kilometers) of the station in order to demon strate compliance with Appendix I to 10 CFR Part 50.


Substantial amendments to Appendix EP were published on December 4, 1970 (35 F.R. 18469), and further minor amendments on July 7. 1971 (36 F.R. 12731).
These same analytical models can be used to evaluate the radiological impact of the radioactive effluents released during normal operation on the environment within 50
On September 9, 1971, a major revision of Arn""dix D, entided "Interim Statement of General P,..x arid Procedure:
miles of the station.
Implementation of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (P. L. 91-190), was published (36 F.R. 18071). A copy of Appendix D,
with amendments to May 18, 1972, is attached as Appendix I.


APPLICANT'S ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTS
The following principles stated by the Commission in its opinion on the Appendix I rulemaking proceed ings, 4 although specifically related to the provisions of Appendix I, provide useful guidance for evaluating environmental impacts under NEPA.
The revised Appendix D of 10 CFR 50 discusses, in the first five paragraphs of Section A, the required content of the Environmental Reports to be submitted by the applicant:
"1. lEach applicant'
for a permit to construct a ruclear power reactor... shall submit with AMs application three hundred copies ... of a separate document, entitled
'Applicant's Environmental Report-Construction Permit Stage,'
which discusses the following environmental considerations:
"(a) the environmental impact of the proposed action,
"(b) any adverse environmental effects which cannot be avoided should the proposal be implemented,
"(c) alternatives to the proposed action,
"(d) the relationship between local short-term uses of man's environment and the maintenance and enhancement of long-term productivity, and
'Where the "applicant", as used in the Appendix, is a Federal agency, different arrangements for Implementing the National Environmental Policy Act may be made. pursuant to the guidelines established by the Council on Environmental Quality.


The obligation of the Commission with respect to furthering of the above aims derives from the I
(1) An applicant should be free to use as realistic a model for characterizing natural phenomena, including plant performance, as he considers useful. An applicant may take into account situations not adequately char acterized by such standardized models as may be available with respect to specific features of plant design, proposed modes of plant operation, or local natural environmental features which are not likely to change significantly during the term of plant operation.


INTRODUCTION
(2) Where selection of data is strictly a matter of interpreting experimental evidence, both the applicant and the Regulatory staff should use prudent scientific expertise to select those values which would be expected to yield estimates nearest the real case.
NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL GOALS
Prior to the issuance of a construction permit or an operating license for a nuclear power plant, the U.S.


Atomic Energy Commission is required to assess the potential environmental effects of that plant in order to assure that issuance of the permit or license will be consistent with the national environmental goals, as set forth by the National Environmental Policy Act of
(3) If approximations implicit in a model can pro duce a deviation from the true result, the direction of which is either uncertain or would tend to underestimate dosage, or if available experimental information leaves a substantial range of uncertainty as to the best estimate of some parameter values, or both, data should be chosen so as to make it unlikely, with all such deviations and uncertainties taken into account together, that the true dose would be underestimated substantially.
1969 (Public Law 91-190).
In order to obtain information essential to this assessment, the Commission requires each applicant for a permit or a license to submit a
report on the potential environmental impacts of the proposed plant and associated facilities.


The national environmental goals as expressed by the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) are as follows:
(4) The models used in describing effluent releases should take into account all real sources and pathways within the plant; and the estimated releases should be characteristic of the expected average releases over a long period of time, with account taken of normal operation and anic-ipuied operniormd occurrences o.er the lifetime of the plant.
" . . .it is the continuing responsibility of the Federal Government to use all practical means, cohisistent with other essential considerations of national policy, to improve and coordinate Federal plans, functions, programs, and resources to the end that the Nation may-
"(1) fulfill the responsibilities of each generation as trustee of the environment for succeeding generations;
"(2) assure for all Americans safe, healthful, productive and esthetically and culturally pleasing surroundings;
"(3) attain the widest range of beneficial use of thp environment without degradation, risk to health or safety, or other undesirable and unintended consequences;
"(4) preserve important historic, cultural, and natural aspects of our national heritage and maintain, wherever possible, an environment which supports diversity and variety of individual choice;
"(5) achieve a balance between population and resource use which will permit high standards of living and a
wide sharing of life's amenities; and
"(6) enhance the quality of renewable resources and approach the maximum attainable recycling of depletable resources."
The obligation of the Commission with respect to the furthering of the above aims derives from Executive Ordei
11514 (35 F.R. 4247) of March 4.


l9j0, by which all Federal agencies were required, to the fullest extent possible, to direct their policies, plans and programs to meeting the goals set oui in NEPA.
(5) The model of the exposed individual and the assumed characteristics of the environs with respect to known occupancy and to land and water use should be
4From the "Opinion of the Commission," Docket No. RM-50-2.


On April
Single copies of this volume may be purchased at a cost of
2,
$4.00 fromv the USERDA Technical Information Center, P.O.
1970, the Conimission's initial implementation of NEPA was published (35 F.R.


5463) as an Appendix D to 10 CFR Part 50.
Box 62, Oak Ridge, Tennessee 37830. Copies of the complete opinion are also available for inspection and copying in the Commission's Public Document Room, 1717 H Street, NW.,
Washington, D.C. 20555.


Substantial amendments to Appendix D were published on December 4, 1970 (35 F.R. 18469), and further minor amendments on July 7, 1971 (36 F.R. 12731).
vi
On September 9, 1971, a major revision of Ar"'ndix D, entitled "Interim Statement of General PL,.,:. antd Procedure:
Implementation of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (P. L. 91-190), was published (36 F.R. 18071). A copy of Appendix D,
with amendments to May 18, 1972, is attached as Appendix I.


APPLICANT'S ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTS
determined in each case in accordance with the intent indicated below for each particular category of effluent for which design-objective guidelines are given.
The revised Appendix D of 10 CFR 50 discusses, in the first five paragraphs of Section A, the required content of the Environmental Reports to be submitted by the applicant:
"I. Each applicant'
for a permit to construct a r aclear power reactor... shall submit with his application three hundred copies.. .of a separate document, entitled
.'Applicant's Environmental Report-Construction Permit Stage,'
which discusses the following environmental considerations:
"(a) the environmental impact of the proposed action,
"(b) any adverse environmental effects which cannot be avoided should the proposal be implemented,
"(c) alternatives to the proposed action,
"(d) the relationship between local short-term uses of man's environment and the maintenance and enhancement of long-term productivity, and
'Where the "applicant", as used in the Appendix. is a Federal agency. different arrangements for Implementing the National Environmental Policy Act may be made, pursuant to the guidelines established by the Council on Environmental Quality.


I
(a) For design objectives affected by assumptions as to consumption of water or food (other than milk)
produced in the environs, one should consider the model individual to be that hypothetical individual who would be maximally exposed with account taken only of such potential occupancies and usages as could actually be realized during the term of plant operation.


"(e) any irreversible and irretrievable commitments of resources which would be involved in the proposed action should it be implemented.
(b) For design objectives affected by exposure as a direct result of human occupancy (immersion expo sure), the model individual should be the hypothetical individual maximally exposed with account taken only of such potential occupancies, including the fraction of time an individual would be exposed, as could actually be realized during the term of plant operation.


"2. The discussion of alternatives to the p-, posed action in the Environmental Report required by paragraph I shall be sufficiently complete to aid the Commission in developing and exploring, pursuant to section
(c) For design objectives relative to thyroid dose as affected by consumption of milk, the iodine pathway through the environs of a plant and the characteristics of the model receptor should be essentially as they actually exist at the time of licensing.
102(2XD) of the National Environmental Policy Act, 'appropriate alternatives .. .in any propo.!,a.


which involves unresolved conflicts L:.,tcrning alternative uses of available resot. ,::-ic.'
c. Interagency Memoranda of Understanding The Nuclear Regulatory Commission and other agencies of the Federal government sometimes have overlapping responsibilities regarding the issuance of licenses or permits. For the purposes of coordinating and implementing certain requirements to ensure effective, efficient, and thorough regulation of nuclear power stations and to avoid conflicting and unnecessary dupli cation of effort and standards related to the overall public health and safety and environmental protection, the NRC and other Federal agencies have entered into several memoranda of understanding.
"3.


The Environmental Report required by paragraph I shall include a cost-benefit analysis which considers and balances the environmental effects of the facility and the alternatives available for reducing or avoiding adverse environmental effects, as well as the environmental, economic, technical and other benefits of the facility. The cost-benefit analysis shall, to the fullest extent practicable, quantify the various factors considered. To the extent that such factors cannot be quantified, they shall be discussed in qualitative terms.
(1) Memoranda of Understanding Between the NRC and the Environmental Protection Agency For the purpose of implementing NEPA and the FWPCA in a manner consistent with both acts and the public interest, the Atomic Energy Commissions (AEC published in the Federal Register (38 FR 2679)
on January 29, 1973, an Interim Statement of Policy concerning the effects of Section 511 of the FWPCA
upon the AEC's statutory responsibility and authority under NEPA in licensing actions covered by Appendix D
to 10 CFR Part 50 (now superseded by 10 CFR Part
51). On the same date, the AEC published in the Federal SThe Atomic Energy Commission was abolished by the Energy Reorganization Act of 1974, which also created the Nuclear Regulatory Commission and gave it the licensing and related regulatory functions of the AEC.


The Environmental Report should contain sufficient data to aid the Commission in its development of an independent cost-benefit analysis covering the factors specified in this paragraph.
Register (38 FR 2713) a first "Memorandum of Under standing Regarding Implementation of Certain Comple mentary Responsibilities" between AEC and EPA under the FWPCA.


"4. The Environmental Report required by paragraph I shall include a discussion of the status of compliance of the facility with applicable environmental quality standards and requirements (including, but not limited to, thermal and other water quality standards promulgated under the Federal Water Pollution Control Act) which have been imposed by Federal, State and regional agencies having responsibility for environmental protection. In addition, the environmental impact of the facility shall be fully discussed with respect to matters covered by such standards and requirements irrespective of whether a certification from the appropriate authority has been obtained (including, but not limited to, any certification obtained pursuant to section
To further clarify the respective roles of NRC
21(b) of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act 2 ). Such discussion shall be reflected in
and EPA in the decision-making process concerning nuclear power stations and other facilities requiring an NRC license or permit, a "Second Memorandum of Understanding and Policy Statement Regarding Imple mentation of Certain NRC and EPA Responsibilities"
2No permit or license will, of course, be Issued with respect to an activity for which a certification required by section 21(b) of the Federal Water Pollution Act has not been obtained.
was published in the Federal Register (40 FR 60115) on December 31,  
1975. This Second Memorandum of Understanding supersedes the January 29, 1973 Memo randum; NRC has adopted the revised Policy Statement set forth in Appendix A to this Second Memorandum.


the cost-benefit analysis prescribed in paragraph
The revised Policy Statement will serve as the legal basis for NRC decision-making concerning licensing matters covered by NEPA and Section 511 of the FWPCA.
3.


While satisfaction of AEC
Appropriate changes will be made in future revisions of this guide as various implementing actions are developed to meet the provisions of the Second Memorandum of Understanding.
standards and criteria pertaining to radiological effects will be necessary to meet the licensing requirements of the Atomic Energy Act, the cost-benefit analysis prescribed in paragraph
3 shall, for the purposes of the National Environmental Policy Act, consider the radiological effects, together with the thermal effects and other environmental effects, of the facility.


"5.
(2) Memorandum of Understanding Between the NRC and the Corps of Engineers, United States Army Both the Corps of Engineers, United States Army, and the Nuclear Regulatory Commission have responsibilities for assuring that nuclear power stations on coastal and inland navigable waters and at offshore sites are built and operated safely and with minimum impact on the environment. For the purpose of coordi nating and implementing consistent and comprehensive requirements to assure effective, efficient, and thorough regulation of nuclear power stations and to avoid conflicting and unnecessary duplication of effort and of standards related to overall public health and safety and environmental protection, the Corps of Engineers, United States Army, and the NRC have entered into a Memorandum of Understanding (40 FR 37110; August
25, 1975). 
Under this agreement, the NRC will exercise the primary responsibility in conducting environmental reviews and in preparilig environmental statements for nuclear power stations covered by this Memorandum of Understanding.


Each applicant for a license to operate a production or utilization facility described in paragraph I shall submit with his application three hundred (300) copies ...
The Corps of Engineers will participate with the NRC in the preparation of the environmental impact statements to include the drafting of material for the sections that consider and evaluate the following topics, as applicable, and the analysis leading thereto:
of a separate document to be entitled
(a) Coastal erosion and other shoreline modi fications, shoaling, and scouring;
'Applicant's Environmental Report-Operating License Stage,'
vii
which discusses the same environmental considerations described in paragraphs 14, but only to the extent that they differ from those discussed in the Applicant's Environmental Report previously submitted in iccordance with paragraph I.


The
(b) Siltation and sedimentation processes;
'Applicant's Environmental Report-Operating License Stage'
(c) Dredging activities and disposal of dredged materials; and (d) Location of structures in or affecting navigable waters.
may incorporate by reference any information contained in the Applicant's Environmental Report previously submitted in accordance with paragraph
1. With respect to the operation of nuclear power reactors, the applicant, unless otherwise required by the Commission, shall submit the 'Applicant's Environmental Report-Operating License Stage' only in connection with the first licensing action that would authorize full-power operation of the facility,3 except that such report shall be submitted in connection with the conversion of a provisional operating license to a full-term license."
As is clear from the above paragraphs, two Environmental Reports are require


====d. The first is the====
The Commission is developing specific guidance concerning the information to be requested from applicants in order to meet the provisions of this Memorandum of Understanding. As various implement ing actions are taken, appropriate changes will be made in this guide.
"Applicant's Environmental Report-Construction Permit Stage" which must be submitted in conjunction with the construction permit applicatio


====n. The second is the ====
4. Commission Action on Environmental Reports As noted in § 51.50, "Federal Register notices;
"Applicant's Environmental Report-Operating License Stage," which must be submitted later in conjunction with the operating license application. The second Report is, in effect, to be an updating of the first one and should:
distribution of reports; public announcements; public comment," of 10 CFR Part 51, the NRC places a copy of each applicant's environmental report in the Com mission's Public Document Room in Washington, D.C.
a.


Discuss differences between currently projected environmental effects of the nuclear power plant sThis report is in addition to the report required at the construction permit stage.
and in a local public document room near the proposed site. The report is also made available to the public at the appropriate State, regional, and metropolitan clear inghouses. In addition, a public announcement is made, and a summary notice of the availability of the report is published in the Federal Register.


4
The applicant's environmental report and any com ments received from interested persons are considered by the NRC staff in preparing a Draft Environmental Impact Statement (DES) concerning the proposed licens ing action. The NRC staff's draft statement, the appli cant's environmental report, and any comments received on the statement or report are provided to the Council on Environmental Quality. Copies of the draft statement and the applicant's environmental report will be provided to (a) those Federal agencies that have special expertise or jurisdiction by law with respect to any environmental impacts involved and which are authorized to develop and enforce relevant environ mental standards; (b) the Environmental Protection Agency; and (c) the appropriate State and local agencies authorized to develop and enforce _relevant environ mental standards and the appropriate State, regional, and metropolitan clearinghouses. A reasonable effort will be made to distribute draft environmental state ments prepared for licensing actions to all States that may be affected and to appropriate national and local environmental organizations. The draft statement is made available to the general public in the same manner as is the applicant's environmental report. Comments on the applicant's environmental report and the draft statement are requested within a specified time interval.
4
2


(including those which would degrade and those which would enhance environmental conditions)
These activities are based on § §51.22, 51.24, and 51.25 of 10 CFR Part 51.
and the effects discussed in the Environmental Report submitted at the construction stage.


(Differences may result, for example, from changes in plans, changes in plant design, availability of new or more detailed information, or changes in surrounding land use or zoning classifications.)
As described in. detail in §51.26 of 10 CFR Part 51, the NRC staff considers the comments on the report and on the draft statement received from the various Federal, State, and local agencies and officials, from the applicant, and from private organizations and individuals and prepares a Final Environmental Impact Statement (FES). The final statement is transmitted to the Council on Environmental Quality and is made available to appropriate Federal, State, and local agencies and State, regional, and metropolitan clearinghouses. A public announcement is made and a notice of availability is published in the Federal Register.
b.


Discuss the results of all studies which were not completed at the time of pre-construction review and which were specified to be completed before the pre.operational review.
Subsequent hearings and actions as described in Subpart D, "Administrative Action and Authorization;
Public Hearings and Comment," of 10 CFR Part 51 on the environmental aspects involved in issuance of a construction permit or operating license are based on the applicant's environmental report and on the NRC's Final Environmental Impact Statement. The FES takes into account information from many sources, including the applicant's environmental report and its supplements and the comments of the various governmental agencies, the applicant, and private organizations and individuals.


Indicate how the results of these studies were factored into the design and proposed operation of the plant.
5. Cost-Benefit Analysis The cost-benefit analysis referred to in paragraph
51.20(b) of 10 CFR Part 51 should consist of two parts.


c.
In the first part, alternative site-plant combinations (site-plant combinations are defined and discussed in Chapter 9) and station systems should be examined in order to show that the proposed facility is the cost-effective choice, considering economic, social, and other environmental factors and any institutional (governmental, etc.) constraints. In the second part of the cost-benefit analysis, the benefits to be created by the proposed facility should be weighed against the aggregate of environmental, economic, and other costs to be incurred.


Describe in detail the monitoring programs which have been and will be undertaken to determine the effects of the operating plant on the environment. Include the results of preoperational monitoring activities.
6. Environmental Reports Sections 51.20 and 51.21 of 10 CFR Part 51 require the applicant to submit two environmental reports (see Appendices A and B). The first is the "Applicant's Eiiivironmental Report -
Construction Permiit Stage,"
which must be submitted in conjunction with the construction permit applicatio


A
====n. The second is the ====
listing of types of measurements, kinds, and numbers of. samples collected, frequencies, and analyses should be provided and the locations described and indicated on a map of the area.
"Applicant's Environmental Report - Operating License Siage," which must be submitted later in conjunction with the operating license application. The applicant's environmental reports are important documents of public record. Therefore, the applicant is urged to give full attention to their completeness.


d.
If the site for a nuclear power station already contains one or more units (i.e., steam-electric plants) in operation, under construction, or for which an applica tion for a construction permit or operating license has been filed, the applicant shovld consider the environ- viii


Discuss those planned studies, that are not yet completed, that may yield results relevant to the environmental impact of the plant.
mental effects of the proposed units (and their inservice schedule) in conjunction with the effects of existing or planned units. Furthermore, if the site contains signif icant sources of environmental impact other than elec tric power units, the interactions of these sources with the proposed nuclear unit should be taken into account.


COMMISSION
Effects between units are considered especially important as efforts to conserve such resources as water focus on the transfer and reuse of materials within plant complexes. In addition, adjacent or contiguous facilities involving the potential interchange of radionuclides should be treated in considerable detail to ensure the applicant's full knowledge of interrelationships with the proposed nuclear station.
ACTION
ON
ENVIRONMENTAL
REPORTS
As noted in paragraph 6 of Section A of the revised Appendix D to 10 CFR 50, the Commission places each applicant's Environmental Report in the AEC's Public Document Room in Washington, D.C.


and in a local public document room near the proposed site. The Report is also made available to the public at the appropriate State, regional and metropolitan clearinghouses.
a. Construction Permit Stage The applicant should present sufficient informa tion in the environmental report that is submitted with the application for a construction permit to allow staff evaluation of the potential environmental impact of constructing and operating the proposed facility. In all cases, the site-specific environmental data presented at the time of filing for a construction permit should (1)
document the critical life stages and biologically signif icant activities (e.g., spawning, nesting, migration) that increase the vulnerability of the potentially affected biota at the proposed site and (2) characterize the seasonal variations of biota likely to be affected by the station.


At the same time, a public announcement is made and a summary notice published in the Federal Register.
An applicant wishing to accelerate the start of construction by early submittal of the environmental report (according to the procedure set forth in paragraph
50.10(e) of 10 CFR Part 50) may submit an initial evaluation of environmental impact based on an analysis of at least 6 months of field data related to the proposed facility and suitable projections of the remaining sea sonal periods if the information called for in item (1)
above is provided. If this is done, the applicant should also make a commitment to furnish, within 6 months of the time of filing, a final evaluation based on a full year of field data.


The applicant's Environmental Report, relevant published information, and any comments received from interested persons are considered by the Commission's regulatory staff in preparing a "Draft Detailed Statement of Environmental Considerations"
b. Operating License Stage The "Applicant's Environmental Report - Operat ing License Stage" should, in effect, be an updating of the earlier report and should:
concerning the proposed licensing action.
(1) Discuss differences between currently pro jected environmental effects of the nuclear power station (including those that would degrade and those that would enhance environmental conditions) and the effects discussed in the environmental report submitted at the construction stage. (Differences may result, for example, from changes in plans, changes in station design, availability of new or more detailed information, or changes in surrounding land use, water use, or zoning classifications.)
(2) Discuss the results of studies that were not completed at the tiqw of preconstruction review and that were specified to be completed before the preopera tional review. Indicate how the results of these studies were factored into the design znd proposed operation of the station.


The regulatory staff's Draft Statement and the applicant's Environmental Report are transmitted for comment to the Council on Environmental Quality, to certain Federal agencies, and "to the Governor or appropriate State and local officials, who are authorized to develop and enforce environmental standards, of any affected State." Comments on the Report and the. Draft Statement are requested within a specified time interval. The Draft Statement is made available to the general public in the same manner as the Report.
(3) Describe the scope of the monitoring programs that have been and will be undertaken to determine the effects of the operating station on the environment.


As described in detail in paragraphs 6 through 9 of Section A of the revised Appendix D, the regulatory staff considers the comments on the Report and on the Draft Statement received from the various Federal.
Include any monitoring programs being developed or carried out in cooperation with Federal and State fish and wildlife services. The result of preoperational moni toring activities should be presented (refer to Chapter 6 of Section B of this guide). A listing of types of measurements, kinds and numbers of samples collected, frequencies, and analyses should be provided and the locations described and indicated on a map of the area.


State, and local agencies and officials, from the applicant, and from private organizations and individuals, and prepares a "Final Detailed Statement on the Environmental Considerations."
(4) Discuss planned studies, not yet completed, that may yield results relevant to the environmental impact of the station.
The Final Statement is transmitted to the Council on Environmental Quality and is made "available to appropriate Federal, State and local agencies and State, regional, and metropolitan clearinghouses." A public announcement is made and a notice of availability published in the Federal Register.


Subsequent hearings and action on the environmental aspects involved in issuance of a construction permit or operating license are based on the Commission's Final Environmental Statement. The Environmental Statement takes into account information from many sources, including the applicant's Environmental Report and its supplements, and the comments of the various governmental agencies, the applicant, and private organization- and individuals.
(5) Propose environmental technical specifications.


The applicant's Environmental Report is an important document of public record. Therefore, the applicant is urged to give full attention to the completeness of the Report.
The recommended format for these specifications is presented in Regulatory Guide 4.8, "Environmental Technical Specifications for Nuclear Power Plants."
Detailed technical specifications may become an appen dix to the applicant's "Environmental Report - Operat ing License Stage," but the body of the report need only include the required discussion of general scope des cribed in Section 6.2 of this guide. Interim guidance will continue to be provided on a case-by-case basis.


PREPARATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTS
7. Preparation of Environmental Reports a. Purpose of This Guide Section B of this guide identifies the information needed by the staff in its assessment of the potential environmental effects of the proposed nuclear facility and establishes a format acceptable to the staff for its presentation. Use of the format of this guide will help ensure the completeness of the information provided, will assist the NRC .staff and others in locating the information, and will aid in shortening the time needed for the review process. Conformance with this format, however, is not required. An environmental report with a different format will be acceptable to the staff if it provides an adequate basis for the findings requisite to the issuance of a license or permit. However, because it may be more difficult to locate needed information, the staff review time for such a report may be longer, and there is a greater likelihood that the staff may regard the report as incomplete.
The second Section of this Introduction, with particular reference to the paragraphs quoted from the revised Appendix D of 10 CFR 50, provides general information concerning the content of the applicant's Environmental Report. To provide specific and detailed guidance, the following "Standard Format and Content of Environmental Reports for Nuclear Power Plants"
has been prepared. Each applicant should follow this format in detail.


If any topics in the guide relate to information not available at the time the Environmental Report is prepared, the applicant should indicate when the information will be available. If any topics are not relevant to the particular plant under consideration, the applicant should identify them.
ix


Descriptive and/or narrative text as well as tables, charts, graphs, etc. should be used. Each subject should be treated in sufficient depth and should be
The staff plans to provide additional information on a data retrieval system (outlined in Appendix C) in a future revision of this guide.
3


documented 4 to permit a reviewer independently to evaluate the extent of the environmental impact. The exact length of the Environmental Report will depnd not only on the format adopted but, also and more importantly, on the nature of the plant and its environment. Tables, line drawings, and photographs should be used wherever contributory to the clarity and brevity of the Report. Descriptive and narrative passages should be brief and concise. The number of significant figures stated in numerical data should reflect the accuracy of the-data.
In developing the implementation policy for Regu latory Guide 4.2, Revision 2, both the difficulties that applicants might face unless a suitable transition period was provided and the NRC staff's need for information to complete the review of applications for construction permits and operating licenses have been considered.


Pertinent published information relating to the site, the plant, and its surroundings should be referenced. Where published information is essential to evaluate specific environmental effects of the plant construction and operation, it should be included, in summary or verbatim form, in the Environmental Report or as an appendix to the report.
Therefore, the NRC staff will use Regulatory Guide 4.2, Revision 2, in the evaluation of environmental reports submitted in connection with applications docketed after December 31, 1976.


Some of the information to be included in the Environmental Report may have already been prepared by the applicant during consideration of the safety aspects of the proposed facility. In such cases, this information (whether in the form of text, tables or figures) should be incorporated in the Environmental Report where appropriate to. avoid duplication of effort.
If an applicant wishes to use this revision in developing the environmental report submitted in con nection with an application docketed on or prior to December 31, 1976, the report will be evaluated on the basis of pertinent portions of this revision of the guide.


4,,Documentation"
b. Scope In order to cover a wide variety of anticipated situations, the scope of this guide is comprehensive. In some instances, requests for specific information may not be applicable to a particular station or site.
as used in this Guide means presentation of evidence supporting data and stalements and Includes: (I) references to published Information, (2) citations from the applicant's experience, (3) references to unpublished information developed by the applicant or the applicant's consultants. Statements not supported by documentation are acceptable provided the applicant identifies them either as Information for which documentation Is not available or as expressions of belief or judgment.


The site for a nuclear power plant may already contain one or more "unr&' (i.e. steam-electric plants),
Some of the text of this guide (e.g., Section 7.1)
either in being or for which an application for a construction permit or operating license has been filed.
has been written with specific reference to light-water cooled reactors. For applicants proposing to construct and operate other types of reactors, guidelines on the recommended content of these sections will be provided on a case-by-case basis. Similarly, offshore power systems will, in general, require special guidelines for each individual case.


The applicant, in preparing the Environmental Report relating to such a site, should consider the effec's of the proposed plant (and its in-service schedule) in conjunction with the effects of both pre-existing and projected' plants. Further, if the site contains sources of environmental impact other than electric power plants, the environmental impact of these and their interactions with the proposed plant should be taken into account.
c. Presentation of Infonnation Some of the information to be included in the environmental report (e.g., that pertaining to demo graphy, meteorology, hydrology) may have already been prepared by the applicant during consideration of the safety aspects of the proposed facility. In such cases, this information (whether in the form of text, tables, or figures) should be incorporated in the environmental report where appropriate to avoid duplication of effort.


CRITERIA
The presentation in the environmental report of some information that also appears in the applicant's safety analysis report is necessary because these reports are responsive to different statutory requirements and because each report should be essentially self-contained.
AND
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
RELATING TO ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT
Prior to issuance of a construction permit, the applicant will be required to prepare and submit, where applicable, proposed criteria and technical specifications relating to environmental impact. The criteria should be those identified for use in construction and operation of the facility to minimize environmental impact.


The technical specifications should specify the limits of chemical and thermal releases to the environment during construction and operation.
The applicant should strive for clear, concise presentations of the information provided in the envi ronmental report. Each subject should be treated in sufficient depth and should be documented 6 to permit a reviewer to evaluate the extent of the environmental impact independently. The length of the environmental report will depend on the nature of the station and its environment. Tables, line drawings, and photographs should be used wherever they contribute to the clarity and brevity of the report. The number of significant figures stated in numerical data should reflect the accuracy of the data.


Administrative procedures, surveillance and controls to assure compliance with the proposed criteria and technical specifications should also be identified.
Pertinent published information relating to the site, the station, and its surroundings should be refer enced. Where published information is essential for evaluation of specific environmental effects of the station construction and operation, it should be in cluded, in summary or verbatim form, in the environ mental report or as an appendix to the report. In particular, water quality standards and regulations rele vant to the environmental impact assessment should be given in an appendix. If the applicant considers the reports of work it supported will contribute to the environmental impact analysis, these may be included as appendices.


4
6Documentation as used in this guide means presentation of information, supporting data, and statements and includes (1)
4
references to published information, (2) citations from the applicant's experience, and (3) reference to unpublished infor mation developed by the applicant or the applicant's consul tants. Statements not supported by documentation are accept able provided the applicant identifies them either as information for which documentation is not available or as expressions of belief or judgment.
'Projected plants are those for which an application for a construction permit or operating license has been filed.


I
x
4


STANDARD FORMAT AND CONTENT OF
B. STANDARD FORMAT AND CONTENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTS  
ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTS FOR NUCLEAR POWER PLANTS
CHAPTER 1 PURPOSE OF THE PROPOSED FACILITY AND ASSOCIATED TRANSMISSION
1. OBJECTIVES OF THE PROPOSED FACILITY
In Chapter 1 of its environmental report, the appli cant should demonstrate the purpose of, and thus the benefits of, the proposed facility with respect to the power requirements to be satisfied, the system reliability to be achieved, or any other primary objectives of the facility and how these objectives would be affected by variations in the scheduled operation of the proposed station. In this chapter, the term "applicant's system"
This Section should discuss the objectives of the proposed facility -
includes all existing, committed, and planned generating units owned in whole or in part by the applicant and all large (greater than 100 MWe), existing, committed, and planned generating units not owned in whole or in part by the applicant that it plans to rely on for meeting demand and reliability requirements to which it is committed.
the power requirement to be satisfied, the system reliability to be achieved, any other primary objectives to be met - and.should do so in sufficient detail to make clear those aspects of the power requirement and system reliability, such as date of readiness, that will directly influence the choice of alternatives as presented in subsequent sections of the Environmental Report.


1.1 Requirement for power This Section should discuss the requirement for the proposed nuclear unit(s) in the applicant's system and in the region, considering the overall power supply situation, present load and projected load growth, reserve margins, and consequences of delay in providing the proposed new generation capacity on adequacy and reliability of the bulk power supply. The data presented should be consistent with that furnished to the Federal Power Commission and the Regional Reliability Council.
1.1 System Demand and Reliability This section should discuss the requirements for the proposed nuclear unit(s) in the applicant's system and in the region, considering the overall power supply situa tion, past load and projected load, and reserve margins.


1.1.1 Demand characteristics The applicant should present data on the past pattern of demand characteristics and a forecast of future market trends. The presentation should include summary results of an appropriate sensitivity analysis indicating thi basis of demand forecasts, such as average income, present per capita consumption, or other correlates of power demand. The data identified below should include the five years preceding the filing of the Environmental Report through at least two years beyond the projected initial date of commercial operation of the last nuclear, unit with which the Report is concerned.
In addition, the applicant should consider the impact of applicable energy conservation and other potential load affecting programs on its planning effort. Inconsisten cies between the data presented and that furnished to the Federal Power Commission (FPC) or the regional reliability council should be explained.


c)
The discussion on the applicant's energy conservation program should mention the steps that have been taken and those being planned to encourage energy conserva tion in connection with such matters as advertising, sales promotion, consumer education, rate structure, and efficiency of production and utilization of electricity.
Load duration curves or information derived from such curves to indicate economic or other reasons for type of generation selected.


1.1.2 Power supply This Section should discuss briefly the applicant's bulk power supply planning and present actual and projected generating capabilities, capacity purchases and capacity sales at the time of annual system peak.hour demand for the five years preceding filing of this Report through at least two years beyond the projected initial date of commercial operation of the last nuclear unit with which the Environmental Report is concerned.
Evidence of the effects of increasing rates on consump tion of electrical energy and forecasts of future impacts on demand from further rate increases should be included in the discussion.


1.1.2.1 Capacity resources a) Capability assigned to each category of generation:
A full and clear description of the applicant's system should be provided, including, for each generating unit or group of units, the extent of ownership by the applicant and the commitments involved. Where an entire power pool, planning area, reliability council, coordinating agreement, etc., is involved, identification should be clear and details should be presented in separate tables.
hydroelectric, fossil, nuclear.


pumped storage, etc.
1.1.1 Load Characteristics In order to portray the relationship of the proposed generating facility to the applicant's system and related iystems, data should be provided on the following: (a)
the applicant's system, (b) the power pool or area within which the applicant's planning studies are based, and (c)
where available, the regional reliability council or the appropriate subregion or area of the reliability council as follows:
1.1.1.1 Load Analysis. The past annual peak load demands and the annual energy requirements for a period beginning at least 10 years prior to the filing of the environmental report should be reported. In addi tion, the future projected annual peak demand should be reported from the year of filing of the environmental report up to and including, as a minimum, the first 24 months following start of commercial operation of the last unit with which this report is concerned. To the extent feasible, the applicant should also present future demands during the expected life of the facilities under review.


b)
The applicant should present the expected annual load duration curve for at least 24 months following the start of commercial operation of the proposed nuclear station in order to show the relationship of the station to the short-term system requirements.
Capacity sales.


c) Capacity purchases.
1.1.1.2 Demand Projections. 'Demand projections should show explicitly any assumptions made about economic and demographic projections involved in the forecasting methodology. Specifically, any changes in the demand projections expected on the basis of alternative assumptions made about household forma tion, migration, personal income, industrial and commer cial construction volume and location, or other factors should be specified. Past and future growth trends should be compared and explanations should be given for deviations in trends.


d)
Monthly data for both actual and latest forecast peak load should be provided, as well as both actual and latest forecast total monthly kWh sales from October 1972 through the most current month. A copy of the reports supplied to the FPC in accordance with FPC Order 496 should also be provided in an appendix to the environ mental report.
New generating units and their projected capabilities.


e)
The applicant should describe its forecasting meth ods. Where regression equations or elasticity demand models are used to estimate projections, all statistical measures of correlation should be provided. If the method of correlation forecasting is used, the historic electric loads should be correlated with such variables as population, gross national product, consumer income, Federal Reserve Board Index of Industrial Production, appliance saturation, or other factor
Planned retirements of present capacities for economic, environmental or other reasons.


1.1.2.2 Reserve margin The applicant's minimum system reserve criterion should be described.
====s. Wherever possible====
1-1


The basis and justification for its adoption should be presented.
and to the extent that demand projections are based on the accuracy of past demand projections for the appli cant's system performed on the same or a comparable basis, these past demand projections should be shown and compared with the past loads. This comparison of the applicant's earlier projections and the actual loads experienced should be listed in a table along with the percent deviation between the previously forecasted loads and past loads.


Describe the method employed to determine the minimum system reserve criterion such as single largest unit, probability method based on loss of load one day in ten years, or historical data and judgment.
1.1.1.3 Power Exchanges. Past and expected future net power exchanges applicable at the time of the annual peak demands presented above should be shown as they relate to demand estimates supporting the station capacity under review.


if probabilistic studies are used as a planning tool the results should be a)
1.1.2 System Capacity The applicant should briefly discuss power planning programs and criteria used as they apply (a) to the applicant's system, (b) to the power pool or area within which the applicant's planning studies are based, and (c)
b)
to the regional reliability council or the appropriate subregion or area of the reliability council. System capabilities, both existing and planned, should be tab ulated for the three respective areas to the extent applicable at the time of the annual peak demand for 5 years preceding filing of the environmental report through at least 2 years beyond the start of commercial operation of the last nuclear unit with which the report is concerned. Each generator with a capacity of 100
Annual system peak-hour demand, Annual system peak-hour demand adjusted to reflect firm power transactions with other power suppliers, and
MWe or greater should be listed separately for the initial reporting year, and capability additions thereafter should be separately tabulated by date, including net non-firm-power sales and purchases, retirements or deratings, and upratings. Each generator should be categorized as to type (hydroelectric, fossil, nuclear, pumped storage, etc.) and as to function (base load, intermediate, peaking, etc.). Estimates of projected capacity factor ranges for each unit tabulated should be provided. Small peaking units may be lumped into a single category for simplicity.
5


stated along with the significant input data utilized, such as the load model, generating unit characteristics (including forced outage rates and maintenance schedules), the duration of periods examined, and a general description of the methodology employed.
1.1.3 Reserve Margins The applicant's method of determining system gen erating capacity requirements and reserve margins should be described including:
1. The method employed for the scheduling of outages of individual generating units within the appli cant's system.


Discuss the effect of operation of the proposed nuclear unit(s)
2. The method and criterion employed to determine the minimum system reserve requirement, such as single largest unit, probability method, or historical 'data and judgment. If probabilistic studies are used as a planning tool, the results should be stated along with the significant input data utilized, such as the load model generating unit characteristics, unit availability, the duration of periods examined, treatment of interconnec tions, and a general description of the methodology employed.
on the applicant's minimum system reserve criterion.


In addition, discuss the effects of present and planned interconnections on the minimum system reserve criterion.
3. The effect of operation of the proposed nuclear unit(s) on the applicant's or planning entity's capacity requirements. In addition, the effects of present and planned interconnections on the capacity requirements should be discussed.


Describe the minimum reserve margin responsibility to other participants of the area coordinating group or power pool.
4. The reserve margin responsibility of participants in the regional coordinating council or power pool.


1.1.3 System demand and resource capability comparison Show applicant's system demand, resource capability and reserve margin with and without the proposed nuclear unit(s). The information should be presented on two graphs:
1.1.4 External Supporting Studies Reports should be summarized and referenced or statements should be included that indicate the power
Applicant's system demand or resources (MWe)
'requirements in the overall area(s), as determined by responsible officials in the regional reliability council and/or the power pool or planning entity with which the applicant is associated.
versus yeai,:
5 curves showing capability resources with the proposed unit(s) in operation, capability resources without the proposed unit(s), annual system peak demand, generating capability with the proposed unit(s), and generating capability without the proposed unit(s).
Applicant's reserve margin (as percent of annual system peak demand) versus years:
2 curves showing reserve margin with the unit(s) and reserve margin without the unit(s).
In all graplis the years, plotted as abscissae, should be from five years preceding the date of filing of the Environmental Report through at least two years after the scheduled initial date of operation of the last unit.


1.1.4 Input and output diagram A block diagram should be submitted showing the applicant's system power input and output (power consumption) at the time of peak-hour demand for for the first year of commercial operation.
The report or statements should include the following information or a statement that such information is not available:
1. Description of the minimum installed reserve criterion for the region and/or subarea;
2. Identification, description, and brief discussion of studies and/or analyses made to assess the area-wide adequacy and expected reliability of power supply for the first full year of commercial operation of the entire station covered in this report; and
3. The minimum reserve requirement in the region and/or subarea for the first year of operation of the completed nuclear station.


The block diagram should represent the applicant's system capability resources (MWe), showing two categories of input:
1.2 Other Objectives If other objectives are to be met by the operation of the proposed facility, such as producing process steam for sale or desalting water, a description of these should be given. An analysis of the effect of other objectives on the station capacity factor or availability of individual units should be given.
(1) the applicant's system generating capabilities (MWe)
according to type (fossil, hydro, nuclear, other), and (2) the capacity transactions (MWe)
and other arrangements with outside organization(s).
(Identify each outside organization.)
The output of the block representing the applicant's system capability resources should consist of: (1) the peak demand (MWe)
for each load market category (industrial, commercial, residential, other),
and (2) the peak demand (MWe) for each wholesale market category (municipal, cooperative, other).
In addition, the output should show system firm power transactions, approximate total system losses, and system reserve, all in MWe. A separate block diagram should be provided for each generating unit with which the Environmental Report is concerned.


1.1.5 Report from Regional Reliability Council Submit the report by the appropriate Regional Reliability Council(s)
1.3 Consequences of Delay The effects of delays in the proposed project on the reserve margin of the power supply for the applicant's system, subregion, and region should be discussed for increments of delay of 1, 2, and 3 years. The effect of no action to increase capacity should also be illustrated.
which identifies the requirement for power in the affected area.


This report should include:
1-2
a) Description of the minimum reserve criterion for the region or qubregion.


b)
CHAPTER 2 THE SITE AND ENVIRONMENTAL INTERFACES
Identification. description and brief discussion of studies conducted by the Council to determine the adequacy and reliability of power supply in the region or subregion for the first three years of commercial operation of the proposed nuclear unit(s)
This chapter should present the basic relevant infor mation concerning those physical, biological, and human characteristics of the area environment that might be affected by the construction and operation of a nuclear power station on the designated site. To the extent possible, the information presented should reflect obser vations and measurements made over a period of years.
at the time of annual peak-hour demand.


c) The latest date the proposed nuclear unit(s) can be placed in commercial operation without endangering the adequacy and reliability of the projected bulk power supply.
2.1 Geography and Demography
2.1.1 Site Location and Description
2.1.1.1 Specification of Location. The site location should be specified by latitude and longitude of the reactor to the nearest second and by Universal Trans verse Mercator Coordinates (Zone Number, Northing, and Easting, as found on USGS topographical maps) to the nearest 100 meters. The State and county or other political subdivision in which the site is located should be identified, as well as the location of the site with respect to prominent natural and man-made features such as rivers and lakes.


1.2 Other primary objectives If other primary objectivws are to be met by the proposed facility, such as the production of process steam for sale, or desalting water, an analysis of these should be made.
2.1.1.2 Site' Area. A map of the site area of suitable scale (with explanatory text as necessary) should be included; it should clearly show the following:
1. The station property lines. The area of station property in acres should be stated.


4
2. Location of the site boundary. If the site bound ary lines are the same as the station property lines, this should be stated.
4 I
6


1.3 Consequences of delay The economic and other consequences of delays in the proposed project should be discussed.
3. The location and orientation of principal station structures within the site area. Principal structures should be identified as to function (e.g., reactor build ing, auxiliary building, turbine building). 
4. The location of any industrial, recreational, or residential structures within the site area.


Where the applicant has a legal obligation to supply energy to meet the demands of a specified area, the nature and extent of this obligation should be made clear.
5. The boundary lines of the plant exclusion area (as defined in 10 CFR Part 100). If these boundary lines are the same as the station property lines, this should be stated. The minimum distance from each reactor to the exclusion area boundary should be shown and specified.


The role of the proposed facility in fulfilling the applicant's obligation should be discussed.
tSite means the contiguous real estate on which nuclear facilities are located And for which one or more licensees has the legal right to control access by individuals and to restrict land use for purposes of limiting the potential doses from radiation or radioactive material during normal operation of the facilities.


The applicant should discuss the effects of delaying the scheduled in-service date of the proposed nuclear unit(s) on the adequacy and reliability of the power supply for the applicant's systems, subregion and region, as well as for other interconnected utilities in the subregion or region.
6. A scale that will permit the measurement of distances with reasonable accuracy.


2.
7. True north.


THE SITE
8. Highways, railways, and waterways that traverse or are adjacent to the site.
This Section should present the basic, relevant information concerning those physical, biological, and human characteristics of the area environment that might be affected by the construction and operation of a nuclear power plant on the designated site. To the extent possible, the information presented should reflect observations and measurements made over a period of years.


2.1 Site location and layout Provide a map showing the coordinates of the site and its location with respect to State, county and other political subdivisions. On detailed maps show location of the plant perimeter, exclusion area boundary, utility property, abutting and adjacent properties, including water bodies, wooded areas, and farms, nearby settlements, industrial plants.
2.1.1.3 Boundaries for Establishing Effluent Release Limits. The site description should define the boundary lines of the restricted area (as defined in 10 CFR Part
20, "Standards for Protection Against Radiation"). If it is proposed that limits higher than those established by
§20.106(a) (and related as low as is reasonably achiev able provisions) be set, the information required by
§20.106 should be submitted. The site map discussed above may be used to identify this area, or a separate map of the site may be used. Indicate the location of the boundary line with respect to the water's edge of nearby rivers and lakes. Distances from the station effluent release points to the boundary line should be defined clearly.


parks and other public facilities, and transportation links (railroads, highways, waterways). Indicate total acreage owned by the applicant and that part occupied or modified by the plant and plant facilities.
2.1.2 Population Distribution Population data presented should be based on the
1970 census data and, where available, more recent census data. The following information should be presented on population distribution.


Indicate other uses, if any, of applicant's property and the acreage devoted to these uses. Describe any plans for site modifications, such as a visitor's center or park. A contour map of the site should also be supplied.
2.1.2.1 Population Within. 10 Miles. On a map of suitable scale that identifies places of significant population grouping, such as cities and towns within a
10-mile radius, concentric circles should be drawn, with the reactor at the center point, at distances of 1, 2, 3, 4,
5, and 10 miles. The circles should be divided into
22W-degree sectors with each sector centered on one of the 16 compass points (with reference to true north, e.g., north-northeast, northeast, etc.). A table appro priately keyed to the map should provide the current residential population within each area of the map formed by the concentric circles and radial lines. The same table or separate tables should provide the pro jected population within each area for (1) the expected first year of station operation and (2) by census decade (e.g., 1990) through the projected station life. The tables should provide population totals for each sector and annular ring and a total for the 0 to 10 miles enclosed population. The basis for population projections should be described. Fumish the age distribution of the projected population (e.g., 0 to 12 years, 12 to 18 years,
> 18 years) for the year corresponding to the midpoint of the station operating life. The distribution by age of the U.S. population may be used provided there is no
2-1


2.2 Regional demography, land and water use Two maps indicating the locations and areas of towns and cities should be provided, with the first covering an area of 10-mile radius centered at the proposed plant location and the second covering an area of 50-mile radius.
knowledge the site has a significantly different distribu tion. Appendix D provides guidance concerning the use of the U.S. age population distribution.


Each map should present the  
2.1.2.2 Population Between 10 and 50 Miles. A map of suitable scale and appropriately keyed tables should be used in the same manner as described above to describe the population and its distribution at 10-mile intervals between the 10- and 50-mile radii from the reactor. Furnish the age distribution of the projected population (e.g., 0 to 12 years, 12 to 18 years, > 18 years) for the year corresponding to the midpoint of the station operating life. The distribution by age of the U.S.
16 cardinal compass directions identified by marked lines radiating from the reactor building location.


The 10-mile map should have circles, centered at the reactor building location, of I, 2, 3. 4,
population may be used provided there is no knowledge the site has a significantly different distribution. Appen dix D provides guidance concerning the use of the U.S.
5, and 10 miles radius; on the 50-mile map, circles with radii of 5, 10. 20, 30, 40 and 50
miles should be drawn. The populations (1970
census) of the towns and cities shown on the maps should be indicated either on tlte maps or in a separate tabulation.


The above maps will show 22.5'
age population distribution.
segments bounded by arcs and compass lines. Prepare a duplicate pair of maps, omitting the towns and cities, and bisect each angle formed by two adjacent compass lines with a broken line.


This will generate sectors centered with respect to the compass directions.
2.1.2.3 Transient Population. Seasonal and daily variations in population and population distribution within 10 miles of the proposed station resulting from land uses such as recreational or industrial should be generally described and appropriately keyed to the areas and population numbers contained on the maps and tables of Sections 2.1.2.1 and 2.1.2.2. If the station is located in an area where significant population variations due to transient land use are expected, additional tables of population distribution should be provided to indi cate peak seasonal and daily populations. The addi tional tables should cover projected as well as current populations. Wherever possible, applicants should state the expected residence times for the transient popula tion.


The permanent and transient populations within these sectors should be tabulated for the following:
2.1.3 Uses of Adjacent Lands and Waters On detailed topographical maps, show the locations of the station perimeter; exclusion area boundary; utility property; abutting and adjacent properties; water bodies;
1970 (census), year of proposed plant startup, and census years through the anticipated life of the plant.
wooded areas; farms; residences; nearby settlements;
commercial areas; industrial plants; parks; dedicated areas; other public facilities; valued historic, scenic, cultural, recreational, or natural areas; and transporta tion links (e.g., railroads, highways, waterways). Indicate the total acreage owned by the applicant and that part occupied or modified by the station and station facili ties. Indicate other existing and proposed uses, if any, of applicant's property and the acreage devoted to these uses. Describe any plans for site modifications, such as a visitors center or park.


Descriptive material should include tables giving the population and visitor statistics of neighboring schools, plants, hospitals, sports facilities, residential areas. parks, beaches, etc.,
Provide, in tabular form, the distances from the centerline of the first operational nuclear unit proposed to the following for each of the 16 sectors described in Section 2.1.2 above:
within 5 miles from the plant. Indicate the nature and extent of present land use (agriculture, livestock raising, dairies.
1. Nearest milk cow (to a distance of 5 miles)
2. Nearest milk goat (to a distance of 5 miles)
3. Nearest residence (to a distance of 5 miles)
4. Nearest site boundary
5. Nearest vegetable garden (greater than 500 ft2 in area; to a distance of 5 miles)
Indicate which, if any, of the cow and goat locations are dairy operations. Where possible, the applicant should provide specific information on the actual usage of the milk, whether the milk is used raw by infants, children, or adults or whether or not the milk goes to a dairy. Estimate the dairy dilution factor, and provide the basis. Determine the fraction of the milk at the dairy that is used to produce dairy products such as butter, whey, etc.


residences, industries, recreation, transportation. etc.).
Indicate (for the 5-mile-radius area) the nature and extent of present and projected land use (e.g., agricul ture, livestock raising; dairies, pasturelands, residences, wildlife preserves, sanctuaries, hunting areas, industries, recreation, transportation) and any recent trends such as abnormal changes in population or industrial patterns. If the area near the station site is zoned for specific uses, the applicant should indicate the zoning restrictions, both at the site and within 5 miles of the reactor building location and any local plans to restrict develop ment to limit population encroachment.
Indicate the nature and extent of present water use (water supplies, irrigation, recreatioti, transportation, etc.) with ihe plant site and environs.


The applicant should provide data concerning any drawdown of ground water caused by withdrawals from neighboring major industrial and municipal wells and how they may result in the transport of material from the site to those or other wells. All points of water usage of a stream or lake within 50 miles should be identified and the population associated with each use point given.
Provide data on annual meat (kg/yr), milk (liters/yr),
and truck farming production (kg/yr) and distribution within a 50-mile radius from the proposed reactor.


In addition, all population centers taking water from waterwavs from the plant to the ocean should be tabulated (distance and population).
Provide the data by sectors in the same manner as indicated in Sections 2.1.2.1 and 2.1.2.2. Furnish information on type, quantity (kg/yr), and yield (kg/m2) of crops grown within a 50-mile radius from the proposed reactor. Provide information on grazing season (give dates), feeding regimes for cattle (such as grazing practices, green chop feeding, corn and grass silage feeding, and hay feeding), pasture grass density (kg/mi),
Sources which are river bank wells should be tabulated separately with their associated population.
and yield statistics (kg/mi)  
for harvested forage crops for beef and dairy cattle feeding within a 50-mile radius of the proposed reactor. Agricultural production, crop yield, grazing, and feeding data may be obtained from sources such as local and State agricultural agencies, agricultural agents, and other reliable sources.


Note whether any other nuclear facilities are located within a 50-mile radius of the site.
Determine and indicate in tabular format the past, present, and projected commercial fish and shellfish catch (according to the National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) standard reporting units) from contiguous waters within 50 miles of the station discharge. Report the catch by total landings and by principal species, indicating the amounts used as human food. Indicate the location of principal fishing areas and ports of landing associated with these contiguous waters, and relate these locations to harvest by species. Note the amounts consumed locally. Determine and tabulate the present and projected recreational fish and shellfish harvest from
2-2


The degree of detail to be provided will generally depend upon distance from the
these waters in the same format, also indicating principal fishing areas and their respective yield by species. As above, indicate the amounts consumed locally. Include any harvest and use of seaweed, other aquatic life, or any vegetation used as human food from these waters.
7


plant; that is, nearby activities (within 5 miles from the plant) should be desc:ribed in greater detail than those at greater distances.
Indicate the closest location to the point of discharge that is publicly accessible (from land and from water)
and influenced by the discharge flow. Provide a qualita tive estimate of the fishing success that a fisherman could have at this location. Identify and describe any fish farms or similar aquatic activity within the 50-mile area utilizing water that reasonably may be affected by the power station discharge. Indicate the species and produc tion from each of these facilities and the amounts consumed locally. If hunting occurs within 50 miles of the station, determine the average annual harvest by species, and indicate the amount of game that will be consumed locally. Fish landings, recreational and com mercial fin and shellfish harvests, and hunting and game information may be obtained from sources such as Federal, State, and county recreation, conservation, game, and fish agencies. Institutional or other authorita tive sources may also be used. Where adequate data are not available, the applicant should determine the in formation independently.


2.3 Regional historic Pnd natural landmarks Areas valued for either their historic or natural significance may be affected. The Environmental Report should include a brief discussion of the historic and natural significance, if any, of the plant site and nearby areas with specific attention to the sites and areas listed in the National Register of Historic Places and the National Registry of Natural Landrnarks. (The  
The information in this section should be organized in a manner that demonstrates coordination of the principal activities of the proposed station with the various uses of land and water outside the station. These activities should include details of required offsite access corridors such as railroad spurs, rights-of-way for cooling water conveyance, new or future roadways, and other cultural features that relate to the principal purpose of the facility. The discussion should include reference to the reservation of rights-of-way for any future ex pansions that might be foreseen at the time of the application.
1972 cumulative revision of the National Register is in the Federal Register of March 15, 1972, 37 F.R.


5428; additions are published in the Federal Register on the first Tuesday of each month.)
On a monthly basis, identify the location, nature, and amounts of present and projected surface and ground water use (e.g., water supplies, irrigation, reservoirs, recreation, and transportation) within 50 miles of the station where the water supplies may be contaminated by station effluents and the present and projected population associated with each use point, where appro priate. In addition, all population centers taking water from waterways between the station and the ocean, or such lesser distance as the applicant can technically justify, should be tabulated (distance, uses, amounts, and population). Sources that are river bank wells should be tabulated separately with their associated populations. The effect of present and projected regional consumptive water uses by the station on the supplies or vice versa should be identified. Water and sewage treatment processes should be described where water suppliers may be affected by station effluents.
State and local historical societies should also be consulted. In addition, indicate whether or not the site has any archaeological significance and explain how conclusions were reached. If such significance or value is present, describe plans to ensure its preservation.


State whether the proposed transmission line right-of-way from the plant to the hook-up with existing system (Section 3.9) will pass through or near any area or location of known historic, natural, or archaeological significance.
Data on both present and projected future water use should be summarized and tabulated; users should be located on maps of legible scale. Tabulations containing information similar to that listed below should be provided for water users that may be affected.


2.4 Geology Describe the major geological aspects of the site and its immediate environs. The discussion should be limited to noting the broad features and general characteristics of the site and environs (stratigraphy, soil and rock types, faults, seismic history).
1. Number: Include numbers shown on maps identi fying the location of water users;
2.5 Hydrology The effects of plant construction and operation on any adjacent above-ground or below-ground bodies of water are of prime importance.
2. Distance from Station: Separate intake and dis charge locations should be identified as follows:
a. Identify radial distance from station for each water user;
b. Provide distance from station via water route, or by River Mile, etc.;
3. Coordinates: Provide map coordinates, if appropri ate;
4. Withdrawal Rate: Provide present and projected withdrawal rate (in cfs or gpm) for each water use;
5. Return Rates: Provide present and projected return rates (in cfs or gpm) if appropriate:
6. Type of Water Use: Provide type of water use for each location, e.g., municipal, industrial, irrigation;
7. Source and Projection Dates of Water-Use Esti mates: Where use rates are anticipated to change over the life of the project, indicate periodic projections and the source of the projection information. Sources for such projections may be available for users or planning agencies at different levels of government.


Accordingly, describe the physical, chemical, and hydrological characteristics (and their seasonal variations)
For items 4 and 5 above, if use varies significantly seasonally, indicate monthly values. Also, where substan tial holdup or flow changes occur in water use systems, such as in storage ponds or by flow augmentation, indicate the character of the changes.
of surface and ground waters (marshes, lakes, streams, estuaries, bays, oceans, etc.) of the site and the immediate environs. Include a description of significant tributaries above and below the site and the pattern and gradients of drainage in the area. Note that information relating to water characteristics should include measurements made on or in close proximity to the site.


Monthly and daily maxima, averages, and minima of important parameters of ground and surface waters, such as temperature, flow rate, velocity, water table height. gas and chemical stratification, circulation patterns, river and lake levels, tides, floods, currents, wave action, and flushing times, should be presented. Vertical and areal variations should be established on a regional basis as well as in the immediate vicinity of the site. If data are available, ground water contours (including seasonal variations) within 2 or 3 miles of the plant should be presented. (Note that water use at the site is discussed in Section 2.2.)
In addition, for ground water users, indicate the types of ground water use, depth of wells, ground water elevation, and return rates (if to surface water), and characterize the use by aquifer.
2.6 Meteorology Present data on site meteorology: (I) diurnal and monthly averages and extremes of temperature and humidity; (2) monthly wind characteristics including speeds, directions.


frequencies and joint wind speed, stability category, wind direction frequencies; (3) data on precipitation; (4) frequency of occurrence and effects of storms accompanied by high velocity winds including tornadoes and hurricanes. (In the second item, the joint wind speed-stability-direction frequencies should be presented in tabular form, giving the frequencies as fractions when using 5-year U.S. Weather Bureau summaries, or as number of occurrences when using only one or two years of onsite data. The data should be presented for each of the 16 cardinal compass directions, and the stability categories should be established to conform as closely as possible with those of Pasquill.)
2.2 Ecology In this section, the applicant should describe the flora and fauna in the vicinity of the site, their habitats, and their distribution. This initial inventory will reveal certain organisms which, because of their importance to the community, should be given specific attention. A  
2.7 Ecology In this Section the applicant should identify the important local flora and fauna, their habitats and distribution as well as the relationship between species and their environments. A species, whether animal or plant, is "important" if it is commercially or recreationally valuable, if it is rare or endangered, if it is of specific scientific interest or if it is necessary to the well-being of some significant species (e.g., a food chain component)  
species is "important" (for the purposes of this guide) if a specific causal link can be identified between the nuclear power station and the species and if one or more of the following criteria applies: (a) the species is
or to the balance of the ecological system.
2-3


In cataloging the local organisms, the applicant should identify and discuss the abundance of the terrestrial vertebrates, provide a map that shows the dist1fibution of the principal plant communities, and describe the plant communities and animal populations
commercially or recreationally valuable, (b) the species is threatened or endangered, 2 (c) the species affects the well-being of some ivnportant species within criteria (a)
4
or (b), or (d) the species is critical to the structure and function of the ecological system or is a biological indicator of radionuclides in the environment.
4 I
8


within the aquatic environments.
The initial inventory should establish the identity of the majority of terrestrial and aquatic organisms on or near the site and their relative (qualitative) abundances.


The discussion should include species that migrate through the area or use it for breeding grounds.
The applicant should identify the "important" species from this list and discuss in detail their quantitative abundances. The discussion should include species that migrate through the area or use it for breeding grounds.


The discussion of species-environment relationships should include descriptions of area usage (e.g. habitat, breeding, etc.); it should- include life histories of important regional animals, tE.-ir normal population fluctuations and their habitat requirements (e.g. thermal tolerance ranges); and it should include identification of food chains and other interspecies relationships, particularly when these are contributory to predictions or evaluations of the impact of the nuclear plant on the regional biota.
Special attention should be given to the relative impor tance of the station area to the total regional area of the living resources (potential or exploited).
The applicant should provide data on the count and distribution of important domestic fauna, in particular cows and goats, that may be involved in the radiological exposure of man via the iodine-milk route. A map that shows the distribution of the principal plant communi ties should be provided.


Identify any definable pre-existing environmental stresses from sources such as pollutants, as well as any ecological conditions suggestive of such stresses. Describe the status of ecological succession.
The discussion of species-environment relationships should include descriptions of area usage (e.g., habitat, breeding, etc.) for important species; it should include life histories of important regional animals and aquatic organisms, their normal seasonal population fluctua tions, the density and distribution of their planktonic life stages, and their habitat requirements (e.g., thermal tolerance ranges); and it should include identification of food chains and other interspecies relationships, particu larly when these are contributory to predictions or evaluations of the impact of the nuclear station on the regional biota.


Discuss any important histories of disease occurring in the regional biota as well as vectors or reservoirs of disease, or serious infestations by pest spe'cies.
Identify any definable preexisting environmental stresses from sources such as pollutants, as well as pertinent ecological conditions suggestive of such stresses. The status of ecological succession should be described. Discuss the histories of any infestations, epidemics, or catastrophes (caused by natural phenom ena) that have had a significant impact on regional biota.


The sources of information should be identified.
The irformation should be presented in two separate subsections, the first entitled "Terrestrial Ecology" and the second, "Aquatic Ecology." The sources of informa tion should be identified. As part of this identification, present a list of pertinent published material dealing
21n the writing and reviewing of environmental reports, specific consideration should be given to possible impact on any species (or its habitat) that has been determined to be endangered or threatened with endangerment by the Secretary of the Interior and the Secretary of Commerce. New terminology defining
"endangered or threatened with endangerment" has been promulgated in Pub. Law 93-205, 87 Stat. 884.


As part of this identification, present a list of any published material dealing with the ecology of the region. Locate and describe any ecological or biological studies of the site or its environs now in progress.
with the ecology of the region. Locate and describe any ecological or biological studies of the site or its environs currently in progress.


2.8 Background radiological characteristics Regional radiological data, including both natural background radiation levels and results of measurements of any concentrations of radioactive materials occurring in important biota, in soil and rocks and in regional surface waters should be reported.
2.3 Meteorology 3 This section should provide a meteorological descrip tion of the site and its surrounding area. The description should include the use of at least one annual cycle from the onsite meteorological program for a construction permit application and at least two annual cycles (preferably three or more whole years), including the most recent 1-year period, for an operating license application, plus examination of additional regional meteorological information. Sufficient data should be included to permit independent evaluations and assess ments of atmospheric diffusion characteristics and sta tion impacts on the environment. A discussion of climatology, existing levels of air pollution and their effects on station operations, the relationship of the meteorological data gathered on a regional basis to local data, and the impact of the local terrain and large lakes and other bodies of water on meteorological conditions in the area should also be included.


These data, whether determined during the applicant's preoperational surveillance program (see Section 6.1.5) or obtained from other sources, should be referenced.
The following data concerning site meteorology, taken from onsite meteorological measurements and nearby representative stations, should be presented:
1. Diurnal and monthly averages and extremes of temperature, dewpoint, and humidity;
2. Monthly and annual wind speed and direction data in joint frequency form at all heights of measurement representative of wind characteristics for points of effluent release to, and transport within, the atmos phere;
3. Monthly and annual joint frequencies of wind direction and speed by atmospheric stability class at heights and intervals relevant to atmospheric transport of effluents;
4. Total precipitation by month, number of hours with precipitation, rainfall rate distributions, and monthly precipitation wind roses;
5. Frequency of occurrence of winds greater than 50
knots by storm type (e.g., orographic or synoptic flow regimes, tornadoes, and hurricanes). 
This information should be fully documented and substantiated as to validity of its representation of expected long-term conditions at and near the site.


2.9 Other environmental features For certain sites, some relevant information on the plant environs may not clearly fall within the scope of the preceding topics.
3Data for this section may be drawn from information in Section
2.3 of the Preliminary Safety Analysis Report, as appropriate.


Additional information may be required with respect to some environmental features in order to reflect the value of the site and site environs to important segments of the population.
2-4


Such information should be included here. Where relevant, the applicant should appraise and discuss the reaction of interested citizen groups to locating the proposed facility at this site.
Guidance on acceptable onsite meteorological measure ments and data format is presented in Regulatory Guide
1.23 (Safety Guide 23), "Onsite Meteorological Pro grams."
Sufficient meteorological information should also be provided to adequately characterize atmospheric trans port processes (i.e., airflow trajectories, diffusion condi tions, deposition characteristics) out to a distance of 50
miles from the nuclear station. The primary source of meteorological information is the onsite meteorological program. Other sources of meteorological information could include available National Weather Service (NWS)
stations, meteorological programs that are well main tained and well exposed (e.g., other nuclear facilities, university, private meteorological programs), and addi tional satellite meteorological facilities established by the applicant to characterize relevant conditions at critical onsite and offsite locations. Adequate characteri zation of atmospheric transport processes within 50
miles of the station may include examination of meteoro logical data from stations farther than 50 miles from the station when this information can provide additional clarification of the mesoscale atmospheric transport processes. For an assessment of atmospheric transport to distances of 50 miles from the station, the following additional regional meteorological information (based on at least a 1-year period of record) should be presented for as many relevant stations as practicable:
1. Wind speed and direction data at all heights at which wind characteristic data are applicable or have been measured;
2. Atmospheric stability as defined by vertical tem perature gradient or other well-documented parameters that have been substantiated by diffusion data;
3. Monthly mixing height data; and
4. Total precipitation by month, number of hours with precipitation, rainfall rate distributions, and monthly precipitation wind roses.


3.
All meteorological data should be concurrent for each station with the onsite data collection periods, presented by hour, and should be available on magnetic tapes. In addition, a map showing the detailed topographic features (as modified by the station) on a large scale within a 5-mile radius of the station, a smaller scale map showing topography within a 50-mile radius of the station, and a plot of maximum elevation versus distance from the center of the station in each of the sixteen
221/4-degree compass point sectors (i.e., centered on true north, northnortheast, northeast, etc.) radiating from the station to a distance of 50 miles should be presented.


THE PLANT
For assessment of the impact of station operation on the environment, data summaries (e.g., moisture deficit, visibility, solar radiation) should be presented to support the description given in Section 5.1.4 of the frequency and extent of fogging and icing conditions and other impacts on the atmospheric environment due to station presence and operation.
The operating plant and transmission system are to be described in this Section.


Since the environmental effects are of primary concern in the Report, the plant effluents and plant.related systems that interact with the environment should be described in particular detail.
At the time of construction permit application, applicants proposing a wet, dry, or wet-dry cooling tower for main condenser cooling or service water cooling should furnish appropriate summaries of joint humidity data along with the joint wind speed, stability category, and wind direction frequencies for heights related to the estimation of cooling tower moisture dispersion for at least 6 months and preferably one annual cycle in order to provide a basis for the estimation of the impact of tower operation on the environment. If the applicant does not have the detailed site-specific meteorological data described above, it may present information applicable to the general site area from the National Weather Service or other authoritative sources. The detailed site-specific data may be scheduled in accordance with Section 6, "Environmental Reports,"
of the Introduction to this guide.


3.1 External appearance The building layout, plant perimeter, exclusion boundary, and plant profile should be shown to scale. by line drawings or other illustrative techniques.
2.4 Hydrology 4 The effects of station construction and operation on adjacent surface and ground waters are of prime impor tance. The applicant should describe, in quantitative terms, the physical, chemical, biological, and hydro logical characteristics, the typical seasonal ranges and averages, and the historical extremes for surface and ground water bodies.


The architectural design and efforts to make the structures and grounds aesthetically pleasing should be noted.
Information should be provided only for those waters that may affect station effluents and water supply or that may be reasonably assumed to be affected by the construction or operation of the station. For those water bodies and systems that may receive radionuclides from the station, the data should be supplied out to a radius of 50 miles from the site.


The location and elevation of release points for liquid and gaseous wastes should be clearly indicated.
Expected seasonal and other temporal variations of important parameters such as flow and currents should be described monthly; daily or shorter increments should be provided when they are important in deter mining the basis for evaluation of environmental effects.


3.2 Reactor and steam-electric system The reactor type (BWR, PWR, HTGR, etc.),
The applicant should identify, to the extent possible, the source and nature of the background pollutants (e.g.,  
manufacturer, architect-engineer, number of units, and kind (make) of turbine generator should be stated.
chemical species and physical chirac-ceristics such as
4Data for this section may be drawn from information in Section 2.4 of the Preliminary Safety Analysis Report, as appropriate.


The fuel (cladding, enrichment, etc.) should be described. Rated and design electrical and thermal power of. the reactor as well as the in-plant electrical power consumption should be given.
2-5


3.3 Plant water use A quantitative water-use diagram for the plant should be presented, showing water flows to and from the various plant water systems (heat dissipation system, sanitary system, radwaste and chemical waste systems, process water system, etc.) The sources and condition (quality) of the water in each input and output should be described.
color and temperature), the range of concentrations involved, and the time variations in release. Information relating to water quality characteristics should include measurements made on or in close proximity to the site.


Show total consumptive use of water by the plant. The above data which quantify plant water use should be tabulated for various plant conditions including maximum power operation, minimum anticipated power operation, temporary shutdown, with and without cooling towers and cooling ponds (if seasonal usage is planned). To avoid excessive detail on the diagram, cross-reference other
Station construction and operation will affect the hydrologic characteristics in the site area. Information should be provided to establish the bases for estimates of the effects. For systems involving water impoundments, the flow rates (in and out), evaporation, drawdown, percolation, evapotranspiration, and net volumes should be provided. In addition, provide elevation-area-capacity curves. Furnish sufficient site-specific data to justify the evaluation of the effects of construction and operation of the station on established ground water tables and usage.
9


sections (e.g., Sections 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7) for relevant data.
Where a stream is to be used by the station in any way, the estimated 7-day, once-in-lO-years low flow should be presented, in addition to observed instanta neous and average daily minimums. Furthermore, the period-of-record drought with the monthly flow sequence identified above, transposed to the station intake and adjusted for existing and projected upstream developments, should be provided. A description of significant tributaries above and below the site, their monthly flow sequences (if necessary to identify future water use), and the pattern and gradients of drainage in the area should be provided.


3.4 Heat dissipation system Heat-removal facilities should be discussed in detail. Simplified flow diagrams, sketches of intake and outfall structures are essential. The reasons for providing the particular facilities (such as water resources limitations or reduction of thermal effects) should be noted.
In order to develop a systematic evaluation of the interaction of proposed releases with the receiving water, and to permit establishment of distributional isopleths of temperature or chemical and radionuclide concentra tions, as discussed in Chapter 5 of this guide, detailed hydrologic descriptions of the site environment to a radius of 50 miles are necessary. (Note that water use is discussed in Section 2.1.3.)
For the surface water environment, site-specific hydrologic information should include descriptions of both tidal and nontidal flow patterns. For large lakes and coastal regions, the description of nontidal circula tion should include frequency distributions of current speed direction and persistence.


The source of the cooling water should be identified. (Its natural temperature, including monthly changes and stratification, should be described in Section 2.5.)
The seasonal cycles of temperature and salinity structure should be provided. Additionally, information should be included that describes the bottom and shoreline configuration, sedimentation rates (suspended and bed load), sediment gradation analysis, and distrib ution (sorption) coefficients.
Topics to be covered include: quantity of heat dissipated;
quantity of water withdrawn, consumptive use, return: design, size, and location of cooling towers, cooling lakes or spray ponds: air, water flow rates, pertinent temperatures, estimates of quantity of drift atid drizzle (and methods used in making estimates)  
for cooling towers:
blowdown volume, ,ate of discharge and physical and chemical characteristics for towers and ponds;
temperature changes, rate of changes and holdup times in cooling ponds; rate of evaporation of water from towers or ponds;
information on dams or dikes where a cooling reservoir is created; design and location of water intake structures, including water depth, flow and velocity, screens.


number and capacity of pumps at intake structure;
For the ground water environment, the hydrologic information should include descriptions of the major aquifers in the area, ground water piezometric contour maps of pre- and postconstruction conditions, hydraulic gradients, permeabilities for representative geologic fea tures, total and effective porosities, bulk density esti- mates, storage coefficients, dispersion and distribution (sorption) coefficients, descriptions of pertinent geologic formations and soil types, including formation depth throughout the site and to the nearest downgradient well or water body (note that geology is discussed in Section
temperature differences between withdrawn and returned water; time of travel across condenser and to end of contained discharge lines for different months and flows. details of outfall design including discharge flow and velocity.
2.5), chemical properties, and time histories of ground water fluctuations. The applicant should provide data concerning any drawdown of ground water caused by withdrawals from neighboring major industrial and municipal wells that may result in the transport of material from the site to these or other wells.


Descriptions should include operational modes of important subsystems.
Where features of a proposed station such as founda tions, excavations, artificial lakes, and canals create artificial conduits for flow of ground water between and among aquifers, the applicant should furnish sufficient site-specific detail to justify its evaluation of the effects of construction and operation of the station on estab lished ground water tables and usage. (Note that water use at the site is discussed in Section 2.1.3.)
In addition to providing the information described above for the hydrologic environment in the immediate vicinity of the station, information should also be provided for all points that could be affected by station construction and operation within the 50-mile radius where water is withdrawn or where there are significant changes in important parameters. All data for parameters should be adjusted to both present-day conditions and to those that may reasonably be expected to occur over the life of the station. Chemical and biological para meters of the hydrologic environment should be des cribed in a like manner.


Describe procedures for reducing the thermal shock to aquatic biota during shutdown or refueling.
The amount of information required for evaluation of radionuclide transport in water should be commensurate with the models used in support of the analysis required in Appendix I to 10CFR Part 50.


Procedures and schedules for removal and disposal of blowdown of slimes and algal growth in the system, and of trash collected at the intake structures, should be described.
2.5 Geology A description of the major geological aspects of the site and its immediate environs should be provided. The level of detail presented should be appropriate to the proposed station design and particularly the heat dissipa tion system planned. For example, if holding or cooling ponds are to be created, a detailed description of soil and bedrock types, etc., should be provided. Except for those specific features that are relevant to the environ mental impact assessment, the discussion may be limited to noting the broad features and general characteristics of the site and environs (topography, stratigraphy, and soil and rock types). 
2.6 Regional Historic, Archeological, Architectural, Scenic, Cultural, and Natural Features Areas valued for their historic, archeological, architec tural, scenic, cultural, or natural significance may be
2-6


Data on relevant chemical constituents should be presented in Section 3.6.
affected. The environmental report should include a brief discussion of the historic, scenic, archeological, architectural, cultural, and natural significance, if any, of the station site and nearby areas with specific attention to the sites and areas listed in the National Registry of Natural Landmarks and properties included in or eligible for inclusion in the National Register of Historic Places.


3.5 Radwaste systems Provide a detailed description of the radwaste systems including flow diagrams showing origin, treatment, and disposal of all solid, liquid, and gaseous radioactive waste generated by the plant under consideration.
The National Registry of National Landmarks appears in 37 FR 1496. The National Register of Historic Places is published annually in the Federal Register; additions are published in the Federal Register on the first Tuesday of each month. General guidance on the treatment of historic, archeological, architectural, and cultural features can be obtained from the National Park Service publication,
"Preparation of Environmental Statements: Guidelines for Discussion of Cultural (Historic, Archeological, Architectural)
Resources,"
August 1973.5 The environmental report should identify those prop erties included in or eligible for inclusion in the National Register of Historic Places which may be affected by the construction or operation of a station or its associated facilities, including the transmission lines and corridor rights-of-way. Also, the applicant should* discuss its consultation with the appropriate State Liaison Officer for Historic Preservation concerning the identification of properties included in or eligible for inclusion in the National Register of Historic Places. The environmental report should contain evidence of contact with the Historic Preservation Officer for the state involved, including a copy of his comments concerning the effect of the undertaking on historic, archeological, and cul tural resources. Procedures for the protection of historic
5Copies may be obtained from Chief Historian, Room 1226, National Park Service, 18th and C Streets NW, Washington, D.C.


List estimated quantities, volumes and flow rates from all sources, expected aecontamination factors, holding times, and expected frequency and magnitude of variations from normal operating conditions. (Accident conditions are to be discussed under Section 7.)
20240.
Indicate which radwaste systems are used singly and which are used jointly with other units at the site, as applicable.


List all radionuclides (and their half-lives) that will be discharged with each effluent stream and give the expected anoual average release rates.
and cultural properties (36 CFR Part 800) were pub lished in 39 FR 3366 (January 25, 1974). 
The environmental report should also indicate whether or not the site has any archeological significance and how this conclusion was reached. Where necessary, professional quality assessments should be undertaken by archeologists.. If such significance or value is present, the applicant's plans to ensure its preservation or plans filed in a public agency for this purpose should be described. The environmental report should contain evidence of any steps taken to recover historical and archeological data affected by station construction or transmission lines in accordance with the Historic and Archeological Preservation Act of 1974 (PL 93-29 1)
In addition, the applicant should provide an assess ment of the visual effects of the station and transmission lines on nearby valued cultural, scenic, historic, park, and recreation areas. The assessment should include drawings or modified photographs indicating the station facilities and their surroundings, if visible from these nearby important vantage points, and estimates of the number of people affected.


If the release rates are intermittent, give the maximum release rates and times involved.
It should be stated whether the proposed transmis sion line rights-of-way from the station to the hookup with the existing system (Section 3.9) will pass through or near any area or location of known historic, scenic, cultural, natural, or archeological significance.


Supply all pertinent supporting information, including a description of assumptions and computational methods used.
2.7 Noise Ambient noise levels obtained from the surrounding biotic communities within 5 miles of the proposed station should be reported. Particular attention should be directed toward obtaining acoustic noise levels where high voltage transmission lines are located. Federal and State noise standards should be referenced, where applicable.


Identify the physical characteristics of all radioactive effluents-particulate. ionic, gaseous, etc.
2-7


State the concentrations of all liquid effluent radionuclides prior to mixing with receiving water body (e.g.. stream, lake, estuary). These concentrations should take into account dilution by plant water bodies such as cooling ponds or canals which receive effluents prior to mixing with the receiving water body.
CHAPTER 3 THE STATION
The operating station and transmission system should be described in this chapter. Since environmental effects are of primary concern in the report, the station effluents and station-related systems that interact with the environment should be described in particular detail.


Seasonal and operational variations in dilution water usage in radwaste effluents should be stated.
3.1 External Appearance The building layout and station perimeter should be illustrated and related to the site maps presented in Section 2.1. The station profile should be shown to scale by line drawings or other illustrative techniques. A
recent oblique aerial photograph or graphic representa tion of the completed station should be included.


Describe the orifices (high stacks or vents)
The applicant should describe efforts made in locat ing facilities on the site to use existing terrain and vegetation to achieve seclusion and sight screening as appropriate to the topography. In addition, the architec tural design efforts made to integrate the facilities into their environmental setting and to create esthetically pleasing buildings and grounds should be noted.
from which airborne or gaseous radioactive materials are to be emitted, giving base and orifice elevations, inside diameter and shape.


In cases where the height of the emitting orifice is less than
The location and elevation of release points for liquid and gaseous wastes should be clearly indicated by a system of (x,y) coordinates related to the centerline of containment of the first nuclear unit covered by this proposal.
2.5 times that of surrounding buildings, supply relevant information on height, location, and shape of nearby buildings and structures.


(Cross reference to Section 3.1 as appropriate).
3.2 Reactor and Steam-Electric System The reactor type (e.g.., BWR, PWR, HTGR), manu facturer, architect-engineer, number of units, and kind (make) of turbine generator should be stated. The fuel (cladding, enrichment, etc.) should be described. Rated (license level) and design ("stretch" level) electrical and thermal power of the reactor, as well as the station's electrical power consumption, should be given.
Provide data on effluent velocity, volume flow rate from the orifice, and the temperature of the effluent gases if appreciably different from ambient.


3.6 Chemical and biocide systems Describe chemical additives (including corrosion inhibitors, chemical and biological antifouling agents), corrosion products, waste
The relationship of station heat rate to the expected variation of turbine back pressure for 100%, 80%, and
'The information requested here is commonly called the
60% unit load should be furnished for design circulator flow, and ranges of operational variation should be given. The proposed station operating life (years) should be indicated.
"source term." The applicant's attention is directed to the set of questions in Appendix 2 of this Guide. The responses to these constitute the basic data required in calculating the source term. The set of questions may be used by the applicant as a checklist to ensure the completeness of data presented in this Section of the Report.


4 U
3.3 Station Water Use A quantitative water-use diagram for the station showing anticipated- maximum and monthly average flow rates to and from the various station water systems (e.g., heat dissipation system, sanitary system, radwaste and chemical waste systems, process water systems)
11
should be presented. The sources of the water for each input should be described. The anticipated maximum and monthly average consumptive use of water by the station should be shown. The above data that quantify station water use should be tabulated for various station conditions, including maximum power operation, minimum anticipated power operation, and temporary shutdown, with or without cooling towers and cooling ponds (if seasonal usage is planned). To avoid excessive detail on the diagrams, refer to other sections (e.g.,
10
Sections 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, and 3.7) for relevant data.


streams or discharges from chemical processing and water treatment that may enter the local environment as a result of plant operation.
The station usage above should be compared with the low-flow (drought) periods of record on rivers or variable lakes. Based on historical low-flow records, provide the estimated frequency and duration of station outages and emergency systems usage resulting from insufficient supply of operational cooling water. If onsite reservoirs are to be created, describe level fluctuations and the consequences of such fluctuations on such environmental factors as vegetation, aquatic food chains, and insect breeding.


Maximum and average concentrations of chemicals and solids in any brines or cooling-system effluents should be given.
3.4 Heat Dissipation System Heat-removal facilities for normal operation should be discussed in detail. Process flow diagrams and scale drawings of intake and outfall structures should be presented. The reasons for providing the particular facilities (such as water resources limitations or reduc tion of thermal effects) should be noted. The water bodies from which cooling water is withdrawn and to which cooling water is returned should be identified.


Ground deposition of chemicals and solids entrained in spray fallout should be estimated.
(Natural temperatures, including monthly changes and stratification, should be described in Section 2.4.)
Topics to be covered include quantity of heat dissipated; quantity of water withdrawn; consumptive water use, return, design, size, and location of cooling towers, cooling lakes and ponds, canals with spray modules, or spray ponds; air and water flow rates, pertinent temperatures, estimates of quantity of drift and drizzle (and methods used in making estimates) for cooling towers and spray systems; blowdown volume, rate of discharge, and physical and chemical characteris tics for cooling towers, spray systems, and ponds;
temperature changes, rate of changes, and holdup times in cooling ponds or artificial lakes; and rate of evapora tion of water (by months) from towers, ponds, lakes, or other related cooling facilities. Also include information on dams or dikes where a cooling reservoir is created to include essential features of the interior flow patterns;
design and location of water intake systems or struc tures, including numbers, types, and sizes of screens, water depth, and flow and velocity at design conditions and for any anticipated conditions of reduced circulator
3-1


The discussion should include description of procedures by which effluents will be treated, controlled and discharged, the expected nominal and maximum concentrations for each discharge, and the quantities that will be discharged in a specified time. Seasonal and operational variations in discharges should be described. A flow diagram (which may also be combined with the liquid radwaste system)
flow; number and capacity of pumps at intake structure;
should be included.
temperature differences between withdrawn and re turned water, including consideration of operational variation of circulator flow; time of travel across condenser and to the end of contained discharge lines, canals, etc., for different months and flows; point of addition and flow rate of any diluent added to the cooling water stream; and details of outfall design, including discharge flow and velocity and the depth of the discharge structure in the receiving water. Descrip tions should include operational modes of important subsystems. Ranges of operating conditions involving special conditions, such as operating with reduced circulator flow, should be described.


3.7 Sanitary and other waste systems Describe any other nonradioactive solid or liquid waste materials, such as sanitary and chemical laboratory wastes, laundry and decontamination solutions, that may be created during plant operation. Describe the manner in which they will be treated and controlled and describe procedures for disposal.
Procedures and schedules for removal and disposal of blowdown, of slimes and algal growth in the system, and of trash collected at the intake structures should be described. The methods used to prevent the initial accumulation of slime and algae and data on relevant chemical constituents should be presented in Section
3.6.


Describe any other gaseous effluents (i.e.,
Seasonal and operational variations in all discharges should be described. This should include deicing, back flushing, and pump maintenance downtime under worst-case operating conditions.
from diesel engines, gas turbines, heating plants, incinerators)
created during plant operation; estimate the frequency of release and describe how they will be treated before release to the environment.


3.8 Radioactive materials inventory The transportation of radioactive materials has potential environmental effects (to be discussed in Section 5.3). In this Section the radioactive materials to be transported to and from the site should be described.
Include a description of all details supporting the claims that any of the exemptions regarding the dis charge of heat in hot side blowdown as permitted by
40 CFR Part 423, Section 423.13(1)(2), is warranted with respect to the requirement that "there shall be no discharge of heat from the main condensers."
3.5 Radwaste Systems and Source Term This section should describe the liquid, gaseous, and solid radioactive waste (radwaste) treatment systems and the instrumentation used to monitor all effluent release points. The information should include the origin, treatment, and disposal of all liquid, gaseous, and solid radioactive wastes generated by the station during normal operation including anticipated operational occurrences (e.g., refueling, purging, equipment down time, maintenance).
Describe in detail the capabilities of the proposed radwaste treatment systems to maintain releases of radioactive materials in effluents to "as low as is reasonably achievable" levels in conformance with 10
CFR Parts 20 and 50 including the cost-benefit analysis required by Appendix I to 10 CFR Part 50.


Describe the type of fresh fuel to be used and the quantity to be shipped to the site each year. The form of fuel, enrichment, cladding, total weight per shipment, and expected form of packaging should be discussed.
Since the radwaste systems are discussed and shown in detail in the applicant's Preliminary Safety Analysis Report (PSAR), the applicant may show the radwaste treatment systems by block diagrams. References to appropriate sections of the PSAR should be indicated wherever needed.


Estimate the weight of irradiated fuel to be shipped from the site per year, the number of shipments per year, the average and maximum burnup for each shipment, the cooling time required prior to each shipment, and the expected form of packaging to be used.
3.5.1 Source Term Provide the sources of radioactivity that serve as input to the liquid, gaseous, and solid radioactive waste treatment systems for normal operation and anticipated operational occurrences. Describe the calculational model used to determine the activity of each radio nuclide in the primary and secondary (PWR) coolant.


Estimate the annual weight, volume and activity of radioactive waste materials (e.g..
The fraction of fuel releasing radioactivity into the primary coolant or the fission product noble gas release rate used as a design basis should be consistent with operating experience.
spent resins and air filters) to be shipped from the site. Categorize the wastes according to whether they are liquid, solid or gaseous. Any processing that may be required before shipment, such as compacting or consolidating with vermiculite and cement, should he described.


3.9 Transmission facilities The Environmental Report should contain sufficient information to permit evaluation of the environmental impact of transmission lines and related facilities that must be constructed to convey energy from the proposed nuclear installation to an interconnecting point or points on the existing distribution system. For material useful in preparing this subsection.
Provide a complete derivation of the concentrations of activated corrosion products used in the source term calculations. Provide the bases for all assumptions used in the derivation. Cite pertinent operating experience where data are available. The activation of water and constituents normally found in the reactor coolant system should also be taken into account. Sources of isotopes (e.g., N-16, Ar-41), together with the concentra tion of each isotope, should be identified.


the applicant is advised to consult the Department of Interiot/Department of Agriculture publication entitled
Identify sources and appearance rate of tritium in the reactor coolant. Describe the management of tritiated liquids during normal operations and anticipated opera tional occurrences. Identify release points for tritiated liquids and gases and the quantity of tritium (curies)
"Environmental Criteria for Electric Transmission Systems"
expected to be released annually by each pathway.
(U.S.


Government Printing Office, 1971) and the Federal Power Commission publication
Provide piping and instrumentation diagrams (P&IDs)  
"Electoic Power Transmission and the Environment."
for fuel pool cooling and purification systems and for fuel pool ventilation systems. Provide the volume of the fuel pool and refueling canal, identify sources of makeup water, and describe the management of water inventories during refueling. Provide an analysis of the concentra tions of radioactive materials in the fuel pool water following refueling, and calculate the releases of radio active materials in gaseous effluents due to evaporation from the surface of the fuel pool and refueling canals during refueling and during normal power operation.
This portion of the Report should identify and discuss parameters of possible environmental significance, including radiated electrical and acoustic noise, induced or conducted ground currents, and ozone production.


The applicant should supply contour maps and/or aerial photographs showing the proposed right-of-way and identifying any existing substation(s) or other point(s) at which the transmission line(s) will connect with the existing distribution system. The lengths and widths of the proposed rights-of-way should be specified. Any access roads, maintenance roads and new facilities located on or near the right-of-way should be shown. The applicant should indicate whether the land adjacent to the right-of-way has residential, agricultural, industrial or recreational uses. Any area where construction of the transmission line(s)
Provide the bases for the values used and cite pertinent operating experience.
will require permanent clearing of vegetation, changes in topography, or removal of manmade structures should also be indicated as well as areas where the transmission line(s) will be placed underground. Indicate the degree to which the above-ground lines will be visible from frequently traveled public roads.


II
For purposes of evaluating the effluents from the various ventilation systems, provide estimates of the leakage rates from the reactor coolant system and other fluid systems containing radioactivity into buildings and areas serviced by the ventilation systems. Identify planned operations and anticipated operational occur rences that may result in release of radioactive materials to the environment. Consider leakage rates and concen trations of radioactive materials for both expected and design conditions. Tabulate the sources of leakage and estimate their contribution to the total quantity. Des cribe special design features provided to reduce leakage.


Adequate descriptions of proposed line-related facilities, such as substations, should be included in the Report. This portion of the Report should provide detailed profile drawings of the various types of transmission structures, including dimensions and specifying their color and finish. The type, number and configuration of conductors and the color, number and configuration of insulators should be described and illustrated as appropriate.
Provide estimates of the releases of radioactive gases, radioactive particulates, and radioiodines (by radio nuclide) from each leakage source, and describe their
3-2


4.
subsequent transport mechanisms and release paths.


ENVIRONMENTAL
Provide the bases for the values used. Cite previous pertinent experience from operating reactors, dqscribing any changes from previous designs that would affect the release of radioactive materials to the environment.
EFFECTS
OF
SITE
PREPARATION, PLANT AND TRANSMISSION
FACILITIES CONSTRUCTION
The construction of a nuclear power plant and related faci.ities will inevitably affect the environment; some of the effects will be adverse.


Effects are considered adverse if environmental change or stress causes some biotic population or nonviable resource to be less safe, less healthy, less abundant, less productive, less aesthetically or culturally pleasing, as applicable; or if the change or stress reduces the diversity and variety of individual choice, the standard of living, or the extent of sharing of life's amenities; or if the change or stress tends to lower the quality of renewable resources or to impair the recycling of depletable resources. The severity of unavoidable adverse effects should be reduced to minimum practicable levels.
Regulatory Guide 1.112, "Calculation of Releases of Radioactive Materials in Gaseous and Liquid Effluents from Light-Water-Cooled Power Reactors," may be referenced, as appropriate, in providing the above information.


In the applicant's discussion of adverse environmental effects, it should be made clear which of these are considered unavoidable and subject to later amelioration and which are regarded as unavoidable and irreversible. Those effects which represent an irretrievable commitment of resources should receive detailed consideration in Section 4.3. (In the context of this discussion,
Provide responses to the source term questionnaires and to the cost-benefit analysis questionnaire which appear as Appendices E, F, and G of this guide.
"irretrievable commitment of resources" alludes to natural sources and means a permanent impairment of these, e.g., loss of wildlife habitat; destruction of nesting, breeding or nursing areas; interference with migratory routes;
loss of valuable or aesthetically treasured natural areas; as well as expenditure of directly utilized resources.)
4.1 Site preparation and plant construction The applicant should organize the discussion in terms of the effects of site preparation and plant construction on (a) land use and (b)
water use. The applicant should consider consequences to both human and wildlife populations and indicate which ate unavoidable, reversible, etc. according to the categorization set forth earlier in this Section.


In the land use discussion, describe how construction activities may disturb the existing terrain and wildlife habitats. Consider the effects of such activities as creating building material supply areas; building temporary or permanent roads, bridges, service lines;
3.5.2 Liquid Radwaste Systems Describe the liquid radwaste systems and their capa bilities to control, collect, process, handle, store, and dispose of liquid radioactive wastes generated as the result of normal operation and anticipated operational occurrences. Provide piping and instrumentation dia grams and flow diagrams for liquid radwaste systems.
disposing of trash, excavating and land filling.


Provide information bearing on suL.h questions as: How much land will be torn up? For how long? Will there be dust or smoke problems?
Reference may be made to the appropriate sections in the PSAR. Show tank capacities, system flow rates, and design capacities of components. Show all interconnec tions with other systems and all potential bypass paths.
What explosives will be used? Where and how often?
Indicate proximity of human populations and identify undesirable impacts on their environment arising from noise, from inconvenience due to the movement of men, material, machines, including activities associated with any provision of housing, transportation, educational facilities for workers arI
their families.


Describe any expected changes in accessibility of historical and archaeological sites in the region. Discuss measure!. designed to mitigate or reverse undesirable effects, such as erosion control, dust stabilization, landscape restoration, control of truck traffic, restoration of affected animal habitat.
Identify the normal mode of operation. Provide esti mated quantities and flow rates from all sources, expected decontamination factors, and holdup times.


The discussion should also include any effects of site preparation and plant construction activities whose consequences may be beneficial to the region, as, for example, the use of spoil to create playgrounds and/or recreational facilities.
Estimated quantities should be given in terms of gallons, total curie content, and activity concentration in pCi/ml.


The discussion of water use should describe the impingement of site preparation and construction activities on regional water (lakes, streams, ground water, etc.). Such activities would include the construction of cofferdams, and/or storm sewers, dredging operations, placement of fill material in the water, and the creation of shoreside facilities involving bulkheads, piers, jetties, basins or other structures enabling ingress or egress from the plant by water. Examples of other pertinent activities are the construction of intake and discharge structures for cooling water or other purposes, straightening or deepening a water channel and operations affecting water levels (flooding), etc. The applicant should describe the effects of these activities on navigation, fish and wildlife resources, water quality, water supply, aesthetics and so on as applicable. Measures to mitigate undesirable effects, such as flood and pollution control, installation of fish ladders or elevators and other procedures for habitat improvement should be described.
Indicate which systems are used separately and which are shared with other units at the site, as appropriate.


I
Provide a summary tabulation of all radionuclides that will be discharged with each effluent stream, and provide the expected annual average release rate (Cilyr per reactor). 
I
An evaluation should be provided showing confor mance with the design objectives specified in Appendix I  
I
to 10 CFR Part 50, Section II, Paragraphs A and D. With regard to Paragraph D, tabulate the components and the parameters considered in the cost-benefit analyses, along with dollarlman-rem reduction. Analyses should be based on a 30-year station operating life. Describe the cost-benefit analysis model in sufficient detail that the tabulated values can be verified. Provide the bases for all assumptions and parameters used in the analyses. Pro vide design specifications for all equipment involved in the cost-benefit analyse
12


4.2 Transmission facilities construction The effects of construction and installation of transmission line towers and facilities on the land and on the people, including those living in and those visiting or traveling through the adjacent area, should be discussed in this Section. (Refer to Section 3.9 for the basic information.)
====s. Regulatory Guide ====
The following topics may serve as guidelines for this discussion but the applicant should include additional material if it is relevant:
1.110,  
a)
"Cost-Benefit Analysis for Radwaste Systems for Light Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Reactors," may be refer enced, as appropriate, in providing the above informa tion.
Any permanent changes that will be induced in the physical and biological processes of plant and wild life through the changes in the hydrology, topography or ground cover during construction and installation of the transmission lines.


b)
3.5.3 Gaseous Radwaste Systems Describe the gaseous radwaste systems and their capa bilities to control, collect, process, handle, store, and dispose of gaseous and particulate radioactive wastes generated as the result of normal operation and antici pated operational occurrences. Include building ventila tion systems that exhaust potentially radioactive materials to the environment. Indicate systems that incorporate high-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filters and/or charcoal adsorbers in the treatment of building effluents. Provide P&IDs and flow diagrams for all gaseous radwaste systems. Reference may be made to the appropriate sections of the PSAR. Show system and component capacities. Provide calculations for gas holdup systems, indicating holdup times, decay factors, and reserve capacity. Identify the normal mode of operation. List estimated quantities and flow rates from all sources, expected decontamination factors, and holdup times. Estimated quantities should be given in terms of cubic feet, total curie content, and aciivity concentration in pCi/cc.
Total length of new lines and number of towers through and in various categories of visually sensitive land .(that is sensitive to presence of transmission lines and towers)
such as natural shoreline, marshland, wildlife refuges, parks, national and state monuments, scenic areas, recreation areas, historic areas, national forests and/or heavily timbered areas, shelter belts, steep slopes, wilderness areas.


c)
Indicate which systems are used continuously and which are operated only under specific circumstances.
Number and length of new access and service roads required.


d)  
Note those systems that are shared with other reactors at the site, those systems that are shared between separate buildings or between units, and also those that share a common effluent release point. Identify all gaseous radioactive effluent release points including heights above station grade, temperature, and exit velocity. Provide a summary tabulation of all radio nuclides that will be discharged with each effluent stream, and provide the expected annual average release rate (Ci/yr per reactor)
Erosion directly traceable to construction activities.
Provide an evaluation showing conformance with the design objectives specitied in Appendix I to 10 CFR Part
50, Section II, Paragraphs B, C, and D. With regard to Paragraph D, tabulate the components and the para meters considered in the cost-benefit analyses along with the dollar/man-rem reduction. Analyses should be based on a 30-year station operating life. Describe the cost benefit analysis model in detail sufficient to verify the tabulated values. Provide the bases for all assumptions and the parameters used in the analyses. Give the design specifications for all equipment involved in the cost benefit analyses. Regulatory Guide 1.110, "Cost-Benefit Analysis for Radwaste Systems for Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Reactors," may be referenced, as appro priate, in providing the above information.


e)
3.SA Solid Radwaste System Describe the solid radwaste system and its capability to solidify liquid waste concentrates and to handle, store, and package for shipment the solid radioactive wastes generated as a result of normal operation in cluding anticipated operational occurrence
Plans for protection of wildlife, for disposal of slash and unmerchantable timber, and for cleanup and restoration of area affected by clearing and construction activities.


4.3 Resources committed Discuss any irreversible and irretrievable commitments of resources (loss of land, destruction of biota, etc.) which are expected should site preparation and plant and transmission facilities construction proceed.
====s. Include any====
3-3


Such losses should be evaluated in terms of their relative and long term net, as well as absolute, impacts. (See Section 5.8 of this Guide for more detailed consideration.)
tanks designed to receive concentrated liquid wastes, sludges, or resins prior to processing in the solid radwaste system. Interconnections with liquid radwaste systems should be described. A description of the provisions for 'the compaction or baling of dry solid wastes should also be included. List estimated quantities from all sources. Estimated quantities should be given in terms of cubic feet of solid product (as processed and prepared for shipment), total curie content, and activity concentration in curies per package, or curies per cubic foot. Indicate if the solid radwaste system is shared with other units at the site.
5.


ENVIRONMENTAL
Describe provisions for the storage of packaged solid wastes. Estimate the decay time provided in storage prior to shipment offsite.
EFFECTS
OF
PLANT
OPERATION
This Section describes the interaction of the plant (discussed in Section 3) and the environment (discussed in Section 2). To the extent possible, the applicant should avoid repeating the material presented in Sections 2 and 3. Measures planned to reduce any undesirable effect of plant operation on the environment should be described in detail.


In the discussion of environmental effects, as in Section 4. effects that are considered unavoidable but either inherently temporary or subject to later amelioration should be clearly distinguished from those regarded as unavoidable and irreversible.
Provide P&IDs and flow diagrams showing the origin, treatment, storage, and shipment provisions for all solid radwaste generated by the station under consideration.


Those effects which represent an irretrievable commitment of resources should receive detaill.d consideration in Section 5.8.
Reference should be made to the appropriate sections of the PSAR. Show system and component capacities, and identify the normal mode of operation.


The impacts of operation of the proposed facility should be, to the fullest extent practicable.
3.5.5 Process and Effluent Monitoring Identify all radioactive effluent release points, and indicate which points are continuously monitored. Note those monitors that automatically terminate effluent discharges upon alarm. Indicate those monitors that, upon alarm, automatically actuate standby or alternative treatment systems or that automatically divert streams to holdup tanks.


quantified and systematically presented.'
3.6 Chemical and Biocide Wastes The applicant should provide a complete list of all chemicals (including scaling and corrosion inhibitors, chemical and biological antifouling agents, and cleaning compounds) to be used at the proposed station. Chemi cal names should be given in addition to generic or trade names wherever possible. The list should describe in tabular form the use of each chemical agent, the frequency of use, and the average and maximum quantities (pounds) used annually.
In the discussion of each impact. the applicant should make clear whether the supporting evidence is based on theoretical, laboratory, on-site, or field studies undertaken on this or on previous occasions. The source of each impact-the plant subsystem, waste effluent-and the population or resource affected should be made clear in each case The impacts should be distinguished in terms of their effects on surface water bodies, ground water, air, and land.


Finally, as directed by the Guidelines of the Council on Environmental Quality (36 F.R. 7724, April 23,
The applicant should describe average and expected maximum design discharge concentrations of chemicals, including corrosion products, that may enter the environment as a result of station operation.
1971), the applicant should discuss the relationship between local short-term uses of man's environment and the maintenance and enhancement of long-term productivity. In accordance with this directive, the applicant should assess the action for cumulative and long-term effects from the point of view that each generation is trustee of the environment for each succeeding generation. This means considering, for example, the commitment of a water source to use as a cooling medium in terms of impairment of other actual or potential uses, and any other long-term effects to which the operation of this facility may contribute.


S.1 Effects of operation of heat dissipation system Waste heat, dissipated by the system described in Section 3.4, alters the thermal conditions of the environment. In all cases the heat is eventually transferred to the atmosphere.
Sources of chemicals discharged by the station should be identified by the waste categories specified in 40 CFR
Part 423, "Effluent Guidelines and Standards for the Steam Electric Power Generating Point Source Cate gory," issued by the Environmental Protection Agency, and should include, where applicable, circulating and service water systems; blowdown from recirculating cooling water systems; low-volume waste discharge systems such as demineralizer regenerant waste, water treatment sludge supernatant, filter backwash, steam generator blowdown; area rainfall runoff from construc tion activities and materials storage piles; waste streams or discharges from roof, yard, and other drains; laundry waste streams which may also contain radionuclides; and other waste streams that may enter the local environ ment as a result of station operation.


Since the transfer is usually effected through the surface of a river, pond, lake, estuary or ocean or by the evaporation of water in a cooling tower, the hydrology of the
Maximum and average concentrations (in mg/liter) of chemicals and solids in any brines or cooling system effluents should be given. The expected average and maximum design discharge concentrations of each pollutant for each permitted station discharge should be listed in a table along with the chemical concentrations in each of the above-mentioned waste source categories, where applicable, and the chemical concentration of the intake water supply. Each pollutant in the station's cooling system effluent should be compared with appli cable State and Federal (40 CFR Part 423) effluent limitations guidelines and reported in the table. All flow rates, frequencies of discharge, and regenerant times for the waste sources should also be included in the table.
* 'Quantincation of environmental costs is discussed in Section 10.


13
Quantities of chemicals discharged with treated or partially treated waste streams not covered by 40 CFR
Part 423 should be specifically listed.


environment (Section 2.5) and thd aquatic ecology (Section
Where discharges of free available chlorine or total residual chlorine are not in compliance with 40 CFR
2.7)
Part 423 guidelines, details should be given which support any conclusion that the proposed unit(s) cannot operate at or below this level of chlorination and thus a variance from the effluent limitations of 40 CFR Part
are of primary importance in determining what effects the released heat will have on the environment.
423 is warranted (as is currently allowed by 40 CFR Part
423).
Ground deposition and airborne concentrations of chemicals and solids entrained in spray fallout should be estimated and the methods and bases for the estimates stated. The discussion should include a description of procedures by which all effluents will be treated, controlled, and discharged to meet State and EPA
effluent limitation guidelines and new source perfor mance standards. Seasonal and operational variations in discharges should be described as they relate to effluent limitations and standards of performance. A flow dia gram (which may also be combined with the liquid radwaste system flow diagram) should be included.


Describe the effect that the heated effluent will have on the temperature of the receiving body of water with respect to space and time.
3.7 Sanitary and Other Waste Systems The applicant should describe any other nonradio active solid or liquid waste materials such as sanitary and chemical laboratory wastes, laundry solutions, and de contamination solutions that may be created during station operation. The description should include esti mates of the quantities of wastes to be disposed of, their pollutant concentrations, biochemical oxygen demands at points of release as appropriate to the system, and other relevant data. The manner in which they will be
34


Describe changes in temperature caused by drawing water from one depth and discharging it at another. The predicted characteristics of the mixing zone and temperature changes in the receiving body of water as a whole should be covered. Include seasonal effects. Discuss any model studies that have been performed to determine these characteristics, giving references to reports that provide supporting details. Indicate whether the discharge could affect the quality of the waters of any other State or States.
treated and controlled and the procedures for disposal should also be described. Means for control and treat ment of all systems subject to effluent limitation guidelines and standards of performance under FWPCA
should be described.


Describe the thermal standards applicable to the water source (including maximum permissible temperature, maximum permissible increase, mixing zones, and maximum rates of increase and decrease) and whether, and to what extent, these standards have been approved by the Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency in accordance with the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended.
The applicant should (a) describe any other gaseous effluents (e.g., from diesel engines, gas turbines, heating plants, incinerators) created during station operation, (b)
estimate the frequency of release and describe how they will be treated before release to the environment, and (c)
estimate the total quantity of SO 2 and NO, pollutants to be discharged annually.


Describe the effects of released heat on marine and fresh.water life. Give basis for prediction of effects.
3.8 Reporting of Radioactive Material Movement The detailed requirements for the analysis Of environ.


In this discussion, appropriate references to the baseline ecological data presented in Section 2.7 should be made.
mental impacts involving the transportation of radio active materials to and from nuclear power reactors is contained in 10 CFR Part 51.


Expected thermal effects should be related to the optimum and tolerance temperature ranges for important (as defined in Section 2.7)
If the transportation of fuel and waste to and from nuclear power reactors is within the scope of paragraph (g) of § 51.20, the environmental report need only contain a statement that such environmental impacts are as set forth in Summary Table S4 of 10
aquatic species and the food base which supports them. The evaluation should consider not only the mixing zone, but the entire regional aquatic habitat potentially affected by operation of the proposed plant.
CFR Part 51 (see Appendix A). No further discussion of such environmental effects will be required.


Potential hazards of the cooling water intake and discharge structures (described in Section
If the transportation of fuel and waste to and from nuclear power reactors is not within the scope of paragraph (g) of §51.20, a full description and detailed analysis of the environmental impacts of transportation of radioactive materials under normal conditions of transport will be required. An analysis of the environmental impacts of transportation of radioactive materials following the approach set forth in WASH-1238 is acceptable.1
3A) to fish species and food base organisms should be identified and steps planned to measure and minimize the hazards should be discussed.
3.9 Transmission Facilities The environmental report should contain sufficient information to permit evaluation of the environmental impact of transmission lines and related facilities that are to be constructed between the proposed nuclear installa tion and an interconnecting point or points on the existing high-voltage transmission system, or are required elsewhere in the system for stability or power distribution purposes directly related to the proposed nuclear installation. For material useful in preparing this
1A general analysis of the environmental impact of transporting radioactive materials-to and from a light-water-cooled nuclear power reactor has been issued by the Commission. See "Envi ronmental Survey of Transportation of Radioactive Materials to and from Nuclear Power Plants," WASH-1238, December 1972, and Supplement I to WASH-1238, NUREG-75/038, April
1975. Copies of WASH-1238 and NUREG-75/038 may be obtained from the National Technical Information Service, Springfield, Virginia 22161.


Diversion techniques should be discussed in light of information obtained from ecological studies on fish population, size, and habitats.
section, the applicant is advised to consult the Depart ment of Interior/Department of Agruculture publica tion, Environmental Criteria for Electric Transmission Systems; the Federal Power Commission publication, Electric Power Transmission and the Environmert; the Electric Power Research Institute (EPRI) book, Trans mission Line Reference Book, 345kV and Above,2 and the National Electrical Safety Code.


The effects of passage through the condenser on zooplankton, phytoplankton, meroplankton, and small nektonic forms such as immature fish and the resultant implications for the important species and functional groups should be discussed.
Adequate descriptions of proposed line-related facilities, such as substations, should be included in the report. Sufficient information should be provided on the external appearance of the transmission structures to permit an assessment of their esthetic impact.


The applicant should discuss the potential biological effects of modifying the natural circulation of the water body, especially where water is withdrawn from one region or zone and discharged into another. This includes such factors as dissolved oxygen, nutrients, scouring, and suspended sediments.
This portion of the report should describe the proposed transmission system and include basic design parameters such as voltage, capacity under normal and emergency load conditions, conductor type and configu ration, ruling spans, and electrical clearances. Illustrate the type of transmission structures, and provide profile drawings of the conductors and transmission structures to be located in highly visible areas. Indicate the dimensions, materials, color, and finish of the trans mission structures, substations, and other related facil ities.


Plant-inJuced changes in the temperature of the discharged water subsequent to environmental stabilization, can affect aquatic life in the receiving body.
The applicant should supply contour maps or aerial photographs, or both, showing the proposed rights-of way and identifying substations or other points at which the transmission lines will connect with the existing high-voltage system. The lengths, widths, and acreage of the proposed rights-of-way should be specified. The applicant should characterize the land types to be crossed by transmission lines and indicate the present and expected usage of such land. Any area where construction of the transmission lines will require permanent clearing of trees and vegetation, changes in topography, or removal of man-made structures should also be indicated, as well as areas where the transmission lines will be placed underground. Indicate where high ways, railways, water bodies, and areas of archeological, historical, and recreational interest will be crossed.


Accordingly, the applicant should discuss the possible effects of reactor shutdown (and other temporary related conditions) including the dependence of effects on the season in which shutdown occurs. An estimate of the number of scheduled and unscheduled shutdowns per year should be given. Refueling schedules should be indicated, particularly where temperature cycling in the receiving waters is likely to be large (e.g.,
Where transmission lines offer potential hazard to aerial navigation, appropriate FAA standards should be referenced.
refueling in winter). Discuss steps to be taken to mitigate the effects of shutdown.


Discuss the expected environmental effects, if any, of heat dissipation facilities such as cooling towers, lakes, spray ponds, or techniques such as dilution with additional water or diffuser systems on the local environment and on agriculture, housing, highway safety, airports, or other facilities with respect to meteorological phenomena including fog or icing, cooling tower blowdown and drift, noise.
Identify alternative rights-of-way and terminal loca tions considered, and provide a brief discussion of the rationale for the selection of the proposed rights-of-way.


If fog or icing may occur, the estimated hours per year, distances, directions, and transportation arteries potentially affected should be presented.
Provide sufficient information (including selection criteria) for assessment of the alternatives.


Consider possible synergistic effects that might result from mixing with other effluents in the atmosphere.
2Copies may be obtained from Fred Weidner and Son, Printers,
421 Hudson St., New York, NY 10014.


(Environmental effects of chemicals discharged from cooling tower blowdown Ind drift should be discussed in Section 5.4).
3-5
5.2 Radiological impact on biota other than man In this Section the applicant should consider the impact on biota other than man attributable to the release of radioactive materials from the facility. Specifically, the discussion should include an estimate of typical maximum dose rates (rad/year) for species of local flora and local and migratory fauna considered to be "important" as defined in Section 2.7i
4
4 I
14


5.2.1 Exposure pathways The various possible pathways for radiation exposure of the important local flora and local and migratory fauna should be identified and described in textual and flowchart format. (An example of an exposure pathway chart is given in Appendix 3.) The pathways should include the important routes of radionuclide translocation (including food chains leading to important species) to organisms or sites.
This portion of the report should identify and be taken to minimize these effects. 3 Appropriate State evaluate parameters of possible environmental signifi- and Federal standards should be referenced, as cance, including radiated electrical and acoustic noise, applicable.


5.2.2 Radioactivity in environment In Section
induced or conducted ground currents, corona effects, and ozone production, and what mitigating actions will
3.5, the radionuclide concentrations in the liquid and gaseous effluents from the facility are listed. In this Section, the applicant should consider how these effluents are quantitatively distributed in the environment.
3Details of the controls and effects are requested in Section 5.5.


Specifically, estimates should be provided for the radionuclide concentrations in any surface waters (including the water that receives any liquid radioactive effluents),
3-6
on land areas, and on vegetation (on a per unit area basis) in the environs. If there are other components of the physical environment that may become contaminated and thus cause the exposure of living organisms to nuclear radiations, they should be identified and their radioactivity burden estimated.


In addition, information concerning any cumulative buildup of radionuclides in the environment, such as in sediments, should be presented and discussed.
CHAPTER 4 ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS OF SITE PREPARATION, STATION CONSTRUCTION,
AND TRANSMISSION FACILITIES CONSTRUCTION
This chapter of the applicant's environmental report should discuss the expected effects of site preparation and station and transmission facilities construction. The effects should be presented in terms of their physical impact on the resources and populations described in Chapter 2. Means selected by the applicant to measure and minimize related environmental effects should be outlined. Effects that are primarily economic or social in character should be discussed in Chapter 8.


5.2.3 Dose rate estimates From considerations of the exposure pathways and the distribution of facility-derived radioactivity in the environs, the applicant should estimate the maximum radionuclide concentrations that may be present in important local flora and local and migratory fauna and the resultant dose rates (rad/year).  
The preparation of the site and the construction of a nuclear power station and related facilities will inevitably affect the environment; some of the effects will be adverse and some will be beneficial. Effects are considered adverse if environmental change or stress causes some biotic population or natural resource to be less safe, less healthy, less abundant, less productive, or less esthetically or culturally pleasing, as applicable; if the change or stress reduces the diversity and variety of individual choice, the standard of living, or the extent of sharing of life's amenities; or if the change or stress tends to lower the quality of renewable resources or to impair the recycling of depletable resources. Effects are considered beneficial if they cause changes or stresses having consequences opposite to those just enumerated.
Values of bioaccumulation factors2 used in preparing
2The bloaccumulation factor is the equilibrium ratio:
(concentration in organLsm)/(concentratIon in water). Values of bioaccumulation factors can be obtained from such references as:
W. H. Chapman, H. L. Fisher, M. W. Pratt, "Concentration factors of chemical elements in edible aquatic organisms",
University of California Radiation Laboratory report UCRL,- 50564 (December 30, 1968).
A. M. Freke, "A Model for the Approximate Calculation of Safe Rates of Discharge of Radioactive Wastes Into Marine Environments" Health Physic, 13, 734 (1967).
the estimates should be based on site.specific data if available- otherwise, values from the literature may be used. The applicant should tabulate and reference the values of bioaccumulation factors used in the calculations.


Since the region may contain many important specics, the applicant should limit the calculations to estimating the dose rates experienced by selected species (indicator organisms)
In the applicant's discussion of adverse environmental effects, it should be made clear which of these are considered unavoidable and subject to later amelioration and which are regarded as unavoidable and irreversible.
from habitats (terrestrial and/or aqueous) having the highest potential for radiation exposure.


5.3 Radiological impact on man In this Section the applicant should consider the radiological effects of facility operation and transportation of radioactive materials on manl.
Those effects that represent an irretrievable commitment of resources should receive detailed consideration in Section 4.3. (In the context of this discussion, "irretriev able commitment of resources" alludes to natural resources and means a permanent impairment of these, e.g., loss of wildlife habitat; destruction of nesting, breeding, or nursing areas; interference with migratory routes; loss of valuable or esthetically treasured natural areas as well as expenditure of directly utilized resources.)
4.1 Site Preparation and Station Construction The applicant should organize the discussion in terms of the effects of site preparation and station construc tion on both land use and water use. The consequences to both human and wildlife populations should be considered and identified as unavoidable, reversible, etc.,
according to the categorization set forth above.


Estimates of the radiological impact on man via various exposure pathways should be provided.
In the land-use discussion, describe how construction activities may disturb the existing terrain and wildlife habitats. Consider the effects of such activities as creating building material supply areas;
building temporary or permanent roads, bridges, and service lines;
disposing of trash and chemical wastes (including oil);
excavating; and land filling. Provide information bearing on such questions as: How much land will be torn up?
For how long? Will there be dust or smoke problems?
How will explosives be used? Where and how often?
Indicate the proximity of human populations. Identify undesirable impacts on their environment arising from noise and from inconvenience due to the movement of men, material, and machines, including activities asso ciated with any provision of housing, transportation, and educational facilities for workers and their families.


5.3.1 Exposure pathways The various possible pathways for radiation exposure of man should be identified and described in textual and flowchart format.
The applicant should show in tabular form the land area requirements (in acres) affected by the station and station-related facilities. Where applicable, acieage should be specified for the site, station, cooling towers (main condenser and service water), switching stations, safe-shutdown and emergency cooling ponds, trans mission line corridors (both onsite and offsite), railroad spurs (both onsite and offsite) to be constructed, access roads, makeup and blowdown pipes, intake structures, parking lots, permanent buildings, and any other facility or pond occupying more than 2 acres.


(An example of an exposure pathway chart is given in Appendix 3.) As a minimum, the following pathways should be evaluated:
An annual schedule of the estimated work force to be involved in site preparation and station construction should be presented. Describe any expected changes in accessibility of historical, cultural,' and archeological sites and natural landmarks in the region.
drinking; swimming; fishing: eating fish.


invertebrates, and plants.
The discussion should also include any effects of site preparation and station construction activities whose consequences may be beneficial to the . region; for example, the use of spoil to create playgrounds and recreational facilities.


5.3.2 Liquid effluents Estimate the expected annual average concentrations of radioactive nuclides (listed in Section 3.5) in receiving water at locations where water is consumed or otherwise used by human beings or where it is inhabited by biota of significance to human food chains. (if discharges are intermittent, concentration peaks as well as annual averages should be estimated.)
The discussion of water use should describe the impact of site preparation and construction activities on regional water (e.g., lakes, streams, ground water). The overall plan for protection of water bodies (e.g., recrea tion, reservoir) that may be affected by station construction should be discussed. Activities that might affect water use include the construction of cofferdams and storm sewers, dredging operations, placement of fill material in the water, and the creation of shoreside IDepending on location, the construction of a nuclear power station and associated access roads, docks, landscaping, etc.,  
Specify the dilution factors used in preparing the estimates and the locations where the dilution factors are applicable.
may have an impact on monuments of the National Geodetic Control Networks. The applicant should list all known markers in the construction area in its review and independently notify the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, National Geodetic Survey (NGS) of any impending damage to markers so that efforts can be made to relocate them prior to destruction.


Provide data on recreational and similar use of receiving water and its shoreline, e.g.,
4-1
swimming, fishing, picnicking, hunting, clam digging. Include any persons who derive the major parts of their incomes from water adjacent to the site and Indicate the amount of time spent per year in this activity.


i5
facilities involving bulkheads, piers, jetties, basins, or other structures allowing ingress to or egress from the station by water. Examples of other pertinent activities are the construction of intake and discharge structures for cooling water or other purposes, straightening or deepening of a water channel, and operations affecting water level (flooding), construction, and dewatering effects on nearby ground water users. The applicant should describe the effects of these activities on naviga tion, fish and wildlife resources, water quality, water supply, esthetics, etc., as applicable.


Data on irrigation usage of the receiving water should be included, such as the number of acres irrigated, points at which irrigation water is drawn (downstream from the site), what type(s) of crops are produced within 50 miles of the site and the yield of each crop per acre.
Where it is proposed to create a cooling lake or pond, describe the effects on the local ecology, including the loss of flora and local migration of fauna from the area the lake or pond will occupy. In addition, the expected establishment and development of aquatic plant and animal life should be described. This discussion may reference any available data based on studies of similarly sited artificial lakes.


Provide data on the commercial fish and seafood catch (number of pounds per year of each species within the region). Include any harvest and usage of seaweed or other aquatic plant life.
4.2 Transmission Facilities Construction The effects of clearing the rights-of-way and installing transmission line towers and conductors on the environs and on the people living in or traveling through the adjacent area should be discussed in this section.


Determine the expected radionuclide concentrations in aquatic and terrestrial organisms significant to human food chains. Use the bioaccumulation factors given in Section 5.2.3 or supply others as necessary.
(Refer to Section 3.9 for the basic information.)
The following topics may serve as guidelines for this discussion, but the applicant. should include any additional relevant material.


Calculate the following, using the above information and any other necessary supporting data (provide details and models of the calculation as an appendix):
1. The proposed techniques for clearing the rights-of way and any resulting temporary and permanent changes that will be induced in the physical and biological processes of plant and wildlife through changes in the hydrology, topography, or ground cover or the use of growth retardants, chemicals, biocides, sprays, etc.,  
Total body and significant organ doses (rem/year)
during construction and installation of the transmission lines.
to individuals in the population from all receiving water-related exposure pathways, i.e.,
all sources of internal and external exposure.


5.3.3 Gaseous effluen:.
2. The methods to be used for erecting the trans mission line structures and for stringing conductors, including related environmental effects.
From release rates of radioactive gases and meteorological data (Sections 3.5 and 2.6, respectively), estimate total body and significant organ doses (rem/year)
to individuals exposed at the point of maximum ground-level concentrations off-site.


Assume annual average meteorological conditions for a BWR and limiting meteorological conditions for a PWR. Identify locations of points of release (stack, roof vent, etc.) used in calculations.
3. Number and length of new access and service roads required.


Estimate deposition ot radioactive halogens and particulates on food crops and pasture grass.
4. Erosion directly traceable to construction activities.


Consider maximum ground-level deposition on pasture grass, even though milk cows may not be grazing there at the present time. Estimate total body and thyroid doses (rem/year) and significant doses received by other organs via such potential pathways (include, in particular, the air-grass-milk pathway).
5. Loss of agricultural productivity and other present uses of rights-of-way.
Provide an appendix describing the models used in these calculations.


5.3.4 Direct radiation
Briefly discuss the effects of construction on any identified endangered species (as defined in Section 2.2).
5.3.4.1 Radiation from facility The applicant should provide, an estimate of the total external dose (rem/year) anC the total population external dose (man-rem/year) received by individuals outside the facility from direct radiation, e.g., gamma radiation emitted by turbines and radioactive waste vessels.
4.3 Resources Committed Discuss any irreversible and irretrievable commitments of resources (e.g., loss of land, water, nonrecyclable building materials, destruction of biota)
that are expected if site preparation and construction of station and transmission facilities proceed. Commit ments of material resources involved in the construction of nuclear reactors are discussed in Regulatory Guide
4.10, "Irreversible and Irretrievable Commitments of Material Resources." Such losses should be evaluated in terms of their relative and long-term net and absolute impacts. (See Section 5.7 for more detailed consider ation.)  
4.4 Radioactivity For multiunit stations, provide the estimated annual doses at various locations in a new unit construction area from onsite radiation sources such as the turbine systems (for BWRs), the auxiliary building, the reactor building, and stored radioactive wastes and from radio active effluents (e.g., direct radiation from the gaseous radioactive plume). Provide estimated annual doses to construction workers due to radiation from these sources from the adjacent operating unit(s) and the annual man-rem doses associated with such construction.


In particular, the applicant should estimate the expected external dose rates received by individuals in nearby schools, hospitals. or other publicly used facilities.
Include models, assumptions, and input data. If the Safety Analysis Report (SAR) has already been submitted or will be submitted simultaneously with the applicant's ER, reference may be made to the analysis contained in the SAR.


5.3.4.2 Transportation of radioactive materials Radioactive materials to be shipped to and from the plant during its operation have been identified and described in Section
4.5 Construction Impact Control Program 2 The construction permit may require certain actions on the part of the applicant to ensure that environ mental controls to minimize impacts are carried out. In addition to the discussion of the effects of site prepara tion and construction, the applicant should furnish details of the program with which it plans to monitor those activities affecting site-related environmental quality. The applicant should state the specific nature of its control programs and the control procedures it intends to follow as a means of implementing adherence to environmental quality control limits, as applicable.
3.8.


In this Section the direct radiation exposure of man attributable to the transportation of these materials should be estimated.
The applicant should describe measures designed to mitigate or reverse undesirable effects such as noise, erosion, dust, truck traffic, flooding, ground water level modification, and channel blockage. The description should include plans for landscape restoration, protec tion of natural drainage channels or development of
2A compilation of construction practices is provided in General Environmental Guidelines for Evaluating and Reporting the Effects of Nuclear Power Plant Site Preparation, Plant and Transmission Facilities Construction, AIF/NESP-003, February
1974. Copies may be obtained from the Atomic Industrial Forum, Inc.,
7101 Wisconsin Avenue, Washington, D.C. 20014.


The applicant should identify the supplier of the fresh fuel and the most likely route to be taken by the carrier from the point of supply to the plant.
4-2


The distance, most likely mode of transport and details of shipment should be described.
appropriate substitutes, measures taken to control rainfall runoff, installation of fish ladders or elevators or other habitat improvement, augmentea water supply for affected surface and ground water users, and flood and pollution control.


The latter discussion should include information on the number of fuel elements per package, number of packages per vehicle (truck, barge, railroad car)and the probable number of shipments per year. The applicant should estimate the radiological dosage, if any, to drivers, helpers and population along the transport route.
The applicant should describe the means by which compliance with EPA's effluent limitation guidelines or new source performance standards (40 CFR Part 423)  
applicable to construction activities will be achieved.


Similar information concerning shipments of irradiated fuel should be
Precautions for handling of fuels, lubricants, oily wastes, and other chemical waste should be included.
,upplied by the applicant.


In connection with the description of shipment details, the applicant should indicate the method of in-transit cooling and the methods used to contain leaking fuel assemblies. The applicant should estimate the radiological doses in man-rem per trip and per year to drivers, helpers and population along the transport route.
Describe procedures for disposal of slash and unmer chantable timber and for cleanup and restoration of areas affected by clearing and construction activities.


4 I
Describe any other measures planned for the protec tion of fish and wildlife during construction.
4
16


For other radioactive wastes to be shipped from the plant, the applicant should identify the disposal site and its distance from the plant, the most likely route of transport, mode of transport as well as the type of packaging, the number, weight and activities of packages to be shipped each year.
4-3


The applicant should estimate the radiological doses in man-rem per trip and per year to driver, helpers and population along the transport route.
CHAPTER 5 ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS OF STATION OPERATION
This chapter should describe the interaction of the station and transmission facilities (discussed in Chapter
3) and the environment (discussed in Chapter 2). To the extent possible, the applicant should avoid repeating the material presented in Chapters 2 and 3. Measures planned to reduce any undesirable effects of station operation (including the transmission facilities) on the environment should be described in detail. In the discussion of environmental effects, as in Chapter 4, effects that are considered unavoidable but either inherently temporary or subject to later amelioration should be clearly distinguished from those regarded as unavoidable and irreversible. Those effects that represent an irretrievable commitment of resources should receive detailed consideration in Section 5. Z
The impacts of operation of the proposed facility should be, to the fullest extent practicable, quantified and systematically presented.' In the discussion of each impact, the applicant should make clear whether the supporting evidence is based on theoretical, laboratory, onsite, or field studies undertaken on this or on previous occasions. The source of each impact (i.e.,
the station subsystem, waste effluent) and the popula tion or resource affected should be made clear in each case. The impacts should be distinguished in terms of their effects on surface water bodies, ground water, air, and land.


5.3.5 Other exposure pathways Provide estimates of individual total body doses (rem/year)
Finally, the applicant should discuss the relationship between local short-term uses of man's environment and the maintenance and enhancement of long-term pro ductivity. As used in this guide, "short term" may be taken to refer to the operating life of the proposed facility and "long term" to time periods extending beyond this life. The applicant should assess the action for cumulative and projected long-term effects from the point of view that each generation is trustee of the environment for each succeeding generation. This means considering, for example, the commitment of a water source to use as a cooling medium in terms of impair ment of other actual or potential uses and any other long-term effects to which the operation of this facility may contribute.
and population total body doses (man-rein/year) that could be received via pathways other than those previously discussed. Discuss any exposure pathways.


if they exist, involving radionuclides accumulated in sediments or in other components of the environment.
5. 1 Effects of Operation of Heat Dissipation System Waste heat dissipated by the system described in Section 3.A alters the thermal conditions of the environ ment. Since the heat transfer is usually effected through the surface of a river, pond, lake, estuary, or ocean or by the evaporation of water in a cooling tower, the meteor ology and hydrology of the environment (Sections 2.3 lQuantification of environmental costs is discussed in Chapter
10.


(See Section 5.2.2.)
and 2.4) and the aquatic ecology (Section 2.2) are of primary importance in determining what effects the released heat will have on the aquatic environment.
5.3.6 Summary of annual radiation doses The applicant should present a table that summarizes the estimated radiation dose to the regional population from all plant-related sources using values calculated in previous Sections.


The tabulation should include (a) the total body doses to the population (man-rem/year)  
5.1.1 Effluent Limitations and Water Quality Standards Describe applicable State and Federal (40 CFR Part
from all receiving water-related pathways and (b) the total distances from the point of discharge should be provided. The effects on terrestrial and aquatic environments from chemical wastes which contaminate ground water should be included.
423) effluent guidelines and the thermal standards or limitations applicable to the water body to which the discharge is made (including maximum permissible temperature, maximum permissible increase, mixing zones, and maximum rates of increase and decrease) and whether and to what extent these standards or limita tions have been approved by the Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency in accordance with the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended.


The effects of chemicals in cooling tower blowdown and drift on the environment should also be considered in this Section.
Indicate whether the discharge could affect the quality of the waters of any other State or States.


5.5 Effects of sanitary and other waste discharges Sanitary and other waste systems have been described in Section 3.7. Treat the expected discharges as in Section 5.4.
5.1.2 Physical Effects Describe the effect that any heated effluent, including service water or closed-cycle system blow down, will have on the temperature of the receiving body of water with respect to space and time. Describe changes in temperature caused by drawing water from one depth and discharging it at another. The predicted characteristics of the mixing zone and temperature changes in the receiving body of water as a whole should be covered. Include seasonal effects. Discuss any model studies and calculations that have been performed to determine these characteristics, giving references to reports that provide supporting details. Details of calculational methods used in predicting thermal plume configurations should be given in an appendix to the report. The results should be portrayed in graphic form, showing isotherms in three dimensions for a range of conditions that form the basis for the estimation of ecological impact.


5.6 Effects of operation and maintenance of the transmission system The environmental effects of operation and maintenance of the transmission system required to tie in the proposed facility to the pre-existing network must be evaluated. The evaluation of effects should make clear the applicant's plans for maintenance of the right-of-way and required access roads. Plans for use of herbicides and pesticides should indicate types, volume, concentrations, and manner and frequency of use.Resulting effects on plant life, wildlife habitat, land resources, and scenic values should be evaluated.
Where releases are determined to be affected by tides and winds, a probability rose relating directions, extent
"of modification, and time should be included. Both a daily and an annual probability rose should be developed where tides are operative.


This Section of the Report should also reference the applicant's estimate of any electrical effects of potential environmental significance which were, previously identified and discussed in Section 3.9.
5.1.3 Biological Effects Describe the effects of released heat on marine and freshwater life. Give the basis for the prediction of effects. In this discussion, appropriate references to the baseline ecological data presented in Section 2.2 should be made. Expected thermal effects should be related to the optimum and tolerance temperature ranges for important aquatic species (as defined in Section 2.2) and
5-1


5.7 Other effects The applicant should discuss any effects of plant operation that do not clearly fall under any single topic of Sections 5.1 to 5.6. These may include changes in land and water use at the plant site, interaction of the plant with other neighboring plants, and disposal of solid and liquid wastes other than those discussed in Sections 5.3 through 5.5.
the food base that supports them. The evaluation should consider not only the mixing zone, but also the entire regional aquatic habitat potentially affected by operation of the proposed station.


5.8 Resources committed Discuss any irreversible and irretrievable commitments of resources due to plant operation. This discussion should include both direct commitments,. such as depletion of uranium resources, and Irreversible environmental losses, such as destruction of wildlife habitat.
Potential hazards of the cooling water intake and discharge structures (described in Section 3.4) to fish populations and food base organisms should be identified, and steps planned to measure and minimize the hazards should be discussed. Diversion techniques should be discussed in the light of information obtained from ecological studies on fish population, size, and habitats.


body doses t
The effects of passage through the condenser on zooplankton, phytoplankton, meroplankton, and small nektonic forms such as immature fish should be discussed, as well as the resultant implications for the important species and functional groups.
(man-rem/year)
ati effluents out to a miles from the site.


o the population tributable to gaseous distance at least of 50
The applicant should discuss the potential biological effects of modifying the natural circulation of the water bodies affected by the station, especially if water is withdrawn from one region or zone and discharged into another. This discussion should consider such factors as the alteration of the dissolved oxygen and nutrient content and distribution in the receiving water, as well as the effects of scouring and suspended sediments. Where natural salinity is modified by station waterflow, the effects should be quantitatively investigated.
5.4 Effects of chemical and biocide discharges Chemical and biocide discharges have been described in Section 3.6. Water resources and use are discussed in Sections 2.5 and 3.3. In this Section, the specific concentrations of these wastes at the points of discharge should be compared with natural ambient concentrations without the discharge and also compared with applicable water standards.


The projected effects of the effluents for both acute and chronic exposure of the biota (including any long-term buildup in sediments and in the biota) should be identified and discussed.
Station-induced changes in the temperature of the discharged water subsequent to environmental stabilization can affect aquatic life in the receiving body.


Dilution and mixing of discharges into the receiving waters should be discussed in detail and estimates of concentrations at various
Accordingly, the applicant should discuss the possible effects of reactor shutdown (and other temporary related conditions), including the dependence of effects on the season in which shutdown occurs. An estimate of the number of scheduled and unscheduled shutdowns per year should be given. Refueling schedules should be indicated, particularly where the rate and magnitude of temperature change in the receiving waters are likely to be large (e.g., as a result of refueling in winter). Describe procedures for reducing thermal shock to aquatic organisms during shutdown or refueling. A discussion of operation with reduced circulator flow or increased temperature differentials should be specifically addressed to timing and extent to provide a basis for comparison of the effects of such operation with those of standard operating modes.
17


In this discussion the applicant should consider lost resources from the viewpoints of both relative impacts and long-term net effects. As an example of relative impact assessment, the loss of two thousand fish of a given species could represent quite different degrees of significance, depending on the total population in the immediate region. Such a loss however, in the case of a small local population, could be less serious if the same species were abundant in neighboring regions. Similarly, the loss of a given area of highly desirable land should be evaluated in terms of the total amount of such land in the environs. These relative assessments should accordingly include statements expressed in percentage terms in which the amount of expected resource loss is related to the total resource in the immediate region and in which tile total in the immediate region is related to that in surrounding regions. The latter should be specified in terms of areas and distances from the site.
5.1.4 Effects of Heat Dissipation Facilities Discuss the expected effects of heat dissipation facilities such as cooling towers, cooling lakes and ponds, spray ponds, or diffusers on the local environment and on agriculture, housing, highway safety, recreation, air and water traffic, airports, or other installations with respect to meteorological phenomena, including fog, icing, precipitation modification, humidity changes,  
"cooling tower blowdown and drift, and noise. Where cooling towers are considered, the discussion should include estimates of the dimensions of the visible plume under various stability classes (Pasquill) and the proba bility distribution of wind directions, air temperature, and humidity expected at the site. Discuss shadowing effects and esthetic considerations caused by cooling tower plumes. If fog clouds or icing may occur, the estimated hours per year, distances, and directions should be presented, along with transportation arteries (including navigable waters) potentially affected and measures to mitigate such effects. Consider possible synergistic effects that might result from mixing of fog or drift with other effluents discharged into the atmo sphere from nearby fossil-fueled or industrial facilities.


In evaluating long-term effects for their net consequences, the applicant may consider, as an example, the impact of thermal and chemical discharges on fish. There may be severe losses in the local discharge area. However, the slight temperature elevation of neighboring regions of the water body, together with possible synergistic effects of diluted chemical discharges, may augment the spawning rate. In such a case the local population change may or may not be a net loss. Therefore, changes in population of important species, caused by, or expected to be caused by, the operation of the plant should be examined with the view of determining whether they represent long-term net losses or long-term net gains. The considerations are also applicable to Sections 9 and 10 of the Report.
(Environmental effects of chemicals discharged from cooling tower blowdown and drift should be discussed in Section 5.3.)
In addition to the meteorological effects noted, other local environmental impacts may occur. These should be described. For example, if a cooling pond or lake is created or where ground water is a source of station water supply, the effects on ground water may be substantial; consequently, the alteration of water table levels, recharge rates, and soil permeability should be discussed.


6.
5.2 Radiological Impact from Routine Operation In this section, the applicant should consider impacts on man or on biota other than man that are attributable to the release of radioactive materials and to direct radiation from the facility. The biota to be considered are those species of local flora and local and migratory fauna defined as "important" in Section 2.2 and whose terrestrial and/or aquatic habitats provide the highest potential for radiation exposure. Estimates of the radiological impact on man via the most significant exposure pathways should be provided.


EFFLUENT AND ENVIRONMENTAL MEASURE-
5.2.1 Exposure Pathways The various possible pathways for radiation exposure of the important local flora and local and migratory fauna should be identified and described in the text and flowcharts. (An example of an exposure pathway chart for organisms other than man is given in Appendix H.)
MENTS AND MONITORING PROGRAMS
The pathways should include the important routes of radionuclide translocation (including food chains leading to important species) to organisms or sites.
The purposes of this Section are to describe in detail the means by which the applicant collected the baseline data presented in other Sections and to describe the applicant's plans and programs for monitoring the environmental impacts of site preparation, plant construction and operation.


Section 6.1 is addressed to the measurement ot pre-existing characteristics of the site and the surrounding region. This program will establish a reference framework for assessing subsequent environmental effects attributable to the activity.
The various possible pathways for radiation exposure of man should be identified and described in text and flowcharts. (An example of an exposure pathway chart for man is given in Appendix H.) As a minimum, the following pathways should be evaluated: direct radiation from radioactivity contained within the station, shore-
5-2


The applicant's attention is directed to two considerations pertinent to this Section. First, the term "pre-existing" means, in all cases, at least pre-operational. A given characteristic or parameter may or may not require assessment prior to site preparation and plant construction, depending on whether that particular characteristic may be altered at these stages. Second, in most instances this Guide indicates the specific environmental effects to be evaluated; consequently, the parameters to be measured will be apparent. In some cases, it may be necessary for the applicant to establish a monitoring program based on his own identification of potential or possible effects and to provide his underlying rationale for such. Accordingly, the applicant should carefully review the plans for measurement of pre-existing conditions to ensure that these plans include all factors which must be subsequently monitored during plant operation, as discussed in Section 6.2.
line fishing (radionuclides deposited in sediments),
immersion in airborne effluents, and radionuclides deposited on the ground surface and vegetation, and internal exposure from inhalation of airborne effluents and from ingestion of milk, drinking water, fish and game, invertebrates, and plants. Identify any additional exposure pathways specific to the region around the site that could contribute 10% or more to either individual or population doses.


Sampling design, frequency, methodology (including calibration and checks with standards)
5.2.2 Radioactivity in Environment In Section 3.5, the radionuclide concentrations in the liquid and gaseous effluents discharged from the station are listed. In this section, the applicant should consider how these effluents are quantitatively distributed in the environment. Specifically, estimates should be provided for the radionuclide concentration (a) in all waters that receive any liquid radioactive effluent, (b) on land areas, (c) on vegetation (on a per unit area basis) in the environs, and (d) in the atmosphere around the nuclear station.
and instrumentation for both collection and analysis are to be discussed and justified as applicable.


Information should be provided on instrument sensitivity and, especially for highly automated systems, reliability.
If there are other components of the physical environment that may accumulate radioactivity and thus result in the exposure of living organisms to nuclear radiations, they should be identified and their radioactivity burden estimated. In addition, information concerning any cumulative buildup of radionuclides in the environment, such as in sediments, should be presented and discussed. Information concerning any relocation of contaminated or potentially contaminated materials in the physical environment, such as occurs in dredging operations, should be provided.


6.1 Applicant's pre-operational environmental programs The programs for collection of environmental data prior to operation should be described in sufficient detail to make it clear that the applicant has established a thorough and comprehensive approach to environmental assessment. The description of these programs should be confined principally to technical descriptions of instrumentation, technique, and procedures. Organizational aspects such as scheduling or validation are relevant only as they may bear upon technical program characteristics.
Estimate the expected annual average concentrations of radioactive nuclides (listed in Section 3.5) in receiving water at locations where water is consumed or otherwise used by human beings or where it is inhabited by biota of significance to human food chains. (If discharges are intermittent, concentration peaks as well as annual averages should be estimated.) Specify the dilution factors used in preparing the estimates and the locations wheie the dilution factors are applicable.


Where information from the literature has been used by the applicant, it should be concisely summarized and documented by reference to original data sources. Where the availability of original sources that support important conclusions is limited, the applicant should provide either extensive quotations or references to accessible secondary sources.' In all cases, information derived from published results should be clearly distinguished from information derived from the applicant's field measurements.
The models and assumptions used to determine air concentration andjor deposition should be described in detail and their validity and accuracy discussed.


'Any reports of work (e.g., ecological surveys) supported by the applicant that are of significant value in assessing the environmental impact of the proposed action should be included as appendices or supplements to the Environmental Report, unless the reports are otherwise generally available.
Guidance on acceptable models is provided in Regula tory Guide 1.111, "Methods for Estimating Atmospheric Transport and Dispersion from Gaseous Effluents in Routine Releases from Light-Water-Cooled Reactors."
The meteorological data used in these models should be identified and consistent with Section 2.3. From the atmospheric transport and diffusion models and meteor ological data, provide estimates of relative concentra tions (XJQ), where X and Q are expressed in units of Ci/m2 and Ci/yr, respectively, and/or relative annual (or seasonal) deposition (D/Q), where D is expressed in units of Ci/m 2 -yr, at points of potential maximum concentra tion outside the site boundary, at points of estimated maximum individual exposure, and at points within a radial grid of sixteen 221/4-degree sectors centered on true north and extending to a distance of 50 miles from the station. A set of data points should be located within each sector at increments of 0.25 mile to a distance of 1 mile from the station, at increments of 0.5 mile from a distance of 1 to 5 miles, at increments of 2.5 miles from a distance of 5 to 10 miles, and at increments of 5 miles thereafter to a distance of 50 miles. Estimates of relative concentration (x/Q) for noble gas effluents and, if applicable, relative concentration (x/Q) depleted by deposition and relative deposition (D/Q) for radioiodine and particulate effluents should be provided at each of these grid points. In addition, averages of these XiQ
and/or D/Q values between all adjacent grid points along the radials should be provided.


4
5.2.2.1 Surface Water Models. Models are herein classified into two categories:
4
those that estimate physical effects using simplifying, conservative assump tions and those that are state-of-the-art attempts at realistically modeling physical effects. Predicting the transport of liquid radioactive effluents may require the use of both categories of models, each applicable under different situations and for different regions of the hydrologic environment. The applicant should discuss the range of applicability of the models used, the methods used in model calibration and verification, the error limits of the resulting predictions, and the input data. Basic hydrologic and station data are discussed in Sections 2.1.3, 2.4, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, and 6.1. Discussions of the three general types of surface water models (transport, sediment uptake, and water use) that may be used in predicting the effects of liquid radioactive effluents follow.
!
18


6.1.1 Surface waters When a body of surface water may be affected by the proposed facility or a practicable alternative, the applicant should describe the programs by which the background condition of the water and the related ecology were determined. In cases where a natural water body has already been subjected io environmental stress from pollutant sources, the nature of this stress and its consequences should be evaluated.
5.2.2.1.1 Transport Models. Mathematical and/or physical models may be required to predict the transport of liquid radioactive effluents. The size of the region to be simulated and the required level of detail will depend on the radionuclide in question, the quantity released, the surface water pathways, and the temporal and spatial variability of important model parameters (e.g.,
diffusion coefficients). In cases where significant levels of station-discharged radionuclides remain in the surface waters over large distances, Appendix I to 10 CFR Part
50 requires transport predictions along the surface water pathways ranging from the immediate vicinity of the discharge point to a 50-mile radius of the station.


The applicant should then estimate the potential quality of the affected water body, assuming removal of the existing pollutant ,,ources; knowledge of this quality level will permit evaluation of any adverse effect of the proposed facility.
Transport predictions will often require the use of different models, each applicable to a given region of the surface water pathway. In each case, the model should be described in detail. The description should include justification of all model input data and assumptions.


6.1.1.1 Physical and chemical parameters The programs and methods for measuring physical and chemical parameters of potentially affected surface waters should be described.
The applicant should describe in detail the methods
5-3


The sampling program should be presented in sufficient detail to demonstrate its adequacy with respect both to spatial coverage (surface area and depth) and to temporal coverage (duration and sampling frequency),
employed to obtain model parameters (e.g., diffusion coefficients)
giving due consideration to seasonal changes in effluent. This description of data collection programs should include methods used in determining the pre-existing condition of the surface waters with respect to any parameters which might change as a result of plant operation.
In the case of physical models, the applicant should present detailed descriptions of the model facilities, scaling requirements, data collection and analysis techniques, and error estimates.


This discussion should include a description of the techniques used to identify any condition that might lead to interactions with plant discharges, for example, the presence of impurities in a water body which may react synergistically with heated effluent.
For liquid radwaste transport analysis pursuant to Appendix I to 10 CFR Part 50, a tabulation of the expected concentrations and travel times for each of the important radionuclides released to each important pathway to man should be provided on a monthly average basis for conditions anticipated during station operation.


In addition to describing the programs for obtaining the data, the applicant should also describe the computational models used in predicting effects. The applicant should indicate how the models were verified and calibrated.
5.2.2.1.2 Sediment Uptake Models. In some cases, a substantial portion of certain radionuclides released from the station will be removed from solution and deposited on bottom and suspended sediments.


6.1.1.2 Ecological parameters The applicant should describe the preoperational program used to assess the ecological characteristics identified in Section 2.7. Those portions of the program concerned with determining the presence and abundance of species should be detailed in terms of frequency, pattern and duration of observation.
Consideration of such removal mechanisms may substantially change the ultimate calculated doses to man. If credit is claimed for reduction of radionuclide concentrations in surface waters by the mechanism of sediment uptake, analysis and verification should be provided. Such analysis should include actual field and laboratory measurements to determine sorption and transport of radionuclide ions by bottom and suspended sediments. The sampling and analyses should cover the area of significant influence of the station and should consider seasonal changes of sediment transport.


The applicant should describe how taxonomic determinations were made and validated.
Mathematical models may be used for calculating the removal of ions by sediment and the transport of attached ions in the sediment. Models should be verified by comparison to field studies (e.g., tracers) from water bodies having characteristics similar to those at the station. Data should be provided to substantiate that the conditions postulated in the model will be typical of those at the site.


In this connection, the applicant should discuss its reference collection of voucher specimens or other means whereby consistent identification will be assured.
In those cases where a proposed site is similar or in close proximity to an operating station, anticipated sediment-related effects may be inferred from the results of field measurement programs associated with the operating station.


Describe the methods used or to be used for observing natural variations of ecological parameters.
If the applicant elects to carry out -an analysis of the removal of radionuclide ions by sediment uptake, the results should also be used to estimate the concentra tions in the sediments for other pathways to man, such as direct contact or uptake by benthic organisms.


If these methods will involve indicator organisms, the criteria for their selection should be presented.
Regulatory guides are in preparation to establish both criteria and data collection requirements for sediment uptake and transport models.


The applicant should discuss the rationale for predicting which non-lethal physiological and behavioral responses of important species may be affected because of construction and operation of the facility.
If credit is claimed for concentration reductions of radionuclides resulting from sediment uptake and transport, results should be tabulated separately in the table requested in Section 5.2.2.1.1.


This discussion should be appropriately correlated with the description of the monitoring program.
5.2.2.1.3 Water-Use Models. Where water use may affect or be affected by station discharges, computa tional models may be required to predict projected changes in surface use and flows upstream and down stream (present and projected surface water use is discussed in Section 2.1.3). Such models may be required to predict types of water and temporal variations in use over the life of the station. Predictions will often require the use of models of varying sophistication which are compatible with population projections. In each case the model and input data should be described in detail.


Sources of parameters of lethality for organisms potentially affected by plant discharges should be identified.
Descriptions should include discussions of the applicability and validity of the models with supporting evidence to substantiate the applicant's conclusions.


The methodology for determining such parameters should be reviewed with respect to applicability to actual local conditions to be anticipated during operation, including interactive effects among multiple effluents and existing constituents of the surface water body concerned.
Models of water use are necessary in rivers, lakes, estuaries, and oceans where realistic projections of radionuclide transport are undertaken and where the sensitivity of concentration estimates to assumptions of monthly average flow indicates changes in water use that could significantly change Appendix I to 10 CFR Part 50
objectives. For example, estimates of monthly average flow in a river based solely on historical streamflow records will not indicate the changes in water uses that have occurred historically, nor will they indicate changes to be expected in the future. One way to project flow is to assumne that long-term recorded historical runoff conditions adjusted for the effects of man (e.g.,
reservoirs, diversions, water supply) will be indicative of the future. This adjusted record is then modified for projected water use by man to the end of the station lifetime. The analyses can be undertaken by simulating streamflow and water use sequentially.2
5.2.2.2 Ground Water Models. The general categories of models, as described for surface water in Section
5.2.2.1, are also applicable to ground water models.


6.1.2 Ground water In those cases in which the proposed facility or a practicable design alternative may potentially affect local ground water, the program leading to assessment of potential effects should be described.
Mathematical models may be used for predicting ground water use and flow and radionuclide transport in aquifers to provide the assessment required by Appendix I to 10 CFR Part 50. For ground water use models, the size of the region to be simulated is the area within 50
miles of the station unless it can be clearly demonstrated that the region within station influence is of smaller extenL For ground water flow and transport models, the size of the region to be simulated and the required level of detail will depend on the radionuclide in question, the quantity released, potential ground water pathways, and temporal and spatial variability of important model parameters (e.g., dispersion coefficients). In general, the size of the simulated region should encompass an area
2One such model involving a computer program is "HEC-3, Reservoir Systems Analysis," available from the U.S. Army Corps of Enoeers, The Hydrologic Engineer*i Center, Davis, California.


6.1.2.1 Physical and chemical parameters The properties and configuration of the local aquifer will have been defined in sufficient detail (in Section
5-4
2.5) to permit a reasonable projection of effects of plant operation on the
19


ground water. Methods for obtaining information on ground water levels and ground water quality should be described.
large enough to reach the nearest significant down gradient surface water body and/or downgradient water supply wells within 50 miles of the station.


6.1.2.2 Models Models may be used to predict effects, such as changes in ground water levels, dispersion of contaminants, and eventual transport through aquifers to surface water bodies. The models should be described and supporting evidence for their reliability and validity presented.
Transport predictions will often require the use of different models, each applicable to a given region of the ground water pathway. In each case, the model should be described in detail. The description of the model should include justification of all model input data and assumptions. The applicant should describe in detail the methods employed to obtain model parameters such as dispersion and distribution (sorption) coefficients. Data for model parameters should be presented in Section
2.4. The techniques and results of both laboratory and field calibration and verification studies, including sensitivity analysi*,-should be presented for each model.


6.1.3 Air The applicant ,!-ould describe the program for obtaining information on local air quality, if wIlcv:,nt, and local meteorology.
5.23 Dose Rate Estimates for Biota Other Than Man From considerations of the exposure pathways and the distribution of facility-derived radioactivity in the environs, the applicant should estimate (1) the maximum radionuclide concentrations that may be present in important local flora and local and migratory fauna and (2) the internal dose rates (millirad/year) that may result from those concentrations. Values of bioaccumulation factorsO used in prepaing the estimates should be based on site-specific data, if available; other wise, values from the literature may be used. The applicant should tabulate and reference the values of bioaccumulation factors used in the calculations. Dose rates to important local flora and local and migratory fauna that receive the highest external exposures should be provided along with a description of the calculational models.


The description should show the basis for predicting such effects as the dispersion of gaseous effluents and alteration of local climate (e.g., fogging and icing) as well as present the methodology for gathering baseline data.
5.2.4 Dose Rate Estimates for Man
5.2.4.1 Liquid Pathway.. Provide data (in terms of man-hours) on recreational and similar use of receiving water and its shoreline, e.g., fishing, picnicking, hunting, clam digging within 50 miles of the site. Include any persons who spend the major part of their working time on the water adjacent to the site, and indicate the amount of time spent per year in this activity.


6.1.3.1 Meteorology The applicant should identify sources of meteorological data relevant to such effects as the dispersion of water vapor, dissolved solids and particulates carried by droplets. Locations of observation stations, instrumentation, and frequency and duration of measurements should be specified both for the applicant's measuring activities and for activities of governmental agencies or other organizations on whose information the applicant intends to rely.
3 The acculation factor for aquatic organisms is the evalue of the ratio: (concentration in organism)
/(concentration in wawt). Values of bioaccumulation factors can be obtained from such refrences as SE. Thompson, CA.


6.1.3.2 Models Any models used by the applicant either to derive estimates of basic meteorological information or to estimate the effects of effluent systems should be described and their validity and accuracy discussed.
Burton, DJ. Quinn, and Y.C. Ng, Coneenbtarion Factors of zemica Elementfs i Edible Aqueous &punism University 3f Califomri, Lawrence Livemore Laboratory Report UXRL
50564 (Rev. 1), October 1972. Vilues of bioaccumulation factors for terretria organisms can be obtained from Y.C. Ng.


6.1.4 Land Data collection programs concerning the terrestrial environment of the proposed facility should be described and justified with regard to both scope and methodology.
et 2L, hv&edtk of dte Maximum Dage to man fium the Fallout of Nudear Devices - IV. Handbook for Estmateig the Mahimwum Intenl Dowe from Ravoudiiles ReleMased to the Maheate, USAb. Report, UCRL-50163, Pt. TV, Lawrence Radiation Lab., University -of Caifornia, livermore, CA,, 1968.


* 6.1.4.1 Geology and soils Geological studies conducted in support of safety analyses should be briefly summarized and reference made to the rulevant safety reports for a more detailed presentation. The applicant should describe the collection of data on any soil conditions that may be altered by plant construction and operation. The description should include identification of the sampling pattern and the justification for its selection, the sampling method, holding periods and pre-analysis treatment, and analytic techniques.
Data on irrigation usage of the receiving water should be included, such as the amount of water used, the number of acres irrigated, locations at which irrigation water is withdrawn (downstream from the site), types of crops produced on irrigated soils within 50 miles down stream of the site, and the yield per acre of each crop.


6.1.4.2 Land use and demographic surveys The applicant should describe his program for identifying the actual land use in the site environs and for acquiring demographic data for the region.
Where downstream users may ingest waters drawn from mixing zones or acres of limited dilution, provide data on means to provide temporary water supply from storage or alternative sources Determine the expected radionudide concentrations in aquatic and terrestrial organisms significant to human food chains. (Information and data on aquatic and terrestrial organisms are requested in Section 2.13.) Use the bioaccumulation factors given in Section 52.3, or supply others as necessary.


Sources of information should be identified and their accuracy assessed.
Calculate, using the above information and any other necessary supporting data, the total body and significant organ (including GI tract, thyroid, skin, and bone) doses (millirem/year) to individuals in the population from all receiving-water-related exposure pathways, ie., all sources of internal and external exposure. Provide details and models of the calculation as an appendix.


Methods used to forecast from data should be described.
5.2.4.2 Gaseous Pathways. Estimate total body and significant organ doses (millirem/year) to individuals exposed at the point of maximum ground-level concentrations offsite.


6.1.4.3 Ecological parameters In this Section the applicant should discuss the program used to assess the ecological characteristics of the site with primary reference to important terrestrial biota.
Estimate the total body and thyroid doses (millirem/
year) and significant doses received by other organs via such potential pathways,4 including direct radiation from surface-deposited radionuclides.


In general, the considerations involved are similar to those suggested in connection with aquatic biota (Section
Provide an appendix describing the transport and dose models used in these calculationsA. 5
6.1.1.2).
5.2.43 Direct Radiation from Faclity. The applicant should provide an estimate of the total exter nal dose (millivremyear) received by individuals outside the facility from direct radiation, e.g., gamma radiation emitted by turbines and vessels for storage of radioactive waste. In particular, the applicant should estimate the expected external dose rates at the site boundary (as defined in Section 2.11.2) and-the dose rate at the most critical nearby residences, as well as schools, hospitals, or other publicly used facilities within one mile of the
However, the difference in habitat, differences in animal physiology and other pertinent factors will, of necessity, influence the design of the assessment program.
4Modeh and a-smption s for calculating doses awe desibed in Regulatory Guide 1.109, "Cakulation of Annual Doses to Man from Routine Release of Reactor Effluents for the Purpose of Evluting Compliance with 10 MFl Part 50, Appendix L
5Resuktoxy Guide 1.1 1, -Methods for Estimating Atmospheric Transport and Dispersion for Gaseous F.fluents i Routine Releas from Light-Water-Cooled Reactor&"
5-5


The applicant
proposed nuclear unit(s). A summary of data, assump tions, and models used in the dose calculations should be given.
.ý.,ould present, as in Section 6.1.1.2, an analysis of the program in terms of taxonomic validation, rationale for its predictive aspects and the details of its methodology.


6.1.5 Radiological surveys This Section of the Environmental Report should discuss the methods used to determine the pre-operational radiation levels at the site and environs and the
5.2.4.4 Annual Population Doses. Using the above information and any other necessary supporting data, calculate the annual total-body man-rem dose and the annual man thyroid-rem dose to the population ex pected to reside within the 50-mile region at the mid-point of station operation. Also calculate the annual total-body man-rem dose and the annual man thyroid rem dose received by the population of the contiguous U.S. at the same time from all liquid and gaseous exposure pathways. Provide an appendix describing the models and assumptions used in these calculations.
4
4
4
20


concenlrations of any radioactive materials occurring in important local and regional biota, as well as in soil, rocks and surface waters (see Section 2.8).
5.2.5 Summary of Annual Radiation Doses The applicant should present a table that summarizes the estimated annual radiation dose to the regional population (during commercial operation of the station)  
The methods used should be thoroughly described and documented. The discussion should include identification of sampling or collection sites, sampling methods, duration and frequency, and analytical procedures (including pre-analysis treatment, instruminentation and mininiuni sensitivities) as applicable.
from all station-related sources, using values calculated in previous sections. The tabulation should include, out to a distance of 50 miles from the site, (a) the total of the whole-body doses to the population (man-rem/year)
from all receiving-water-related pathways, (b) the total of the whole-body doses to the population (man-rem/
year) attributable to gaseous effluents, and (c) the total of the thyroid doses to the population (thyroid-rem/
year) from radioiodines and particulates. The applicant should include a table comparing the calculated individual doses with the applicable design objectives of Appendix I to 10 CFR Part 50.


6.2 Applicant's proposed operational monitoring programs Tile applicant should present the proposed operational monitoring program for the facility.
5.3 Effects of Chemical and Biocide Discharges Chemical and biocide discharges and comparisons with applicable State and Federal (40 CFR Part 423)
effluent limitation guidelines are described in Section
3.6. Water resources and use are discussed in Sections
2.4 and 3.3. In this section, the specific concentrations of these wastes at the points of discharge should be compared with natural ambient concentrations, with applicable State water quality standards, and, where appropriate, with water quality criteria for the protec tion of all other uses of the receiving water body.


Review of this description will be facilitated if the applicant includes maps of observation sites and tabnlar presentation of summary descriptors of such facto:s as frequency, type of sampling, method of collection, analytic method, holding times and pre-analysis treatment, instrumentation, and minimum sensitivities. The program description should be explidt with respect to the parameter limits that are not to be exceeded under normal operating conditions and with regard to the actions planned in the event th'!
Dilution and mixing of discharges into the receiving waters should be discussed in detail, and estimates of concentrations at various distances from the point of discharge should be provided. Include a detailed descrip tion of the method of calculation. The estimated area in the receiving body of water enclosed by contours corresponding to water-quality-standard values should be given. Variation of concentrations with changes in condition (e.g., streamnflow, temperature) of receiving water should be discussed.
limits are exceeded.


6.2.1 Radiological monitoring The applicant's operational monitoring program for radiological effects should be described both for the plant monitoring system and the environmental monitoring program.
The effects on the environment of chemicals in the station's cooling system effluents (including cooling tower blowdown and drift) should also be considered in this section. Using the design discharge contaminant concentrations (see Section 3.6), estimate the resulting stream concentrations at various distances and water flow variations (including the average 7-day, once in-l0-years low flow, normal flow conditions, the lowest control flow, and the lowest recorded minimum for the receiving water body), and compare, in tabular form, the resulting stream concentrations to State water quality standards. Include a description of the method of calculation.


6.2.1.1 Plant monitoring system Describe, in general, in-plant monitoring systems for radioactive liquid and gaseous effluents. Discuss the sensitivity limits for detecting radioactivity corresponding to rc:,,drnely expected release rates. List the effluent streams, if any, that wili not be monitored and provide brief rationale for the absence of monitoring.
The applicant should furnish sufficient data and information to allow the NRC to fulfill its responsi bilities under NEPA. Calculated receiving water con centrations should also be compared with water quality criteria appropriate to the protection of actual uses of the receiving water body.6 Any anticipated chemical or biocide contamination of domestic water supplies (from surface water bodies or ground water) should be identified and discussed. Rate of percolation of each contaminant into the water supply, travel time from the station to points of public water supply, dilution factors, dispersion coefficients, and the resulting concentrations in the water should be estimated.


6.2.1.2 Environmental radiological monitoring The operational surveillance program should be described in detail, with specific allention given to lhe types of samples to be collected, sampling locations and frequency, and tlhe analyses to be performed on each sample.
If available, applicants should supply copies of the
401 water quality certificate and the 402 discharge permit.


The analytical sensitivity (detection threshold) for e.jclh analysis and tile schedule for reporting data collected froni the surveillance program should be discussed.
5.4 Effects of Sanitary Waste Discharges Sanitary waste systems are described in Section 3.7.


6.2.2 Chemical effluent monitoring The proposed measurement program, including instrumentation, locations and frequencies, and analytical techniques, should be fully described. The description of the program should include inst r u me ntation sensitivity and.
The expected discharges should be discussed as in Section 5.3 and compared with appropriate effluent guidelines and water quality standards for municipal systems under 40 CFR Part 133, "Secondary Treatment Information."
5.5 Effects of Operation and Maintenance of the Transmisson Systems The environmental effects of operation and main tenance of the transmission system required to tie in the proposed facility to the preexisting network should be evaluated. The evaluation of effects should make clear the applicant's plans for maintenance of the transmission
6Applicants are encouraged to reference the latest scientific information related to water quality criteria. Other useful documents include: Water Quality Criteria, 1972, National Academy of Sciences-National Academy of Engineering, Wash ington, D.C., 1972 and Water Quality CWteria, Second Edition, State Water Quality Control Board, Sacramento, California,
1963.


particularly in the case of automated systems, reliability. Monitoring procedures prescribed by local. State.
5-6


or Federal agencies as conditions placed upon operation should be so identified.
line right-of-way and required access roads. Plans for use of herbicides and pesticides should indicate types, volume, concentrations, and manner and frequency of use. Include references to authoritative guidelines en suring that the applicant's procedures are acceptable.


The criteria for setting threshold levels for corrective action should be presented. In the case of prescribed quantitative standards set by agencies, the applicable regulation should be cited. In the case of quantitative limits set by tile applicant to conform to qualitative standards or rest rictions, the applicant's rationale should be presented. In either case, the action to be taken if measurements exceed thresholds should be specified.
Resulting effects on plant life, wildlife habitat, land resources, and scenic values should be evaluated.


If the program for monitoring chemical effluents does not include monitoring substances which are naturally present in the intake water and are routinely discharged from the facility, the bases for these omissions should be verified.
New access roads may increase the exposure of transmission line corridors to the public. The applicant should consider the effect of this increased exposure on resident wildlife.


6.2.3 Thermal effluent monitoring The proposed program for monitoring thermal effluents should be described and sampling sites located on maps or diagrams.
This section of the report should also discuss the potential environmental impacts of any electrical effects identified in Section 3.9 and any operating and main tenance impacts that will be adopted to minimize these.


Sampling procedures, schedules, and instrumentation sensitivity and reliability should be described.
5.6 Other Effects The applicant should discuss any effects of station operation that do not clearly fall under any single topic of Sections 5.1 to 5.5. These may include changes in land and water use at the station site, interaction of the station with other existing or projected neighboring stations, effect of ground water withdrawal on ground water resources in the vicinity of the station, and disposal of solid and liquid wastes other than those discussed in Sections 5.3 and 5.4. Any features of the station producing noise levels outside the suggested levels 7 should be specifically identified and discussed in relation to adjacent occupancy, both day and night, based on measurements of preconstruction ambient levels.


Applicable water quality standards should be cited. It should be made clear how conformance to such standards is verified.
5.7 Resources Committed Any irreversible and irretrievable commitments of resources due to station operation should be discussed.


In particular, if conformance is inferred by extrapolation from measurements using a computational model, the validity of the
This discussion should include both direct commitments, such as depletion of uranium resources, and irreversible environmental losses, such as destruction of wildlife habitat and consumptive use or diversion of water.
21


model should be reviewed. The applicant should present the criteria used to determine the action to be taken when surveillance indicates non-conformance:
In this discussion, the applicant should consider lost resources from the viewpoints of both relative impacts and long-term net effects. As an example of relative impact assessment, the loss of two thousand fish of a given species could represent quite different degrees of significance, depending on the total population in the immediate region. Such a loss, however, in the case of a
the specific remedial actions should be identified.
7 See The Industrial Noise Manual, American Industrial Hygiene Association, Detroit, Mich.; Noise Abatement and Control:
Departmental Policy Implementation Responsibility and Stan dards HUD Circular 1390.2 (1971); and Information on Levels of Environmental Noise Requisite to Protect Public Health and Welfare with an Adequate Margin of Safety, EPA,
550/9-74-004, U.S. Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D.C.


Obligations for reporting results should be stated and schedules presented.
small local population, could be less serious if the same species were abundant in neighboring regions. Similarly, the loss of a given area of highly desirable land should be evaluated in terms of the total amount of such land in the environs. These relative assessments should accord ingly include statements expressed in percentage terms in which the amount of expected resource loss is related to the total resource in the immediate region and in which the total in the immediate region is related to that in surrounding regions. The latter should be specified in terms of areas and distances from the site.


6.2.4 Meteorological monitoring The applicant's program for monitoring meteorological phenomena should be described. In cases where possible fogging and icing in the environs are predicted. the quantitative levels of the phenomena to be observed should be specified. The applicant should describe plans for compiling data, verifying models, and accumulating results useful in planning other facilities. Means by which the meteorological effects of plant operation can be isolated from natural meteorological phenomena should be described. (This may include correlation of data with observations made at a site nearby, but out of range of significant effects originating within the site.) The applicant should indicate the action planned to mitigate adverse effects (e.g.,
In evaluating long-term effects for their net con sequences, the applicant may consider, as an example, the impact of thermal and chemical dischargeg on fish.
Ihghway icing) in the event a real hazard develops.


6.2.5 Ecological monitoring In the pre-operational surveillance program the applicant will have established methodology for determining the ecological characteristics of the region. In principle, this methodology should be appropriate for the subsequent monitoring program to be maintained during plant operation. However, the applicant may choose to modify some aspects of his methodology in view of the requirement for protracted monitoring. Such aspects, may include frequency, observation sites and so forth. These should be described and justified. Also, the applicant should, in this Section, indicate how changes in the physiological and behavioral characteristics of the observed biota will be ascribed either to specific effects of plant operation or to natural variation.
There may be severe losses in the local discharge area.


6.3 Related environmental measurement and monitoring programs When the applicant's site lies within a region for which environmental measurement and/or monitoring programs are carried out by public or other agencies not directly supported by the applicant, these programs should be identified and discussed. Relevance of such independent findings to the proposed facility's effects should be described and plans for exchange of information should be presented.
The local population change may or may not be a net loss. Therefore, changes in population of important species caused by or expected to be caused by the operation of the station should be examined with the view of determining whether they represent long-term net losses or long-term net gains. The above considera tions are also applicable to Chapters 9 and 10 of the report.


Agencies responsible for the programs should be identified and. to the extent possible, the procedures and methodologies employed should be described in the same manner as for the applicant's own programs.
5.8 Decommissioning and Dismantling The applicant should describe its plans and policies regarding the actions to be taken at the end of the station's useful life. Information should be provided on the long-term uses of the land, the amount of land irretrievably committed, the expected environmental consequences of decommissioning, and an estimate of the monetary costs involved. The applicant should also discuss the consideration given in the design of the station and its auxiliary systems relative to eventual decommissioning, the amount of equipment and build ings to be removed, and the expected condition of the site after decommissioning. It is understood that the plans and intentions of applicants for a construction permit may not be fully developed at the time of filing.


7.
However, since the environmental impact of terminating station operation is, in part, determined by station design, applicants should give attention to the subject in the project planning.


ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS OF ACCIDENTS
5.9 The Uranium Fuel Cycle z1 srnmntl rfzpet for.
The applicant should discuss thie environmental effects of possible accidents which may occur within the plant or during transportation of radioactive materials.


7.1 Plant accidents'
light -w-atOr coole vrtt Auml z;zl:, itteladigg the zffzts of uooaiuu WAiofo and mAiling, the~ przduztieft of uiffltim hezxo fitteriJo, isoteoje efr.iehmeont, fuel fabrizati49, the repro c._in of irradited fu"l, the tr#&rp@rtati4-G
Postulated accidents are discussed in another context in applicant's safety analysis reports.
of rFad.io
"eeti.e Dlteeil, and ma ngement of lo14 ;YAn
-W&i
1e'.'e
'Wztee related to th40
1-Anil"M A-81 2Gcti0io W
wt fath in F.! -MeroyT..ble 6- o ~f 10
CTR %it
1
1,2
1.200~~ AppeniiA A). No Afuthzr diozumion of 8uc
-"'wauMental offsctr in the nvrmetlreport is~
-mwe.d . Deleted August 1976
5-7


The principal line of defense is accident prevention through correct design, manufacture, and operation, and a quality assurance program is used to provide and maintain the necessary high integrity of the reactor system. Deviations that may occur are handled by protective systems to place and hold thie plant in a
CHAPTER 6 EFFLUENT AND ENVIRONMENTAL MEASUREMENTS
safe condition.
AND MONITORING PROGRAMS
This chapter should describe in detail the means by which the applicant collected the baseline data presented in other chapters and should describe the applicant's plans and programs for monitoring the environmental impacts of site preparation, station construction, and station operation.


Notwithstanding all this, the conservative postulate is made that serious accidents might occur, in spite of the fact that they are extremely unlikely, and engineered safety features are installed to mitigate the consequences of these unlikely postulated events.
Section 6.1 addresses the proposed program for assessing the characteristics of the site and the surround ing region (including transmission corridors) before station operation. The purpose of this program is to establish a reference framework for assessing subsequent environmental effects attributable to site preparation, station construction, and station operation.


In the consideration of the environmental risks associated with the postulated accidents, the probabilities of their occurrence and their consequences must both be taken into account.
The applicant should note two considerations perti nent to Section 6.1. First, a given environmental characteristic or parameter may or may not require assessment before site preparation and station construc tion, depending on whether that particular characteristic or parameter may be altered at these stages. Second, in most instances this guide indicates the specific environ mental effects to be evaluated; consequently, the para meters to be measured are apparent. In some cases, the applicant may consider it necessary to establish a monitoring program based on identification of potential or possible effects not mentioned in the guide. In such instances, the program should be described. The appli cant should carefully review plans for the measurement of conditions existing prior to site preparation to ensure that these plans include all environmental parameters that must be subsequently monitored during station operation (discussed in Section 6.2), as well as during site preparation and station construction.


Since it is not practicable to consider all possible accidents, the spectrum of accidents, ranging in severity from trivial to very serious, is divided into classes.
If, as permitted by 10 CFR Part 2, §2.101(a), the applicant chooses to make an early separate filing of the environmental report prior to obtaining and evaluating a.


Each class can be characterized by an occurrence rate and a set of consequences.
full year's environmental data, particular attention should be paid to the description of sampling design, Ssampling frequency, and statistical methodology and validity (including calibration checks and standards) in order to justify the scope of the proposed program, the timing and scheduling of the data collection, and other technical validation that will assure the review staff that sufficient information will be available for the prepara tion of the Final Environmental Statement.


Standardized examples of classes of accidents to be considered by applicants in preparing the
This is especially critical if the timing of partial presentations under the procedure may be related to seasonal ecological factors such as migration or other phases of critical biological activity.
'The text of this Section was published in 36 F.R.


228S5-22854, December 1, 1971.
In all cases, the applicant should estimate the statistical validity of any proposed sampling program in order to avoid unnecessary time delay during staff review which might be associated with incomplete descriptions, invalid sampling locations, and level of sample replication. Information should be provided on instrument accuracy, sensitivity, and (especially for highly automated systems) reliability. Where standard analytical or sampling techniques can be identified, they need only be so identified and referenced.


4
For quantitative descriptions of samples collected within each area of interest and each time of interest, descriptive statistics should include, unless justifiably omitted, the mean, standard deviation, standard error, and a confidence interval for the mean. In each case the sample size should be clearly indicated. If diversity indices are used to describe a collection of lake or terrestrial organisms, the specific diversity indices used should be stated.
4 I
22


section of Environmental Reports dealing with accidents are set out in tabular form below. The spectrum of accidents, from t(ie most trivial to the most severe, is divided into nine classes, sorne of which have subclasses. The accidents stated in each of the first eight classes tabulated below are representative of the types of accidents that must be analyzed by the applicant in Environmental Reports: however, other accident assumptions may be more suitable for individual cases. Where assumptions as not specified, or where those specified are deemed unsuitable, assumptions as realistic as the stale of knowledge permits shall be used, taking into account the specific design arid operational characteristics of tile plant under consideration.
6.1 Applicant's Preoperational Environmental programs The programs for collection of initial or baseline environmental data prior to operation should be des cribed in sufficient detail to make it clear that the applicant has established a thorough and comprehensive approach to environmental assessment. The description of these programs should be confined principally to technical descriptions of technique, instrumentation, scheduling, and procedures.


For each class, except Class I and 9, the environmental consequences shall be evaluated as indicated. Those classes of accidents, other than Classes I and 9, found to have significant adverse environmental effects shall be evaluated as to probability, or frequency of occurrence, to permit estimates to be made of environmental risk or cost arising from accidents of tile given class.
Where an effect of site preparation or facility construction may alter a previously measured or observed environmental condition, the program for determining the modified condition should be described.


Class I events need not be considered because of their trivial consequences.
Refer to the discussion in Section 4.5, as appropriate.


Class 8 events are those considered in safety analysis reports and AEC
Where information from the literature has been used by the applicant, it should be concisely summarized and documented by reference to original data sources. Where the availability of original sources that support impor tant conclusions is limited, the applicant should provide either extensive quotations or references to accessible secondary sources.'
staff safety evaluations. They are used, together with highly conservative assumptions, as the design-basis events to establish the performance requirements of engineered safety features. The highly conservative assumptions and calculations used in AEC safety evaluations are not suitable for environmental risk evaluation, because their use would result in a substantial overestimate of the environmental risk. For this reason, Class 8 events shall be evaluated realistically. Consequences predicted in this way will be far less severe than those given for the same events in safety analysis reports where more conservative evaluations are used.
In all cases, information derived from published results should be clearly distinguished from information derived from the applicant's field measurements.


The occurrences in Class 9 involve sequences of postulated successyive failures more severe than those postulated for the design basis for protective systems and engineered safety features. Their consequences could be severe.
1Any reports of work (e.g., ecological surveys) supported by the applicant that are of significant value in assessing the environ mental impact of the facility may be included at appendices or supplements to the environmental report if these reports are not otherwise generally available.


However, the probability of their occurrence is so small that their environmental risk is extremely low. Defense in depth (multiple physical barriers), quality assurance for design, manufacture, and operation, continued surveillance and testing, and conservative design are all applied to provide and maintain the required high degree of assurance that potential accidei.:s in this class are, and will remain.
6-1


sufficiently remote in probability tha tile environmental risk is extremely low. For these reasons, it is riot fcccssar, to discuss such events in the Enviiitomiental Reptrt.
6.1.1 Surface Waters When a body of surface water may be affected by the proposed facility or a practicable alternative, the appli cant should describe the programs by which the back ground condition of the water and the related ecology were determined and reported in Section 2.4. The applicant should have sufficient data to permit staff verification of any predictive computations or models used in the evaluation of environmental effects.


Furthermore, it is not necessary it) take into account those Class 8 accidents for which the applicant can demonstrate that the probability has been reduced and thereby the calculated risk to the environment made equivalent It) that which might be hypothesized for a Class 9.
6.1.1.1 Physical and Chemical Parameters. The pro grams and methods for measuring physical and chemical parameters of surface waters that may be affected by construction or operation of the facility should be described. The sampling program should be presented in sufficient detail to demonstrate its adequacy with respect both to spatial coverage (surface area and depth)
and to temporal coverage (duration and sampling fre quency), giving due consideration to seasonal effects.


event.
This discussion should include a description of the techniques used to investigate any condition that might lead to interactions with station discharges, such as how the presence of impurities in a water body may ieact synergistically with heated effluent or how the heated effluent may restrict mixing and dispersion of radio active effluents. The applicant should describe any computational models and their bases and verification used in predicting effects described in Section 5.2.2.1.


The applicant may substitute other accident class breakdowns and alternative values of radioactive material releases and analytical assumptions, if such substitution is justified in the Environmental Report.
6.1.1.2 Ecological Parameters. The applicant should describe the preoperational program used to determine the ecological characteristics presented in Section 2.2.


ACCIDENT ASSUMPTIONS
Those portions of the program concerned with determin ing the presence and abundance of important aquatic and amphibious species (identified in Section 2.2)
ACCIDENT- 1.0 Trivial itcidents These incidents shall be included and evaluated under routine releases in accordance with proposed Appendix I of 10 CFR Part 50 [Sec Appendix 4 of this Guide] .
should be detailed in terms of frequency, pattern, and duration of observation. The applicant should describe how taxonomic determinations were made and validated. In this connection, the applicant should discuss its reference collection of voucher specimens or other means whereby consistent identification will be ensured.
A CCIDEN T- 2.0
Small Release Outsile Contaiwnent These releases shall include such things as releases through steamline relief valves and small spills and leaks of radioactive materials outside containment. These releases shall be included and evaluated under routine releases in accordance with proposed Appendix I of 10
CFR Part 50. [See Appendix 4 of this Guide.]
ACCCIDEANT-3.0 Radwaste Svstem 1ailure
3.1 Equipment leakage or malfunction (Includes operator error)
(a)
Radioactive gases and liquids: 25% of average inventory in the larges storage tank shall be assumed to be released.


(b) Meteorology assumptions: xIQ values are to be 1/10 of those given in AEC
A description should be provided of the methods used, or to be used, for observing natural variations of ecological parameters. If these methods involve indicator organisms, the criteria for their selection should be presented. The discussion of methods should include estimates of standard error in making reported determinations.
Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.


2 Copies of these Guide(s), dated November 2, 1970. are available at the Commission's Public Document Room. 1"17 1i Street, N. W. Washington, D.C. and (in request to the Director.
The applicant should discuss the basis for its pre dictions of any nonlethal physiological and behavioral responses of important species which may be caused by construction or operation of the station. This discussion should be appropriately correlated with the description of the monitoring program, including estimates of the standard error for each correlation.


Division of Reactor Standards, U.S. Atomic Energy Commission.
Parameters of stress for important species (as defined in Section 2.2) that could be affected by station discharges should be identified. The methodology for determining such parameters should be reviewed with respect to applicability to actual local conditions antici pated during operation, including interactive effects among multiple effluents and existing constituents of the surface water body concerned.


Washington, D.C. 20545.
6.1.2 Ground Water In those cases in which the proposed facility or a practicable design alternative may potentially affect local ground watei or in which the ground water environment may serve as a pathway to man, either directly or indirectly, the program leading to assessment of potential effects should be described.


23
6.1.2.1 Physical and Chemical Parameters. The pro perties and configuration of the local aquifer, variations (spatial and temporal) in ground water levels, and ground water quality data are discussed in sufficient detail in Section 2.4 to permit a reasonable projection of the effects of station operation on the ground water.


(c) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.
The methods used to obtain and reduce the data presented in Section 2.4 should be described, including instrumentation (suggested criteria will be presented in a forthcoming regulatory guide on hydrologic data collec tion)
6.1.2.2 Models. Models may be used to predict effects such as changes in ground water levels, dispersion of contaminants, and eventual transport through aqui fers to surface water bodies. The models should be described and supporting evidence for their reliability and validity presented.


3.2 Release of waste gas storage tank contents (Includes failure of release valve and rupture disks)
6.1.3 Air The applicant should describe the program for obtain ing information on local air quality and local and regional meteorology. Guidance on an acceptable onsite meteorological measurement program and on data for mat is presented in Regulatory Guide 1.23 (Safety Guide
(a) 100% of the average tank inventory shall be assumed to be released.
23), "Onsite Meteorological Programs." The description should show the basis for predicting such effects as the dispersion of gaseous effluents to a distance of 50
miles from the station and the alteration of local climate (e.g., fogging, icing, precipitation augmentation, or other phenomena) and should present the methodology for gathering baseline data.


(b) Meteorology assumptions: y/Q values shall be 1/10 of those given in AEC
6.1.3.1 Meteorology. The applicant should identify sources of meteorological data used in the atmospheric transport models and reported in Section 2.3. Locations and elevations of observation stations, instrumentation, and frequency and duration of measurements should be specified both for the applicant's measuring activities and for activities of governmental agencies or other
Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.
6-2


(c) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by die frequency of the wind blows in each direction.
organizations on whose information the applicant in tends to rely. For the applicant's preoperational and operational programs, the applicant should include descriptions of instruments, performance specifications, calibration and maintenance procedures, data output and recording systems and locations, and data analysis procedures.


3.3 Release of liquid waste storage tank contents (a) Radioactive liquids:
6.1.3.2 Models. Any models used by the applicant, either to derive estimates of basic meteorological infor mation or to estimate the effects of effluent systems, should be described in detail and their validity and accuracy discussed. Guidance on acceptable atmospheric transport and diffusion models is provided in Regulatory Guide 1.111, "Methods for Estimating Atmospheric Transport and Dispersion for Gaseous Effluents in Routine Releases from Light-Water-Cooled Reactors."
100% of the average storage tank inventory shall be assumed to be spilled on the floor of the building.
6.1.4 Land Data collection and evaluation programs concerning the terrestrial environment of the proposed facility should be described and justified with regard to both scope and methodology.


(b) Building structure shall be assumed to remain in[,,A.
6.1.4.1 Geology and Soils. Those geological and soil studies designed to determine the environmental impact of the construction or operation of the facility should be described. The description should include identification of the sampling pattern and the justification for its selection, the sampling method, preanalysis treatment, and analytic techniques. Other geological and soil studies (e.g., conducted in support of safety analyses) should be briefly summarized if relevant.


(c) Meteorol.,gy assumptions: xJQ values shall be 1/10 of those given in AEC
6.1.4.2 Land Use and Demographic Surveys. The applicant should describe its program for identifying the actual land use in the site environs and for acquiring demographic data for the region as reported in Section
Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.
2.1.


(d) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the, wind blows in each direction.
Sources of information should be identified. Methods used to forecast probable changes in land use and demographic trends should be described.


ACCIDENT-4.0 Fission Products to Primary System (BIVR)
6.1.4.3 Ecological Parameters. In this section, the applicant should discuss the program used to assess the ecological characteristics of the site, with primary reference to important terrestrial biota identified in Section 2.2. In general, the considerations involved are similar to those suggested in connection with aquatic biota (Section 6.1.1.2). However, the differences in habitat, differences in animal physiology, and other pertinent factors will, of necessity, influence the design of .the assessment program. The applicant should pre sent, as in Section 6.1.1.2, an analysis of the program in terms of taxonomic validation, rationale for its pre dictive aspects, and the details of its methodology.
4.1 Fuel cladding defects Release from these events shall be included and evaluated under routine releases in accordance with proposed Appendix I of
10 CFR Part 50. [See Appendix 4 of this Guide.]
4.2 Off-design transients that induce fuel failures above those expected (Such as flow blockage and flux maldistributions)
(a) 0.02% of the core inventory of noble gases and 0.02% of the core inventory of halogens shall be assumed to be released into the reactor coolant.


(b) 1% of the halogens in the reactor coolant shall be assumed to be released into the steam.
6.1.5 Radiological Monitoring The preoperational program should be described in detail in the Environmental Report-Construction Per mit Stage. Specific information should be provided on (a) the types of samples to be collected, (b) sampling locations clearly shown on a map keyed to a table listing sampling locations as a function of direction and distance from the proposed site, (c) analyses to be performed on each sample, (d) general types of sample collection equipment, (e) sample collection and analysis frequency, (f)
lower limit of detection2 for each analysis, and (g) the approximate starting date and duration of the program. The discussion should include the justification for the choice of. sampling sites, analyses, and sampling frequencies. Review of this description will be facilitated if the applicant presents a tabular summary of the 'program.


(c) The mechanical vacuum pump shall be assumed to be automatically isolated by a high radiation signal of the steam line.
The applicant should also describe how it expects to extend the preoperational program into the operational phase and in what manner the results of the preopera tional program may be used to effect the design of the operational program. Guidance for both the preopera tional program and operational program is provided in Regulatory Guide 4.1, "Programs for Monitoring Radio activity in the Environs of Nuclear Power Plants."
Additional guidance is provided in Regulatory Guide
4.8, "Environmental Technical Specifications for Nuclear Power Plants." In addition, EPA report ORP/
SID 72.2, Environmental Radioactivity Surveilance Guide, recommends methods for conducting a minimum level of environmental radiation surveillance outside the station site boundary of light-water-cooled nuclear power facilities.


(d) Radioactivity shall be assumed to carry over to the condenser where 10%
The applicant should summarize any information available from the literature regarding background radi ological characteristics of the site which were con sidered in designing the program (reference may be made to Section 6.3 as appropriate).3 The Environmental Report-Operating License Stage should discuss the preoperational program which has gone or will soon go into operation. Any changes in the program (relative to the description supplied at the construction permit stage) should be discussed and the rationale provided for such changes.
of the halogens shall be assumed to be available for leakage from the condenser to the environment at
0.5%/day for the course of the accident (24 horus).
(e) Meteorology assumptions: x]Q values shall be 1/10 of those given in AEC
Safety Guide No. 3.


(f) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.
2The lower limit of detection (LLD), as defined in HASL-300,
revised August 1974, should be stated for the 95% confidence level.


.4CCIDENT-5.0 Fission Products to Primary and Secondary Systems (Pressurized Water Reactor]
3A report on this subject by the National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurements is available; Natural Bacground Radiation 'n the United States, NCRP Report No. 45. Copies may be obtained from Publications, NCRP, P.O. Box 30175, Washington, D.C. 20014.
5.1 Fuel cladding defects and steam generator leak Release from these events shall be included and evaluated under routine releases in accordance with proposed Appendix I of
10 CFR Part 50. [See Appendix 4 of this Guide.]
5.2 Off-design transients that induce fuel failure above those expected and steam generator leak (such as flow blockage and flux maldistributions)
(a) 0.02% of'the core inventory of noble gases and 0.02% of the core inventory and halogens shall be assumed to be released into tlhe reactor coolant.


(b) Average inventory in the primary system prior to the transient shall be based on operation with 0.5% failed fuel.
6-3


4 (c) Secondary system equilibrium radioactivity prior to ftie transient shall be based on a 20 gal/day steam generator leak and a  
6.2 Applicant's Proposed Operational Monitoig rgrng ms Operational monitoring programs may not be fully developed at the time of applying for a construction permit. The applicant should, to the extent feasible, describe the general scope and objectives of its intended programs and provide a tentative listing of parameters that it bel eves should be monitored for detailed evaluation. This listing should include numerical ex cerpts from water or air standards against which the proposed monitoring program will be measured as understood at the time of initial submission of the environmental report. The listing should also include parameters that are important for the models described in Sections 5.2-2.1 and 5.2.2.2, as required in Section IV
10  
of Appendix I to 10 CFR Part 50.
gpm blowdown rate.


(d) All noble gases and
Regulatory Guide 4.8, "Environmental Technical Specifications for Nuclear Power Plants," describes information to be submitted with an application for an operating license.
0.1% of the halogens in the steam reaching the condenser shall be assumed to be released by the condenser air ejector.


(e) Meteorology assumptions: X]Q values shall be 1/10 of those given in AEC
In the Environmental Report-Construction Permit Stage, the operational program need only be discussed to the extent that it is expected to differ (if at all) from the ongoing preoperational program, such as the inclusion of a census of dairy cattle and vegetable gardens. If, in the Environmental Report-Operating license Stage, there are no differences between the preoperational programs (as finally formulated) and the operational programs, the applicant need only make a statement to that effect and provide a commitment to conduct the operational program. If there are differences in the operational program, the applicant should describe the reasons for the differences. The applicant should also discuss any plans and rationale for updating the program during station operation.
Safety Guide No. 4.


(f) Consequcnces should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.
Final approval of the operational program, as des cribed completely in the proposed environmental techni cal specifications, will be given at the end of the technical specification review process.


5.3 Steam generator tube rupture (a) 15% of the average inventory of noble gases and halogens in the primary
6.3 Related Envkonmental Measurement mnd Monitoring Progiams When the applicant's site lies within a region for which environmental measurement or monitoring pro grams are carried out by public agencies or other agencies not directly supported by the applicant, any such related programs known to the applicant should be identified and discussed. Relevance of such independent findings to the proposed facility's effects should be described, and plans for exchange of information, if any, should be presented. Agencies responsible for the pro grams should be identified and, to the extent possible, the procedures and methodologies employed should be briefly described. These agencies may have developed and verified mathematical or physical models that encompass the site area and the surrounding water environs comparable to those discussed in Sections
0
5.2.2.1 -and 5.2.2.2. Such models may be used either directly or with minor modifications. When such models are used in support of liquid transport analyses of radionuclide releases, the same data and technical bases as suggsted'in Sections 5.2.2.1 and 5.22.2 should be furnished.
24


coolant shall be assumed to be released into the secondary coolant.
6.4 Preoperational Enviromnental Radiological Monitoring Data Data from the preoperational program may not be available at the time of submission of the Environmental Report-Construction Permit Stage. Accordingly, the applicant should submit for Section 6.4, as a later supplement to the Environmental Report-Operating License Stage, 6 to 12 months4 of preoperational environmental radiological monitoring data.


The average primary coolant activity shall be based on 0.5% failed fuel.
fThe minimnum amount of preoperational data may be sub mitted if it indudesdata from a crop harvest and a complete grang mason. AR media with a collction frequency less than semnammal (e.g., annual or once In 3 years) should be included in the 6 to 12 months of data ubmitted.


(b) Equilibrium radioactivity prior to rupture shall be based on a 20 gallon per day steam generator leak and a 10
64
gpm blowdown rate.


(c) All noble gases and 0.1%
CHAPTER 7 ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS OF ACCIDENTS
of the halogens in the steam reaching the condenser shall be assumed to be released by the condenser air ejector.
In this chapter, the applicant should discuss the potential environmental effects of accidents inolvoing the station.


(d) Meteorology assumptions: X/Q values shall be 1110 of those given in AEC
7.1 Station Accidents Involving Radioactivity The detailed requirements for analysis of accidents are contained in the proposed Annex to Appendix D of
Safety Guide No. 4.
10 CFR Part 50 (36 FR 22851). Appendix D of 10 CFR
Part 50 has been superseded by 10 CFR Part 51;
however, Part 51 does not affect the status of the proposed Annex to Appendix D of 10 CFR Part 50. (See Appendix I of this guide for this Annex.)  
Applicants may, for purposes of environmental reports, take the option in the calculation of xJQ values of using either of two meteorological assumptions for all accident cases:  
1. XJQ values may be determined from onsite meteorological data at the 50% probability level or
2. xJQ values may be determined at 10% of the levels in Regulatory Guide 1.3, "Assumptions Used for Evaluat ing the Potential Radiological Consequences of a Loss of Coolant Accident for Boiling Water Reactors," or Regulatory Guide 1.4, "Assumptions Used for Evaluat ing the Potential Radiological Consequences of a Loss of Coolant Accident for Pressurized Water Reactors."
7.2 Transportation Accidents Involving Radioactivity The requirements for analysis of environmental risk from accidents involving the transportation of radio active materials to and from nuclear power reactors are contained in 10 CFR Part 51. If the transportation of fuel and wastes to and from nuclear power reactors is within the scope of paragraph (g) of §51.20, the environmental report need only contain a statement that such environmental risks aem as set forth in Summary Table S-4 of 10 CFR Part 51 (see Appendix A). No further discussion of environmental risks concerning the transportation of radioactive materials is needed in the environmental report.


(e) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind
If the transportation of fuel and waste to and from nuclear power reactors is not within the scope of paragraph (g) of §51.20, a full description and detailed analysis of the environmental risk from accidents should be provided. An analysis of the environmental risks from accidents in the transportation of radioactive materials to and from nuclear power reactors following the approach set forth in WASH-1238 is acceptable.'
,blows in each direction.
7.3 Other Accidents In addition to accidents that can release radioactivity to the environs, accidents may occur as a result of station operation that, although they do not involve radioactive materials, have consequences that may affect the environment. Accidents such as chemical explosions, fires, and leakage or ruptures of vessels containing oil or toxic materials can have significant environmental im pact. These possible accidents and associated effects should be identified and evaluated (see Section 2.2 of Regulatory Guide 1.70, "Standard Format and Content of Safety Analysis Reports for Nuclear Power Plants"). 
lAn analysis of the environmentat risks from accidents in the transportation of radioactive materials to and from nuclear power reactors is given in WASH-1238, Environmental Survey of Tanaportation of Radioactive Materials To and From Nuclear Power Plants, December 1972, and Supplement I to WASH-1238, NUREG-75/038, April 1975. Both documents may be obtained from the National Technical Information Service, Springfield, Vignia 22161.


ACCIDENT- 6. 0 Refuieling Accidents
7-1
6.1 Fuel bundle drop (a) The gap activity (noble gases and halogens) in one row of fuel pins shall be assumed to be released into the water. (Gap activity is 1% of total activity in a pin).
(b) One week decay time before the accident occurs shall be assumed.


(c) Iodine decontamination factor in water shall be 500.
CHAPTER 8 ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL EFFECTS OF STATION
CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATION
This chapter should present the applicant's assess ment of the economic and social effects of the proposed nuclear facility.


(d) Charcoal filter efficiency for iodines shall be 99%.
There are, of course, limitations on the extent to which the applicant can evaluate all the social and economic benefits and costs of -the construction and operation of a nuclear facility that may have a pro ductive life of 30 years or more. The wide variety of benefits and costs are not only difficult to assess, but many are not amenable to quantification or even to estimation in commensurable units. Some primary bene fits such as the generated electrical energy are, to a degree, measurable, as are the capital costs and operating and maintenance costs of the proposed facility. On the other hand, numerous environmental costs and their economic and social consequences are not readily quantified.'
(e) A realistic fraction of the containment volume shall be assumed to leak to the atmosphere prior to isolating the containment.
Second- and higher-order costs or benefits (i.e.,
impacts flowing from first-order social and economic impacts) need be discussed by the applicant only where they would significantly modify the aggregate of costs or benefits, thus affecting the overall cost-benefit balance.


(f) Meteorology assumptions: xjQ values shall be 1/10 of those given in AEC
8.1 Benefits The primary benefits of the proposed nuclear station are those inherent in the value of the generated electricity delivered to consumers. The applicant should report, as shown in Table 1, the expected average annual kilowatt-hours of electrical energy to be generated.
Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.


(g) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.
Further, a breakdown of the expected use of electricity in the applicant's service area should be provided for the major classes identified in the Federal Power Commis sion publication, National Power Survey.2 The importance of the proposed station in providing adequate reserves of generating capacity to ensure a reliable supply for the applicant's service area (and associated power pool, if any) is discussed in Section
1.1. The increase in the probabilities of the extent and duration of electrical shortages if the proposed station (or its equivalent capacity) is not built by the proposed date should be estimated. The applicant should also appraise the likely social and economic impacts of such IThe estimate of generated electrical energy-should reflect the outages consistent with the applicant's forced outage ratio experience and should include outages induced by natural phenomena such as floods, droughts, tornadoes, or hurricanes (see Sections 2.3 and 2.4). 
2Copies may be obtained from the Superintendent of Docu ments, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C.


6.2 Heavy object drop onto fuel in core (a) The gap activity (noble gases and halogens) in one average fuel assembly shall be assumed to be released into the water. (Gap activity shall be 1% of total activity in a pin).
20402.
(b) 100 hours of decay time before object is dropped shall be assumed.


(c) Iodine decontamination factor in water shall be 500.
shortages. The benefits in averting these impacts should be related to regional experience, if any, with brownouts and emergency load-shedding and the applicant's plans or procedures for meeting such emergencies. If benefits are claimed for recreational uses of the proposed nuclear station site, the effect of any plan to place additional generating units at the site at some future time should be discussed.


(d) Charcoal filter efficiency for iodines shall be 99%
Other primary benefits of some nuclear electrical generating facilities may be in the form of sales of steam or other products or services. Revenues from such sales should be estimated. The use of waste or reject heat for desalination or for other processes could expand the benefits of nuclear stations. Such benefits, if claimed, should be accompanied by an estimate of the degree of certainty of their realization.
(e) A realistic fraction of the containment volume shall be assumed to leak to the atmosphere prior to isolating the containment.


(1) Meteorology assumptions: y]Q values shall be 1/10 of those given in AEC
There are other social and economic benefits that affect various political jurisdictions or interests to a greater or lesser degree. Some of these reflect transfer payments or other values which may partially, if not fully, compensate for certain services, as well as external or environmental costs, and this fact should be reflected in the designation of the benefit. A list of examples follows:
Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.
9 Tax revenues to be received by local and State governments.


(g) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.
* Temporary and permanent new jobs created and payroll.


ACCIDENT- Z70 Spent Fuel Handling Accident
* Incremental increase in regional product (value added concept).
7.1 Fuel assembly drop in fuel storage pool (a) The, gap activity (noble gases and halogens) in one row of fuel pins shall be assumed to be released into the water. (Gap activity shall be 1% of total activity in a pin).
* Enhancement of recreational values through making available for public use any parks, artificially created cooling lakes, marinas, etc.
(b) One week decay time before accident occurs shall be assumed.


(c) Iodine decontamination factor in water shall be 500.
* Enhancement of esthetic values through any special design measures as applied to structures, artificial lakes or canals, parks, etc.


(d) Charcoal filter efficiency for iodines shall be 99%.
D Environmental enhancement in support of the propagation or protection of wildlife and the improve ment of wildlife habitats.
(e) Meteorology assumptions: xIQ values shall be 1/10 of those given in AEC
Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.


(0 Consequences shall be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.
9 Creation and improvement of local roads, water ways, or other transportation facilities.


7.2 Heavy object drop onto fuel rack (a) The gap activity (noble gases and halogens) in one average fuel assembly shall be assumed to be released into the water. (Gap activity is 1% of total activity in a pin).
.
(b) 30
Increased knowledge of the environment as a consequence of ecological research and environmental monitoring activities associated with station operation,
days decay time before the accident occurs shall be assumed.
8-1


(c) Iodine decontamination factor in water shall be 500.
and technological improvements from the applicant's research program.


(d) Charcoal filter efficiency for iodines shall be 99%.
* Creation of a source of heated discharge which may be used for beneficial purposes (e.g., in aquaculture, in improving commercial and sport fishing, or in industrial, residential, or commercial heating).
(e) Meteorology assumptions: xJQ values shall be 1/10 of those given in AEC
* Provision of public educational facilities (e.g., a visitors' center)
Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.
* Annual savings in consumption of imported crude oil for power generation.


(f) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.
The applicant should discuss significant benefits that may be realized from the construction and operation of the proposed station. Where the benefits can be ex pressed in monetary terms, they should be discounted to present worth. In each instance where a particular benefit is discussed, the applicant should indicate, to the extent practical, who is likely to be affected and for how long. In the case of esthetic impacts that are difficult to quantify, the applicant should provide illustrations of significant station structures or environmental modifica tions visible to the public in addition to parks or other recreational facilities on the site which will be available for public use. The details should be drawn from information presented in Sections 2.6 and 3.1.


7.3 Fuel cask drop (a) Noble gas gap activity from one fully loaded fuel cask (120 day cooling)
8.2 Costs The economic and social costs resulting from the proposed nuclear station and its operation are likewise complex and should be quantified wherever possible.
shall be assumed to be released. (Gap activity shall be 1% of total activity in the pins).
25


ACCIDENT--8.0 Accident Initiation Events Conshiercd in Design Basis Evaluation in the Safety Analysis Report
The primary internal costs are (a) the capital costs of land acquisition and improvement; (b) the capital costs of facility construction; (c) the incremental capital costs of transmission and distribution facilities; (d) fuel costs, including the cost of spent fuel disposition; (e) other operating and maintenance costs, including license fees and taxes; (f) plant decommissioning costs; and (g)  
8.1 Loss-of-coolant accidents Small Pipe Break (6-in. or less)
research and development costs associated with potential future improvements of the station and its operation and maintenance. The applicant should discount these costs to present worth.
(a) Source term: the average radiocictivity inventory in the primary coolant shall be assumed. (This inventory shall be based on operation with 0.5% failed fuel).
(b) Filter efficiencies shall be 95% for internal filters and 99% for external filters.


(c) 50% building mixing for boiling water reactors shall be assumed.
The applicant should provide the types of information listed in Table 2 for nuclear and alternative power generation methods. (Alternative power generation methods are discussed in detail in Chapter 9.) If the applicant includes a coal-fired plant as a viable alterna tive to a nuclear power station, information should be provided for both a coal-fired plant with sulfur removal equipment and one that burns low-sulfur coal.


(d) For the effects of plateout, sprays, decontamination factor in pool, and core sprays the following reduction factors shall be assumed:
In Table 2, items (1) through (5) are necessary to run the CONCEPT3 code used by the NRC staff. Inclusion of this information in the applicant's environmental report could expedite the staff's review process. Item (6)
For pressurized water reactors: 0.05 with chemical additives in sprays, 0.2 for no chemical additives.
would permit the staff to compare detailed cost categories to distinguish any significant differences that might exist between the applicant's estimate and the CONCEPT model.


For boiling water reactors: 0.2.
The environmental report should include the esti mated cost of generating electric energy in mills per kilowatt-hour for the proposed nuclear station and for alternative fossil-fueled plants in the detail shown in Table 3. (Alternative energy sources are discussed in Chapter 9.) It should be stated whether the costs of fuel and of operation and maintenance are initial costs or levelized costs over some period of operation and, in the latter case, what assumptions are made about escalation.


(e) A realistic building leak rate as a function of time shall be assumed.
There are also external costs. Their effects on the interests of people should be examined. The applicant should supply, as applicable, an evaluation plus support ing data and rationale regarding such external social and economic costs as noted below.4 For each cost, the applicant should describe the probable number and location of the population group adversely affected, the estimated economic and social impact, and any special measures to be taken to alleviate the impact.


(f) Meteorology assumptions: YQ values shall be 1/10 of those given in AEC
Temporary external costss include: shortages of housing; inflationary rentals or prices; congestion of local streets and highways; noise and temporary es thetic disturbances; overloading of water supply and sewage treatment facilities; crowding of local schools, hospitals, or other public facilities; overtaxing of com munity services; and the disruption of people's lives or the local community caused by acquisition of land for the proposed site.
Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.


(g) Consequciwes should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.
Long-term external costs6 include impairment of recreational values (e.g., reduced availability of desired species of wildlife and sport fish, restrictions on access to land or water areas preferred for recreational use);
deterioration of esthetic and scenic values; restrictions on access to areas of scenic, historic, or cultural interest;
degradation of areas having historic, cultural, natural, or archeological value; removal of land from present or
3 H. 1. Bowers and I. T. Dudley, Multi-Unit Power Plant Cost Models For the Concept Code, ORNL-TM-4300, July 1974, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tennessee 37830
(and references therein). 
4 For convenience of treatment, the listed cost examples have been divided into long-term. (or continuing) costs and the temporary costs generally associated with the period of construction or the readjustment of the lives of persons whose jobs or homes will have been displaced by the purchase of land at the proposed site.


Large Pipe Break (a) Source term: The average radioactivity inventory in the primary coolant shall be assumed (This inventory shall be based on operation with 0.5% failed fuel), plus release into the coolant of:
SRefer, as appropriate, to the information presented in Chapter
For pressurized water reactors: 2% of the core inventory of halogens and noble gases.
4.


For boiling water reactors: 0.2% of the core inventory of halogens and noble gases.
6 Refer, as appropriate, to the information presented in Chapter
5.


(b) Filter efficiencies shall be 95% for internal filters and 99% for external filters.
8-2


(c) 50% building mixing for boiling water reactors shall be assumed.
contemplated alternative uses; creation of locally adverse meteorological conditions (e.g., fog and plumes from cooling towers, cooling lakes and ponds); creation of noise, especially by mechanical-draft cooling towers;
reduction of regionial products due to displacement of persons from the land proposed for the site; lost income from recreation or tounsim that may be impaired by environmental disturbances; lost income of commercial fishermen attributable to environmental degradation;
decrease in real estate values in areas adjacent to the proposed facility;
and increased costs to local governments for the services required by the permanently employed workers and their families. In discussing the costs, the applicant should indicate, to the extent practical, who is likely to be affected and for how long.


(d) For the effects of plateout, containment sprays, core sprays (values based on 0.5% of halogens in organic form) the following reduction factors shall be assumed:
8-3
For pressurized water reactors: 0.05 with chemical additives in sprays, 0.2 for no chemical additives.


For boiling water reactors: 0.2.
CHAPTER 9 ALTERNATIVE ENERGY SOURCES AND SITES
This chapter should present the basis for the appli cant's proposed choice of site and nuclear fuel among the available alternative sites and energy sources. Ac cordingly, the applicant should discuss the range of practicable alternatives and the considerations and rationale that led to the proposed site-plant combina tion. It is recognized that planning methods differ among applicants. However, the applicant should present its site-plant selection process as the consequence of an analysis of alternatives whose environmental costs and benefits were evaluated and compared to reveal suitable site-plant combinations which were then subjected to a detailed cost-effectiveness comparison to make the final site selection.


(e) A realistic building leak rate as a function of time and including design leakage of steamline valves in BWRs shall be assumed.
This chapter should encompass information relevant both to the availability of alternatives and to their relative merits. Two classes of alternatives should be considered: those that can meet the power demand without requiring the creation of new generating capac ity and those that do require the creation of new generating capacity.


(f Meteorology assumptions: XJQ values shall be 1/10 of those given in AEC
9.1 Alternatives Not Requiring the Creation of New Generating Capacity Practicable means that meet the projected power demand with adequate system reliability and that do not require the creation of additional generating capac ity should be identified and evaluated. 1 Such alterna tives may include, but not be limited to, purchased energy, reactivating or upgrading an older plant, or base load operation of an existing peaking facility. Such alternatives should be analyzed in terms of cost, environ mental impact, adequacy, reliability, and other pertinent factors. If such alternatives are totally unavailable or if their availability is highly uncertain, the relevant facts should be stated. This analysis is of major importance because it supports the justification for new generating capacity.
Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.


(g) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.
9.2 Alternatives Requiring the Creation of New Generating Capacity In this guide, an alternative constituting new gener ating capacity is termed a "site-plant combination" in order to emphasize that the alternatives to be evaluated should include both site and energy source options. A
site-plant combination is a combination of a specific site (which may include the proposed site) and a particular category of energy source (nuclear, fossil-fueled, hydro electric, geothermal) together with the transmission hookup. A given site considered in combination with lIf transmission facilities must be constructed in order to secure the energy from alternative sources, this should be discussed.


8.1(a) Break in instrument line from primary system that penetrates the containment (Lines not provided with isolation capability inside containment).
two different energy sources is regarded as providing two alternatives.
(a) The primary coolant inventory of noble gases and halogens shall be based on operation with 0.5% failed fuel.


(b) Release rate through failed line shall be assumed constant for the four hour duration of the accident.
9.2.1 Selection of Candidate Areas2 In this section, the applicant should present an initial survey of site availability using any methodology that surveys the entire region available to the applicant and that, after identifying areas containing possible sites, eliminates those whose less desirable characteristics are recognizable without extensive analysis. The purpose of this site selection process is to identify a reasonable number of realistic siting options. To ensure that realistic alternatives are presented, two or more candidate areas should be chosen for detailed comparison with appropriate site-plant combinations. In assessing potential candidate areas, the applicant may place primary reliance on published materials 3 and reconnaissance level information. Guidance on the selection of potential sites for nuclear stations is presented in Regulatory Guide 4.7, "General Site Suitability Criteria for Nuclear Power Stations." The applicant may wish to use the following definitions in discussing its site selection process:
* Region of Interest. The geographical area initially considered in the site selection process. This area may represent the applicant's system, the power pool or area within which the applicant's planning studies are based, or the regional reliability council or the appropriate subregion or area of the reliability council.


(c) Charcoal filter efficiency shall be 99%.
* Candidate Areas. Reasonable homogeneous areas within the region of interest investigated for potential sites. Candidate areas may be made up of a single large area or several unconnected ones. The criteria governing a candidate area are the same resources and populations on which the potential plant would have an impact and similar facility costs.
(d) Reduction factor from combined plateout and building mixing shall be
0.1.


(e) Meteorology assumptions: >/Q values shall be 1/10 of those given in AEC
* Potential Site& Sites within the candidate areas that have been identified for preliminary assessment in estab lishing candidate sites.
Safety Guide No. 3.


(f) Consequences shall be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.
* Candidate Sites. Sites suitable for evaluation by the applicant during the process of selecting a proposed site.


8.2(a) Rod ejection accident (pressurized water reactor)
To be a candidate site, the site must be considered to be potentially licensable and capable of being developed.
(a) 0.2% of the core inventory of noble gases and halogens shall be assumed to be released into the primary coolant plus the average inventory in the primary coolant based on operation with 0.5% failed fuel.


(b) Loss-of-coolant accident occurs with break size equivalent to diameter of rod housing (See assumptions for Accident 8.1).
* Proposed Sites. Sites for which an applicant seeks a license to construct and operate a power station.
I
I
26


8.2(b) Rod drop accident (boiling water reactor)
2As used in this chapter, the term area is defined as several square miles (large enough to contain several sites)
Radioactive material released (a) 0.025% of the core inventory of noble gas and 0.025% of the core inventory of halogens shall be assumed to be released into the coolant.
3Several methods of site selection and evaluation may be found in Nuclear Power Plant Siting-A Generalized Process, AIF/
NESP-002, Atomic Industrial Forum, August 1974. Copies may be obtained from Atomic Industrial Forum, Inc., 7101 Wiscon sin Avenue, Washington, D.C. 20014.


(b)
9-1
1% of the halogens in the reactor coolant shall be assumed to be released into the condenser.


(c) The mechanical vacuum pump shall be assumed to be automatically isolated by high radiation signal on the streamline.
The geographical regions considered by the applicant may be within or outside the applicant's franchise service area. It is ekpected that each area considered will be small enough for any site developed within it to have essentially similar environmental relationships (i.e., ther mal discharge to the same body of water, proximity to the same urban area). The areas considered should not be restricted to those containing land actually owned by the applicant.


(d) Radioactivity shall be assumed to carry over to the condenser where 10%
If a State, region, or locality has a power station'
of the halogens shall be assumed to be available for leakage from the condenser to the environment at
siting law, the law should be cited and any applicable constraints described.
0.5%/day for the course of the accident (24 hours).
(e) Meteorology assumptions: X/Q values shall be i/10 of those given in AEC
Safety Guide No. 3.


(f) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.
The applicant should display the areas being ap praised by means of maps and charts portraying the power network,4 environmental and other features, and other relevant information. (A consistent identification system should be established and retained on all graphic and verbal materials in this section.) The map or maps should be clearly related to the applicant's service area (and adjacent areas if relevant). The maps should display pertinent information such as the following:
1. Areas considered by the applicant;
2. Major centers of population density (urban, high density, medium density, low density, or similar scale);
3. Water bodies suitable for use in cooling systems;
4. Railroads, highways (existing and planned), and waterways suitable for fuel and waste transportation;
5. Important topographic features (e.g., mountains, marshes, fault lines);
6. Dedicated land-use areas (e.g., parks, historical sites, wilderness areas, testing grounds, airports);
7. Valuable agricultural, residential, recreational, or industrial areas that may be impacted;
8. Primary generating plants, together with effective operating capacity in megawatts, both electrical and thermal, and indication of fuel (all generating units of the same fuel type at the same location should be considered a single source);
9. Other generating additions to the network to be installed before the proposed nuclear facility goes on line;
10. Transmission lines of 115 kV or more and termination points on the system for proposed and potential lines from the applicant's proposed facility (with emphasis on new rights-of-way); and
41TO avoid repetition, the applicant should refer, as appropriate, to material presented in Section 1.1.


8.3(a) Steamline breaks (pressurized water reactors-outside containment)
11. Major interconnections with other power suppliers (with emphasis on new rights-of-way)
Break size equal to area of safety valve throat Small break (a) Primary coolant activity shall be based on operation with 0.5% failed fuel.
These considerations may be expanded to include appropriate factors such as those discussed in Regulatory Guide 4.7.


The primary system contribution during the course of the accident shall be based on a 20 gal/day tube leak.
Maps of areas outside the japplicant's service area should include the probable transmission corridor to the applicant's system.


(b) During the course of the accident a halogen reduction factor of 0.1 shall be applied to the primary coolant source when the steam generator tubes are covered; a factor of 0.5 shall be used when the tubes are uncovered.
Suitable correlations should be made among the maps. For example, one or more of the maps showing environmental features may be to the same scale as a map showing power network configurations; or present generating sites and major transmission lines may be overlaid on the environmental maps, if this is helpful to the discussion.


(c) Secondary coolant system radioactivity prior to the accident shall be based on:
The applicant should discuss the availability of fuel or other energy sources at the areas considered. It is recognized that conditions with regard to alternatives to nuclear fuel vary for different applicants. Oil and coal may be readily available in many areas although limitations on maximum sulfur content or transporta tion costs may restrict or prevent their use. Hydro electric and geothermal sources should also be consid ered if available. In some situations, combinations of energy sources (e.g.,
(a) 20
coal-fired baseload units plus gas-turbine peaking units may be practical alterna tives. The discussion should clearly establish the energy source alternatives.
gallons per day primary-to-secondary leak.


(b) Blowdown of 10 gpm.
Long-term supplies and forecasted costs of each realistic fuel alternative should be stated. The nature of any supply restriction should be specified as to physical shortages, environmental controls, international trade restrictions, or other factors.


(d) Volume of one steam generator shall be released to the atmosphere with an iodine partition factor of 10.
Using the materials described above, the applicant should provide a condensed description of the major considerations that led to the final selection of the candidate areas. These candidate areas should constitute a complete but realistic listing of areas in which it would be feasible to site a power generation facility. While the number of suitable locations for any one siting consider ation may be large, the comparison of factors may constrain the final list of candidate areas to a small number with each area displaying several favorable characteristics.


(e) Meteorology assumptions: x/Q values shall be 1/10 of those given in AEC
The following remarks may apply in specific instances:  
Safety Guide No. 4.
1. The first general geographic screening may be based on power load and transmission considerations.


(f) Consequences shall be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.
2. Certain promising areas may be identified as suitable for only one type of fuel; others may be broadly
9-2


Large break (a) Primary coolant activity shall be based on operation with 0.5% failed. fuel.
defined at this stage of analysis (e.g., a stretch of coastline) and may admit several fuel-type options.


The primary system contribution during the course of the accident shall be based on a 20 gal/day tube leak.
3. Only the determining characteristics of the identified areas need be discussed. Specific tracts need not be identified unless already owned by the applicant.


(b) A halogen reduction factor of O.5 shall be applied to the primary coolant source during the course of the accident.
4. If areas outside the service area are not consid ered during this phase of the decision process, the reasons for not considering them should be provided.


(c) Secondary coolant system radioactivity prior to the accident shall be based on:
5. If certain fuel types are eliminated in selecting candidate areas because of predicted unavailability or because of economic factors, supporting information should be supplied.
(a) 20
gallons per day primary-to-secondary leak.


(b) Blowdown to 10 gpm.
6. In eliminating a fuel type at a site on the grounds of monetary cost, the applicant should make clear that the excess cost over a preferred alternative outweighs any potential advantages of the eliminated fuel type with respect to environmental protection.


(d) Volume of one steam generator shall be assumed to be released to the atmosphere with an iodine partition factor of 10.
7. The compatability with any existing land-use planning programs of the development of each candidate area should be indicated and the views, if any, of local planning groups and interested citizens concerning use of the candidate area should be summarized.


(e) Meteorology assumptions: x/Q values shall be 1/10 of those given in AEC
8. If it is proposed to add a nuclear unit to a station where there are already thermal electric generating units under construction or in operation, the local and regional significance of concentrating a large block of thermal generating capacity at one location should be given specific consideration.
Safety Guide No. 4.


(f) Consequences shall be calculated by weighing the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.
9. Current use of the land should be documented and the potential for preempting other high valued uses of land such as agriculture, recreation, residences, or industry should be noted.


8.3(b) Steamline breaks (boiling water reactor)
10. The availability of a labor pool for power plant construction within commuting distance should be estimated.
Small pipe break (of ' ft2 )
(a) Primary coolant activity shall be based on operation with 0.5% failed fuel.


(b) The main steamline shall be assumed to fail releasing coolant until 5 seconds after isolation signal is received.
9.2.2 Selection of Candidate Site-Plant Alternatives 5 At this point, the number of suitable areas will have been reduced, making possible investigation of a realistic set of alternative site-plant combinations. These alterna tive combinations should be briefly described. The description should include site plans indicating locations considered for the plant, access facilities, and any transmission considerations that significantly affect site desirability.


(c) Halogens in the fluid released to the atmosphere shall be at
5The range of candidate site-plant alternatives selected by the applicant should include other energy source options (coal, oil, hydroelectric, geothermal), as practicable.
1/10 the primary system liquid concentration.


(d) Meteorology assumptions: XJQ values shall be 1/10 of these in AEC Safety Guide No. 3.
The criteria, to be used in selecting the candidate site-plant alternatives are essentially the criteria used in selecting candidate areas. Application of these criteria in greater depth may be required, however, since the relative merits of the various site-plant combinations may be less obvious than those of the initially identified areas. If the site is currently, or expected to be, used for agriculture, its soil class should be reported according to the U.S. Soil Conservation Service Soil Classification System, 6 and the number of acres should be indicated.


(e) Consequences shall be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.
Furthermore, although a particular geographical area may have been judged unsuitable for consideration as a candidate area because of one major overriding disad vantage, the establishment of the suitability of a given site-plant combination will (except for choice of fuel)  
require balancing both favorable and unfavorable factors (benefits versus environmental and other costs). 
The applicant is not expected to conduct detailed environmental studies at alternative sites; only prblim inary reconnaissance-type investigations need be conducted. Neither is it expected that detailed engi neering design studies will be made for all alternative plants or that detailed transmission route studies will be made for all alternatives.


Large break (a) Primary coolant activity shall be based on operation with 0.5% failed fuel.
9.3 Cost-Effectiveness Analysis of Candidate Site-Plant Alternatives A cost-effectiveness analysis of realistic alternatives in terms of both economic and environmental costs should be made to show why the proposed site-plant combina tion is preferred over all other candidate alternatives for meeting the power requirement. In presenting the cost-effectiveness analysis, the applicant should use, insofar as possible, a tabular format showing side-by-side comparison or alternatives with respect to selection criteria.


(b) Main steamline shall be assumed to fail
Quantification, while desirable, may not be possible for all factors because of lack of adequate data. Under such circumstances, qualitative and general comparative statements supported by documentation may be used.
27


releasing that amount of coolant corresponding to a 5 second isolation time.
Where possible, experience derived from operation of plants at the same or at an environmentally similar site may be helpful in appraising the nature of expected environmental impacts.


(c) 50% of the halogens in the fluid exiting the break shall be assumed to be released to the atmosphere.
Various criteria have been suggested in this guide for use in comparing the alternatives and the proposed facility. The criteria chosen by the applicant should reflect benefits and costs7 that were evaluated in
6U.S. Department of Agriculture, Land-Capability Classiflcation, Agriculture Handbook No. 210, 1973, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C.


(d) Meteorology assumptions: x/Q values shall be 1/10 of those in AEC Safety Guide No..`%
7The applicant may use, if the necessary data are available, the method for calculating generating costs discussed in Chapter
(e) Consequences shall be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.
10. The analysis should highlight significant environmental differences among alternative sites which can be balanced against dollar cost differentials.


.7.2 Transportation accidents3 The potential environmental effects from a transportation accident involving radioactive materials should be evaluated. Even though the probability of such an accident may be low and its consequences small, the applicant should identify the environmental effects that might result.
9-3


Adequate documentation should be presented to provide assurance that all safety requirements will be met prior to transportation of radioactive materials.
selecting the site-plant candidates. The following itemization of evaluatory factors may be helpful as a checklist:
Engineering and Environmental Factors Meteorology Geology Seismology Hydrology Population density in site environs Access to road, rail, and water transportation Fuel supply and waste disposal routes Cooling water supply Water quality Sensitivity of aquatic and terrestrial habitats affected Commitment of resources Dedicated areas Projected recreational usage Scenic values Transmission Hookup Factors Access to transmission system in place Problems of routing new transmission lines Problems of transmission reliability Minimization of transmission losses Construction Factors Access for equipment and materials Access, housing, etc., for construction workers Land-Use Factors (including compatibility with zoning or use changes)
Institutional Factors (e.g., State or regional site certifica tion)
Cost Factors Construction costs including transmission Fuel costs (annual)
Operating and maintenance costs (annual)
Operating Factors Load-following capability Transient response Alternative Site Cost Factors Land and water rights Base station facilities Main condenser cooling system Main condenser cooling intake structures and dis charge system Transmission and substation facilities Access roads and railroads Site preparation including technical investigations.


7.3 Other accidents In addition to accidents that can release radioactivity to the environs, there may be accidents that, although radioactive materials are not involved, do have consequences that affect the environment. Such accidents as chemical explosions or fires, steam boiler failures, leakage or ruptures of vessels containing toxic materials can have significant environmental impacts. These possible accidents and associated effects should be identified and evaluated.
9.4 Costs of Alternative Power Generation Methods The applicant should provide cost information for alternative power generation methods and the proposed nuclear station. (Costs for the proposed nuclear station are discussed in Chapter 8.)
In order to supplement the economic information provided in Chapter 8 of the environmental report, the cost information shown in Table 2 should be provided for (1) coal-fired units (one use that would utilize low-sulfur coal and a second that would use high-sulfur coal with stack gas cleaning), (2) oil-fired units, and (3)
nuclear power units.


8.
The environmental report should also include the estimated cost of generating electric energy in mills per kilowatt-hour for the proposed nuclear station and for alternative fossil-fueled plants in the detail shown in Table 3. It should be stated whether the costs of fuel and of operation and maintenance are initial costs or levelized costs over some period of operation and, in the latter case, what assumptions are made about escalation.


ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL EFFECTS OF PLANT
9-4
CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATION
Social and economic effects of a nuclear power plant may be mixed. Some may be beneficial, as exemplified by increased employment opportunities and augmented commerce. Other effects may be adverse, such as the loss or displacement of local agricultural or residential property.


The applicant should assess the social, cultural and economic consequences of achieving the objectives of the facility. Any additional effects resulting from the proposed plant which are not in themselves direct objectives of the facility and its operation
CHAPTER 10
3The radiological impact of transportation In the absence of accidents if to be. discussed in Section 5.3.4.2.
STATION DESIGN ALTERNATIVES
This chapter should show how the applicant arived at the design of the proposed station through consider ation of alternative designs of identifiable systems and through their comparative assessment.


may also be discussed in this Section. Such effects would include attraction of industrial or other activities. The discussion of these effects should include both beneficial and adverse social and economic consequences.
The significant environmental interfaces of a nuclear power station will be associated with the operation of certain identifiable systems. The applicant's proposed station should incorporate a combination of these identifiable systems, each of which has been selected through a cost-effectiveness analysis of economic and other factors as the preferred choice within its category.


The Commission recognizes that some effects cannot be monetized, particularly in the area of social impact. The applicant may, accordingly, elect to use other than monetary measures. Where monetary measures are used, dollar estimates should be discounted to their present value using a prescribed rate of 10% as suggested by OMB for Federally sponsored projects. The applicant may select a different rate; if so, the choice should be justified and well documented.
In some instances, the interaction of these systems may be such as to require their selection on the basis of a preferred combination rather than on the basis of individual preferred systems. For example, an alternative cooling system may have to be evaluated in combination with a preferred chemical effluent system that would be used with it.


In any case, documentation of the analysis should be provided in sufficient detail to permit the AEC to make an independent calculation of present value.
The applicant's discussion should be organized on the basis of station systems and arranged according to the following list:
* Circulating water system (exclusive of intake and discharge)
* Intake system for circulating water
* Discharge system for circulating water
* Other cooling systems (including intake and dis charge where not treated in the preceding three items)
* Biocide systems (all cooling circuits)'
* Chemical waste treatment1
* Sanitary waste system
* liquid radwaste systems (see Section 10.7)
* Gaseous radwaste systems (see Section 10.8)
"* Transmission facilities
"* Other systems.


AEC Form provides for the summary display of benefit measures.1
The following should be considered in preparing the discussion:
8.1 Value of delivered products In this Section the applicant may, in presenting the value to society of the proposed facility, provide a breakdown of the distribution of the plant products (electric energy, steam, etc.) to the various sectors of customers served. The discussion should include present and projected values of electrical energy and any by-products generated by the facility. In addition, the applicant may detail expected end uses of the products. In the case of electrical energy, it would be appropriate to quantify, where possible, such uses in terms of major consumer applications.
1. Range of alternatives. The applicant's discussion should emphasize those alternative station systems that appear promising in. terms of environmental protection.


Residential applications might include examples of ways in which electric power contributes to raising the standard of living, i.e., improved lighting and heating, frostless refrigeration and air conditioning, home entertainment, air cleaners, trash compactors. Particular attention may be given to any significant public benefit such as might be associated with security, safety, general convenience including adequate street lighting, power for hospitals, rapid transit systems and other public facilities.
'systems that are subject to effluent limitation guidelines and new source performance standards of 40 CFR Part 423.


Conversely, the discussion may include consideration of any important regional deficiencies which would be ameliorated by operation of the proposed facility. This might include retirement of polluting industrial facilities through substitution of electric power or use of power for operating water treatment or pollution
Different designs for systems that are essentially identi cal with respect to environmental effects should be considered only if their costs are appreciably different.
'This and other forms appear after Section 13 of this Guide.


0
The applicant should include alternatives that meet the following criteria: (1) they provide improved levels of environmental protection (in the case of systems subject to 40 CFR Part 423, the analysis should focus on alternative systems that comply with 40 CFR Part 423 but that are a better environmental solution, taking into account impacts on air quality, esthetics, etc.) and (2)
0
although not necessarily economically attractive, they are based on feasible technology available to the applicant during the design state.
11
28


control facilities. Dis-benefits associated with thie projected benefits should be identified and discussed.
In cases where the system proposed in the applica tion does not comply with thermal effluent limitations under Sections 301 and 306 of Public Law 92-500 [the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (FWPCA)
as amended] and no disposition of any request for waiver under Section 316(a) is expected until after issuance of a construction permit, the environmental report should clearly identify the most feasible alternative cooling system that would be selected in the event that alternative thermal effluent limitations are not imposed.


8.2 Income Expenditures for the construction and operation of a nuclear power plant represent an addition to national as well as regional income.
2. Normalization of cost comparison. Alternatives should be compared on the basis of an assumed fixed amount of energy generated for distribution outside the station. Thus, any effect of an alternative on station power consumption should be discussed.


While the total expenditure would add to national income, expenditures within a
3. Effect of capacity factor. The projected effect of alternatives on station capacity factor should be given and explained for capacity factors of 60, 70, and 80
particular region would constitute a local income gain.
percent.


Thus, the applicant -should identify the 'amount of outlay for labor, materials and equipment that will be expended in the region in which the plant will be constructed and that which will be expended nationally. Successive rounds of local income, beyond the direct plant expenditure, will be generated by the construction and continued operation of the facility, so that the total addition to regioml income will be much greater than the initial expenditure. The applicant may therefore estimate an income multiplier for tIle region.
4. Monetized costs. The acquisition and operation costs of individual systems and their alternatives (as well as costs of the total station and transmission facility and alternatives) should be expressed as power generating costs. The latter will be derived from cost elements compounded or discounted (as appropriate) to their present values as of the date of initial commercial operation and will be converted to their annualized values. The method of computation is shown in Table 4.


8.3 Employment The construction and operation of a nuclear power plant will have an impact on regional employment. It may create jobs in the national economy, as well as in local industrial and service sectors in addition to those jobs directly created by the construction and operation of the plant. As in the case of income, a local multiplier is involved and the applicant may estimate an employment multiplier for the region in which it is proposed to construct the plant in order to determine the total effect on regional employment.
The individual cost items in this table should be used as applicable. The total cost will be the sum of:
0 Capital to be expended up uritil the scheduled date of operation.2
* Interest to the date of operation on all expendi tures prior to that date.


Conceptually this may be regarded as a form of double-counting, because the incremental regional income is roughly proportional to the incremental regional employment. However, this approach may be useful because incremental employment may be easier to estimate.
2For operating license proceedings, costs should be based on capital to be expended to complete the facility.


8.4 Taxes Local tax revenues may be significantly increased by the construction and operation of a nuclear power plant. The tax base would be increased by the addition of the plant itself, other new commercial property, and by new residential property as required. The applicant should estimate the addition to the region's tax base and revenues and provide the basis for the estimates.
10-1


8.5 Externalities The production of more, and perhaps lower cost electricity, could induce local industry to increase the production of goods and services, thereby increasing the region's gross product and employment. This increment would he in addition to the increase resulting from the construction and oper'tion of the proposed plant. Conversely, increased industrial activities could lead to adverse environmental effects in themselves, such as increased air pollution. The applicant should estimate both favorable and unfavorable effects.
* Expenditures subsequent to the scheduled date of operation discounted to that date. In calculations, the applicant should assume a 30-year station life.3 In computing the annualized present value of station systems and their alternatives, the following cost ele ments are suggested:
e Engineering design and planning costs
0 Construction costs
* Interest on capital expended prior to operation
* Operating, maintenance, and fuel (if applicable)
costs over the 30-year life of the station
"* Taxes
"* Insurance costs
"* Cost of modification or alteration of any other station system if required for accommodation of alterna tives to maintain station capacity (see Item 2 above)
* Maintenance costs for the transmission facility (if applicable)
0 Cost of supplying makeup power during a delay resulting from an alternative design choice that will not meet the power requirement by the scheduled inservice date.


There could be other adverse effects on a region's economy. While the proposed facility would increase a region's tax base, it would also add an additional burden to local services, such as water, sewage, education, and transportation.
5. Environmental costs Environmental effects of alternatives should be documented and supported by available information. To the extent practicable, the magnitude of each effect should be quantified. Where quantification is not possible, qualitative evaluations should be expressed in terms of comparison to the effects of the subsystem chosen for the proposed design.


The applicant should therefore estimate such adverse effects as well as the benefits.
In either case, the derivation of the evaluations should be completely documented.


8.6 Other effects The applicant may wish to consider other economic and social effects beneficial to the region, such as increased recreational activity, improvements in navigation in adjacent waters, and increased educational and environmental research benefits.
Table 5 presents a set of environmental factors that should be considered in comparing alternative station systems in the cost-effectiveness analysis. Although incomplete, the factors listed are believed to represent the principal environmental effects of power station construction and operation that can be evaluated by generally accepted techniques. The table provides for three key elements of environmental cost evaluation:
a. A description of each effect to be measured (Column 3). 
3Uwe 30-year life for steamelectic generatiMg stationi For other types of electric pneafting prints, m genewal accepted Vahes b. Suggested units to be used for measurement (Column 4). The NRC recognizes the difficulty, if not the impossibility, of using the assigned units for every item in Table 5 in each case, given the current state of the art. The applicant may elect to use other units, provided they are meaningful to the informed public and adequately reflect the impact of the listed environmental effects.


Recreational benefit may be projected on the basis of expected annual user-days or the present value in dollars of future use.
c. A suggested methodology of computation (Column 5). Computation of effects in response to each block in Table 5, e.g., 1.1, 1.2, etc., should be given without adjustment for effects computed in other blocks for the same population or resource affected. However, provision is made in Table 5 (i.e., 1.9 and 4.9) to account for combined effects that may be either less than or greater than the sum of individual effects.


Evaluation of benefits achieved by facilitating navigation in affected water bodies may follow the guidelines of the Army Corps of Engineers.' The applicant should select and justify appropriate measures for evaluating these and any other benefits described.
In discussing environmental effects, the applicant should specify not only the magnitude of the effect (e.g., pounds of fish killed or acres of a particular habitat destroyed) but also the relative effect, that is, the fraction of the population or resource that is affected.


The applicant should summarize information from Section
(See the discussion in Section 5.7.)
2.2 concerning present and projected land and water use in the region and should supply a
In some specific cases, accurate estimation of an effect which the applicant believes to be very small may require a data collection effort that would not be commensurate with the value of the information to be obtained. In such cases, the applicant may substitute a preferred measure which conservatively estimates envi ronmental costs for the effect in question, provided the substituted measure is clearly documented and realisti cally evaluates the potentially detrimental (ie., worst case) aspects of the effect, and provided the measure is applied consistently to all alternatives.
documented
"qualified opinion" of the associated economic and social consequences.


Additional benefits may be discussed by the applicant and presented to AEC Form I. Both quantitative measurements and qualitative assessments should be used in deriving an evaluation of the net of the benefits and adverse effects caused by the plant construction and operation.
6. Supporting details. In the following sections, the applicant should discuss design alternatives for each of the relevant station systems (e.g., cooling system, intake system). The discussion should describe each alternative, present estimates of its environmental impact, and compare the estimated impact with that of the proposed system. The assumptions and calculations on which the estimates are based should be presented. Engineering design and supporting studies, e.g., thermal modeling, performed to assess the impact of alternative station systems should be limited in scope to those efforts required to support the cost-effectiveness analysis that led to selection of the proposed design.


Department of the Army. Office or the Chief of Engineers.
7. Presentation of alternative desnks The results should be tabulated for each station system in a format consistent with the definitions in Table 5.


Regulation No. 1120-114, dated June I. 1968, entitled "Survey Investigations and Reports:
The monetized costs of the proposed systems and alternatives should be presented on an incremental bas.
Water Improvement'
Studies-Navigation Benefits."
29


9.
This means that the costs of the proposed system should appear as zeroes in appropriate columns of summary
10-2


ALTERNATIVE ENERGY SOURCES AND SITES
tables and costs of the other alternative systems should appear as cost differences, with any negative values enclosed in parentheses. The environmental costs are not incremental, and the tabulations should therefore show these as total costs, whether monetized or not. (If an environmental effect is considered beneficial, the entry should be enclosed in parentheses.)
In this Section of the Environmental Report the applicant's choice of a particular proposed nuclear facility at a particular proposed site will be supported through a comparative evaluation of available alternatives.
In addition to the information displayed in the tables.


The AEC will consider available alternatives which may reduce or avoid adverse environmental effects expected to result from construction and operation of a proposed nuclear facility. The AEC will not specify in advance which alternatives should be selected by the applicant for consideration: rather, the applicant should make this selection and also make clear the basis for the choices in regard to number, availability and suitability, as well as factors limiting the range of alternatives.
the applicant should provide a textual description of the process by which the tradeoffs were weighed and balanced in arriving at the proposed design. This discussion may include any factors not provided for in the tabulation.


Two classes of alternatives should be considered:
10.1 Circulatifg System (exclusive of intake and dschaW)
those which can meet the power demand without requiring the creation of new generating capacity and those which do require the creation of new generating capacity.
The applicant should identify and describe altema tives to the proposed cooling system deign. Estimates of environmental effects should be prepared and tabulated.


9.1 Alternatives not requiring the creation of new generating capacity.
Where cooling towers are discussed, the analysis should include variations in drift and blowdown and optional control ranges that might minimize the environmental impact to the receiving air, water, or land with respect to time or space.


Practicable means which meet the projected power demand with adequate system reliability and which do not require the creation of additional generating capacity should be identified and evaluated. Such alternatives may include purchased energy, reactivation or upgrading an older plant, and/or base load operation of an existing peaking facility. Such alternatives should be analyzed in terms of cost, environmental impact, adequacy, reliability and other pertinent factors. The applicant is advised that this analysis is of major importance because it provides the basis for justifying the creation of a new generating capability.
When an applicant proposes to create a lake or pond for primary cooling, the environmental report at the construction permit stage should consider the effects of variations in the size of the cooling reservoir on the performance of the power station, the enviromnental impacts (including the loss of agricultural lands and woodlands and the products therefrom and the impacts on terrestrial and aquatic life), and the economic costs.


9.2 Alternatives requiring the creation of new generating capacity.
The enviromnental report should also discuss the matter of making the cooling reservoir and its surroundings a multiple-use facility, including a public recreational resource, and should present the reasons for the decision in favor of or opposing such a development.


In this Section an alternative requiring new generating capacity is termed a "site-plant combination" in order to emphasize that the alternatives to be evaluated should include both site and energy source options. By site-plant combination is meant a combination of a specific site (which may include the proposed site) and a particular category of energy source (nuclear, fossil-fueled, hydroelectric, geothermal) together with the transmission hook-up.
If the applicant decides to provide a recreational facility, the environmental report kt the construction permit stage should contain a general plan to provide for public recreational use. The specific plan for public recreational use should be provided at the operating license stage. The plan should include a discussion of recreational needs in the area; a description (including maps and artist conceptions) of the proposed recrea ti6nal facilities, lake management and fisheries stodking program, and associated landscaping; a schedule of installation, estimated costs of construction, operation and maintenance, and the source of funds to pay these costs; and estimated public use of the facilities. Describe the participation in planning, if any, by local, State, and Federal governments. A commitment to implement the plan must be made if the potential benefit is considered in balancing the costs and benefits.


A
10.2 Intake System The applicant should identify and describe alterna fives to the proposed intake system design, such as shoreline and offshore intakes, traveling screens (vertical, horizontal, angle-mounted, single entry-double exit),
given site considered in combination with two different energy sources is regatded as providing two alternatives.
barriers (lower, electric, sound, light, bubble),
perforated-pipe intakes, and infiltration-bed intakes.


9.2.1 Selection of candidate regions Meaii ngful evaluation of site-plant alternatives can be made only after a selection process which identifies realistic candidate choices within the larger group of technically feasible site-plant combinations. In the initial screening, the applicant should identify geographical regions (both within and outside of the applicant's franchise service area) which may contain potential site locations. It is expected that these regions will be small enough so that any site developed within a given region would have approximately the same type of environmental relationship (i.e., thermal discharge to some body of water, proximity to urban areas, etc.):
Estimates of environmental effects should be prepared and tabulated. Alternatives should be referenced to any requirements for intake systems imposed under Section
however, actual sites may not be owned within these areas; detailed land availability may not be known; detailed transmission line routings will be unspecified.
316(b) of PL 92-500.


In this Section the applicant should appraise the identified regions with respect to power network considerations, environmental considerations and energy type and source considerations.
10.3 Discharge System The applicant should identify and describe alterna tives to the proposed discharge system design. Estimates of environmental effects should be prepared and tabu lated. Appropriate graphic illustrations of visible plumes or hydraulic mixing zones (air or water as applioable)
should be included.


This appraisal will result in the elimination of certain geographical regions because of such disadvantages as poor location with respect to the applicant's power network, lack of cooling water, or obvious environmental incompatibility.
10.4 Chemical Waste Treatment Alternative chemical systems that meet EPA effluent guidelines but involve differing external environmental impacts associated with ultimate waste disposal of end products should be evaluated. Management of corrosion and resulting corrosion products released with cooling tower blowdown should be treated in detail. The description should include specification of both maxi mum and average concentrations and dilution sources.


The remaining regions will be those in and from which candidate site-plant alternatives will be selected. (The latter selection process is discussed in Section 9.2.2.)
(If a discharge is not continuous, the discharge schedule should be specified.) Any toxicity and lethality to affected biota should be documented for all potential points of exposure. Specifically, information should be sufficient to define the impacts to entrained organisms at their points of exposure, as well as the impacts beyond the point of discharge. Estimates of environ mental effects should be prepared and tabulated.
As an initial step in appraising the identified regions, the applicant should prepare two sets of maps, one of which will be related to power network considerations and the other to environmental considerations. Each map should clearly show all regions considered. (The regions should be numbered and the same numbering system used on all maps in which they appear.)
Power network considerations. 2 The map or maps related to power network considerations should show the following:
a.


The applicant's total service area.
10.5 Biocide Treatment The applicant should describe alternatives to the use of biocide for control of fouling organisms, including both mechanical and chemical methods where such alternatives may be expected to have less severe gnviron mental effects than the proposed system. The informa tiou provided on chemical biocides should be similar to that specified above for chemical effluent treatment.


As used ia Section 9, the term "region" is defined as several square.:.piles (large enough to contain several sites).
Estimates of environmental effects should be prepared and tabulated.
'To avoid repetition, the applicant should refer, as appropriate, to material presented in Section 1. 1,
4 I
.4
30


b.
10.6 Sanitmy Waste System Alternative sanitary waste systems that meet EPA
guidelines for municipal waste treatment should be
10-3


Relevant service subareas.
identified and discussed with regard to the environ mental implications of both waste products and chem ical additives for waste treatment. Estimates of environ mental effect on receiving land, water, and air should be considered and tabulated to the extent that measurable effects can be identified.


c.
10.7 Liquid Radwaste Systems For proposed light-water-cooled reactor installations in which the quantities of radioactive material in effluents will be limited to levels that are within the numerical guides for design objectives and limiting conditions of operation set forth in Appendix I of 10
CFR Part 50, no further consideration need be given to the reduction of radiological impacts in formulating alternative plant designs. If the reactor is not a light.


Regions considered by applicant.
water-cooled reactor, the possibility must be explored of an alternative radwaste system that reduces the level of radioactivity in the effluents and direct radiation to the levels in Appendix I. In any case, for reactors to which Appendix I does not apply, the applicant should demonstrate sufficient consideration of alternative rad waste systems and their radiological output to ensure that releases from the proposed facility will be as low as is reasonably achievable.


d.
10.8 Gaseous Radwaste Systems Consideration of systems for the disposal of gaseous radwaste is subject to the qualifying condition noted in Section 10.7 above.


Major urban areas, water bodies, and political boundaries such as county lines where significant.
10.9 Transmission Facilities The applicant should discuss the cost and environ mental effects of alternative routes for new transmission facilities required for tie-in of the proposed facility to the applicant's system. The documentation should include maps of the alternative routes. These maps should clearly indicate topographic features important to evaluation of the routes and boundaries of visually sensitive areas. The applicant may find the documents cited in Section 3.9 helpful in this analysis. Estimates of environmental effects should be prepared and tabulated.


e. Primary generating plants, together with effective operating capacity in megawatts, both electrical and thermal, and indication of fuel type (all plants of same type at same location should be lumped together).
S10.10 Other Systems Any station system, other than those specified above, that is associated with an adverse environmental effect should be discussed in terms of practicable add feasible alternatives that may reduce or eliminate this environ mental effect.
f.


Transmission lines of
104
115 kV or higher, and termination points on the system for proposed and potential lines from the applicant's proposed facility.


g.
CHAPTER 11 SUMMARY COST-BENEFIT ANALYSIS
This chapter should demonstrate through a cost benefit analysis of the proposed station why in the applicant's judgment the aggregate benefits outweigh the aggregate costs. The NRC will independently prepare a cost-benefit analysis of the proposed station in the Environmental Statement; nevertheless, the applicant should perform its own analysis in order to aid the NRC
in its evaluation.


Major interconnections with other power suppliers.
Although the cost-benefit analysis approach discussed in this guide is conceptually similar to the cost-benefit approach classically employed in a purely economic context, the method recommended differs from it procedurally. This is because the benefits and costs to be evaluated will not all be monetized by the applicant. The incommensurable nature of the benefits and costs makes it virtually impossible to provide a concise assessment of costs versus benefits in classical quantitative terms. Even though a simple numerical weighing of benefits against costs is clearly not feasible here, the applicant can evaluate the factors on a judgmental basis that is consistent with the underlying concept of cost-benefit analysis.


If other generating additions to the network are to be installed before the proposed facility goes on-line, these should also be shown.
The following considerations may be helpful to the applicant in preparing the analysis. As indicated above, it is incumbent on the applicant to demonstrate that the benefits of the proposed facility are considered to outweigh the aggregate costs. Beyond this, the degree to which the benefits may outweigh the costs is a factor that will be considered in the NRC's Environmental Statement. In selecting each proposed station system from a set of alternative systems, the cost-effectiveness analysis of Chapter 10 will have maximized the net benefit (i.e., aggregate of benefits minus the costs). 
In presenting the cost-benefit analysis, the applicant should first consider the benefits identified and de scribed in Chapters 1 and 8. Second, the applicant should consider generating, environmental, and other cost items identified in Chapters 4, 5, 8, 9, and 10; these costs should be summarized in tabular form.


Where the following considerations affect the decision process. separate tables should indicate, for each of the subareas shown under (b) above:
11-1
a.


The estimated peak and average power demand;
CHAPTER 12 ENVIRONMENTAL APPROVALS AND CONSULTATION
b.
List and give the status of all licenses, permits, and other approvals of station construction and operations required by Federal, State, local, and regional authorities for the protection of the environment.


The generating capacity;
list all laws or ordinances applicable to the proposed transmission system and the status of approvals that must be obtained. Indicate any public hearings held or to be held with respect to the proposed transmission system.
c.


Firm net power to be exported or imported at major interconnections (transient load swinging and through-power transfers should be eliminated).
The listing should cite the relevant statutory or other authority requiring approvals with respect to the con struction and/or operation of the station and should be categorized by the environmental impact to which the approval is addressed. These categories could include, for example, air, land, and water use and planning, fish diversion, and construction effects.
All amounts should be estimated for load conditions during initial year of full operation of the applicant's proposed facility, using data consistent with power projections.


Environmental considerations. The map or maps related to environmental considerations should show the following:
Discuss the status of efforts to obtain a water quality certification under Section 401 and discharge permits under Section 402 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (FWPCA), as amended. If certification has not already been obtained, indicate when it is expected.
a.


The applicant's total service area, b.
If certification is not required, explain. Any other actions such as a pending request based on Section
316(a) of Public Law 92-500 (FWPCA) for alternative effluent limitations should be explained.


Adjacent service areas, c.
If a discharge could alter the quality of the water or air of another State, indicate the State or States that may be affected and their applicable limitations, stan dards, or regulations.


Regions considered by the applicant, d.
In view of the effects of the station on the economic development of the region in which it is located, the applicant should also note the State, local, and regional planning authorities contacted or consulted. OMB Circu lar A-95 1 identifies the State, metropolitan, and regional clearinghouses 2 that should be contacted as appropriate.


Major areas of population density (urban, high, medium, low density or similar scale),
Where consumptive water uses involve permits or adjudication, applicants should show evidence of such with respect to State, Federal, or Compact or Commis sion authorities having purview over the proposed diversion.
e.


Water bodies suitable for use in cooling systems.
'lnquiries concerning this circular may be addressed to the Office of Management and Budget, Washington, D.C. 20503.


f, Railroads, highways, and waterways suitable for fuel and waste transportation, g.
2A listing of the clearinghouses that serve a particular site area may be obtained from the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commis sion, Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation, Division of Site Safety and Environmental Analysis, Washington, D.C. 2055,.
12-1


Unsuitable topographic features (such as mountains marshes, fault lines),
CHAPTER 13 REFERENCES
h.
The applicant should provide a bibliography of sources used in preparation of the environmental report.


Dedicated land-use areas (parks, historical sites, wilderness areas, testing grounds, airports, etc.).
References should be cited by numerical designation and listed at the end of the chapter to which they refer.
and any other environmental factors.


suitable for display, which are appropriate to the discussion under 9.2.2 below.
13-1


The number of maps to be furnished will depend on the number of geographical regions considered during the selection process.
TABLES


Maps of regions outside the service area should include the likely transmission corridor to the applicant's system interconnection.
TABLE 1 PRIMARY2 BENEFITS TO BE CONSIDERED IN
 
COST-BENEFIT ANALYSIS
Supplementary important environmental information should be included with the environmental maps for completeness.
Drect Benefits Expected average annual generation in kWh ..............  
 
............................... 
The supplementary information should include:
Capacity in kW ...................  
a.
............................................ 
 
Proportional distribution of electrical energy (Expected annual delivery in kWh)
Prevailing meterological conditions, b.
Industrial ...................  
 
............................................ 
General environmental characleristics of rivers, lakes (capacity, biota, applicable standards),
Commercial ....................  
c.
.......................................... 
 
Residential .......................  
Local habitat (animal population, vegetation, bird migration or nesting),
.......................................... 
d.
Other
 
. .
Prevailing and projected land use.
. .
 
. . . . . . . . .
Suitable cross-referencing may be made between the maps. For example, one or more of the environmental maps may be to the same scale as the power map; or, current generation sites and major transmission lines may be overlaid on the environmental maps, where this is appropriate to the discussion of 9.2.2.
. . .
 
. . . . .
Energy type and source considerations.
. .
 
. .
The applicant should present a summary analysis of the availability of fuel or other energy source actually assumed in the planning process. It is recognized that conditions with regard to alternatives to nuclear fuel will vary greatly for different applicants. Oil and coal may be readily available in many areas, although limitations on maximum sulfur content or transportation costs may restrict or prevent their use. Natural gas may be an available alternative in some areas. The applicant should make clear at what point considerations of reliable fossil fuel supply and facilities for its transportation, as well as of hydroelectric and geothermal sources, entered the planning process.
. . . . .
 
. .
The
. .
31
. . .
 
. .
discussion should clearly establish the energy source alternatives.
. .
 
. .
Using the materials prepared as described above, the applicant should provide a condensed narrative description of the major issues which led to the elimination of certain regions and to the final selection of the candidate regions.
 
Expected average annual Btu (in millions) of steam sold from the facility
The following remarks may apply in specific instances:
..................
a.
Expected average annual delivery of other beneficial products (appropriate physical units)
 
.
It is anticipated that the first general geographic selection will be based on power load and transmission considerat ions:
.........
b.
Annual revenues from delivered benefits Electrical energy generated
 
................. 
In selecting candidate regions, the applicant may consider expansion of currently used and/or owned sites:
Steam sold
c.
.
 
. .
Certain promising regions may be pinpointed early in the decision process and, because of transportation or geophysical characteristics, may be suitable for only one type of fuelk d.
. . .
 
. .
Other regions may be rather broadly defined at this stage of analysis (e.g., a stretch of coast line) and may admit several fuel type solutions:
. . .
e.
. .
 
. . .
Not all regions will receive the same detailed consideration in the selection process; for example, some regions will be eliminated early in the selection process by consideration of environmental impacts or transmission or operating costs. Other regions may be preferred in the final selection because their dominance over other possibilities is based on a mixture of environmental and engineering factors.
. .
 
. .
f.
. .
 
. . .
Only salient characteristics of the identified regions need be considered.
. .
 
. .
Specific tracts need not be identified, unless already owned by the applicant.
. .
 
. . .
g.
. .
 
. .
If regions outside the service area were not considered during this phase of the decision process, the reasons for their elimination should be discussed.
. . .
 
.
h.
.
 
Other products
If certain fuel types are eliminated in selecting candidate regions because of predicted nonavailability or economic factors, appropriate supporting evidence should be provided.
.
 
. . .
The applicant is reminded that the purpose of this Section is to exclude from further consideration those identified regions having less desirable characteristics which are readily recognizable without extensive analysis. This stage v' the selection process can thus be regarded as a screening procedure.
. .
 
. .
9.2.2 Selection of candidate site-plant alternatives At this point the applicant should identify, within each of the selected regions, practicable potential site(s)
. . .
and the associated energy source(s)
. .
considered suitable for each site. From these identified site-plant combinations the applicant should then select those regarded as most suitable, i.e., those whose construction and operation would result in incurring minimal environmental and other costs without compromising the projected benefits.
. . .
 
. .
The criteria to be used in selecting the candidate site-plant alternatives from all the identified site-plant combinations are essentially the same as the criteria already used in selecting candidate regions. The criteria, however, must now be applied in greater depth because the differences in desirability of the various site-plant combinations will be less obvious than those of the initially identified regions.
. .
 
. . .
Furthermore, while the unsuitability of a rejected identified region could be established by noting one major overriding disadvantage, the suitability of a given site-plant combination must be determined by balancing both favorable and unfavorable factors (benefits versus environmental and other costs).
. .
The range of candidate site-plant alternatives selected by the applicant should include other energy source options (coal, oil, gas, hydro, geothermal)
. .
as practicable.
. .
 
. . .
The applicant should discuss in detail the process of selection used and clearly identify the bases for the choice or rejection of each candidate site-plant alternative.
. .
 
. .
The applicant's discussion should include consideration of the compatibility of the proposed development of the site with sound principles of land use planning.
. .
 
. .
Views of cognizant local planning groups and interested citizens should be solicited and summarized. Areas of both consistency and conflict of the proposed site use with any regional development program should be specified and discussed.
 
Indirect Benefits (as appropriate)
4
Taxes (local, State, Federal Research
4
.....
4
Regional product
32
. . .
 
Environmental enhanceme'
In addition to criteria already cited; the applicant should note:
Recreation
a.
....
 
Navigation
If considerations of alternative transmission hook-ups are required by other local, State, or Federal agencies, or if the applicant has made a choice between practicable alternative hook.ups, these alternatives should be identified and describea.
.
 
Air Quality:
b.
SO
 
NO
In eliminating a fuel source at a site on the grounds of cost, the applicant should make clear that the excess costs over a preferred alternative outweigh any potential advantages of the eliminated fuel with respect to environmental protection.
.
 
.
9.3 Comparisen of practicable alternatives and the proposed facility The purpose of this Section is to show, by direct comparison of realistic alternatives, in terms of both economic and environmental criteria, why the proposed site and nuclear fuel are preferred over any other alternatives for meeting the power demand.
.
 
.
In presenting the results of comparison of site-plant alternatives, the applicant should utilize, in so far as posrible, a tabular format showing side-by-side comparison of alternatives with respect to relevant factors.
.
 
.
It is recommended that comparisons first be made separately between fossil-fueled alternatives, nuclear-fueled alternatives, and other alternatives (including those discussed in Section 9.1), if any exist. The comparison should clearly indicate, in terms of economic and environmental factors, the basis for the preferred site-plant alternative in each energy source category.
Particulates..
 
Others .......
A further tabular presentation should then be made, demonstrating the balanced preference of the proposed site with nuclear fuel over the best fossil fuel and best other, if any, alternatives (including those discussed in Section 9.1). Tabular presentations should be supplemented with brief resumes of the factors which ruled out alternatives other than the applicant's preferred choice.
Employment .......
 
Education .........
Quantification, while desirable, is not mandatory for all factors used when it can be made clear that data are not reasonably available for comparison.
Others
 
....... 
Under such circumstances, qualitative and general comparative statements are permissible. The basis for such statements should be made clear by accompanying documentation.
%wsceectin &I.1
 
).......
Where possible, operating experience from nearby plants may be helpful in appraising the nature of environmental impacts to be anticipated.
T-1
 
°..
This guideline does not make mandatory any specific list of criteria with respect to which alternatives and the proposed facility must be compared. The factors presented should be those used by the applicant in a selection process which weighs the projected benefits against environmental and other3 costs. While the comparative analysis should clearly set forth the general environmental and other relevant features, it is not expected that the applicant will conduct extensive field studies at each of the alternative sites. The following list of additional evaluatory considerations is offered for further guidance.
.
 
.
Benefits:
.
Contributions to generating capacity and system reliability.
.
 
.
Possibilities for the beneficial delivery of waste heat.
..
 
°. .
Creation of additional benefits such as added park land and recreational facilities, reductions in air pollutant emissions where existing old capacity is partially or entirely replaced.
.
 
.
Engineering Constraints of the Site:
.
Geology Seismology Hydrology Population density in site environs Access to road, rail, and water transportation Fuel supply and waste disposal routes Cooling water supply Constraints of Transmission Hook-Up:
.
Access to transmission system in place Problems of routing new transmission lines Problems of transmission reliability Minimization of transmission losses Construction Constraints:
.* .
Access for equipment and materials Access, housing, etc., for construction workers SThe applicant may use, if the necessary data are available, the method for calculating generating cost discussed in Section t0.
.
 
.
33
.
 
.
Land Use Constraints Costs:
.
Construction costs Costs of transmission hook-up Operating costs Environmental Constraints:
.
Sensitivity of aquatic and terrestrial habitats affected Risks and uncertainties with regard to potential impacts Commitment of resources Projected recreational usage Scenic values Operating Constraints:
.
Load-following capability Transient response.
.
 
.
10. PLANT DESIGN ALTERNATIVES
.* .
Most of the environmental effects of a nuclear power plant will be associated with the operation of certain identifiable systems.
.
 
.
The applicant's proposed plant should incorporate a combination of these identifiable systems each of which has been selected, through evaluation of environmental.
.
 
.
economic and other costs, as the optimal choice within its category.
.
 
.
In some instances, the interaction of these systems may be such as to require their selection on the basis of an optimal combination rather than on the basis of individual optimal systems. For example, an alternative cooling system may have to be evaluated in combination with a preferred chemical effluent system that would be used with it, The applicant should, in this Section, show how the proposed plant design was arrived at through consideration of alternative designs of identifiable systems and through t'e;r comparative assessment.
.* .
 
.
The applicant's discussion shauld be organized on the basis of plant systems, arranged a,.cording to the following list:
.
I. Cooling system (exclusive of intake and discharge)
.
 
.
===2. Intake system===
.
 
.
===3. Discharge system===
.
 
.
===4. Chemical systems===
.
 
.
===5. Biocide systems===
.
6. Sanitary waste system
.
7. Liquid radwaste systems
.
8. Gaseous radwaste systems
.
9. Transmission facilities
.
1'0. Other systems The following should be considered in preparing the discussion:
.
a.
.
 
.
Range of alternatives-The applicant's discussion should emphasize those alternative plant systems that appear promising in terms of environmental protection. Different designs for systems that are essentially identical with respect to environmental effects should be considered only if their costs are appreciably different.
.
 
.
The applicant should include alternatives which provide levels of environmental protection above those of the proposed facility when, although not necessarily econormically attractive, they are practicable on technological grounds.
.
 
.
b.
.
 
.
Normalization of cost comparison-Alternatives should be compared on the basis of assuming a fixed amount of energy generated for distribution outside the plant. (Thus, any effect of an alternative on plant power consumption should be discussed.)
.
c.
.° .
 
.
Effect of capacity factor-Where the cost of operation affects the plant capacity factor, the effect of alternatives on the plant capacity factor should be documented.
.
 
.
d.
.
 
.
Monetized costs-The acquisition and operating costs of individual systems and their alternatives (as well as costs of the total plant and transmission facility and alternatives) are to be expressed as power generating costs. The latter will be derived from cost elements compounded or discounted (as appropriate) to their present values as of the date of initial commercial operation and will be converted to their annualized values.
.
 
.
The method of computation is shown in Table I and t[ie individual cost items in this table are to be used as applicable. The total cost will be the sum of:
.
Capital to be expended between the date of submission of the Environmental Report and the scheduled date of operation.
.
 
.
Interest to the date of operation on all expenditures prior to that date.
.* .
 
.
Expenditures subsequent to the scheduled date of operation discounted to that date.
.
 
.
In calculations, the applicant should assume a 30-year plant life.'
S. .
Use 30-year life for steam-electric generating plants. For other types of electric generating plants, use generally accepted values.
.
 
.
4
.
.4 I
.
34
.
 
.
In computing thie annualized present value of plant systems and their alternatives, the following cost elements are suggested as allowable:
.
Engineering design and planning costs.
.
 
.°
Construction costs.
°
 
o
Interest on capital expended prior to operation.
.
 
.
Operating, maintenance and fuel (if applicable) costs over the 30-year life of the plant.
.
 
.
Cost of modification or alteration of any other plant system if required for accom- modation of alternatives.
.
 
.
Maintenance costs for the transmission facility (if applicable).
.* .
Cost of supplying make.up power during a delay resulting from an alternative design choice which will not meet tile power requirement by the scheduled in-service date.
.
 
.
e.
.
 
.* .
Environmental costs. Environmental effects of alternatives should be fully documented. To the extent practicable, the magnitude of each effect should be quantified. Where' quantification is not possible, qualitative evaluations should be expressed in terms of comparison to the effects of the subsystem chosen for the proposed design. In either case, the derivation of the evaluations should be completely documented.
.
 
.
Both short-term and long-term environmental effects should be reported by the applicant.
.
 
.
Table
.
2 provides three key elements of environmental cost evaluation:
.
(1) A description of each effect to be measured (column 3).
.
(2) Suggested units to be used for measurement (column
.
4)
.
The AEC
.
recognizes the difficulty, if not the impossibility, of using the assigned units for every item in Table 2 in each case, given the current state-of-the-art.
.
 
.
The applicant may elect to use other units, provided they are meaningful to the informed public and adequately reflect the impact of the listed environmental effects.
.
 
.
(3) A suggested methodology of computation (column 5). Computation of effects in response to each block in Table 2, e.g., 1.1,
.
1.2 etc.,
.
should be given without adjustment for effects computed in other blocks for the sFai, p'pulation or resource affected. How,,.c,.  
.
nrovision is made in Table 2 (i.e.. 1.9 and 4.9) to account for combined effects that may be either less than or greater than the sum of individual effects.
.
 
.
In discussing environmental effects, the applicant should specify not only the magnitude of the effect (e.g., pounds of fish killed, acres of a particular habitat destroyed) but also the relative effect, that is the fraction of the population or resource that is affected. See discussion in Section 5.8.
.
 
.
In some specific cases, accurate estimation of an effect which the applicant believes to be very small may require a data collection effort that would not be commensurate with the value of the infomation to be obtained. In such cases, the applicant may substitute a preferred measure which conservatively estimates environmental costs for the effect in question, provided the substituted measure is clearly documented and realistically evaluates the potentially detrimental (i.e., worst case) aspects of the effect, and provided the measure is applied consistently to all alternatives.
.
 
°
In the following subsections, the applicant is to discuss design alternatives for each of the relevant plant systems (i.e., cooling system, intake system.
o. .
 
.
etc.).  
.
The discussion should describe each alternazive and should present estimates of the difference between its environmental impact and that of the proposed system. The assumptions and calculations on which the estimates are based should be presented, and the results should be entered in the appropriate forms. In the columns headed
.
"Page," the applicant should cite the appropriate references to the text of his Report. Note that, in the forms, the categorization and numerical identification of each environmental effect corresponds to that of Table 2. In each of the forms used in the subsections 10.1 to 10.9 the applicant must include, in the first "A" column, data on the system selected in the applicant's proposed design.
.
 
.
Each supplemental form provides space for the display of data regarding four alternatives; however, the applicant is neither obligated to consider, nor limited to, any precise number. The applicant should limit the discussion to those alternatives which the current state-of-the-art indicates are technically practicable.
.
 
.
The monetized costs of the proposed systems and alternatives to be entered in the supplemental forms are to be presented on an incremental basis. This means that the costs of the proposed systems would
.
35
.
 
.
appear as zeroes in the "A" columns of the forms and that the costs of' the other alternative systems (B, C, D, etc.) should appear as cost differences, i.e.,
.
B-A, C-A, etc., with the appropriate sign. Tihe environmental costs are not incremental and the supplemental forms should therefore show these as the total costs, whether monetized or not. (If an environmental effect is considered beneficial, the entry should be preceded by a negative sign.)
.
In addition to the infolmation displayed on forms, the applicant should provide a verbal description of the process by which the trade-offs were weighed and balanced in arriving at the propos-d design. This discussion may include any factors not provided for on the forms supplied.
.
 
.
10.1 Cooling system (exclusive of intake and discharge)
.
The applicant should identify and describe cooling system alternatives to the proposed design. Estimates of environmental effects should be prepared and presented on AEC
.
Form
.
10.2 Intake system The applicant should identify and describe intake system alternatives to the proposed design. Estimates of environmental effects should be prepared and presented on AEC
.
Form
.* .
10.3 Discharge system The applicant should identify and describe discharge system alternatives to the proposed design. Estimates of environmental effects should be prepared and presented on AEC
.
Form
.
10.4 Chemical systems Alternative chemical systems that have the potential for reduced adverse environmental effects should be described and the environmental impacts of effluents should be fully identified. Corrosion products as well as corrosion inhibitors should be considered.
.
 
.
The description should include specification of both maximum and average concentrations and dilution sources. (Where a discharge is not continuous, the discharge schedule should be spiecified.)
.
Any toxicity and lethality to affected biota should be documented for all potential points of exposure. Specifically, information should be sufficient to define the impacts to entrained organisms at their points of exposure as well as the impacts beyond the point of discharge. Estimates of environmental effects should be prepared and presented on AEC Form
.
10.5 Biocide systems The applicant should describe alternative systems for control of fouling organisms, including both mechanical and chemical methods where such alternative systems may be expected to have less severe environmental effects than the proposed system.
.
 
.
The treatment of chemical biocides should be similar to that specified above for chemical effluent treatment.
o
 
°. .
Estimates of environmental effects should be prepared and presented on AEC Form
.
10.6 Sanitary waste system Alternative sanitary waste systems should be identified and discussed with regard to the environmental implications of both waste products and chemical additives for waste treatment. Estimates of environmental effects should be prepared and presented on AEC
.
Form
.
10.7 Liquid radwaste systems For proposed light-water cooled reactor installations in which the quantities of radioactive material in effluents will be limited to levels that are within the numerical guides for design objectives and limiting conditions of operation set forth in the Commission's proposed amendments (dated June 9, 1971)
.
to 10 CFR Part 50 and embodied in a new Appendix I (reproduced in Appendix 4 of this Guide), no further consideration need be given to the reduction of radiological impacts in formulating alternative plant designs. If the reactor is not a light-water cooled reactor, the possibility must be explored of an alternative radwaste system which reduces the level of radioactivity in the effluents and direct radiation to the levels proposed in Appendix 1.
.
 
.
In any case, for reactors to which the proposed Appendix I does not apply, the applicant should demonstrate sufficient consideration of alternative radwaste systems and of their radiological output to assure that releases from the proposed facility will be as low as practicable.
.
 
.
4
.
4
.
36
.
 
.
10.8 Gaseous radwaste systems Consideration of systems for the disposal of gaseous radwaste is subject to the qualifying condition noted under 10.7 above.
.
 
.
10.9 Transmission facilities The applicant will discuss the cost and environmental effects of alternative routes for new transmission facilities required for tie-in of the proposed facility to the applicant's system. The documentation should include maps of the alternative routes. These maps should clearly indicate topographic features important to evaluation of thie routes and boundaries of visually sensitive areas. The applicant may find thie documents cited in Section 3.9 helpful in this analysis. Estimates of environmental effects should be prepared and presented on AEC Form
.* .
10.10 Other systems Any plant system, other than those specified above, which is associated with an adverse environmental effect, should be discussed in terms of practicable and feasible alternatives that may reduce or eliminate this environmental effect.
.
 
.
10.11 The proposed plant Having identified the preferred alternative system, the applicant should now provide the cost description of the proposed facility and transmission hook-up. AEC Form is provided for this purpose. In addition to those elements previously suggested as allowable in computing plant system costs, the applicant may include the cost of site and right-of-way acquisition and preparation.
.
 
.
Note that the generating and transmission cost entries on AEC Form are not to be incremental and, hence, should appear as total values.
.
 
.
11. SUMMARY BENEFIT-COST ANALYSIS
.
In this Section the applicant's summary bcnefit-cost statement will be presented. The presentation should be made in the form of a narrative with accompanyiag tables and charts. The presentation should make clear what the applicant considers to be the important benefits and costs of the proposed facility and why in the judgment of the applicant, the former outweigh the latter.
.* .
 
.
The applicant will have to develop criteria for assessing and comparing benefits and costs where these are expressed in nonmonetary or qualitative terois. The rationale for the selection among site-plant alternatives, as well as am0ong subsystem alternatives, should be presented. In any case, the applicant should carefully describe any aggregation of effects and discuss in detail the trade.offs that were made in order to justify the proposed plant. If any of the benefits or costs are deleted from the applicant's analysis. the rationale for doing so should be explained. The applicant should key all the terms used in the summary benefit-cost analysis to the relevant Sections of the Environmental Report.
.
 
.
1
.
 
.
===2. ENVIRONMENTAL ===
APPROVALS
.
AND
.
CONSULTATION
.
List all licenses, permits and other approvals of plant construction and operations required by Federal. State, local and regional authorities for the protection of the environment. List those Federal and State approvals which have already been received, and indicate the status of matters regarding approvals yet to be obtained. '
.
For general background, submit similar information regarding approvals, licenses and contacts with local authorities..
.
List all licenses, permits and other approvals and cite laws and regulations applicable to the transportation of fresh fuel, irradiated fuel, and radioactive wastes. Include restrictions on routes or specification of routes imposed by cognizant local, State or other authorities.
.
 
.
List all laws or ordinances applicable to the proposed transmission system and the status of approvals that must be obtained. Indicate any public hearings held or to be held with respect to the proposed transmission system.
.
 
.
The listing should cite the relevant statutory or other authority requiring approvals with respect to the construction and/or operation of the plant and should be categorized by the environmental impact to which the approval is addressed. These categories could include, for example, air, land and water use and planning, fish diversion, and construction effects.
.
 
.
'Includes. for example. the status of applications to the U.S.
.
 
.
Army Corps of Engineers for permits to dredge, to discharge or deposit materials into navigable waters or their tributaries as required by Sec.
.
 
.
10 (33 U.S.C. 403) and Sec. 13
.. .
(33 U.S.C. 407. "The Refuse Act") of the Rivers & Harbhors Act of 1899.
.
 
.
37
.
 
.
10.8 Gaseous radwaste systems Consideration of systems for the disposal of gaseous radwaste is subject to the qualifying condition noted under 10.7 above.
.
 
..
10.9 Transmission facilities The applicant will discuss the cost and environmental effects of alternative routes for new transmission facilities required for tie-in of the proposed facility to the applicant's system. The documentation should include maps of the alternative route
°*
 
.
====s. These maps====
.
:;hould clearly indicate topographic features important to evaluation of the routes and boundaries of visually sensitive areas. The applicant may find the documents cited in Section 3.9 helpful in this analysi
.
 
.
====s. Estimates====
.
*of environmental effects should be prepared and presented on AEC Form
.
10.10 Other systems Any plant system, other than those specified above, which is associated with an adverse environmental effect, should be discussed in terms of practicable and feasible alternative"
.o
that may reduce or eliminate this environmental effect.
*
 
.
10.11 The proposed plant Having identified the preferred alternative system, the applicant should now provide the cost description of the proposed facility and transmission hook-up. AEC Form is provided for this purpose. In addition to those elements previously suggested as allowable in computing plant system costs, the applicant may include the cost of site and right-of.way acquisition and preparation.
.
 
.
Note that the generating and transmission cost entries on AEC Form are not to be incremental and, hence, should appear as total values.
.
 
.*
11, SUMMARY BENEFIT-COST ANALYSIS
..
In this Section the applicant's summary benefit-cost statement will be presented. The presentation should be made in the form of a narrative with accompanying tables and charts. The presentation should make clear what the applicant considers to be the important benefits and costs of the proposed facility and why in the judgment of the applicant, the former outweigh the latter.
S.
 
The applicant will have to develop criteria for assessing and comparing benefits and costs where these are expressed in nonmonetary or qualitative terms. The rationale for the selection among site-plant alternatives, as well as among subsystem alternatives, should be presented. In any case, the applicant should carefully describe any aggregalion of effects and discuss in detail the trade-offs that were made in order to justify the proposed plant. If any of the benefits or costs are deleted from the applicant's analysis, thie rationale for doing so should be explained. The applicant should key all the terms used in the summary benefit-cost analysis to the relevant Sections of the Environmental Report.
 
1
 
===2. ENVIRONMENTAL ===
APPROVALS
AND
CONSULTATION
List all licenses, permits and other approvals of plant construction and operations required by Federal, State, local and regional authorities for [ie protection of the environment. List those Federal and State approvals which have already been received, and indicate the status of matters regarding approvals yet to be obtained. '
For general background, submit similar information regarding approvals, licenses and contacts with local authorities.
 
List all licenses, permits and other approvals and cite laws and regulations applicable to the transportation of fresh fuel, irradiated fuel. and radioactive wastes. Include restrictions on routes or specification of routes imposed by cognizant local, State or other authorities.
 
List all laws or ordinances applicable to the proposed transmission system and the status of approvals that must be obtained. Indicate any public hearings held or to be held with respect to the proposed transmission system.
 
The listing should cite the relevant statutory or other authority requiring approvals with respect to the construction and/or operation of the plant and should be categorized by the environmental impact to which the approval is addressed. These categories could include, for example, air, land and water use and planning, fish diversion, and construction effects.
 
Includes, for example, the status of applications to the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers for permits to dredge, to discharge or deposit materials into navigable waters or their tributaries as required by Sec. 10 (33 U.S.C. 403) and Sec. 13
(33 U.S.C. 407," "The Refuse Act") of the Rivers & Harhors Act of I 899.
 
37
 
Discuss the status of efforts to obtain a water quality certification under Section 21(b) of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended. If not already obtained, indicate when ce tification is expected. If certification is not required, explain.
 
If the discharge could alter the quality of the water of another State, indicate the State or States that may be affected and their applicable water quality standards.
 
In view of the effects of the plant on the economic development of the region in which it is located, the applicant should also note the State, local, and regional planning authorities contacted or consulted. The OMB Circular A-95 identifies the State, metropolitan, and regional clearinghouses that should be contacted as appropriate. (A listing of applicable clearinghouses may be obtained from the AEC.)
Cite meetings held with environmental and other citizen groups with reference given to specific instances of the applicant's compliance with citizen group recommendations.
 
1
 
===3. REFERENCES===
The applicant should provide a bibliography of sources used in preparation of the Environmental Report. References cited should be keyed to the specific sections to which they apply.
 
4
4
38
 
Table I-MONETIZED BASES FOR GENERATING COSTS*
ITEM
SYMBOL
UNITS
ITEM DESCRIPTION
4.
 
1
.4 Total Outlay Required to Bring Facility to Operation Annual Operating Cost Annual Fuel Cost Cost of Make-up Power Purchased or Supplied in Year t Discount Factor Total Generating Cost-Present Value Total Generating Cost-Present Value Annualized CI
Ot Ft Pt GCp GCa All capital outlays including interest expense to be invested in completion of the facility compounded to present value as of the scheduled in-service date of operation.
 
This is the total operating and maintenance cost of plant operation in year t.
 
This is the total fuel cost in year t.
 
Cost of power purchased or supplied internally in year t to make up deficiency of power associated with any alternative which introduces delay.
 
v = (I + ij'
where i is the applicant's estimated average cost of capital over the life of this plant.
 
30
30
GCP = C1 + FLvt (01 + Ft) + ;tI
GCa= G,~ X
*For conventionalI (niuclear or fossil fuel) ste~am-electric plants.
 
39
 
Table 2-GUIDANCE FOR DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS
Primary impact Population or Description Unit of Method of Resources Affected Measure'
Computation
1. Natural surface water body
1.1lmpingement.
 
or entrapment by cooling water intake structure
1.2 Passage through or retention in cooling systems (Specify natural water body affected)
1.1.1 Fish'
Juveniles and adults are subject to attrition.
 
Plankton population may be reduced due to mechnical, thermal and chemical effects.
 
Pounds per year (as adults by species of interest).
Net effect in pounds per year (as adult fish by species of interest).
1.2.1 Phytoplankton and zooplankton
1.2.2 Fish
1.3 Discharge area and thermal plume
1.3.1 Water quality, excess heat All life stages (eggs. larvae, etc.) which reach the condenser are subject to attrition.
 
The rate of dissipation of the excess heat, primarily to the atmosphere, will depend on both the method of discharge and the state of the receiving water, in respect to ambient temperature and water currents.
 
Dissolved oxygen concentration of receiving waters may be modified as a consequence of changes in the water temperature, the translocation of water of different quality, and aeration.
 
Primary producers and consumers (including fish) may be affected directly or indirectly due to adverse conditions in the plume.
 
Net effect in pounds per year (as adult fish by species of interest).
Acres and acre-feet.
 
Identify all important species. Estimate the annual weight of each species that will be destroyed.
 
For young-of-the-yeax destroyed, only the expected population that would have survived naturally need be considered.
 
Field measurements are required to establish the average weight of organisms per unit volume by group (e.g.,
diatoms, green algae, zooplankton, etc.).
Determine the mortality of organisms passing through the condenser and pumps. Include indirect3 effects which affect mortality. Translate loss to pounds of fish.
 
Identify all important species. Estimate the annual weight of each species that will be destroyed. For larvae, eggs, and young-of-the-ycar destroyed, only the expected population that would have survived naturally need be considered.
 
Estimate the average Btu's per hour dissipated to the receiving water at full power. Estimate the water volume and surface areas within differential temperature isotherms of 2%, 30, and 5VF under conditions that would tend, with respect to annual variations, to maximize the extent of the areas and volumes.
 
Estimate volumes of affected waters with concentrations below 5, 3, and I ppm under conditions that would tend to maximize the impact.
 
Field measurements are required to establish the average weight of organisms per unit volume by group. Estimate the mortality of organisms in the receiving water from direct and indirect effects. Translate loss to pounds of fish.
 
1.3.2 Water quality, oxygen availability Acre-feet.


1.3.3 Aquatic organisms Net effect in pounds per year (as adult fish by species of interest).
.
'Applicant may substitute an alternative unit of measure, where appropriate. Such a measure should be applied consistently to all alternatives for the effect being measured.
.
 
.
I "Fish" as used In this table Includes shellfish and other aquatic invertebrates harvested by man.
.
 
.
5Indirect effects could Include increased disease Incidence, increased predation. interference with spawning, reduced metabolic rates, hatching of fish out of phase with food organisms.
.
 
.
w w
.
Table 2-GUIDANCE FOR DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS-Continued Lw Population or Unit of Method of Primary Impact Resources Affected Description Measure'
.
Computation
.
1.3.4 Wildlife (including birds, aquatic and amphibious mammals and reptiles).
.
Suitable habitats for wildlife may be affected.
.
 
.
A thermal barrier may inhibit migration, both hampering spawning and diminishing the survival of returning immature fish.
.
 
.
Acres.
.
 
.
1.3.5 Fish, migratory Pounds per year (as adult fish by species of interest).
.
Determine the area of wet land or water surface impaired as a wildlife habitat because of thermal discharges, including effects on food resources. Document estimates of affected population by species.
.
 
.
Estimate the fraction of the stock that is prevented from reaching spawning grounds because of plant operation.
.
 
.
Prorate this directly to a reduction in current and long-term fishing effort supported by that stock. Justify estimate on basis of local migration patterns, .xperience at other sites, and applicable State standards.
.
 
.
1.4 Chemical effluents
.
1.4.1 Water quality, chemical Water quality may be impaired.
.
 
.
Acre-feet, %.  
.
The volume ,f water required to dilute the average daily discharge of eachchcemical to meet applicable water quality standards should be calculated. Where suitable standards do not exist, use the volume required to dilute each chemical to a concentration equivalent to a selected lethal concentration (e.g.. LDI .) for the most sensitive organism of commercial or ecological significance in the receiving waters. The ratio of this volume to the annual minimum value of the daily net flow, where applicable, of the receiving waters should be expressed as a percentage, and the largest such percentage reported. Include the total solids if this is a limiting factor. include in this calculation the blowdown from cooling towers.
.
 
.
1.4.2 Aquatic organisms Aquatic populations may be affected by toxic levels of discharge chemicals or by reduced dissolved oxygen concentrations.
.
 
.
Suitable habitats for wildlife may be affected.
.
 
.
Recreational water uses may be inhibited.
.
 
.
Pounds per year (by species as fish).
.
1.4.3 Wildlife (Including birds, aquatic and amphibious mammals, and reptiles).
.
1.4.4 People Acres.
.
 
.
Total chemical effect on aquatic biota should be estimated. Biota exposed within the facility should be considered as well as biota in receiving waters. Supporting documentation should include reference to applicable standards, chemicals discharged and Ib'.r toxicity to the aquatic populations affected.
.
 
.
Estimate the area of wet land or water surface impaired as a wildlife habitat because of chemical contamination including effects on food resources. Document estimates of affected population by species.
S. .
 
.
Volume of the net flow to the receiving waters required for dilution to reach established water quality standards must be determined on the basis of daily discharge and converted to either surface area or miles of shore. Cross section and annual minimum flow characteristics should be incorporated where applicable. User density for the locality must be obtained.
.
 
.
Lost annual user days and area for dilution.
.
 
.
'Applicant may substitute an alternative unit of measure., where appropriate. Such a measure should be applied consistently to all alternatives for the effect being measured.
.
 
.
Table 2-GUIDANCE FOR DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS-Continued Primary Impact Population or Description Unit of Method of Resources Affected Measure'
.
Computation This permits estimation of lost user-days on an annual basis. Indirect recreation losses due to eutrophication and decrea3.-d fishing shall be included.
.
 
.
l.SRadionuclides discharged to water body
.
1-5.1 Aquatic organisms
.
1.5.2 People, external
.
1.5.3 People, ingestion Radionuclide discharge may introduce a radiation level which adds to natural background radiation.
.
 
.
Radionucide discharge may introduce radiation level which adds to natural background radiation for water users.
.
 
.
Radlonuclide discharge may introduce a radiation level which adds to natural background radiation for ingested food and water.
.
 
.
Drinking water supplies drawn from the water body may be diminished.
.
 
Water may be withdrawn from agricultural usage and use of remaining water may be degraded.
 
Turbidity, color or temperature of natural water body may be altered.
 
Rad per year.
 
Rem per year for individual;
man-rem per year for estima- ted population as of the Irust scheduled year of plant opera- tion.
 
Rem per year for individuals (whole body and organ); man-rem per year for population as of first scheduled year of plant operation.


Gallons per year.
TABLE 2 COST INFORMATION FOR NUCLEAR AND
ALTERNATIVE POWER GENERATION METHODS
1. Interest during con struction
2. Length of construc tion workweek
3. Estimated site labor requirement
%/year, compound rate hours/week man-hours/kWe
4. Average site labor pay rate (including fringe benefits) ef fective at month and year of NSSS order
5. Escalation rates Site labor Materials Composite esca lation rate
-$S/hour
%(year
-
Jyear
%/year
6. Power Station Costa Unit 2 Indirect Costs a. Land and land rights b. Structures and site facilities c. Reactor (boiler)
plant equipment d. Turbine plant equipment not including heat rejection systems e. Heat rejection system f. Electric plant equipment g. Miscellaneous equipment h. Spare parts al lowance i. Contingency al lowance Subtotal a. Construction facilities, equip ment, and serv ices b. Engineering and construction management services c. Other costs d. Interest during construction
((R
%1 year)
Escalation Escalation during construction year Total Cost Total Station Cost,
@ Start of Com mercial Operation aCost components of nuclear stations to be included in each cost category listed under direct and indirect costs in Part 6 above are described in "Guide for Economic Evaluation of Nuclear Reactor Plant Designs," U.S. Atomic Energy Commission, NUS-531, Appendix B, available from National Technical Information Service, Springfield, Virginia 22161.


Acre-feet per year.
T-2 Direct Costs Unit I
Unit I
Unit 2


Sum dose contributions from radionuw!ides expected to be released.
TABLE 3 ESTIMATED COSTS OF ELECTRICAL ENERGY GENERATION
Milh1/Kilowatt-Hour Fixed Chargsa Cost of money Depreciation Interim replacements Taxes Fuel Cycle CoStab For fossil-fueled plants, costs of high-sulfur coal, low-sulfur coal, or oil For nuclear stations:
Cost of U308 (yellowcake)
Cost of conver sion and enrich ment Cost of conver sion and fabrica tion of fuel ele ments Cost of proces fn spent fuel Carrying charge on fuel Inventory Cost of waste dis posalc Credit for pluto nium or U-233 Costs of Operation and nItensanced Fixed component Variable component Costs Of in ance Property insurance Liability insurance GGive the capacity factor assumed in computing those charges, and sie the total fixed-chape mte as a percentage of station investment bIndude shipping charges as appropriate. Give the heat rate in BtU/lowatt hour.


Sum annual dose contributions from nuciidie; expected to be released. Calculate for above-water activities (skiing, fishing, boating), in-water activities (swimming), and shoreline activities.
cif-ao costs are available, the applicant may ue the cost aswmptims as d=
in the most recent publication of Nucdw Induriy.


Estimate biological accumulation in foods, and intake by individuals and population. Calculate doses by summing results for expected radionuclides.
-
 
.
Where users withdraw drinking water supplies from the affected water body, lost water to users should be estimated.
..  
separately the fixed component that in dollars per year does not depend on capacity factor and the variable component that in dollars per yea is proportional to capacity factor.


Where users withdrawing irrigation water are affected, the loss should be evaluated as the sum of two volumes: the volume of the water lost to agricultural users and the volume of dilution water required to reduce concentrations of dissolved solids in remaining water to an agriculturally acceptable level.
T-3


The volume of dilution water required to meet applicable water quality standards should be calculated. The real extent of the effect should be estimated.
TABLE 4 MONETIZED BASES FOR GENERATING COSTSa Item Total outlay required to bring facility to operation Annual operating cost Annual fuel cost Cost of makeup power pur chased or supplied in year
".It.,,
Discount factor Total generating cost present value Total generating cost present value annualized Symbol C,
Ot Ft Pt P
GCp Unit Item Description
$
All capital outlays including interest expense to be in vested in completion of the facility compounded to present value as of the scheduled inservice date of operation.


To the extent possible, the applicant should treat problems of spills and drainage during construction in the same manner as 1.4.1.
$
This is the total operating and maintenance cost of sta tion operation in year "t."
$
This is the total fuel cost in year "t."
$
Cost of power purchased or supplied internally in year
"t" to make up deficiency of power associated with any alternative that introduces delay~b v = (I + if 1 where i is the applicant's estimated average cost of capital over the life of this station.


1.6Consumptive use (evaporative losses)
30
1.6.1 People
$
1.6.2 Property
GCp = C 1 +
1.7 Plant construction (including site preparation)
t=!
1.7.1 Water quality, physical Acre-feet and acres.
30
A(0t +" Ft) +
vtPt
(1 + 13 0
$~
= GCp X-(1+1)3 -0-1 aFor conventional (nuclear or fossil fuel) steam-electric stations bDelay to be computed from the time of tiling for a construction permit (10 CFR Part 51, § 51.20)
T-4


1.7.2 Water quality, chemical Water quality may be impaired.
K
TABLE 5 ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS TO BE USED IN COMPARING ALTERNATIVE STATION SYSTEMS ( )
Primary Impact Population or Unit of Method of Resources Affected Descrptn Measurea Computation Primay I
(Sp eciyoaurals wAfeter
1. NATURAL SURFACE WATER
BODY
1.1 Impingement or entrapment by cooling water intake structure
1.2 Passage through or reten tion in cooling systems (Specify natural water body affected)
1.1.1 Fishb
1.2.1 Phytoplankton and zooplankton Juveniles and adults are sub ject to attrition.


Acre-feet, %.
Plankton population (ex cluding fish) may be changed due to mechanical, thermal, and chemical effects.
'Applicant may substitute an alternative unit of meaure, where appropriate. Such a measure should be. applied consistently to alt alternatives for the effect being measured.


w w
Percent of har vestable or adult population de stroyed per year for each impor tant species Percent changes in production rates and species diversity K
Table 2-GUIDANCE FOR DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS-Continued w
Identify all important species as de fined in Section 2.2. Estimate the annual weight and number of each species that will be destroyed.
Population or Unit of Method of Primary Impact Resources Affected Description Measure, Computation
1.8 Other impacts
1.9Co mbined or interactive effects The applicant should describe and quantify any other environmental effects of the proposed plant which are significant.


Where evidence indicates that the combined effects of a number of impacts on a particular population or resource is not adequatety indicated by measures of the separate impacts, the total, combined effect should be described.
(For juveniles destroyed, only the expected population that would have survived naturally need be considered.) Compare with the estimated weight and number of the species population in the water body.


1.10 Net effects See discussion in Section 5.8.
Field studies are required to esti mate (1) the diversity and produc tion rates of readily recognizable groups (e.g., diatoms, green algae, zooplankton) and (2) the mortality of organisms passing through the condenser and pumps. Include in direct effectsc which affect mortality.


1 Applicant may substitute an alternative unit of measure. where appropriate. Such a measure should be applied consistently to all alternatives for the effect being measured.
aApplicant may substitute an alternative unit of measure where convenient. Such a measure should be related quantitatively to the unit of measure shown in this table.


Table 2-GUIDANCE FOR DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS-Continued Primary Impact Population or Description Unit of Method of Resources Affected Measure'
bFgih as used in this table includes shellfish and other aquatic invertebrates harvested by man.
Computation I. Ground Water
2.1 Raising/lowering of ground water levels
2.1.1 People
2.1.2 Plants Availability or quality of drinking water may be decreased and the functioning of existing wells may be impaired.


Trees and other deep-rooted vegetation may be affected.
cIndirect effects could include increased disease incidence, increased predation, interference with spawning, changed metabolic rates, hatching of fish out of phase with food organisms.


Drinking water of nearby communities.
TABLE 5 ( )
Population or Unit of Method of Primary Impact Resources Affected Measurea Computation
1.2.2 Fish
1.3 Discharge area and thermal plume
1.3.1 Water quality, excess heat
-1
1.3.2 Water quality, oxygen avail ability
1.3.3 Fish (nonmigratory)
All life stages (eggs, larvae, etc.) that reach the condenspr are subject to attrition.


Gallons per year.
The rate of dissipation of the excess heat, primarily to the atmosphere, will depend on both the method of discharge and the state of the receiving water (i.e., ambient tempera ture and water currents).
Dissolved oxygen concentration of receiving waters may be modified as a consequence of changes in the water temper ature, the translocation of water of different quality, and aeration.


Volume of replacement water for local wells actually affected must be estimated.
Fishb. may be affected directly or indirectly because of ad verse conditions in the plume.


Estimate the area in which ground water level change may have an adverse effect on local vegetation. Report this acreage on a separate schedule by land use. Specify such uses as recreatioiual. agricultural and residential.
Percent of har vestable or adult population de stroyed per year for each impor tant species Acres and acre feet Acre-feet Net effect in pounds per year (as harvestable or adult fish by species of interest)
Identify all important species as de fined in Section 2.2. Estimate the annual weight and number of each species that will be destroyed. (For larvae, eggs, and juveniles destroyed, only the expected population that would have survived naturally need be considered.) Compare with the estimated weight and number of the species population in the water body.


Acres.
Estimate the average heat in Btu's per hour -dissipated to the receiving water at full power. Estimate the water volume and surface areas within differential temperature isotherms of 2, 3, and 5*F under conditions that would tend, with respect to annual variations, to maximize the extent of the areas and volumes.


2.2C h e m i c a I
Estimate volumes of affected waters with concentrations below 5, 3, and 1 ppm under conditions that would tend to maximize the impact.
contamination of ground water (excluding salt)
2.2.1 People
2.2.2 Plants
2.3.1 People Galloas per year.


Compute annual loss of potable water.
Field measurements are required to establish the average number and weight (as harvestable or adults)
of important species (as defined in Section 2.2). Estimate their mortality in the receiving water from direct and indirect effects.c
(


Trees and other deep-rooted vegetation may experience toxic effects.
K
K
TABLE 5 ( )
Population or Description Unit of Method of Primary Impact Resources Affected Measurea Computation
1.3.4 Wildlife (in.


Radionuclides which enter ground water may add to natural background radiation level for water and food supplies.
cluding birds and aquatic and amphibious mammals and reptiles)
1.3.5 Fish (migratory)
Suitable habitats (wetland or water surface) may be affected A thermal barrier may inhibit migration, both hampering spawning and diminishing the survival of returning fish.


Acres.
Acres of defined habitat or nest ing area Pounds per year (as adult or harvestable fish by species of interest)
Determine the areas impaired as habitats because of thermal dis charges, including effects on food resources. Document estimates of affected population by species.


Estimate area affected and report separately by land use.
Estimate the fraction of the stock that is prevented from reaching spawning grounds because of station operation. Prorate this directly to a reduction in current and long-term fishing effort supported by that stock. Justify estimate on basis of local migration patterns, experience at other sites, and, applicable State standards.


Specify such uses as recreational, agricultural and residential.
-J


Estimate intakes by individuals and populations. Sum dose contributions for nuclides expected to be released.
TABLE 5 (page 4 of 16)
Population or Unit of Method of Primary Impact Resources Affected DescriptionMeasure Computation
1.4 Chemical effluents
1.4.1 Water quality, chemical
1.4.2 Fish Water quality may be impaired.


2.3 R a d i o n u c Ii d e contamination of ground water Rem per year for individ uals (whole body and organ); man-rem per year for population as of year of first scheduled year of plant opera- tion.
Aquatic populations may be affected by toxic levels of discharged chemicals or by reduced dissolved oxygen concentrations.


Rad per year.
Acre-feet, %
Pounds per year (by species of fish)
The volume of water required to dilute the average daily discharge of each chemical to meet applicable water quality standards should be calculated. Where suitable standards do not exist, use the volume re quired to dilute each chemical to a concentration equivalent to a selected lethal concentration for the most important species (as defined in Section 2.2) in the receiving waters. The ratio of this volume to the annual minimum value of th'e daily net flow, where applicable, of the receiving waters should be ex pressed as a percentage and the largest such percentage reported.


2.3.2 Plants and animals Radionuclides which enter ground water may add to natural background radiation level for local plant forms and animal population.
Include the total solids if this is a limiting factor. Include in this calculation the blowdown from cooling towers and other closed-cycle cooling systems.


Estimate uptake in plants and transfer to animals. Sum dose contributions for nuclides expected to be released.
Total chemical effect on important species of aquatic biota should be estimated. Biota exposed within the facility, as well as biota in re ceiving waters, should be considered.


The applicant should describe and quantify any other environmental effects of the proposed plant which are significant.
Supporting documentation should include reference to applicable standards, chemicals discharged, and their toxicity to the aquatic populations affected.


2.4 Other impacts on ground water
(
'Applicant may substitute an alternative unit of measure, where appropriate. Such a measure should be applied consistently to all alternatives for the effect being measured.
p-3
60


w MW
K
Table 2-GUIDANCE FOR DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS-Continuwd Primary Impact Population or Unit of Method of Resources Affected Description Measuret Computation
TOLE 5 ( )
3. Air
Population 9D
3.1 Fogging and icing (caused by evaporation and drift)
Unit of Method of Primry impact ResourcaAffacted Description Measurea Computation
3.1.1 Ground transportation
1.4.3 Wildlife Q(Oluding
3.1.2 Air transportation
)6irds and aquatic and amphibious mammals and reptiles)
3.1.3 Water transportation
1.4.4 People Suitable habitats for wildlife may be affected.
3.1.4 Plants
3.2.1 Air quality, chemical
3.2.2 Air quality, odor
3.3.1 People, external Safety hazards may be created in the nearby regions in all seasons.


Safety hazards may be created in the nearby regions in all seasons.
Recreational water uses (boating, fishing, swim ming) may be inhibited.


Safety hazards may be created in the nearby regions In all seasons.
Acres Lost annual user days and area (acres) or shoreline miles for dilution Estimate the area of wetland or water surface impaired as a wildlife habitat because of chemical con tamination, including effects on food resources. Document the estimates of affected population by species.


Damage to timber and crops may occur through introduction of adverse conditions.
The volume of the net flow to the receiving waters required for dilution to reach accepted water quality standards must be determined on the basis of daily discharge and converted to either surface area or miles of shore. Cross-sectional and annual minimum flow character istics should be incorporated where applicable. The annual number of visitors to the affected area or shoreline must be obtained. This permits estimation of lost user-days on an annual basis. Any possible eutrophication effects should be estimated and included as a de gradation of quality.


Pollutant emissions may diminish the quality of the local ambient air.
1.5 Radionuclides dis charged to water body
.1.5.1 Aquatic organisms Radionuclide discharge may introduce a radiation level that adds to natural back ground radiation.


Odor in gaseous discharge or from effects on water body may be objectionable.
Rad per year Sum dose contributions from radionuclides expected to be released.


Radionuclide discharge or direct radiation may add to natural background radiation level.
'0


Hours per year.
TABLE 5 ( )
Population or Unit of Method of Primary Impt Resources Affected Measureg Computation
0
1.6 Consumptive use
1.5.2 People, external
1.5.3 People, ingestion
1.6.1 People
1.6.2 Agriculture Radionuclide discharge may introduce a radiation level that adds to natural back ground radiation for water Users.


Hours per year.
Radionuclide discharge may introduce a radiation level that adds to natural back ground radiation for in gested food and water.


Hours per year.
Drinking water supplies drawn from the water body may be diminished.


Acres by crop.
Water may be withdrawn from agricultural usage, and use of remaining water may be degraded.


% and pounds or tons.
Rem per year for individual; man rem per year for estimated popu.


Compute the number of hours per year that driving hazards will be increased on paved highways by fog and ice from cooling towers and ponds. Documentation should include the visibility criteria used for defining hazardous conditions on the highways actually affected.
lation at the midpoint of station operation Rem per year for individuals (whole body and organ);
man-rem per year for population at the midpoint of station operation Gallons per year Acre-feet per year Sum annual dose contributions from nuclides expected to be re leased.


Compute the number of hours per year that commercial airports will be closed because of fog from cooling towers.
Estimate biological accumulation in foods and intake by individuals and population. Calculate doses by summing results for expected radionuclides.


Compute the number of hours per year ships will need to reduce speed because of fog from cooling towers or ponds or warm water added to the surface of the river, lake or sea.
Where users withdraw drinking water supplies from the affected water body, lost water to users should be estimated. Relevant delivered costs of replacement drinking water should be included.


Estimate the acreage of potential plant damage by crop.
Where users withdraw irrigation water from the affected water body, the loss should be evalu ated as the sum of two volumes:
the volume of the water lost to agricultural users and the volume of dilution water required to re duce concentrations of dissolved solids in station effluent water to an agriculturally acceptable level.


The actual concentration of each pollutant in ppm for maximum daily emission rate should be expressed as a percentage of the applicable emission standard. Report weight for expected annual emissions.
(
I


A statement must be made as to whether odor originating in plant is perceptible at any point off-site.
TABLE 5 ( )
Population or Unit of Method of Primary impact Resources Affected Description Measure'
Computation
1.6.3 Industry
1.7 Plant construction (in cluding site prepara tion)
1.7.1 Water quality, physical
1.7.2 Water quality, chemical Water may be withdrawn for industrial use.


Sum dose contributions from nuclides expected to be released.
Turbidity, color, or temper ature of natural water body may be altered.


tl.A
Water quality may be impaired.
3.2 Chemical discharge to ambient air Statement.


3.3 R a d i o n u c lid e s discharged to ambient air and direct radiation from radioactive materials (in-plant or being transported).
Gallons per year Acre-feet and acres Acre-feet, %
Rem per year for individuals (whole body and organ); man-rem per year for population as of year of first scheduled operation.
1.8 Other impacts
1.9 Combined or inter active effects The volume of dilution water re quired to meet applicable water quality standards should be cal culated. The areal extent of the effect should be estimated.


Rem per year for in divi duals (whole body and organ); man-rcm per year for
To the extent possible, the appli cant should treat problems of spills and drainage during construction in the same manner as in Item 1.4.1.
3.3.2 People, ingestion Radionuclide discharge may add to the natural radioactivity in vegetation and in soil.


For radionuclides expected to be teleased estimate deposit and accumulation in foods. Estimate intakes by individuals and populations and sum results for all expected radionuclides.
The applicant should describe and quantify any other environmental effects of the proposed station that are significant.


'Applicant may substitute an alternative unit of measure, where appropriate. Such a measure should be applied consistently to all alternatives for the eifect being measured.
Where evidence indicates that the combined effect of a number of impacts on a particular population or resource is not adequately indi cated by measures of the separate impacts, the total combined effect should be described.


Table 2-GUIDANCE FOR DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS-Continued Primary Impact Population or Description Unit of Method of Resources Affected Measure'
See discussion in Section 5.7.
Computation population as of year of fisst scheduled operation.


3.3.3 Plants and animals Radionuclide discharge may add to Rad per year.
1.10 Net effects


natural background radioactivity of local plant and anjmal life.
TABLE 5 ( )
Population or Description Unit of Method of Primary Impact Resources Affected Measurea Computation


Estimate deposit of radionuclides on, and uptake in plants and animals. Sum dose contributions for radionuclides expected to be released.
===2. GROUND WATER===
2.1 Raising/lowering of  
:ground water levels
2.1.1 People
2.1.2 Vegetation
2.2 Chemical contamina tion of ground water (excluding salt)
2.2.1 People
2.2.2 Vegetation
2.3 Radionuclide con tamination of ground water
2.3.1 People Availability or quality of drinking water may be decreased, and the func tioning of existing wells may be impaired.


"Re applicant should describe and quantify any other envixonmental effects of the proposed plant which are significant.
Trees and other deep-rooted vegetation may be affected.


3.4 Other impacts on air
Drinking water of nearby communities may be affected.
1 Applicant may substitute an altemalive unit of measure, where appropriate. Such a measur- ihodld be applied consistently to all alternatives for the effect being measured.


JOE
Trees and other deep-rooted vegetation may experience toxic effects.


w W
Radionuclides that enter ground water may add to natural background radia tion level for water and food supplies.
Table 2-GUIDANCE FOR DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS-Continued W
Primary Impact Population or Unit of Method of Resources Affected Measure'
Computation


===4.  Land===
Gallons per year Acres Gallons per year Acres Rem per year for individuals (whole body and organ);
4.1 Site selection
man-rem per year for population at the midpoint of station operation Volume of replacement water for local wells actually affected should be estimated.
4.1.1 Land,amount
4.2 Construction activities (including site preparation)
4.2.1 People (amenities)
Land will be preempted for construction of nuclear power plant, plant facilities, and exclusion zone.


There will be a loss of desirable qualities in the environment due to the noise and movement of men, material and machines.
Estimate the area in which ground water level change may have an adverse effect on local vegetation.


of Historical sites may be affected by construction of Construction activity may impinge upon sites of archaeological value.
Report this acreage on a separate schedule by land use. Specify such uses as recreational, agricultural, and residential.


Acres.
Compute annual loss of potable water.


4.2.2 People (accessibility historical sites)
Estimate area affected and report separately by land use. Specify such uses as recreational, agri cultural, and residential.
4.2.3 People (accessibility archeological sites)
4.2.4 Wildlife Wildlife may be affected.


Number by category, years.
Estimate intakes by individuals and populations. Sum dose contributions for nuclides expected to be released.


Visitors per year.
(
i.l*


Qualified opinion.
K
TABLE 5 (Page9 of 16)
Primary Impact Population or Unit of Method of Resources Affected Measurea Computation
2.3.2 Vegetation and animals Radionuclides that enter ground water may add to natural background radia tion level for local plant forms and animal popu lation.


Qualified opinion.
Rad per year
2.4 Other impacts on ground water
3. AIR
3.1 Fogging and icing (caused by evapora tion and drift)
3.1.1 Ground transpor tation
3.1.2 Air transportation
3.1.3 Water transpor tation Safety hazards may be created in the nearby regions in all seasons.


Cubic yards and acres.
Safety hazards may be created in the nearby regions in all seasons.


Number of residents, school populations, hospital beds.
Safety hazards may be created in the nearby re gions in all seasons.


Qualified opinion.
Vehicle-hours per year Hours per year, flights delayed per year Hours per year, number of ships affected per year Estimate uptake in plants and transfer to animals. Sum dose contributions for nuclides ex pected to be released.


State number of acres preempted for plant. exclusion zone, and accessory facilities such as cooling towers and ponds. By separate schedule slate the type and class of land preempted (e.g.. scenic shoreline, wet land, forest land, etc.).
The applicant should describe and quantify any other environmental effects of the proposed station that are significant.
The disruption of community life (or alternatively the degree of community isolation from such irritations.


should be estimated. Estimate the number of residences, schools, hospitals, etc., within area of visual and audio impacts. Estimate the duration of impacts.
Compute the number of hours per year that driving hazards will be increased on paved highways by fog and ice due to cooling towers and ponds. Documentation should in clude the visibility criteria used for defining hazardous conditions on the highways actually affected.


Determine historical sites that might be displaced by generation facilities. Estimate effect on any other sites in plant environs. Express net impact in terms of annual number of visitors.
Compute the number of hours per year that commercial airports will be closed to visual (VFR) and in strumental (IFR) air traffic because of fog and ice from cooling towers.


Summarize evaluation of impact on archeological resources in terms of remaining potential value of the site.
Estimate number of flights delayed per year.


Referenced documentation should include statements from responsible county, State or Federal agencies, if available.
Compute the number of hours per year ships will need to reduce speed because of fog from cooling towers or ponds or because of warm water added to the surface of the river, lake, or sea.


Summarize qualified opinion including views of cognizant local and State wildlife agencies when available, taking into account both beneficial and adverse affects.
K


Estimate soil displaced by construction activity and erosion. Beneficial and detrimental effects should be reported separately.
TABLE 5 ( )
Primary Impact Population or Description Unit of Method of rtReources Affeted Measurem Computation
3.2 Chemical discharge to ambient air
3.3 Radionuclides dis charged to ambient air and direct radia tion from radioactive materials (in plant or being transported)
3.1.4 Vegetation
3.2.1 Air quality, chemical
3.2.2 Air quality, odor
3.3.1 People, external
3.3.2 People, ingestion
3.3.3 Vegetation and animals Damage to timber and crops may occur through intro duction of adverse conditions.


Use the Proposed
Pollutant emissions may di minish the quality of the local ambient air.
!!UD
Criterion Guideline for Non-Aircraft Noise to establish areas receiving noise in the categories of  
"Cleariy Unacceptable,"
"Normally Unacceptable" and "Normally Acceptable." For each area report separately the number of residences, the total school population, and the total number of hospital beds.


Summarize qualified opinion including views of cognizant local and regional authorities when available.
Odor in gaseous discharge or from effects on water body may be objectionable.


4.2.5 Land (erosion)
Radionuclide discharge or direct radiation may add to natural background radiation level.
4.3.1 People (amenities)
Site preparation and plant construction will involve cut and fill operations with accompanying erosion potential.


4.3 Plant operation Noise may induce stress.
Radionuclide discharge may add to the natural radioac tivity in vegetation and in soil.


4.3.2 People (aesthetics)
Radionuclide discharge may add to natural background radioactivity of local plant and animal life.
The local landscape as viewed from adjacent residential areas and neighboring historical, scenic, and recreational sites may be rendered Applicant may substitute an alternative unit of measure, where appropriate. Such a measure should be applied consistently to all alternatives for the effect being measured.


Table 2-GUIDANCE FOR DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS-Continued Population or Description Unit of Method of Primary Impact Resources Affected Measure'
Acres by crop
Computation aesthetically objectionable by the plant facility.
% and pounds or tons Statement Rem per year for individuals (whole body and organ);
man-rem per year for population at the midpoint of station operation Rem per year for individuals (whole body and organ);
man-rem per year for population at the midpoint of station operation Rad per year Estimate the acreage of potential plant damage by crop.


4.3.3 Wildlife Wildlife may be affected.
The actual concentration of each pollutant in ppm for maximum daily emission rate should be ex pressed as a percentage of the applicable emission standard. Re.


4.3.4 Land, flood control
port weight for expected annual emissions.
4.4 Salts discharged from cooling towers
4.4.1 People Health and safety near the water body may be affected by flood control.


Intrusion of salts into groundwater may affect water supply.
A statement must be made as to whether odor originating in station is perceptible at any point offsite.


Deposition of entrained salts may be detrimental in come nearby regions.
Sum dose contributions from nuclides expected to be released.


Qualified opinion.
For radionuclides expected to be released, estimate deposit and accumulation in foods. Estimate intakes by individuals and popu lations and sum results for all ex pected radionuclides.


Reference to Flood Control District approv- al.
Estimate deposit of radionuclides on and uptake in plants and animals. Sum dose contributions for radionuclides expected to be released.


Pounds per square foot per year.
( (
p.-
t


4.4.2 Plants and animals Acres.
TABLE 5 ( )
Population or Unit of Method of Primary Impct Resources Affected DMcription easure$
Computation
3.4 Other impacts on air


Summarize qualified opinion including views of cognizant local and State wildlife agencies when available, taking into account both beneficial and adverse effects.
===4.  LAND===
4.1 Site selection
4.2 Construction activities (including site preparation)
4.1.1 Land, amount
4.2.1 People (amenities)
4.2.2 People (accessi bility of historical sites)
Land will be preempted for construction of nuclear power station, station' facil ities, and exclusion zone.


Reference must be made to regulations of cognizant Flood Control Agency by use of one of the following terms: Has NO IMPLICATIONS
There will be a loss of desir able qualities in the environ ment due to the noise and movement of men, material, and machines.
for flood control, COMPLIES with flood control reguL-tion.


Estimate the amount of salts discharged as drift and particulates. Report maximum deposition. Supporting documentation should include patterns of deposition and projection of possible effect on water supplies.
Historical sites may be af fected by construction Acres Total population affected, years Visitors per year The applicant should describe and quantify any other environ mental effects of the proposed plant that are significant.


Salt tolerance of local affected area vegetation must be determined. That area, if any, receiving salt deposition in excess of tolerance (after allowance for dilution) must be estimated. Report separately an appropriate tabulation of acreage by land use. Specify such uses as recreational.
State the number of acres preempted for station, exclusion zone, and accessory facilities such as cooling towers and ponds. By separate schedule, state the type and class of land preempted (e.g., scenic shoreline, wet land, forest land, etc.). 
The disruption of community life (or alternatively the degree of community isolation from such irritations) should be estimated.


agricultural and residential. Where wildlife habitat is affected identify populations.
Estimate the number of residences, schools, hospitals, etc., within area of visual and audio impacts. Esti mate the duration of impacts and total population affected.


If salt spray impinges upon a local community, then property damage may be estimated by applying to the local value of buildings, machinery, and vehicles a differential in average depreciation rates between this and a comparable sea-coast community.
Determine historical sites that might be displaced by generation facilities.


State total length and area of new rights-of-way.
Estimate effect on any other sites in plant environs. Express net impact in terms of annual number of visitors.


Total length of new transmission lines and area of right-of-way through various categories of visually sensitive land.
U'


Estimate total number of visually undesirable features.
TABLE 5 ( )
Population or Unit of Method of Primary Impact Resources Affected Measure'
Computation
4.2.3 People (accessi.


such as: Number of major road crossings in vicinity of intersection or interchanges. Number of major waterway crossings. Number of crest, ridge, or other high point crossings. Number of "long views" of transmission lines perpendicular to highways and waterways.
bility of archeo logical sites)
4.2.4 Wildlife
4.2.5 Land (erosion)
'-4
4.3 Station operation
4.3.1 People (amenities)
Construction activity may impinge upon sites of archeological value.


4.4.3 Property resources
Wildlife may be affected.
4.5 Transmission route selection
4.5.1 Land, amount Structures and movable property may suffer degradation from corrosive effects.


Land will be preempted for construction of transmission line systems.
Site preparation and station construction will involve cut and fill operations with accompanying erosion potential.


Lines may pass through visually sensitive (that is sensitive to presence of transmission lines and towers) areas, thus impinging on their present and potential use and value.
Noise may induce stress.


Lines may present visually undersirable features.
Qualified opinion Qualified opinion Cubic yards and acres Number of resi dents, school populations, hospital beds Summarize evaluation of impact on archeological resources in terms of remaining potential value of the site. Referenced documentation should include statements from responsible county, State, or Federal agencies, if available.


Dollars per year.
Summarize qualified opinion in cluding views of cognizant local and State wildlife agencies when available, taking into account both beneficial and adverse effects.


Miles, acres.
Estimate soil displaced by construc tion activity and erosion. Beneficial and detrimental effects should be reported separately.


Miles, acres.
Use applicable State and local codes for offaite noise levels foisasessifig impact. If there Is no code, consider nearby land use, current zoning, and ambient sound levels in asse~giig impact. The predicted sound level may be compared with the published guidelines of the Environmental Pro tection Agency (EPA), American Industrial Hygiene Association, and the Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD).
(


4.S.2 Land use and land value
K
4.5.3 People (aesthetics)
TABLE 5 ( )
"!umber of such teatures.
Primary Impact Population or Description Unit of Method of Resources Affected Measurea Computation
4.3.2 People (esthetics)
4.3.3 Wildlife
4.3.4 Land, flood control
4.4 Salts discharged from cooling towers
4.4.1 People The local landscape as viewed from adjacent residential areas and neighboring historical, scenic, and recreational sites may be rendered esthetically objectionable by station structures.


'Applicant may substitute an alternative unit of measure, where appropriate. Such a measure should be applied consistently to all alternatives for the effect being measured.
'Wildlife may be affected.


w Table 2-GUIDANCE FOR DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS-Continued W
Health and safety near the water body may be affected by flood control.
Primary I mpact Population or Description Unit of Method of Resources Affected Measure'
Computation
4.6 Transmission facilities
4.6.1 Land adjacent to Constructing new roads for access to Miles.


Estimate length of new access and service roads required construction right-of-way right-of-way may have environmental impact.
Intrusion of salts into ground water may affect water supply.


Soil erosion may result from construction activities.
Qualified opinion Qualified opinion Reference to Flood Control District approval Pounds per square foot per year Summarize qualified opinion, in cluding views of cognizant local and regional authorities when available.


for alternative routes.
Summarize qualified opinion, in cluding views of cognizant local and State wildlife agencies when available, taking into account both beneficial and adverse effec*
Reference should be made to regula tions of cognizant Flood Control Agency by use of one of the follow ing terms: Has No Implications for flood control, Complies with flood control regulation.


Estimate area with increased erosion potential traceable to construction activities.
Estimate the amount of salts dis charged as drift and particulates.


4.6.2 Land, erosion Tons per year.
Report maximum deposition.


Qualified opinion.
Supporting documentation should include patterns of deposition and projection of possible effect on water supplies.


4.6.3 Wildlife
TABLE 5 ( )
4.7.1 Land Use Widlife may be affected.
Population or Unit of Method of Pimary Impact Resources Affected Description Measurea Computation
4.4.2 Vegetation and animals
4.4.3 Property resources
4.5 Transmission route selection
4.5.1 Land, amount
4.5.2 Land use and land value Deposition of entrained salts may be detrimental in some nearby regions.


4.7 Transmission line operation Land preempted by right-of-way may be used for additional beneficial purposes such as orchards, picnic areas, nurseries.
Structures and movable property may suffer de gradation from corrosive effects.


hiking and riding trails.
Land will be preempted for construction of transmission line systems.


Modified wildlife habitat may result in changes.
Lines may pass through visually sensitive (that is, sensitive to presence of transmission lines and towers) areas, thus imping ing on the present and po tential use and value of neighboring property.


%6
Acres Dollars per year Miles, acres Miles, acres, dollars Salt tolerance of vegetation in af fected area must be determined.
4.7.2 Wildlife Qualified opinton.


4.8 Other land impacts
That area, if any, receiving salt deposition in excess of tolerance (after allowance for dilution) must be estimated. Report separately an appropriate tabulation of acreage by land use. Specify such uses as recreational, agricultural, and residential. Where wildlife habitat is affected, identify popula tions.
4.9Co mbined or interactive effects Estimate percent of right-of-way for which no multiple use activities are planned.


Summarize qualified opinion including views of cognizant local and State wildlife agencies when available.
If salt spray impinges upon a local community, property damage may be estimated by applying to the local value of buildings, machinery, and vehicles a differential in average depreciation rates between this and a comparable seacoast community.


The applicant should describe and quantify any other environmental effects of the proposed plant which are significant.
State total length and area of new rights-of-way. Estimate current market value of land involved.


Where evidence indicates that the combined effects of a number of impacts on a particular population or resource are not adequately indicated by measures of the separate impacts, the total combined effect should be described.
Total length of new transmission lines and area of rights-of-way through various categories of visually sensitive land. Estimate minimum loss in current property values of adjacent areas.


See discussion in Section 5.8.
(
00


q.10 Net effects
4.6 Transmission facilities construction
1 Applicant may substitute an alternative unit of measure, where appropriate. Such a measure should he applied consistently to all alternatives for the effect being measured.
4.5.3 People (esthetics)
 
4.6.1 Land adjacent to rights-of-way
AEC FORM_
4.6.2 Land, erosion
BENEFITS FROM THE PROPOSED FACILITY
'0
Direct Benefits Expected Average Annual Generation in Kilowatt-Hours ......................
4.6.3 Wildlife
Capacity in Kilowatts .................................................
4.7 Transmission line operation
Proportional Distribution of Electrical Energy Expected Annual Delivery in Kilowatt-Hours:
4.6A
Industrial ...................................................
Vegetation
Com m ercial .................................................
4.7.1 Land use
Residential ..................................................
4.7.2 Wildlife Lines may present visually undesirable features..
O ther ......................................................
Constructing new roads for access to rights-of-way may have environmental impact.
Expected Average Annual Btu (in millions) of Steam Sold from the Facility .......
 
Expected Average Annual Delivery of Other Beneficial Products (appropriate physical units) ...................................................
Soil erosion may result from construction activities.
Revenues from Delivered Benefits:
 
Electrical Energy Generated
Wildlife habitat and access to habitat may be affected.
........................................
 
Steam Sold .....................................................
Vegetation may be affected.
O ther Products ..................................................
Indirect Benefits (as appropriate)
Taxes (Local, State, Federal) ...........................................
Research ...........................................................
Regional Product ....................................................
Environmental Enhancement:
R ecreation ......................................................
N avigation ......................................................
Air Quality:
S0 2 .......................................................
NOX
..................................................
Particulates ..................................................
O thers .....................................................
Employment
...
Education .........
........
O thers ............................................................
50


COST DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED FACILITY AND TRANSMISSION HOOK-UP
Land preempted by rights-of way may be used for addi tional beneficial purposes such as orchards, picnic areas, nurseries, and hiking and riding trails.
(All monetized costs expressed in terms of their present and annualized values)
Generating Cost Present Worth Annualized Present Worth Transmission and Hook.up Cost Annualized Environmental Costs UNITS
MAGNITUDE
] PAGE
1. Natural surface water body
1.1 Impingement or entrapment by cooling water intake structure
1.1.1 Fish
1.2 Passage through or retention in cooling systems
1..-1 Phytoplankton and zooplankton
1.2.2 Fish
1.3 Discharge area and thermal plume
1.3.1 Water quality, excess heat
1.3.2 Water quality, oxygen availability
1.3.3 Aquatic biota
1.3.4 Wildlife (including birds, aquatic and amphibious mammals, and reptiles)
1.3.5 Fis


====h. migration====
Modified wildlife habitat may result in changes.
1.4 Chemical effluents
1.4.1 Water quality, chemical
1.4.2 Aquatic organisms
1.4.3 Wildlife (including birds, aquatic and amphibious mammals, and reptiles)
1.4.4 People
1.5 Radionuclides discharged to water body
1.5.1 Aquatic organisms
1.5.2 People, external
1.5.3 Peopl


====e. ingestion====
Number of such features Miles Tons per year Number of im portant species affected
1.6 Consumptive use (evaporative losses)
%, dollars Qualified opinion K
1.6.1 People
Estimate total number of visually undesirable features, such as number of major road crossings in vicinity of intersection of inter changes; number of major water way crossings; number of crest, ridge, or other high point crossings; and number of "long views" of transmission lines perpendicular to highways and waterways.
1.6.2 Property
1.7 Plant construction lincluding site preparation)
1.7.1 Water quality, physical
1.7.2 Water quality, chemical
1.8 Other Impacts
1.9 Combined or intrractive effects
1.10 Net effect
51


COST DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED FACILITY AND TRANSMISSION HOOK-UP
Estimate length of new access and service roads required for alter native routes.
(Continued)
Environmental Costs
]
UNITS
MAGNITUDE
I
PAGE


===2. Ground water===
Estimate area with increased erosion potential traceable to construction activities.
2.1 Raising/lowering of ground water levels
2.1.1 People
2.1.2 Plants
2.2 Chemical contamination of ground water lexcluding salt)
2.2.1 People
2.2.2 Plants
2.3 Radionuclide contamination of ground water
2.3.1 People
2.3.2 Plants and animals
2.4 Other impacts on ground water
3. Air
3.1 Fogging and icing (caused by evaporation and drift
3.1.1 Ground transportation
3.1.2 Air transportation
3.1.3 Water transportation
3.1.4 ":I.,
s
3.2 Cl-ori.*-i
:* charge to ambient air
1 2.1 Ai, u jalit


====y. chemical====
Identify important species that may be disturbed (Section 2.2).
3.2.2 Air teualit
Estimate percent of rights-of-way for which no multiple-use activities are planned. Annual value of multiple-use activities less cost of improvements.


====y.  odor====
Summarize qualified opinion in cluding views of cognizant local and State wildlife agencies when available.
3.3 Radionuclldes discharged to ambient air and direct radiation from radioactive materials
3.3,1 People, external
3.3.2 People, ingestion
3.3.3 Plants end animals


===4.  Land===
TABLE 5 ( )  
4.1 Site selection
Population or Description Unit of Method of Primary Impact Resources Affected Measuren computation
4.1.1 Land, amount
4.2 Construction activities (including site preparation)
4.2.1 People (amenitles)
4.2.2 People (accessibility of historical sites)
4.2.3 People (accessibility of archeological sites)
4.2.4 Wildlife
4.2.6 Land
52 I


COST DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED FACILITY AND TRANSMISSION HOOK-UP
TABLE 5 ( )  
(Continued)
Primary Impact Population or Description Unit of Method of Resources Affected Measurea Computation
Environmental Costs
4.8 Other lan
[
UNITS
I
MAGNITUDE
PAGE
4.3 Plant operation
4.3.1 People lamenities)
4.3.2 People (aesthetics)
4.3.3 Wildlife
4.3.4 Lan


====d. flood control====
====d. impacts====
4.4 Salts discharged from cooling towers
4.9 Combined or interactive effects
4.4.1 People
4.10 Net effects The applicant should describe and quantify any other environmental effects of the proposed station that are significant.
4.4.2 Plants and animals
 
4.4.3 Property resources
Where evidence indicates that the combined effects of a number of impacts on a particular popula tion or resource are not adequately indicated by measures of the separate impacts, the total com bined effect should be described.
4.5 Transmission route selection
4.5.1 Land, amount
4.5.2 land use and land value
4.5.3 People (aesthetics)
4.6 Transmission facilities construction
4.6.1 Land adjacent to right-of-way
4.6.2 Land, erosion
4.6.3 Wildlife
4.7 Transmission line operation
4.7.1 Land use
4.7.2 Wildlife
4.8 Other land impacts
4.9 Combined or Interactive effects
4.10 Net effects
53


COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE COOLING SYSTEMS
Both beneficial and adverse inter actions should be indicated.
(exclusive of intake and discharge)
ALTERNATIVES
A
B
C
o INCREMENTAL GENERATING COST
Present Worth Annualized CAPACITY FACTOR
ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS
UNITS
Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page
1. Natural Surface Water Body
1.1 Impingement or entrapment by cooling water intake structure
1,1.1 Fish
1.2 Passage through or retention in cooling systems
1.2.1 Phytoplankton and zooplankton
1.2.2 Fish
1.3 Discharge area and thermal plume
1.3.1 Water quality, excess heat
1.3.2 Water quality, oxygen availability
1.3.3 Aquatic organisms
1.3.4 Wildlife lincluding birds, aquatic and amphibious mammals. and reptiles)
1.3.5 Fish, migratory
1.4 Chemical effluents
1.4.1 Water quality, chemical
1.4.2 Aquatic organisms
1.4.3 Wildlife (including birds, aquatic and amphibious mammals. and reptiles)
1.4.4 People
1.5 Radlonuclides discharged to water body
1.5.1 Aquatic organisms
1.5.2 People, external
1.5.3 People, ingestion


COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE COOLING SYSTEMS (Continued)
See discussion in Section 5.7.
ALTERNATIVES
A
a C
I D
ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS
UNITS
Magnitude Pogp Magnitude Pagp Magnitude Page Magnitude Page
1.6 Consumptive use (evaporative losses)
1.5.1 People
1.6.2 Property
1.7 Plant construction (including esie preparation)
1.7.1 Water qualit


====y. physical====
(
1.7.2 Watr quality, chemical
18 Other Impacts
1,9 Combined or interacthe effects
1.10 Not effects


===2. Groundwater===
APPENDICES
2.1 Rl*lglalowring of ground water levels
2.1.1 People
%
2.1.2 Plants
2.2 Chemical contamination of ground water (excluding salt)
2.2.1 People
2.2.2 Plants
2.3 Radionuclide contamination of ground water
2.3.1 People
2.3.2 Plants and animals
2.4 Other impects on ground woe
3. Air
3.1 Fogging and icing lcaused by evaporation and drift)
3.1.1 Ground transportation
3.1.2 Air transportation
3.1.3 Waewr transportation


COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE COOLING SYSTEMS (Continued)
APPENDIX A
ALTERNATIVES
§51.20. 10 CFR PART 51, -APPUCANT-S ENVIRONMENTAL REPORT-CONSTRUCTION PERMIT STAGE"
A
(a)  
B
Invmmh nta consderatlkw Bach applicant I for a permit to construct a production or utilization facility cur ered by i 51.5(a shl submit with its application a separate document. en titled -Appncnt's Environmental Re port- tu Permit Stage:" which contains a description of the proposed action, a statement of its purposer, and a description of the environment af fected, and which discusses the follow Ing considerations:
C
(1) -The probable tmpact of the pro posed action on the environment:
D
(2) Any probable adverse environ mental effects which cannot be avoided should the proposal be Implemented;
___________
(3) Alterma~e to the SZroposed Action;
I  
(4) 22 relationship between local short-term uses of mup' environment and .ie maintenance and enhancement ef long-term Productivity: and
*
(5) An Irreversible and Iratrievable comnmileni of resources which would be involved In the proposed action should it be hnpleaented. The discusfn o alternatives to the proposed action re quired by paragraph (a) (3) shall be aut iciently complete to aid the Commission in deweloin and explorinL pursuant to section 102(2) (D) of lPA. -appropri.;
I
ate alternatives
I
*in any proposal bi involvs unesved aonfflts om cemn alterative mea al avallabel resources."
ENVIRONMENTAL. COSTS
(b) Cost-benefit analyde. 'The Mk vhmentsl Report required by parr gra*h (a) shall include a cost-bmmit anl-ys wbich considems and balances the environmental effects of the faciit grd the alternatives avalable for reduc lug or avoiding adverse environmental efeet. as well as the envitrimnmental.
UNITS
Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page ENIOMNA
COSTS__________
-
3.1.4 Plants
3.2 Chamical discharge to ambient air
3.2.1 Air quality, chemical
3.2.2 Air quality, odor
3.3 Radlonuclides discharged to amtbent air and direct radiation from radioactive materials (in-plant or being transported)
3.3.1 People, external
3.3.2 People, Ingestion
3.3.3 Plants and animals
3.4 Other impacts on air


===4.  Land===
ee minic technical and other benefits of the facility. The cost-beneft analysis dm.n, to the ftulest extent practicable.
4.1 Site selection
 
4.1.1 Land, amount oA
qufnmy the varioum factors cdder-ei
4.2 Construction activities (including site preparation)
7a the extent that such factors canmnt be quantified, Whey shall be discussed In qualitative terms The Environmetal Report honecontain sucen data to aid the Commission tn its development cc an iependent costbeneft analysis.
4.2.1 People (amenities)
4.2.2 People (accessibility of historical sites)
4.2.3 People (accessibility of archeological site,)
4.2.5 Land (erosion)
4.3 Plant operation
4.3.1 People (amenities)
4.3.2 People (asthetics)
4.3.3 Wildlife
4.3.4 Land, flood control
4.4 Salts discharged from cooling towers
4.4.1 People
4.4.2 Plants and animals


COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE COOLING SYSTEMS (Continued)
(G) btt of complianc The En vUnmUMtal Report required by para graph (a) shall include a dlscusso of the staus of compliance of the facility with applicable environmental quality a WkAm the "appisUt'*. ma umd In Ute part. b a Fedkral agncy. difetet a-ranve mmtS for -mplemenwltg ]UFA "my be mae puramnt to the GOuideni estabaitbed by the Counc on
ALTERNATIVES
&Tukooaina Qeuelty.
A
1 C
0
ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS
UNITS
Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page
4.4.3 Property resources
4.5 Not applicable
4.6 Not applicable
4.7 Not applicable
428 Other land Impacts
4.9 Combined or interactive effects
4.10 Net effects UI
-.J
I


COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE COOLING INTAKE SYSTEMS
*No permit or UemelS w, of ou-. be Ateod with mepect to an, acvity for wVhcha a Amwimiao zequtrd by secUon 401 o th yederal Watur loituta Control Act bha na"
ALTERNATIVES
bem obtatG&L
A
atswards and kequirenents (including.
B
C
D
INCREMENTAL GENERATING COST
'Present Worth Annualized CAPACITY FACTOR
ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS
UNITS
I
Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnltude Page Magnitude Page
1. Natural Surface Water Body
1.1 Impingement or enrtenpment by cooling water Intake sructure
1.1.1 Fish
1.2 Passage through or retention in cooling systems
1.2.1 Phytoplenkton and zooplankton
1.22 Fish
1.3 Discharge area and thermal plume
1.3.1 Water quality, excess heat
1.3.2 Water quality, oxygen availability
1.3.3 Aquatic urganisms td'
0o
1.3A Wildlife (including birds, aquatic and amphibious mammals, and reptiles)
1.3.5 Fish, migratory
1.4 Chemical effluents
1.4.1 Water quality, chemical
1.4.2 Aquatic organisms
1.4.3 Wildlife (including birds, aquatic and amphibious mammals, and reptiles)
1.4.4 People
1.5 Not applicable
1.6 Consumptive use (evaporative losses)
1.6.1 People
1.6.2 Property
1.7 Plant construction (including site preparation
1.7.1 Water quality, physical


W
but not limited to. applicable zoning and Iand-se regulations auO thermal and Other Water polution limitatlons or re quiremnt promulgated or imposed Pur mutt to the Federal Water Polluton ftntrl Act) which have been imposed by derml State, regional, and local agaeues having responsibility for en virnmmtal protection. 7he discussion ri alternative. In the Report shall In dude a dliscussion wether the alterna ttve wm cmnpl with msch ipplicable Menrnmental quality standards and re qulrent The envihronental impact of the facility and alternatives shall be ful cdacumsed with respect to matters
w__
-
W
1r such standards and require ments irrsectv
COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE COOLING INTAKE SYSTEMS (Continued)
ALTERNATIVES
A
_
_B.


1___
====e. of whether a cerU====
1 C
ficaton or license from the appropriate autortly has been obtained (including, lbt not limlted to. saw certification ob ttned purmuant to section 401 of the Feden a Water Pollution Control Act ". 
I__
Bach discumson shaml be reflected in the ooW-bemsM analysis prescribed in para graph (b). While satisfaction of Com emm standards and crteria pertain nog to radiological effects wil be neces saw to meet the licensin requirements CC the Atomic Energy Act, the cest-bete fit analysis prescribed In paragraph (b)
D
saoll, for the purposes of NEPA. consder the radkfolgal effects -together with OWa other effecte. at the facility and altenatives.
_
ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS
UNITS
Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page I
J.


4.
(d) The information submitted por innt to paragrups (a)-(c) of this see donUsh. ld not be confined to data sup
-
x the p- acUo but should Inhale adverse data as well.


&
fe) In the Environmental Report re I  
4 I  
Id by paragraph (a) for lftht-water-:
4
-oie nuclear power reactors. -the con tributtiou -otU
1.7.2 Water qualit
te tovraimental effecits of.


====y. chemical====
rn sob mn and mmrml the pmotd fam at wanhon hezafillorlde. &Isovtoi enrichment ful fabrication. repmcesm tug of Irzadi*ted fuel. transportation of radctivm matls and m
1.8 Other impacts
nagement of Jow level wastes and high klel wastes related to uranium fuel cyle activities to the environmental om I a licensing the maclew pomwer reactor. shall be a set forth *t ftollownf table No further diocuoi of such envuriamental effectb shul be requir Th paragraph does n=t apy to ary appilicaf environental report ub f) -Number of copies. Each applicant Xlor a permit to construct a production or
1.9 Combined or interactive effects
.utlization facility covered by § 51.5(a)
1.10 Net effects
shall submit the number of copies, as specified in § 51.40, of the Environmen tal Report required by § 51.5(a).
A-I


===2. Ground Water===
I
2.1 Ralsing/lowering of ground water levels
I
2.1.1 People
I
2.1.2 Plants
I I
2.2 Chemical contamination of ground water (excluding salt)
I
2.2.1 People
Ii a' ii'
2.2.2 Plants
*1 I
2.3 Not applicable
I
2.4 Other impacts on ground water
I
3. Air
a Ii I
3.1 Fogging and Icing (caused by evaporation and drift)
Ja If I I I
3.1.1 Ground transoortation
I
3.1.2 Air transportation
*1 a
3.1.3 Water transportation
I I I I
3.1.4 Plants
U!
3.2 Chemical discharge to ambient air
I I
3.2.1 Air quality, chemical
,IJ il I
3.2.2 Air quality, odor
I
3.4 Other impacts on air
I
V*if a
V I
I Ii I a I
.383 liIi ii!
I
thu ii ii
*I;
lift a,
I
1 Ii I
I
I
Iii if
11
1  
1Id Jul
93 ii II!
 I
w v jJV
1fi Hi I
I:;
4fiI
UIJi Lii I
I I I
I
11 I
I I
I
I 11 ii If'
II:
Iii iI ii'
a
0 U
 
(g) (1) The Environmental Report re quired by paragraph (a) for light-water cooled nuclear power reactors shall con tain either (I) a statement that the transportation of cold fuel to the reactor and irradiated -fuel from the reactor to a fuel reprocessing plant and the trans portation of solid radioactive wastes from the reactor to waste burial grounds is within the scope of this paragraph, and as the contribution of the environmental effects of such transportation to the en vironmental costs of licensing the nu clear power reactor, the values set forth in the following Summary Table S-4; or (iI) If such transportation does not fanl within the scope of this paragraph, a full description and detailed analysis of the environmental effects of such trans portation and. as the contribution of such effects to the environmental costs of licensing the nuclear power reactor, the values determined by such analyses for the environmental Impact under nor mal conditions of transport and the environmental risk from accidents In transport.


COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE COOLING INTAKE SYSTEMS (Continued)
(2) This paragraph applies to the transportation of fuel and wastes to and from a nuclear power reactor only if:
ALTERNATIVES
(1) The reactor is a light-water-cooled Auclear power reactor with a
A
core thermal power level not exceeding 3,800
B
megawatts;
C
(II) The reactor fuel is In the form of sintered uranium dioxide pellets encap sulated in zircaloy rods with a uranium
0
235 enrichment not exceeding 4% by weight;
ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS
(Mi) The average level of irradiation of the irradiated fuel from the reactor does not exceed 33.000 megawatt days per metric ton and no irradiated fuel assembly Is shipped until at least 90 days have elapsed after the fuel assembly was discharged from the reactor:
UNITS
(iv) Waste (other than Irradiated fuel) shipped from the reactor is In the form of packs ged, solid wastes; and (v) Unirradiated fuel Is shipped to the reactor by truck; Irradiated fuel Is shipped from the reactor by truck, railL
Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page
or barge; and waste other than Irradi ated fuel is shipped from the reactor by truck or rail.


===4.  Land===
(3) ThIs paragraph does not apply to any applicant's environmental report submitted prior to Februwy 5, 1975.
4.1 Site selection
4.1.1 Landamount
4.2 Construction activities (including site preparation)
4.2.1 People (amenities)
4.2.2 People (accessibility of historical sites)
4.2.3 People (accessibility of archeological sites)
4.2.4 Wildlife
4.2.5 Land (erosion)
4.3 Plant operation
4.3.1 People (smenities)
4.3.2 People (eesthb.,:s)
a',
4.3.3 Wildlife
4.3.4 Land, flood control
4.4 Salts discharged from cooling towers
4.4.1 People
4.4.2 Plants and animals
4.5 Not eplicable
4.6 Not applicable
4.7 Not applicable
4.2 Other land impacts
4.9 Combined or interactive effects
4.10 Net effects


COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE COOLING DISCHARGE SYSTEM
*uMAzT TABLZ S-4.HEnvirornta impact of Ounepottaiean of fuel mul-wade to mit from Iv lit leow e acto It?
ALTERNATIVES
lNormal conditiom oftrnsportl I
A
"Iest (..r hmdi&W fae cask In tnsit)
B
............ ....z2 MOW.
C
 
D
Wei&t (governed by Federal or Statrt
INCREMENTAL GENERATING COST
......................
Present Worth Annualized CAPACITY FACTOR
7rAM ~p k
ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS
,
UNITS
toW ae 4 w
Magnitude Page Pag Magnitude Page Magnitude Page
lraflle density:
1. Natural Surface Water Body
RTf .a il
1.1 Impingement or entrament by cooling woter intake structure
........................... ...........
1.1.1 Fish
.............
1.2 Passage through or retention in cooling systenm
L
1.2.1 Phytoplankton and zooplankton
Lothin.1pedi Uj..l ................. *............................  
1.2.2 Fish
-------
1.3 Discharge was and thermal plume
iestba lpr
1.3.1 Water quality, exam heat
]iposed population Erstneted Rang. of dowes to expused Cmaulatlve doss to expoee4 nomber of Individuals 2 (per reacte populetion (per Reactor pertoai year)
1.3.2 VWter quality, oxygen availability
lm expose
1.3.3 Aquatic organium
"Traresportailon workers..* .................  
1.3.4 Wildlife (induding birds, aquatic and asaphiblous nmrmals, and reptiles$
20W Ootono0mrem *. .................. 4on-ia.
1.3.5 Fish, migratory
1.4 Chermical effluents
1.4.1 Water quality, chemical
1.4.2 Aquatic organisms
1.4.3 Wildlife lincluding birds, aquatic and amphibious mammals, and reptiles)
1.4.4 People
1.5 Not applicable
1.6 Consumptive use (evaporative lossesi
1.6.1 People
1.6.2 Property
1.7 Plant construction (including site -
preparation
1.7.1 Water quality, physical


COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE COOLING DISCHARGE SYSTEM (Continued)
ileueral public:
ALTERNATIVES
*
A T..  
Onlookers .............................  
D
I, 100 0.0
_
to 13l milrem ...............- mre-iM.
_c
_
_
ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS
1.7.2 Water quality, chemical
19 Other impacts
1.9 Combined or intaractrw affects
1.10 Nut effects


===2. Ground Water===
Alid g Routell~ ......................................................----
2.1 Raising/iowering of ground water kosy
-::::t AMUDSMN IN TMAX110
2.1.1 People
F
2.1.2 Plants
Common miradiological) causes.
2.2 Chemical cntamination of ground water lexcdudng salt)
2.2.1 People t.J
2.2.2 Plants
2.3 Not appicable
2.4 Other inpects on ground vat
3. Air
3.1 Fogging and Icing (caused by evaporation and drift)
3.1.1 Ground transportation
3.1.2 Air transportation
3.1.3 Water transportation
3.1.4 Plants
3.2 Chemical discharge to mbiaent air
3.2.1 Air quality, clemijcl
3.2.2 Air quality, odor
3A Other Impacts on air UNITS
Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Mnonitude Pn t*,en~t,,Rk Pm Magnitude
_____
--
it I
-
4
-wI
o


COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE COOLING DISCHARGE SYSTEM (Continued)
ll-taiinl k
ALTERNATIVES
ylh100yeactoryear I Doohd*
A
in~ay in 10 resew year
B
5475
C
1101-ty arwresetoryes.
D
ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS
UNITS
Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page


===4.  Land===
a Data supporting this table are given In the Commisim's "Enel nae
4.1 Site selection
.i'ey ofi of Rat e..
4.1.1 Land, amount
ecU,. Materials to and from Nucler Po Plat.
4.2 Construction activities (including site preparation)
4.2.1 People (amenities)
4.2.2 People (accessibility of historical sites)
4.2.3 People leccessibility of archeological site%)
4.2.4 Wildlife
4.2.5 Land (erosion)
4.3 Plant operation
4.3.1 People (amenities)
CsW
4.3.2 People (aesthetics)
4.3.3 Wildlife
4.3.4 Land, flood control
4.4 Salts disdtuai from oooling towers
4.4.1 People
4.4.2 Plants and animals
4.5 Not applicable
4.6 Not applicable
4.7 Nc: applicable
4.8 Other land impacts
4.9 Combined or interactive effects
'..,0
Net effects


COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE CHEMICAL SYSTEMS
=AH1
ALTERNATIVES
A
6 C
D
Present Worth INCREMENTAL GENERATING COST
Pres CAPACITY FACTOR
ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS
UNITS
Magnitude Page Magnitude Pger Magnitude
1 P-ge Magnitude P*
CHEMICAL SPECIES DISCHARGED (LIST
BELOW) (indicate concentrations at point of discharge)
1. Natural Surface Water Body
1.1 Impingement or entrapment by cooling water intake structure
1.1.1 Fish
1.2 Passage through or retention in cooling systems
1.2.1 Phytoplankton and zooplankton
1,2.2 Fish
1.3 Discharge area and thermal plume
1.3.1 Water quality, excess heat
1.3.2 Water quality, oxygen availability
1.3.3 Aquatic organisms
1.3.4 Wildlife (including birds, aquatic and amphibious mammals, and reptiles)
1.3.5 Fis


====h. migratory====
===3. Dmib ===
1.4 Chemical effluents
17.
1.4.1 Water quality, chemical
1.4.2 Aquatic organisms


COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE CHEMICAL SYSTEMS (continued)
d Sup. ,  
ALTERNATIVES
NUIREG-74"kS
A
Awl t975. Both documeuts are available for insec*io and co g
B3 I
the Commissio's Pu..c Document Roo,
C
1f17 H St. NW., Washington. D.C.. and miay be otane a nI Technical nnormat.
I j
0 D
ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS
UNITS
Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page
1.4.3 Wildlife (including birds, aquatic and amphibious mammals, and reptiles)
1.4A4 People
1.6 Consumptive use (evaporative losses)
1.6.1 People
1.6.2 Property
1.7 Plant construction (including site preparation)
1.7.1 Water quality, physical
1.7.2 Water quality, chemical
1.8 Other impacts
1.9 Combined or interactive effects
1.10 Net elfects Ln


===2. Ground Water===
Service.
2.1 Raising/lowering of ground water levels
2.1.1 People
2.1.2 Plants
2.2 Chemical contamination of ground water (excluding salt)
2.2.1 People
2.2.2 Plants
2.3 Not applicable
2.4 Other impacts on ground water
3. Air
3.1 Fogging and icing (caused by evaporation and drift)
3.1.1 Ground transportation
3.1.2 Air transportation


COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE
n edf*,  
ALTERNATIVES
Ve. 216L WASH-119 is available from NTIS at a cost of $545 (microejoe, $.*) )and NUREG-7,-4=
CHEMICAL SYSTEMS (Continued)
-s av l
A
at a cost of S325 (microfiche.
_
_
I
B
C
I
D
0
ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS
UNITS
Magnitude Page Magnitude Page M*anitud**
P*D
IUl*n; e, irtn P*n*
3.1.3 Water transportation
3.1.4 Planis
3.2 Chemical discharge to ambient air
3.2.1 Air quality, chemical
3.2.2 Air quality. odor Mantd P e'__
-
n+ud
-
e
1
_
3.3 Not applicable
3.4 Other impacts on air


===4.  Land===
-2.25).
4.1 Site selection
' The Federal itudiation Council has recommended that the radiation doses from el sourcets of racdaion other them satural background and medical expoue should be limited to 5,000 williremuspr yewr for individuals as a result at occupational exposure and should be imited to 50 m~lr
4.1.1 Land, amount
.n per year ior individu in thegeneral population. Thdoss toindivhiuals due to average natural background radiation is about 130il
4.2 Construction activities (including site preparation)
"rem per-year.
4.2.1 People (amenities)
4.2.2 People (accessibility of historical sites)
4.2.3 People (accessibility of archeological sites)
4.2.4 Wildlife
4.2.5 Land (erosion)
4.3 Plant operation (including site preparation)
4.3.1 People (amenities)
4.3.2 People (aesthetics)
4.3.3 Wildlife
4.3.4 Land, flood control
4.4 Salts discharged from cooling towers
4.4.1 People
4.4.2 Plants and animals
4.4.3 Property resources


COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE CHEMICAL SYSTEMS (Continued)
a Man-reri is an exprewsion for the summnation of whvole body doses to Indivduals ina group. T"lu. Iiteaehm*eber of Spopulatlon group of 1,000 people were to rcceiveadodeof0O.Ul reut UI unllrem), or f 2 people were to receive a ma
ALTERNATIVES
0
A
rem (80,*10
B
nillir.mn) each, tha total man-rei doas iIn each ease would be I maism
C
4 Although the environmnental risk of rVadIiogC31 effects stenindug ftrom transportation accidents is curetl. yinca pable of being numerically quantliled. the risk3rentllm ma.ll regordl wnt it s in appi t
D
a single re actor ora imnultireartoite.
ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS
UNITS
Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page
4.8 Other land Impacts
4.9 Combined or interactive effects
4.10 Net effects


COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE BIOCIDE SYSTEMS
A-3
ALTERNATIVES
A
8 C
D
Present Worth INCREMENTAL GENERATING COST
.Annualized CAPACITY FACTOR
ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS
UNITS
Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page CHEMICAL SPECIES DISCHARGED ILIST
BELOW) (indlcate conmntrations at point of dschagme)
1. Natural Surface Water Body
1.1 Inpingement or entrapment by cooling vow Intake suructure
1.1.1 FIsh
00
1.2 Passage through or retention in cooling Systems
1.2.1 Phytoplankton and zooplankton
1.2.2 Fish
1.3 DIscharge area and thernml plume
1.3.1 Water quality, exces heat
1.3.2 Water quality, oxygen availability
1.3.3 Aquatic organisms
1.3.4 Wildlife lincluding birds, aquatic and amphibious mammals, and reptiles)
1.3.5 Fish, migratory
1.4 Chemical effluents
1.4.1 Water quality, chemical
1.4.2 Aquatic organisms


4w COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE BIOCIDE SYSTEMS (Continued)
APPENDIX B
ALTERNATIVES
§51.21, 10 CFR PART 51, "APPLICANT'S ENVIRONMENTAL REPORT-OPERATING LICENSE STAGE"
A
Each applicant for a license to operate a production or utilization facility cov
1
.ered by § 51.5(a) shall submit with it% appli cation the number of copies, as specified in
8
§ 51.40, of a separate document,* to be en titled "Ap plicant's Environmental Report-OP
1 C
erating License Stage," which discusses the same matters described in 1 51.20
I
but only to the extent that they differ from those discussed or reflect new in formation In addition to that discussed in the final environmental Impact state ment prepared by the Commission In connection with the construction permit.
D
 
ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS
The "Applicant's Environmental Re port-Operating License Stage" may in corporate by reference any itformation contained in the Applicant's Environ mental Report or final environmental impact statement previously prepared in connection with the construction permit.
UNITS
 
Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page
With respec; to the operation of nuclear reactors, the applicant, unless otherwise required by the Commission, shall sub mit the "Applicant's Environmental Re port-Operating License Stage" only in connection with the first licensing action that would authorize full power opera tion of the facility.
1.4.3 Wildlife (including birds, aquatic and amphibious mezrunalso and reptiles)
 
1.4A
*Aniended 41 I.R IS32.
People
1.6 Consumptiv use (evaporative losse)
1.6.1 People
1.62 Pirp*Wsty
1.7 Plant conainction (including site preparation)
1.7.1 Water quality, physical
1.7.2 Watw quality, dchmlcal
1.8 Other impacts
1.9 Combined or Intoac*iv effects
1.10 Net effects


===2. Ground Water===
B-I
2.1 RaisinglowJering of ground watr levls
2.1:1 People
2.1.2 Plants
2.2 Chemical contamination of ground water (excluding walt)
2.2.1 People
2.2.2 Plants
2.3 Not appllcable
2A Other impacts on ground watr
3I Air
3.1 Fogging and Icing (caused by evaporation and drift)
3.1.1 Ground transportation
3.1.2 Air transportation


COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE BIOCIDE SYSTEMS (Continued)
APPENDIX C
ALTERNATIVES
DATA RETRIEVAL SYSTEM (PROPOSED)
A
With a view toward improving the usability of data presented by applicants, an outline format for a stan dardized data retrieval system for storage in a computer center is planned as an appendix in a future revision of this guide. Specific-use categories will be developed for the following guide outline topics:
e C
DATA CATEGORIES
D
ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS
UNITS
Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page
3.1,3 Water transportation
3.1.4 Plants
3.2 Chemical discharge to ambient air
3.2.1 Air quality, chemical
3.2.2 Air quality, odor
3.3 Not applicable
3.4 Other Impacts on air


===4. Land===
===1. Station purpose ===
4.1 Site selection
1.1 Demand analysis
4.1.1 Lan
1.2 Energy conservation
1.3 Reserve margins
1.4 Supporting references
3.A
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
2. Site and resource interface summaries
2.1 Geography and demography
2.2 Ecology
2.3 Meteorology and climatology
2.4 Hydrology
2.5 Geology
2.6 Esthetic and cultural data
3. Station and unit data summaries
3.1 Building grounds data
3.2 Reactor and steam-electric system
3.3 Water use Heat dissipation Radiation data Chemical effluent Sanitary waste data Transportation data Electrical transmission
6. Preoperational program summary
8. Socioeconomic data summary
9. Cost-benefit summary
10. Design alternatives summary
12. Permit and certification summary
13. Reference list C-1


====d. amount====
APPENDIX D
4.2 Construction activities (Including site
USE OF U.S. AGE GROUP POPULATION
4.2.1 People (emenities)
DISTRIBUTION DATA
4.2.2 People (aaceubillty of historical sit")
The distribution by age of the U. S. population may be used provided there is no knowledge that the area within a radius of 50 miles of the site has a significantly different distribution. The test of significance is to be made by. a determination of whether the age distribution in the county in which the proposed station is to be located varied more than 10 percent from the U. S.
4.2.3 People (accessibility of archeological sites)
4.2.4 Wildlife
4.2h5 Land (erosion)
4.3 Plant opration (Including site preparation)
4.3.1 People (emenities)
4.3.2 People (aesthetics)
4.3.3 Wildlife
4.3.4 Land, flood m-ntvo
4.4 Salts discharged from cooling towers
4.4.1 People
4.4.2 Plants and animals
4.4.3 Property resources


COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE BIOCIDE SYSTEMS (Continued)
population in the 1970 decennial census. If this occurred for any of the three age groups, a refinement of the U. S.
ALTERNATIVES
A
B
C
D
ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS
UNITS
Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page
4.8 Other land impacts
4.9 Combined or interactive effects
4.10 Net effects
-.J


COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE SANITARY WASTE SYSTEM
age group distribution should be made as described below.
ALTERNATIVES
A
8 C
0
Present Worth INCREMENTAL GENERATING COST
Annualized CAPACITY FACTOR
ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS
UNITS
Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude j
Page Magnitude I
Page CHEMICAL SPECIES DISCHARGED (LIST
BELOW) (indicate concentrations at point of discharg)
1. Natural Surface Water Body
1.1 Inipingement or entrapinent by cooling
~vater intake structure
1.1.1 Fish
1.2 Passage through or retention in cooling systerM
1.2.1 Phytoplankton and zooplankton
1.2.2 Fish
1.3 Discharve area and thermal plume
1.3.1 Water qualit


====y. excess heat====
The Bureau of Economic Analysis (BEA), U. S.
1.3.2 Water quality, oxygen availability
1.3,3 Aquatic organiuss
1.34 Wildlife (including birds. aquatic and amphibious mammals, and reptiles)
1.3.5 Fis


====h. migratory====
Department of Commerce, has unpublished data on age distribution for 157 BEA regions covering the U.S.
1.4 Chemical effluents
1.4.1 Water quality, chemical
1.4,2 Aquatic organisms


COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE SANITARY WASTE SYSTEM (Continued)
These data were compiled for the Office of Business Economics, Department of Commerce and Economic.
ALTERNATIVES
A
B
C
D
ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS
UNITS
Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page
1.4.3 Wildlife (including birds, aquatic and amphibious mammals. and reptiles)
1.4.4 People
1.6 Consumptive use (evaporative losses)
1.6.1 People
1.6.2 Property
1.7 Plant construction (including site preparation)
1.7.1 Water quality, physical
1.7.2 Water qualit


====y. chemical====
Research Service (OBERS), Department of Agriculture, projections. The age groups are 0 to 14 years, 15 to 64 years, and over 64 years. These data may be obtained without charge by request to the U.S. Department of Commerce.
1.8 Other impacts
1.9 Combined or interactive effects
1.10 Net effects


===2. Ground Water===
1 In employing the OBERS regional forecasts, the ratio-trend method may be used for the disparate class intervals of the age groups. First, select the BEA region containing the county in which the proposed station is to be located. Obtain the age distribution of the region from the above reference. The 0 to 11-year age group population for the BEA area at the midyear of the assumed 30-year operating life of the proposed station can be considered to be 80% of the 0 to 14-year age group since the former was 77% of the latter as of July
2.1 Raising/lowering of ground water levels
1, 1974, and is forecasted at 79% by July 1, 200
2.1:1 People
2.1.2 Plants
2.2 Chemical contamination of ground water (excluding salt)
2.2 1 People
2.2.2 Plants
2.3 Not applicable
2.4 Other impacts on ground water
3. Air
3.1 Fogging and icing (caused by evaporation and drift)
3.1.1 Ground transportation
3.1.2 Air transportation


COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE SANITARY WASTE SYSTEM (Continued)
===0.  The ===
ALTERNATIVES
12- to 18-year age group requires a different approach.
A
 
____
The procedure that should be used makes use of existing forecasts to estimate this age group for the area
j C ___
1Henry De Graff, Assistant Chief, Regional Economic Analysis Division, Bureau of Economic Analysis, U. S. Department of Commerce, Washington, D. C. 20230; Telephone: (202)  
0  
523-0528.
__D
ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS
UNITS
Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page
3.1.3 .Water transportation
3.1.4 Plants
3.2 Chemical discuarge to ambient air
3.2.1 Air quality, chemical
3.2.2 Air quality, odor
3.3 Not applicable
3.4 Other impacts on air
4. Lad
4.1 Site selection
4.1.1 Land, amount
4.2 Construction activities (including site prep*ration)
4.2.1 Pe:op (amenities)
4.2.2 People (acasaubility of historical sites)
4.2.3 People (accessiblllty of archeological sites)
4.2.4 Wildlife
4.2.5 Land (erosion)
4.3 Plant operation lincluding site preparation)
4.3.1 People (amenities)
4.3.2 People (aesthetics)
4.3.3 Wildlife
4.3.4 Land, flood control
4.4 Salts discharged from cooling towers
4.4.1 People
4.4.2 Plants and animals
4A.3 Property resources


COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE SANITARY WASTE SYSTEM (Continued)
surrounding the site. It assumes that dependent age groups, i.e., 0 to 18 years, are in about the same proportion for various areas since they generally migrate with their parents. Moreover,. this procedure takes advantage of the tendency of birth rate changes across regions to follow similar patterns of changes with different lead-lag relations. The forecasts to be used are for the year of the midpoint of the station operating life.
ALTERNATIVES
A
B
C
D
ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS
UNITS
Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page
4.8 Other land impacts
4.9 Combined or interactive effects
4.10 Net eftectm


COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE GASEOUS RADWASTE SYSTEMS
Specific year figures can be obtained by interpolation or extrapolation from the years that are available. The percent of the BEA region population forecasted to be in the 12- to 18-year age group should be found from the following equation:
ALTERNATIVES
AfBxCD
A  
where A = % of BEA region population forecasted to be in the 12- to 18-year age group at the midpoint year of station operation, B = % of U.S. population forecasted to be in the 12 to 18-year age group at this midpoint year of station operation, C = % of BEA region population forecasted to be in
B
0 to 14-year age group at the midpoint year of station operation, and D = % U.S. population forecasted to be in 0 to
C
14-year age group at the midpoint year of station operation.
o INCREMENTAL GENERATING COST
Present Worth Annualized CAPACITY FACTOR
ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS
UNITS
Magnitude Paegnitude
-
Magnitude Page RADIONUCLIDES EMITTED (List on separate sheet for each alternative)
1. Natural Surface Water Body
1.5 Radionuclides Discharged to Water Body
1.5.1 Aquatic Organisms
1.5.2 People, external
1.5.3 People, ingestion
1,8 Other Impacts
1.9 Combined or interactive effects
1.10 Net effects


===2. Ground Water===
A is then used to estimate the number of persons in that age group for the area within 50 miles of the proposed site by multiplying the percentage distribution calculated from the above equation by the total popula tion projected for this local area. The population of the
2.3 Radionuclide ontemination of ground water C'
19-years-and-over age group can be obtained by subtrac ting the sum of the 0 to 11-year and 12- to 18-year age groups from the projected total population of the local area.
2.3.1 People
2.3:2 Plants and animals
2.4 Other impacts on ground water
3. Air
3.3 Radionuclides discharged to ambient air
3.3.1 Peopl


====e. external====
APPENDIX E
3.3.2 People, ingestion
DATA NEEDED FOR RADIOACTIVE SOURCE TERM
3.3.3 Plants and animals
CALCULATIONS FOR PRESSURIZED WATER REACTORS
3.4 Other impacts on air
The applicant should provide the information listed in this appendix. The information should be consistent with the contents of the safety analysis report (SAR)
and the environmental report (ER) of the proposed pressurized water reactor (PWR). Appropriate sections of the SAR and ER containing more detailed discussions or backup data for the required information should be referenced following each response. Each response, however, should be independent of the ER and SAR. 1 This information constitutes the basic data required to calculate the releases of radioactive material in liquid and gaseous effluents (the source terms). All responses should be on a per-reactor basis. Indicate systems shared between reactors.


===4. Land===
The following data should be provided in Appendix E:
4.8 Other land impacts
I. General
4.9 Combined or interactive effects
1. The maximum core thermal power (MWt) evalu ated for safety considerations in the SAR. (Note: All of the following responses should be adjusted to this power leveL)
4.10 Net effects
2. Core properties:
5
a. The total mass (lb) of uranium and pluto nium in an equilibrium core (metal weight),
5
b. The percent enrichment of uranium in reload fuel, and c. The percent of fissile plutonium in reload fuel.
1"
i S
.4
.4
.5


COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE LIQUID RADWASTE SYSTEMS
3. If methods and parameters used in estimating the source terms in the primary coolant are different from those given in Regulatory Guide 1.112, "Calcula tion of Releases of Radioactive Materials in Gaseous and Liquid Effluents from Light-Water-Cooled Power Reac tors," describe in detail the methods and parameters used. Include the following information:
ALTERNATIVES
a. Station capacity factor, b. Fraction of fuel releasing radioactivity in the primary coolant (indicate the type of fuel cladding),  
A
IThe ER or SAR may be referenced as to the bases for the parameters used; however, the parameters should be given with the responses in this appendix.
B
C
Present Worth
1 INCREMENTAL GENERATING COST
-
_
Annualized CAPACITY FACTOR
ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS
UNITS
Magnitude Page Magnizude
=
Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page RADIONUCLIDES EMrT'ED (List onseparate sheet for each alternative)
1. Natural Surface Water Body
1.5 Radionuclides Discharged to Water Body
1.5.1 Aquatic Organisms
1.5.2 People, external
1.5.3 Peopl


====e. ingestion====
c. Concentration of fission, activation, and corrosion products in the primary and secondary coolant (uCi/g). Provide the bases for the values used.
1.8 Other impacts
1.9 Combined or interactive effects
1.10 Net effects


===2. Ground Water===
4. The quantity of tritium released in liquid and gaseous effluents (Ci/yr per reactor).
2.3 Radionuclide contamination of ground
II. Primary System
-4 water
1. The total mass (ib) of coolant in the primary system, excluding the pressurizer and primary coolant purification system at full power.
2.3.1 People
2.3.2 Plants and animals
2.4 Other impacts on ground water
3. Air
3.3 Radionuclides discharged to ambient air
3.3.1 Peopl


====e. external====
2. The average primary system letdown rate (gpm)
3.3.2 Peopl
to the primary coolant purification system.


====e. ingestion====
3. The average flow rate (gpm) through the pri mary coolant purification system cation demineralizers.
3.3.3 Plants and animals
3.4 Other impacts on air


===4. Land===
(Note: The letdown rate should include the fraction of time the cation demineralizers are in service.)
4 8 Other land impacts
4. The average shim bleed flow (gpm). 
4.9 Combined or interactive effects
I1
4.10 Net effects


COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE TRANSMISSION ROUTES
===1. Secondary System ===
ALTERNATIVES
1. The number and type of steam generators and the carryover factor used in the applicant's evaluation for iodine and nonvolatiles.
A
B
C
D
Present Worth INCREM61ENTAL GENERATING COST
Annualized CAPACITY FACTOR
ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS.


UNITS
2. The total steam flow (lb/hr) in the secondary system.
Magnilude Pge Magnitude P9e Magnitude I
Page Magnitude POW
1. Land Use (R;xnk alternative routes in terms of amount of conflict with present and planned land usel
2. Property Values (Rank alternative rou.es in terms of total loss in property values)
3. Multiple Use (Rank alternative routes in terms of envisioned multiple use of land preempted by rights-of- way)
4. Length of rew rights-o


====f. way required====
3. The mass of steam in each steam generator (lb)
-J
at full power.
5. Number end length.0f new access and service roads required
6. Number of major road crossings in vicinity of intersection or interchanges
7. Number of major waterway crossings
8. Number of crest, ridge, or other high point crossings
9. Number of -long views" or tran*.tission lines perpendicular to highways and waterways
10. Length of above transmission line in or through the following visually sensitive areas
10.1 Natural water body shoreline
10.2 Marshland
10.3 Wildlife refuges
10.4 Parks M


COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE TRANSMISSION ROUTES (Continued)
4. The mass of liquid in each steam generator (lb)  
ALTERNATIVES
at full power.
A
B
C
D
ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS
UNITS
Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page
10.5 National and state monuments
10.6 Scenic areas
10.7 Recreation areas
10.8 Historic areas
10.9 Residential areas
10.10 National forests and/or heavily timbered areas
10.11 Shelter belts
10.12 Steep slopes
10.13 Wilderness areas
10.14 [Other sensitive or critical areas, specify)
10.15
10.16
--
.
10.17
10.18
10.19
10.20
10.21 Total length through sensitive areas (sum 10.1-10.20)
10.22 Total net length through sensitive areas (sum 10.1-10.20 eliminate duplication)


COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE
5. The total mass of coolant in the secondary system (lb) at full power. For recirculating U-tube steam generators, do not include the- coolant in the condenser hotwell.
SYSTEMS
ALTERNATIVES
A
a C
D
Present Worth INCREMENTAL GENERATING COST
Annualized CAPACITY FACTOR
ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS
UNITS
Magnitude Page Magnitude P tude age Magnitude Page
1. Natural Surface Water Body
1.1 Impingement or entrapment by cooling water intake structure
1.1.1 Fish
1.2 Passage through or retention in cooling systems
1.2.1 Phytoplankton and zooplankton
1.2.2 Fish
1.3 Discharge area and thermal plume
1.3.1 Water qualit


====y. excess heat====
6. The primary to secondary system leakage rate (lb/day) used in the evaluation.
1.3.2 Water quality. oxygen availability cc
0
1.3.3 Aquatic organisms
1.3.4 Wildlife (including birds, aquatic and amphibious mammals, and reptiles)
1.3.5 Fish, migratory
1.4 Chemical effluents
1.4.1 Water quality, chemical
1.4.2 Aquatic organisms
1.4.3 Wildlife (including birds, aquatic and amphibious rnannals, and repitles)
1.4.4 People
1.5 Radionuclides discharged to water body
1.5.1 Aquaticorganisus
1.5.2 People, external
1.5.3 People, ingestion
1.6 Consumptive use (evaporative losses)
1.6.1 People
1.6.2 Property


COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE
7. Description of the steam generator blowdown and blowdown purification systems. The average steam generator blowdown rate (lb/hr) used in the applicant's evaluation. The parameters used for steam generator blowdown rate (lb/hr)
SYSTEMS (Continued)
8. The fraction of the steam generator feedwater processed through the condensate demineralizers and the E-1
ALTERNATIVES
A
B
_____
________
D
____
_______
___
ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS
UNITS
Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Pag.


Magnitude Page
decontamination factors (DF) used in the evaluation for the condensate demineralizer system.
1.7 Plant construction (including site preparation)
1.7.1 Water quality, physical
1.7.2 Water qualit


====y. chemical====
9. Condensate demineralizers:
1.8 Other impacts
a. Average flow rate (lb/hr),
1.9 Combined or interactive effects
resin),
1.10 Net effects
b. Demineralizer type (deep bed or powdered c. Number and size (ft3) of demineralizers, d. Regeneration frequency, e. Indicate whether ultrasonic resin cleaning is used and the waste liquid volume associated with its use, and f. Regenerant volume (gal/event) and activity.


===2. Ground Water===
IV. Liquid Waste Processing Systems
2.1 Ralsing/iowerlng of ground water levels
1. For each liquid waste processing system (includ ing the shim bleed, steam generator blowdown, and detergent waste processing systems), provide in tabular form the following information:
2.1.1 People
a. Sources, flow rates (gpd), and expected activities (fraction of primary coolant activity, PCA) for all inputs to each system, b. Holdup times associated with collection, processing, and discharge of all liquid streams, c. Capacities of all tanks (gal) and processing equipment (gpd) considered in calculating holdup times, d. Decontamination factors for each processing step, e. Fraction of each processing stream expected to be discharged over the life of the station;,
2.1.2 Plants
f. For demineralizer regeneration provide: time between regenerations, regenerant volumes and activ ities, treatment of regenerants, and fraction of regen erant discharged (include parameters used in making these determinations), and g. liquid source term by radionuclide in Ci/yr for normal operation, including anticipated operational occurrences.
2.2 Chemical contamination of ground water
00
(including salt)
2.2.1 People
2.2.2 Plants
2.3 Radionuclide contamination of ground water
2.3.1 People
2.3.2 Plants and animals
2.4 Other impacts on ground water
3. Air
3.1 Fogging and icing (caused by evaporation and drift)
3.1.1 Ground transportation
3.1.2 Air transportation
3.1.3 Water transportation
3.1.4 Plants
3.2 Chemical discharge to ambient air
3.2.1 Air quality, chemical


COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE
2. Piping and instrumentation diagrams (P&IDs)  
SYSTEMS (Continued)
and process flow diagrams for the liquid radwaste systems along with all other systems influencing the source term calculations.
ALTERNATIVES
A
B
C
D
ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS
UNITS
Magnitude Page Magnilude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page
3.3.2 Air quality, odor
3.3 Radlonuclides discharged to ambient air and direct radiation from radioactive materials (in-plant or being transported)
3.3.1 Peopl


====e. external====
V. Gaseous Waste Processing System
3.3.2 People, ingestion
1. The volumes (ft3 /yr) of gases stripped from the primary coolant.
3.3.3 Plants and animals
3.4 Other Impacts on air


===4.  Land===
2. Description of the process used to hold up gases stripped from the primary system during normal opera tions and reactor shutdown. If pressurized storage tanks are used, include a process flow diagram of the system indicating the capacities (ft3 ), number, and design and operating storage pressures for the storage tanks.
4.1 Site selection
4.1.1 Land, amount
4.2 Construction activities (including site preparation)
4.2.1 People (amenities)
00
4.2.2 People (accoesibility of historical site)
4.2.3 People (accessibility of archeological sites)
4.2.4 Wildlife
4.2.5 Land (erosion)
4.3 Plant operation
4.3.1 People (amenities)
4.3.2 People (aesthetics)
4.3.3 Wildlife
4.3.4 Lan


====d. flood control====
3. Description of the normal operation of the system, e.g., number of tanks held in reserve for back-to-back shutdown, fill time for tanks. Indicate the minimum holdup time used in the applicant's evaluation and the basis for this number.
4.4 Salts discharged from cooling towers
4.4.1 People
4.4.2 Plants and animals
4.4.3 Property resources


COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE
4. If HEPA filters are used downstream of the pressurized storage tanks, provide the decontamination factor used in the evaluation.
SYSTEMS (Continued)
ALTERNATIVES
A
B
C
D
ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS
UNITS
Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page
4.5 Transmission route selection
4.5.1 Land, amount
4.5.2 Land use and land value
4.5.3 People (aesthetics)
4.6 Transmission facilities construction
4.6.1 Land adjacent to right-of-way
4.6.2 Land, erosion
4.6.3 Wildlife
4.7. Transmission tine operation
4.7.1 Land use
4.7.2 Wildlife
4.8 Other lend impects
4.9 Combined or interactive effects
4.10 Net effects


Appendix 1. Appendix D of 10 CFR Part 50
5. If a charcoal delay system is used, describe this system and indicate the minimum holdup times for each radionuclide considered in the evaluation. List all para meters, including mass of charcoal (lb), flow rate (cfm),
Title I1O-ATOMIC ENERGY
operating and dew point temperatures, and dynamic adsorption coefficients for Xe and Kr used in calculating holdup times.
Chapter k-Atomic Energy Commission PART 50-LICENSING OF PRODUC-
TION AND UTILZATION FACILITIES
Implementation of the National Environmental-flicy Act of 1969 k)/*lr:*P
l i971, .l cq, J- -lucr,
,
/Ii. )
* !.ectiorn'-I i..uc:-
APrzENtix D--lNTsrrM STATEMENT Or OE.?-
rRtrL4 POLICy AND PROCDURE: IMPLZMtNTA-
TION
O(F THE
NATIONAL
ENVIRONMENTAL
POLICY ACT or 19630
.PclILIC LAW 91-100)
INTRODUC'ION
On July 2.1. 1971, the U.S. Court of Appeals for tile District of Columbia Circuit rendered Its decision in Calvert Cliffs' Coordinating Committee.


Inc., et ao. v. United States Atomic Ensrgy CommLission. et al.. Nos, 24.839 and 24,871. holding that Atomic Energy Com- mlssion regulations for the Implementation of the National Environmental Policy Act of IU69 iNEPA)  
6. Piping and instrumentation diagrams (P&IDs)  
in AEC licensing proceedings
and process flow diagrams for the gaseous radwaste systems, along with other systems influencing the source term calculations.
,did not comply In several specified respects with the dictates of that Act, and remanding the proceedings to the Commission for rule making consistent with the court's opinion.


The Court of Appeals' decision required. In summary, that the Commisslon's rules make provision for the following:
VI. Ventilation and Exhaust Systems For each building housing systems that contain radioactive materials, the steam generator blowdown system vent exhaust, and the main condenser air removal system, provide the following:  
I. Independent substantive review of en- vironmental matters in uncontested as well rau contested cases by presidinit Atomic Safety snd Licensing Boards.
1. Provisions incorporated to reduce radioactivity releases through the ventilation or exhaust systems.


2. Consideration of NEPA environmental lirues In connection with all nuclear power reactor licensing actions which took place after January 1, 1970 (the effective date of N EPA).
2. Decontamination factors assumed and the bases (include charcoal adsorbers, HEPA filters, mechanical devices).
3. Independent evaluation and balancing of certain environmental factors, such as thermal effects, notwithstanding the fact that other Federal or State agencies have already certified that their own environ- mental standards are satisfied by the pro- posed licensing action. In each individual cas.e, the benefits of the licensing action must be assessed and weighed against en- vironmental costs; and alternatives must be considered which wouinld affect the l)ai- Iiile i:
3. Release rates for radioiodine, noble gases, and radioactive particulates (Ci/yr), and the bases.
Of vale Jis.


===4. NEPA ===
4. Release points to the environment, including height, effluent temperature, and exit velocity.
review, and apprmpriate action after such revlew. fur cotnstructlitU pieriLts issued prior to Januiary I.


1070, iln cases where an ittratinlig liecnuse htis not its yet been iissued. The coort's opluion lso sutstcs thatO.
5. For the containment building, provide the building free volume (ft') and a thorough description of the internal recirculation system (if provided), including E-2


in order that this review be us circe- tlie 1its possibile. the COltIInKioIu rhittild con-
the recirculation rate, charcoal bed depth, operating time assumed, and mixing efficiency. Indicate the expected purge and venting frequencies and duration and continuous purge rate (if used). 
!;Ider the reii*ilrniiettt of it telloritriy hialt InI conirtrtic tiol peldidln1f Ithi review nlid tihe batikiittilig of lechinological iiiitVlition.i.
VII. Solid Waste Processing Systems
1. In tabular form, provide the following informa tion concerning all inputs to the solid waste processing system: source, volume (fts/yr per reactor), and activity (Ci/yr per reactor) of principal radionuclides, along with bases for values usd.


As Sitirnnuilry hal-k ru*ti td, the Niutlollitl En- virniniental Policy Art of 19`9 i'unblic Law
2. Provide information on onsite storage provi sions (location and capacity) and expected onsite storage times for all solid wastes prior to shipment.
91. 190)  
became effectii'e oil JaiLtuury
1.


11,70. The Commitsion published on April 2.
3. Provide piping and instrumentation diagrams (P&IDs) for the solid radwaste system.


1970.
E-3


in Its initial Iniplementutitol of thel Act, an Appendix D to Part 50 stailiig geU-
APPENDIX F
eral Coinnillsloti p.'licy and procedure fur ex- ercisinul AEC responsibiiltles inder the Act Ii its licensinr proceedinirs (35 F.R. 546i3).
DATA NEEDED FOR RADIOACTIVE SOURCE TERM
Substantial ainendments to Appendilx D
CALCULATIONS FOR BOILING WATER REACTORS
were publLshed on December 4. 1970 135 P.R.
The applicant should provide the information listed in this appendix. The information should be consistent with the contents of the safety analysis report (SAR)
and the environmental report (ER) of the proposed boiling water reactor (BWR). Appropriate sections of the SAR and ER containing more detailed discussions of the required information should be referenced following each response. Each response, however, should be independent of the ER and SAR. 1 This information constitutes the basic data required to calculate the releases of radioactive material in liquid and gaseous effluents (the source terms). All responses should be on a per-reactor basis. Indicate systems shared between reactors.


lR4ri9ti. and further minor amendmentts on July 7, 1071
The following data should be provided in Appendix F:
(30 F.R. 127311.


The amenidments to Appendix D isSetid herewith have been adopted by the Com- nli.ýq1oil to make interim changes in Its reg- ulations for implement atiloll of NEPA
===1. General===
in AEC licensilng proceedings in light of the Court of Appeals' decision.
1. The maximum core thermal power (MWt)
evaluated for safety considerations in the SAR.


A. Bcsic procedures. 1. Each applicant I for a permit to constnict a nuclear power reac- tor. testing facility, or fuel repricesI-ing plant, or such other production or utiliza- tion facility whosie constructloli or opera- tion may be determined by the ComnIssioni to have a signilfCicat impact on the environ- nieait, shall submit with Ils application three hundred (3001 copies. in the case of a nu- clear power reactor. testing facility, or fuel reprocessing plant. or two hundred (200)
(Note: All of the following responses should be adjusted to this power leveL)
copies, In the ca-se of such other produc- tion or uti'lization facility, of a separate doc- uiment, entitled "Applicant's Environmental Report-Constriction Permit Stage." which di;cuIese the following environmental con- siderations:
2. Core properties:
(a)
a. The total mass (lb) of uranium and pluto nium in an equilibrium core (metal weight),
The environmental impact of the proposed action.
b. The percent enrichment of uranium in reload fuel, and c. The percent of fissile plutonium in reload fuel.


(b)
3. If methods and parameters used in estimating the source terms in the primary coolant are different from those given in Regulatory Guide 1.112, "Calcula tion of Releases of Radioactive Materials in Gaseous and Liquid Effluents from light-Water-Cooled Power Reac tors," describe in detail the methods and parameters used. Include the following information:
Any adverse environmental effects which Cannot be avoided should the proposal be Implemented, (CI Alternatives to the proposed action, (d) The relationship between local short- term uses of man's environment and the maintentace and enhancement of long-term productivity, and (el Any Irreversible and irretrievable com- mitments of resources which would be in- volved in the propesed action should It be Implemented.
a. Plant capacity factor, b. Isotopic release rates of noble gases to the reactor coolant at 30-minute decay (pCi/sec), and IThe ER or SAR may be referenced as to the bases for the parameters used; however, the parameters should be given with the responses in this appendix.


2. The discu.eson of alternatives to the proposed action in the Environmental Report required by paragraph I shall be sufficiently complete to aid the Commission In develop- ing and exploring. pursuant to section 102
c. Concentration of fission, corrosion, and activation products in the reactor coolant (pCi/sec).
(2) (D) of the National Environmental Policy Act. "appropriate alternatives I
Provide the bases for the values used.
* I
in any proposal which Involves unresolved conflicts concerning alternative uses of available resources."
3. the EnvIronmental Report required by paragrmph I shall Include a cost-benefit analysis which considers and balances the environmentai effects of the fac:1lity end the alternativcs available for reducing or avoiding adveybo environmental effects, as well.as the environmental, economic, tech- nilol and other benefits of the facility. The cost-beneflt analysis shall, to the fullest
'Where the "applicant", as used in this appendix, is a Federal agency, different ar- rangements for Implementing the National Environmental Policy Act may be made, pur- suant to the guidelines established by the Council on Environmental Quality.


exteliL practicable. ilatlitify tie various ra;c- trur.Li cun'itlderd. 'I'0 the extent that Such factors cinlsot be lturuiut1lied. they siall bo disc tlisiu.d inr qu:illtaIt ve iternm.
4. The quantity of tritium released in liquid and gaseous effluents (Ci/yr per reactor).
H. Nuclear Steam Supply System
1. Total steam flow rate (lb/hr).
2. Mass of reactor coolant 0b) and steam (lb) in the reactor vessel at full power.


Ilie E.:nviron- nmental rt,'po-t shouild contali usllicileit duta to alti thie t*'nnmiL- lual lio I i* developmtlenit iof uit I tidepentieiet cost-beinelt anuly',l-j cover- LugL tile farLoii s5peclifd Lit tlhis p.uragrapuh.
IH. Reactor Coolant Cleanup System
1. Average flow rate (lb/hr). 
2. Demineralizer type (deep bed or powdered resin). 
3. Regeneration frequency.


*1. ih- lEnivironmenhtal Report requtired by partgr.tagah i li ll Incliide aI
4. Regenerant volume (gal/event) and activity.
Let's


====u. iui of====
IV. Condensate Demineralizers
0h1 IsLtllt L
1. Average flow rate (lb/hr). 
Of Coill pl a
2. Demineralizer type (deep bed or powdered resin).
*ie of til e fiLtlit)' with alipillc tlch eivirolsohctli nl t
3. Number and size (ft3) of demineralizers.


====u. l itky italtitdrdS====
4. Regeneration frequency.
iand requilremenlt :;ll i lri;(,di


====r. i but ====
5. Indicate whether ultrasonic resin cleaning is used and the waste liquid volume associated with its use.
'
otl 1iIIlilte'd tU). thcrniiti unid ot, her water q lla li' .titnt Ui'ds prwirniillarc'ti c
t inder Lite Federatl Witter lol- htitihll Coirlrol Act) whlicih have been Irniptied by Fedrtral. Stlae. tutid rloIIiiil aRg-iicles huav- lng re.uponsibility fur envirwitcnmeilil priitec- thlia.


il addihtitn. the en'vi rotinenital Inipact Of the facillty *hall be fuilly dlicusced with respect tx, .uilttcrs covered by such ntatndards uLid reqltirewenis irrep4,vctivo of wiethlier a certitlelation, frotni the appropriato authority has been obUlined (Iniclding. but not Imi- lt*-l t1. any cerillr.ation obtained puruiant.
6. Regenerant volume (gal/event) and activity.


to ts<ctIon 21Wib of the Federal Water Vol- ltlion Control Act '). Such dizacusion hall be reliected In the csut-beiucflt analysis pre- serltxitd ti paragraph 3. Wille a*atLfactclon of AEC
V. Liquid Waste Processing Systems
tanda.rdn and criterla pertaining to end loiohleal elff ctA will be necessary wo meiect the ticeuwuig requirements of the Atomic Energy Act. the ca,&#xfd;t-bcleeflt au'tlyiAs pro- scrib'*d In paragrph 3 shall, for the purposes of t*e N'&tionul Elivironmenteal Policy Act, con.sider the radiological effocta. together with the therumal effects and the other on- viroinietitnl elfects. of the Licllity.
1. For each liquid waste processing system, pro vide in tabular form the following information:
a. Sources, flow rates (gpd), and expected activities (fraction of primary coolant activity, PCA) for all inputs to each system, b. Holdup times associated with collection, processing, and discharge of all liquid streams, c. Capacities of all tanks (gal) and processing equipment (gpd) considered in calculating holdup times, F-I


5. Fitch aiplicalnt for ai !I,-,.--I!
d. Decontamination factors for each proces sing step, e. Fraction of each processing stream expected to be discharged over the life of the station, f. For waste demineralizer regeneration, time between regenerations, regenerant volumes and activ ities, treatment of regenerants, and fractions of regener ant discharged (include parameters used in making these determinations), and g. Liquid source term by radionuclide in Ci/yr for normal operation, including anticipated operational occurrences.
"'T
rt'e A
production or utitleattioin fitc&#xfd;:l" :i- i, '
.b' e III
paragraph i. shall submit wlhh hn
:,l)iica- tIon three hundred (300) copies. In tinc caso of a nuclear power reactor, testing furility, or fuel reprocessing plant, or two hundred
(2001 copies, In the case of any other pro- duction or utilization facility described In paragraph 1. of a separate document, to be entitled
"Applicant's Environmental Re- port-Operating License Stage."
which discusses the same environmental considera- tions described iU paragraphs 1-4. but only to the extent that they differ from those dis- cussed In the Applicant's Environmental Report previously submitted In accordance with paragraph 1. The "Applicant's Environ- mental Report--Operating License Stage- may Incorporate by reference any Informa- tion contained In the Applicant's Environ- mental Report previously submitted in accordance with paragraph 1. With respect to the operation of nuclear power reactors, the applicant, unless otherwise required by the Commission, shall submit the "Appll- cant's Environmental Report--Operating License Stage" only In connection with the first licensing action that would authorize full-power operation of the facility.' except that such report shall be submitted In con-.
nection with the conversion of a provisional operating license to a full-term license.


6. After receipt of any Applicant's Environ- mental Report. the Director of Regulation or his designee will cause to be published In the F=CML, RsCtS'"xa a summary notice of the availability of the report, end the report will be placed In the AEC's Public Document Rooms at 1717 H Street ;crw., Washington.
2. Piping and instrumentation diagrams (P&IDs)
and process flow diagrams for the liquid radwaste systems along with all other systems influencing the source term calculations.


DC. and In the vicinity of the proposed site.
VI. Main Condenser and Turbine Gland Seal Air Removal Systems
1. The holdup time (hr) for offgases from the main condenser air ejector prior to processing by the offgas treatment system.


and will be made available to the public at s No permit cc license wili. of course, be Issued with respect to an actilvtty for which a certification required by section 21(b) of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act has not been obtained.
2. Description and expected performance of the gaseous waste treatment systems for the offgases from the condenser air ejector and mechanical vacuum pump.


'This report Is In addition to the report required at the construction permit stage.
The expected air inleakage per condenser shell, the number of condenser shells, and the iodine source term from the condenser.


85
3. The mass of charcoal (tons) in the charcoal delay system used to treat the offgases from the main condenser air ejector, the operating and dew point temperatures of the delay system, and the dynamic adsorption coefficients for Xe and Kr.


Appendix 1.
4. Description of cryogenic distillation system, fraction of gases partitioned during distination, holdup in system, storage following distillation, and expected system leakage rate.


Appendix D of 10 CFR Part 50 (Continued)
5. The steam flow (lb/hr) to the turbine gland seal and the source of the steam (primary or auxiliary).
the appropriate State, regional, and metro- politan clearinghouses.- In addition, a public announcement of the avallability of the re- port will be made. Any comments by inter- ested persons on the report will be considered by the Commission's regulatory staff, and there will be further opportunity for public comment in accordance with paragralpb 7.
6. The design holdup time (hr) for gas vented from the gland seal condenser, the iodine partition factor for the condenser, and the fraction of radioiodine released through the system vent. Description of the treatment system used to reduce radioiodine and partic ulate releases from the gland seal system.


The Director of Regulation or hia designee will analyze the report and prepare a draft detailed statement of environmental con- siderations. The draft detailed statement will contain an assessment of the matters speci- fbed In paragraph
7. Piping and instrumentation diagrams (P&IDs)  
1: a preliminary cost- benefit analysis based on the factors specified in paroagrph 3: and an analysis, pursuant to section 102(2) (D) of the National Environ- mental Policy Act, of appropriate alternatives to the proposed licensing acLion in any case which involves unresolved conflicts concern- iog alternative uses of available resources (i.e., an analysis of alternatives which would alter the environmental impact and the cost- benefit balance). The Commasston will then transmlt a copy of the report and of the draft detailed statement to such Federal agencies designated by the Council on Environmental Quality as having "jurisdiction by law or special expertise with respect to any envIron- mental Impact involved" or as "authorized to develop and enforce environmental stand- ards" as the Commission determines are ap- propriate.- and to the Oovernor or appropri- ate State and local oficials, who are author- ized to develop and enforce environmental standards, of any affected State. The trans- mittal will request comment on the report and the draft detailed statement within forty-five (45) days in the case of Federal agencies and severnty-five (75)  
and process flow diagrams for the gaseous waste treat ment system along with all other systems influencing the source term calculations.
days in the ease of State and local officials, or within such longer time as the Commission may deem appropriate. (In accordance with 1 2.101 (b) of Part 2. the Commission will also send a copy of the application to the Governor or other appropriate official of the State in which the facility is to be located and will publish In the Fxiat.


Itot'rrm a notice of receipt of the application, stating the pur- pose of the application and specifying the location at which the proposed activity will be conducted.) Comments on an "Applicant's Environmental Report--Operating License Stage" and on theidraft detailed statement prepared In connection therewith will be re- quested only as to environmental matters that differ from those previously considered at the construction permit stage. If any such Federal agency or State or local official falls to provide the Commission with comments within the time specified by the Commission.
VII. Ventilation and Exhaust Systems For each station building housing system that contains radioactive materials, provide the following:
I. Provisions incorporated to reduce radioactivity releases through the ventilation or exhaust systems.


'Such ctearinghouses have been etaob- lished pursuant to Office of Management and Budget Circular A-95 to provide Iliason and coordination between Federal and State, regional or local agencies with respect to Federal programs. 'he documents will be made available at appropriate State, regional and metropolitan cliaringhouses only with respect to proceedings in which the draft detailed statement is circulated after June 30,
2. Decontamination factors assumed and the bases (include charcoal adsorbers, HEPA filters, mechan ical devices).
1971.
3. Release rates for radioiodines, noble gases, and radioactive particulates (Ci/yr) and the bases.


in accordance with the
4. Release point to the environment including height, effluent temperature, and exit velocity.
"Guidelines on Statements on Proposed Fed.


oral Actions Affecting the Environment"' of the Council on Environmental Quality (38 P.R. 7724).
5. For the containment building, indicate the expected purge and venting frequencies and duration, and continuous purge rate (if used).
'Requests for comments on Environ- mental Reports and draft detailed statemente from the Environmental Protection Agency will include a request for comments with re- spect to water quality aspects of the pro- posed action for which a certification pursu- ant to section 21 (b) of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act has been issued, and with respect to aspects of the proposed action to which section 309 of the Clean ALr Act Is applicable.
Vm. Solid Waste Processing Systems
1. Jn tabular form, provide the following informa tion concerning all inputs to the solid waste processing system: source, volume (ft3 /yr per reactor), and activity (Ci/yr per reactor) of principal radionuclides along with bases for values.


It will be presumed that the agency ur official has no comment to make. unlers a specific extes*lon of time has been requested.
2. Onsite storage provisions (location and capac ity) and expected onsite storage times for all solid wastes prior to shipment.


7. In addition, upon preparation of a draft detailed statement, the Commiateon will cause to be published In the FiEL.iL nleels- Tim a summary notice of the avaU.ibility of the Applicant's Environmental Report and the draft detailed statement, The summary notice to be published pursuant to this para- graph will request, within sventy-five (75)
3. Piping and instrumentation diagrams (P&IDs)  
days or such longer period as the Commission may determine to be practicahle. comment from interested persons on the propoeed action and on the draft statement. The sum- mary notice will als*
and process flow diagrams for the solid radwaste system.
Coutaln a statement to the effect that the comments of Federal agencles and State and local officials thereon will be available when received.'
8. After receipt of the comments requested pursuant to paragraphs 6 and 7, the Director of Regulation or his designee. will prepare a final detailed statement on the environ- mental considerations specified In paragraph
1. Including a discustion of problems and ob- jections rais.d by Federal, State, and local agencies or officials and private organl*zations and Individuals and the disposition thereof.


The detailed statement will contain a final cost-benefit analysis which considers and balances the environmental effects of the facility and the alternatives available for re- ducing or avoiding adverse environmental ef- fects, as well as the environmental, economic.
F-2


technical, and other benefits of the facility.
APPENDIX G
DATA NEEDED FOR RADWASTE TREATMENT SYSTEM
COST-BENEFIT ANALYSIS FOR LIGHT-WATER
COOLED NUCLEAR REACTORS
The applicant should provide the information listed in Tables G.1 and G.2. The information should be consistent with the contents of the safety analysis report (SAR) and environmental report (ER) for the proposed reactor. Appropriate sections of the SAR and ER
containing more detailed discussions of the required information should be referenced following each re sponse. Each response, however, should be independent of the ER and SAR. This information constitutes the basic data required in performing a cost-benefit analysis for radwaste treatment systems. All responses should be on a per-reactor basis. The following information should be provided:
1. Detailed cost estimate sheets, similar to Tables G.1 and G.2, listing all paremeters (and their bases) used in determining capital, operating, and maintenance costs associated with all augments considered in the cost benefit analysis. All costs should be stated in terms of  
1975 dollars.


The cost-benefit analysis will, to the fullest extent practicable, quantify the various fac- tors considered. lb the extent that such fac- tors cannot be quantified, they will be dis- cussed tn qualitative terms, In the case of any proposed licensing action that Involves unresolved conflicts concerning alternative uses of available resources, the Detailed Statement will contain an analysis, pursuant to section 102(2) (D) of the National Envi- ronmental Policy Act, of alternatives to the proposed licensing action which would alter the environmental impact and the coat- benefit balance. Compliance of facility con- structlon or operation with environmental quality standards and requirements (Includ- Ing. but not limited to. thermal and other water quality standards promulgated under the Federal Water Pollutuon Control Act)
2. The cost of borrowed money used in the cost analysis and the method of arriving at this cost.
which have been imposed by Federal. State and regional agencies having responsibility for environmental protection will receive due consideration. In addition, the environmental Impact of the facility will be considered in the coat-benefit analysis with respect to matters covered by such standards and re- quirements. Irrespective of whether a certi.


fication from the appropriate authority has been obtained (including. but not limited to, any certification obtained pursuant to sec- tion 21(b) of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act'). While satisfaction of AEC
3. If methods and parameters used in the cost-benefit analysis are different from those given in Regulatory Guide
standards and criteria pertaining to radlo- logical effects will be necessary to meet the licensing requirements of the Atomic Energy Act, the cost-benefit analysis will, for the purposes of the National Environmental Policy Act. consider the radiological effects, together with the thermal effects and the other environmental effect-. 'f the facility,
1.110, "Cost-Benefit Analysis for Radwaste Systems for Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Reac tors," describe in detail the methods used and provide the bases for all parameters. Include the following information:
$This paragraph applies only with respeot to proceedilng In which the draft detailed statement is circulated after June 30. 1971, in accordance with the "Guidelines on State- meats on Proposed Federal Actions Affecting the Eny"onment" of the Council on Environ- mental 'uallty
a. Decontamination factors assigned to each aug ment and fraction of "online" time assumed, i.e., hours per year used.
(380 FJ. 7724).
'No permit or license will, of course, be Issued with respect to an activity for which a certification required by section 21(b) of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act has not been obtained, On the basis of the forei


====l. oni ev ====
b. Parameters and method used to determine the Indirect Cost Factor and the Capital Recovery Factor.
:nl:*ttlI0n and analyses, the detailed stalement .will incltide a conclusion by the Director of Reg:lkalion ,r his designee ts to whether, after wei!:i~iu the envlronmnental, eConom11c', tech CCal a
:I
ld other becwflis agalnst environmental costni Find considering avnitihble alternatives. the action called for is isn.laoce or tillal tif the proposed piermit or iIcettse or Its appr:'priate conditioning to protect etuviro::nmental vatlues.


Detailed statements preparcl in ron:'e-.
G-I
tion With unl app~lication for nn operstilni:
license will cover only envirn *me'*il:I  
rosi- Ilideratlots whIchR differ fromn. twrl:
d.e Uie.d In the detal.led ;tatement prevlou.iy lrep'iar'td In con:necticon wllth the npplIcation for a con -
structliol permit land nu"y i::corl'wrrte by rfterence any Infurinaticon cnoltalinf- I
tie detailed statement prvvlounly prepared In connection with that applieatil:n for a co::-
structlon permit. Witt% respect to the opera- tion of nuclear power reactors It Is expetted that in most cases the detailed btatement will be prepared only In connection with the first licensing action that authorlies full-power operation of the facility. except tlhat such a detailed statement will be prepared in coal- nection with the converaion of a provisional operating license t-o a full-term license.


9. The Commission will traltunit to tIle Council on Environmental Quality copies of (a) each Applicant's Envlronmental Report, (b) each draft detailed statement, (ci coin- ments thereon received from Federal, State, and local agencies and officials and private organizations aind Individumas. and tid cadch detailed statement prepared pursuant to paragraph 8. Copies of such report, draft atatements, comments and statements will be made available to the public as providedt in this appendix and as provided In 10 CFPt Part 9 and will accompany the application through, and will be considered In, the Conm- mission's review processes. After each detailed statement becomes available, a notice of Its availability will be published In the PFsrIssi.
TABLE G.1 TOTAL DIRECT COST ESTIMATE SHEET
OF RADWASTE TREATMENT SYSTEM
FOR LIGHT-WATER-COOLED NUCLEAR REACTORS
Description of Augment ITEM
1.


Rxors'ra. and copies will be made available to appropriate Federal. State and local agen- cles and State, regional, and metropolitan clearinghouses.- To the maximum extent practicable, no construction permit or operat- ing lloenae in connection with which a de- tailed statement is required by paragraph 8 will be issued until ninety (90) days after the draft detailed statement so required ha&
PROCESS EQUIPMENT
been circulated for comment, furnished to the Counoi on Environmental Quality, and made available to the public, and until thirty
2.
(30) days after the final detailed statement therefor has been made available to the Council and the public. If the filial detailed statement is filed within ninety (901 dnyR
after a draft statement has been circulated for comment, furnished to the Council and made available to the public, the thirty (30)
dsy period and ninety (O0) day perlod may run concurrently to the extent that they overlap. In addition, to the maximum extent practlcable. the final detailed statement will be publicly ovailable at least thirty (30) days before the commencement of any related evidentlary hearing that may be held.


10. In a proceeding for the issuance of a construction permit or an operating licen.se for a production or utilization facility de- scribed In paragraph I In which a hearing is held, the Applicant's Environmental Report, comments thereon, and the detailed state- ment will he offered In evidence. Any party to the proceeding may take a position and offer evidence on environmental aspects of
BUILDING ASSIGNMENT
' This statement lain addition to the state.
3.


ment prepared at the construction permit stage.
ASSOCIATED PIPING
SYSTEMS
4.


'10
INSTRUMENTATION AND
CPR Part 0 Implements the Freedom of Information Act, section 668 of title 6 of the United States Code.
CONTROLS
5.


I
ELECTRICAL SERVICE
I
6.
86


Appendix 1. Appendix D of 10 CFR Part 50 (Continued)
SPARE PARTS
the proposed licensing Action in accordance with the provisions of Subpart 0 of 10 CFR
SUB TOTAL
'tart
7.
2.


it. In a proceeding for the Issuance of It construction permit for a production or uti- lt?.ttoti facility described in paragraph 1, and itn a proceeding for the Issuance of all operating license in which a hearing is held and maatters covered by this appendix are it Issue, the Atomic Safety and Licensing Board will (a)
CONTINGENCY
determine whether the re- quirements of section 102(2)
8.
IC) and (D)
of the National Environmental Policy Act and this appendix have been complied with in the proceeding. (ti decide any matters InI
controversy among the parties, (c)
deter- inile. in uncontested proceedings. whether the NEPA review conducted by the Comnis- sinna regulatory staff hx., been adequate, and (d)
independentiy consider the final balance ntnung conflicting flactors contailned In the record of the proceeding for the permit or license with a view to determining the ap- propriate action to be taken.


The Atomic 9afety and Licensing Board.
TOTAL DIRECT COSTS
DIRECT COST (1975 $ 1000)/REACTOR
LABOR
EQUIPMENT/MATERIALS
BASIS FOR
TOTAL
COST ESTIMATE
G-2


on the brais of its eunelsusions on the above nmttcrs. shall determine whether the permit or license should be granted, denied, or ap- propriately conditioned to protect environ- mental valutes. The Atomic Safety and Li- c-risng Board's initial decision will Include findinl;s And conclusions which may aifirm or modify the contents of the detailed state- nlent described in paragraph 8. To the ex- tent that findings and conclusions diffevrent from those li the dectalled statement are reached, the detailed statement shall be deemed modiliied to that extent and, as modi- fied. transmitted to the Council on Environ- ment,.I Quality and nmade available to the pthllc pursuant to paragraph 0. 1V the Com- mtsslon or the Atomic Safety and Licensing Appeal Board. In a decision on review of the initial decision, reaches conclusions different from the Atomic Safety and Licentsing Board with respect to environmnental aspects. the detailed statement shall be deemed modified to that e.tent and, as modified, transmitted to the Council oil Eivironmeistat Quality and made available to tile public pursuant tU parnu:ratph 9.
TABLE G.2 ANNUAL OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE COST ESTIMATE SHEET
FOR RADWASTE TREATMENT SYSTEM
FOR LIGHT-WATER-COOLED NUCLEAR REACTORS
Description of Augment COST (1975 $ 1000)/REACTOR
ITEM
1.


12, The Atomic Safety and Licensing Board, during tile course of the hearing on An application fo*r a license to operate a pro- ductoien or utiliatlion facility deserbthed in psratzraph
OPERATING LABOR,  
1, niny authorize, pursuant to I 50.57(c). the loeding of nuclear futel in the reactor core and limited operation within the scope of
SUPERVISORY AND
1 50 57 (c i.
OVERHEAD
2.


tpon compliance with tile procedures described therein.
MAINTENANCE MATERIAL
AND LABOR
3.


Where any party to the proceeding opposes;
CONSUMABLES, CHEMICALS,
nueh attithirtzaitotn ott the bi6si.s of msatters covered by thls appendix, the provisions of parngraph It shall apply In regard to the Atmlc Safety and Licensin*
AND SUPPLIES
Btlad'A deter- nl tat.lonl of sulcl satters. Any 7lcetn.e so Is.itild will be without prejudice to nsobe- qtlent licensini: action which may be taken by tile Cmlmlssion with regard to the en- vironmental asvpecta of the facility, and any l leetse i:svud will he cnnld lltned to tIiat c:tct.
4.


1M. The Comrnislont will incorporate In all CO ls:trocilon Iperntolts anid operating licenses for production and utiiliutlous faclities de- scribed in paragraph I. A condition, In addi- tlon to Any conditions Imposed pursuant to paragraph I1. to the effect that tile licensee shall observe such standards and require- rnentn for the protection of the environment nut are validly imposed pursuant to authority e.stahllshed under Federal and State law antd as are determined by the Commli-son to ie applicable to Uie facility that is subject to the lientlsling action Involved. This con- ditios will not apply to radiological effects since radiological effects are dealt with in other provislons of the'construction permit and operating license.
UTILITIES AND SERVICES
Waste Disposal Water Steam Electricity Building Services Other
5.


14. The Coinirlssion hasm deteriuined Utat the fUllowing activities subject t~l tsaterils Itcensing may Also signifieantly affect the quality of the environment: W (a)
TOTAL OPERATING AND
Licentses for poss*ssioln and use of special nuclear ma- terial for processItlg and fuel fabrication.
MAINTENANCE ANNUAL
COST
LABOR
OTHER
TOTAL
BASIS FOR
COST ESTIMATE
G-3


scrap recovery rand conversion of uranium hexaflucrlde; ibi licenses for possession and Use of source material for trntiilun milling and productiotl of uranium hexalluoride: and (ci ilcensest authorlzing commercial radio.
APPENDIX H
EXAMPLES OF FIGURES SHOWING
RADIATION EXPOSURE PATHWAYS
Figure H-1. Generalized Exposure Pathways-for Man H-1
77-;_&#xfd;


Active waste di.posal by laJnd burial. Appli- canhts for such l1cesnses tiall aubmlit two hlun- dred 1200) copies of an Environmenttal Re- por". which disctusses the environmenial con- siderations described in paragraphs I-4. Ex- cept As tile context may otherwise require.
LIQUID E
Sediments VelJ
mme rs ion Ingestion Figure H-2. Generalized Exposure Pathways for Organisms Other Than Man H-2


procedures aind nieasures sinmilar to those described Il Seotions A. Bi. D. and E of this appendix will tie followed in proceedings for the Issuance of such licenrtc. The procedures and me1alures to be followed with respect tO
APPENDIX I
mIaterials licenses will, of course, reflect tile fact that. utnlke the Ilicen.ing of productluli and utllLxUtlon facilIUes,.  
PROPOSED ANNEX TO APPENDIX D, 10 CFR PART 50
the lic*i.sing of materials does not require separatw autlhorl- Zritlons for conrstructLion and operation. Ordi- narily, therefore, there will be only unr Ap- plicant,'s Elvirorntental Report requiredi and only ane detailed statement prepared ii con- nection wlt~h an application for a materlials licensee. If a proposed subsequent licensiug action Involves environmental constderaUons which differ significantly from t.hose dig- cussed In the Envirotinental Report filed and the detailed statement prevlously prepared in connection with the original licensing action, a supplementary detailed statement will be prepared. In a proceeding for the Is- anuanice of a materials license within the pur- view of this paragraph where tile require- mcitz of paragraphs 1-9 have not as yet been met. the activIty for which the license Is sought may be authorized with appropriate limitUtIons. upon a showing that the conduct of the activity. so limited, will not have a significant, adverse impact on the quality of the environment. In addition, the Commis- SMon recogntiizes thalt there may be other cir- cuto:ta~cc, where, conistent with appropri- ate reTgard for environmental values, the con- duct of such acliviltes nsay be warranted dur- Ing the period of the ongoing NEPA environ- men'al revvew. Accordingly. the activity for which the license Is sought may be autlbor- Ied with appropriate limitations after con.
DISCUSSION OF ACCIDENTS IN APPLICANTS' ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTS: ASSUMPTIONS
The complete text of the proposed Annex to Appendix D, 10 CFR Part 50, follows. It
%us originally published in the Federal Register December 1, 1971 (36 FR 22851).
This Annex requires certain assumptions to be made in discussion of accidents in Environmental Reports submitted pursuant to Appendix D by applicants' for construction permits or operating licenses for nuclear power reactors.2 In the consideration of the environmental risks associated with the postulated accidents, the probabil ities of their occurrence and their consequences must both be taken into account. Since it is not practicable to consider all possible accidents, the spectrum of acci dents, ranging in severity from trivial to very serious, is divided into classes.


sideratoin and balanctnt:
Each class can be characterized by an occurrence rate and a set of consequences.
of the factors decritbed below: Protidrd, howCrcr., That stch activity may not be authorized for a period In excess of four (4) months except upon specific prior approval of the Com- nilsslon. Such approval will be extended only for cs,0,wc cauise shown.


FAC'TOR.S
Standardized examples of classes of accidents to be considered by applicants in preparing the section of Environmental Reports dealing with accidents are set out in tabular form below. The spectrum of accidents, from the most trivial to the most severe, is divided into nine classes, some of which have subclasses. The acci dents stated in each of the eight classes in tabular form below are representative of the types of accidents that must be analyzed by the applicant in Environmental Reports; however, other accident assumptions may be more suitable for individual cases. Where assumptions are not specified, or where those specified are deemed unsuitable, assumptions as realistic as the state of knowledge permits shall be used, taking into account the specific design and operational characteristics of the plant under consideration.
(a)
".hetiher It Is likely that tile act.ivlty conducled during the provpectuve revlew period will gIve rice to a signfilcant, adverse Impact on the environment: the nature and extent of such impact. if any. and whether redr.ss of ally such Adverse enuvirnnmentAl Impnet cats reaionlably he efitected should modification or termination of the license re- stilt from the ongoltW NEPA environtsenttal review.


lb)i Whether the Actlvlty conducted dur- Ing the prospective review perio] would fore.
For each class, except Classes 1 and 9, the environ mental consequences shall be evaluated as indicated.


cicve subsequent Adoption of altertlahvtes In the conduct of the acUvity of the type Utat could result from the ongoing NEPA environ- menial review.
IAlthough this Annex refers to applicants' Environmental Reports, the current assumptions and other provisions thereof are applicable, except as the content may otherwise reqWre, to AEC draft and final Detailed Statements.


(c) The effect of delay In the conduct of the activity upon the public Interest, Of
2 Prelminary guidance as to the content of applicants' Environ mental Rbports was provided in the Draft AEC Guide to the Preparation of Environmental Reports for Nuclear Power Plants dated February 19, 1971, a document made available to the public as well as to the applicant. Guidance concerning the discussion of accidents in environmental reports was provided to applicants in a September 1, 1971, document entitled
1* Additional activities subject to materials licensing may be determined to signilfcantly elect the quality of the environment and thus be suhject to the provisions of this para- graph.
"Scope of Applicants! Environmental Reports with Respect to Transportation, Transmission Lines, and Accidents," also made available to the public.


primary importanve under this criterion are the needs to be served by the conduct of the actirlty;
Those classes of accidents, other than Classes 1 and 9, found to have significant adverse environmental effects shall be evaluated as to probability, or frequency of occurrence to permit estimates to be made of environ mental risk or cost arising from accidents of the given class.
the availability of alternative sources. If any. to meet those needs on a timely basts: and delay cc-.;ta tO the licensee and to consumerm.


Aliv license so Wmsed will be without preJ-
Class I events need not be considered because of their trivial consequences.
tldice to) sii.usequent licensing action which Inay be iNken by Use Comlmisslion with re- anird to the euvir*ninental aspects of the activity. amnd any livense tamed will be cotl- dtitined to Ihat efcu-i.


B3. Procedures for rct'(ew of Cthlfaln It- ocnise fo cowrtrut or operale productwon or utilizaifon facities and certain lice**e* for rcnrcc matcrtial. speclo2 nuclear material and byproduct material issued in the period Jartuary 1, 1970-Septfcmb"
Class 8 events are those considered in safety analysis reports and AEC staff safety evaluations. They are used, together with highly conservative assumptions, as the design-basis events to establish the performance require ments of engineered safety features. The highly conser vative assumptions and calculations used in AEC safety evaluations are not suitable for environmental risk evaluation, because their use would result in a substan tial overestimate of the environmental risk. For this reason, Class 8 events shall be evaluated realistically.
9. 1971.


I. All holders of (a) construe- linn permt4i or operatine licenses for pro- duetlon or utltl?'ttlon facilities of the type described In sectlion A.1, (ib) licenses for ptn- Aesslon aind use of Ypvclal nuclear material for process*lng and fuel fabrication, scrap relcovery slid conversion of uranilumn hexat- fluoride. {c)
Consequences predicted in this way will be far less severe than those given for the same events in safety analysis reports where more conservative evaluations are used.
ilcenseA for pnssesston and iss*
of source mnateritl for uraniurm milling and production of uranium hexafluorlde. And Id)
licetset"n authorizituur cotmiercial radioactive waste disposal by land burial. Issued durint the period Januarv I,
197I--
Spti...wu;vt V1. 1971.,
shall submit.


ast soon aspossiible. but tin later than (d!xtv
The occurrences in Class 9 involve sequences of postulated successive failures more severe than those postulated for establishing the design basis for protective systems and engineered safety features. Their conse quences could be severe. However, the probability of their occurrence is so small that their environmental risk is extremely low. Defense in depth (multiple physical barriers), quality assurance for design, manufacture, and operation, continued surveillance and testing, and con servative design are all applied to provide and maintain the required high degree of assurance that potential accidents in this class are, and will remain, sufficiently remote in probability that the environmental risk is extremely low. For these reasons, it is not necessary to discuss such events in applicants'
(60) days aitet September 9. 1971.
Environmental Reports.


or such later date Ms may bo approved by the Cbmmls.sion upon good cauise shown. the appropriate number of copies of an Environmental Report as specified in sec- tiot A I-5.
Furthermore, it is not necessary to take into account those Class 8 accidents for which the applicant can demonstrate that the probability has been reduced and thereby the calculated risk to the environment made equivalent to that which might be hypothesized for a Class 9 event.


If an Environmenttal Report had been nsth- milted prior to the issuance of the permit or ltcenae. a supplement to that report. coer- Ing the matters described in sectlon A
Applicant may substitute other accident class break downs and alternative values of radioactive material
1 5 to the extent not prevtounly covered. may be silbnsltted In lieu of a new Envirotmentai Report.
1-1


2. After receipt of Any Environmental Re- port or ally x-upplement to An Environtmental Report submitted pursuant to paragraph I
releases and analytical assumptions, if such substitution is justified in the Environmental Report.
of this section, the procedures ret out nit section A 6-9 will be. followed, except that comnments will he reqetertd. and must ba received, within thirty (30i days from Federal agv*tcles. State And local officlals and Inter- ested persons on Enironmetal Reports asid draft detnaled statements. If no comments are submitted within thirty (301 days by such agencles, offlclalan. or persons, it will be presumed that slich agencies, officials or per- sons have no comnments to make. The detailed statement (or supplemental detailed 1tate- neitit, As appropriate) ir,,pnred by the Direr- tur of Ilegillation or his desIgntee pursuant to section A 8 mill. on thc basis of tile analyses and evalluations deieriried therein. Incluscie it conclusion by the Director of Regulation or his deslenee an to whether, after weighitn the envlronmental. ecotntMic. techniclc nad other benefit. alinaint environimental costs and coosisderiliR nvailstle alternatives, the action called for is contituation, ruodificr- tion or terminatiotn of the pernilt or llcnise or Its appropriate condltintiltg to protect environmental vatlnes.


3. The Dtreotor of Rcg,,iation will, In the ease of a oonstruction permit foe a nuclear power or test reaotor or a fuel ropceing plant, publish Itn the F-zmrAL
ACCIDENT ASSUMPTIONS
REOIL*rt a
TABLE OF CONTENTS
notice of hearing, In accordaflee with I 2.103 of this rtapter, on NEPA onvironztientid tIsues as defined itn sstion A.11. which hemr- bIg notloo may be iscluded ns the nottce re- quired by paragraph 2. With respect to anly other permit or licerme for a facility of a type descrtbed In section A.l. the Director of riaulatioon wUl publish a notice in the Fn- rRLt.
Accident
1.0 Trivial incidents.


.11GI1Th5. WuIcn5 nMsy be Ircluded In the notice required by paragriph 2, providing X7
2.0 Small releases outside containment.


Appendix 1. Appendix D of 10 CFR Part 50 (Continued)
3.0 Radwaste system failures.
tMart. within thirty (30) days from the date of publication of the notice, the holder of the permit or license may Mle a roque"t for a hearing Mid any peram stmise Intereut may be alfocted by the proceeding may. in acord- alice With i 2.714 of this chapter, file a petl- tion for leave to intervene and request a elarlig. In uny hearing heold puruiant to tjil paragraph. the provislonsA of sectiont A.10
and 1I will apply. The Comnmission Ce' the presiding Atomic Safety and Llor-slng Boaed.


aS ApwoprtatOe, mWay pruicrIbe the time wltt in which prooeedings, or any portions thereof.
3.1 Equipment leakage or malfunction.


conducted puruant to th;
3.2 Release of waste gas storage tank contents.
parugraph wrlt be conleted.


C. Procedures /or revicw of certain con- sirtctfon per"mits /or production or utilie*-a ion facilities issued prior to January 1. 1970.
3.3 Release of liquid waste storage tank contents.


for which operating licenses or notice of op- portunity for hearing on the operating license Opplicafitns have not been issued. I. Each liolder of a permit to conrtruct a production or utlllTAstion facility of the type described in section A.1 lrnfued prior to January 1. 1970.
4.0 Fission products to primary system (BWR).
4.1 Fuel cladding defects.


for which neither an operating license nor a notice of opportunity for hearing on the op- erating license application had been lssued prior to October 31, 1971. shall wilhmit the appropriate number of copies of an Environs- mental report as specified in sections A.1-4 of this appendix as soon as possible, but no later than sixty (160) days after September 9,
4.2 Off-design transients that induce fuel failures above those expected.
1971. or such later date as may be approved by the Commission upon good cause shown.


It an environmental report had been sub- mitted prior to September 0, 1971, a supple- ment to that report. covering the matters described In sections A.1-4 to the extent not previously covered. may be submitted In lieu of a new environmental report.
5.0 Fission products to primary and secondary systems (PWR).
5.1 Fuel cladding defects and steam generator leaks.


2. Upon reoeipt of an Envirornmental Re- port or supplemental EzvIronmental Report submitted pursuant to paragraph 1. the pro- cedures set out in section A. 0-9 will be followed. except that comments will be re- quested, and must be received, within thirty (30) days from Federal agencies. Slate and local oflict*Ls, and Interested persons on Environmental Reports and draft detailed etatements. If no comments are submitted within thirty (30)
5.2 Off-design transients that induce fuel failure above those expected and steam generator leak.
days by such agencIes, officials or perlsons it will be presumed that such agencies, officials or persons have no oomment to make. The detailed statement (or supplemental detailed statement, as ap- prepriate) prepared by the Director of Reu- lation or his designee pursuant to section A.8 will, on the basis of the analyses and evaluations described therein, include a con- clusion as to whether, after weighing the environmental. economic, technical and other benefits against environmental coaste and considering avrallable alternatives, the action called for is the continuation, modification or termination of the construction permit or its appropriate conditlonng to protect en- vironnental values. Upon preparation of the detailed statement, the Director of Regulas- tion will publish in the FtzaAL
s, Ricsri a
notice, which may be included In the notice required by section A.9. setting forth his, Or hbi deeignee's, conclusion as respects the continuatlon, modification or termination of the construction permit or Its appropriate ondIltioning tc protect " envlornmontal values.


7be Direotor of Regulation will Also p"4 ta in tie PWDMAL EZoasm a notiee, which ussy be included in the notice setting foth his or his deasne'
5.3 Steam generator tube rupture.
cooclsioc as re- specta the *Oonuo.tiot, modtiJbatn or termlnation at the oosrctitm permit or its eipproprIate condiUoning to protect environ- mantal values, providing that wMhin thirty
(30) dlays from the date of Ito publication.


any peewi-un wlhixe Interest may be taffcoted by theo proceeding ma
6.0 Refueling accidents.


====y. In accoraxrne with====
6.1 Fuel bundle drop.
1 2.714 of thWi chapter. file a petit*on fnr leave to intervene and request a hear- bw.


In any hiearing. the provIsions of section A. 10 Ald it will apply to the extent pertinent. Tlc Om.
6.2 Heavy object drop onto fuel in core.


mIsrlon or the pre.,ldlng Atornic SILfly and LIcensIng Boerd, ai appropriate. may pre.
7.0 Spent fuel handling accident.


ccrihe the time within which proceedingq, or any portions thereof, conducted purstiait to this paragraph will be conducted.
7.1 Fuel assembly drop in fuel storage pool.


3. The review of environmental m;Ltters conducted in aoccrdanice with thlr. ,ectilon C
7.2 Heavy object drop onto fuel rack.
will not be duplicated at the operating lihurnse stage, abient view NIgnificant Informattioll relevant to these maU,
O. Proreduires applicabile to pr put i;a he ar.


in.* or pyoceediag., to be rotniecd in the near future. I. In proceedings In which hearinr.:
7.3 Fuel cask drop.
are pending as of September 9, 1971, or Iln which a draft or fial detailed statement of envtronmental considerations prepared by the Director of Regulation or hill dengnee has been circulated prior to said date :1 in the rave of all applicatiol] fur a coniLtruction permit, or its which a notice of opportunity for hearing on tht application has been issued prior to Octotber 31. 1971. In the case of an application for an operating license, the presiding Atomic Safety and Licensing Board will. if the requirements of paragraphs 1-9 of soctIon A have not as yet be-en mot, pro- toed expeditlotus.ly with the w-pects of the application related to the Comml*slon's licensing requirements under the Atomic Energy Act pending the submisalon of en- vironmentWl .Veports and detailed str-tements as specified In section A and compliance with other appltiable requirements of vection A.


A supplement to the environmental report, covering the matters described in sections A.1-4 to the extent not previously covered.
8.0 Accident initiation events considered in design basis evaluation in the safety analysis report.


may be submitted in lieu of a new environ- mental report. Upon receipt of the supple- mental environmental report, the procedures set out in sections A,6-9 will be followed.
8.1 Loss-of-coolant accidents.


except that comments will be requested, and must be received, within thirty (30)  
8.1(a) Break in instrument line from primary system that penetrates the containment.
days from Federal agencies, State and local offi- cIals, and interested persons on .environ- mental reports and draft detailed statk*snta.


It no commenta are submitted within thirty
8.2(a) Rod ejection accident (PWR). 
(30) days by such agencies, officials, or per- sons, It will be presumed that such agencies, offleials, or persons have no comment to make. In any subsequent session of the hear- ing held on the matters covered by thin ap- pendix, the provisions of sections A.l0 and It will apply to the extent pertinent. The Commission or the presiding Atomic Itdoty and Licensing Board, as appropriate, may prescribe the time within which the proceed- ing, or any portion thereof, will be completed.
8.2(b) Rod drop accident (BWR). 
8.3(a) Steamline breaks (PWRs outside contain ment). 
8.3(b) Steamline breaks (BWR). 
ACCIDENT ASSUMPTIONS
ACCIDENT-1.0 TRIVIAL INCIDENTS
These incidents shall be included and evaluated under routine releases in accordance with proposed Appendix
1.1 ACCIDENT-2.0 SMALL RELEASE OUTSIDE CON
TAINMENT
These releases shall include such things as releases through steamline relief valves and small spills and leaks
136 FR II 11,June 8, 1971.


2. In a proceeding for the Issuance of an operating license where the requirements of paragraphs 1-9 of section A have not as yet been met and the matter Is pending before an Atomio Safety and Lcensing Board, the applicant may make. pursuant to I 50.57(c),
of radioactive materials outside containment. These releases shall be included and evaluated under routine releases in accordance with proposed Appendix I.
a motion in writing for the Issuance of a license authorizing the loeading of fuel in the reactor core and limited operation within the scope of I 50.57(c). Upon a showing on the record that the proposed Ilceniang action will not have a significant, adverse impact on the quality of the environment and upon satisfaction of the requirements of I 50.57(c).
the presiding Atomic Safety and Licensing Board may grant the applicant's motion. In addition, the Oommlsslon recognizes that there may be other circumstances where, consistent with appropriate regard for envi- ronmental values, limited operation may be warranted during the period of the ongoing NEPA environmental review. 'Such circum- stances Include testing and verification of plant performance and other limited actIvi.


ties where operation can be Justified without prejudice to the ends of environmental pro- tection. Accordingly, the presiding Atomio
ACCIDENT-3.0 RADWASTE SYSTEM FAILURE
88 Safety and Licensing Board may. upon natIs- faction of the requIrements of I1 .571cl.
3.1 Equipment leakage or malfunction (includes operator error).
(a) Radioactive gases and liquids: 25% of average inventory in the largest storage tank shall be assumed to be released.


grant a motion, pursutant to that ec*il.on.
(b) Meteorology assumptions-x/Q values are to be
1/10 of those given in AEC Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.2 (c) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.


after consideration and balancing oil tile record of the factors deacrlbedl lic;ow: Pr.-
3.2 Release of waste gas storage tank contents (includes failure of release valve and rupture disks).
Hidrd. Itowe'l cr. that operailon beyoud tuent:
(a) 100% of the average tank inventory shall be assumed to be released.
percent (20':,) or full power nu"y niut'be it:.
thorized cxcept upon :ipt-olic Ipr.ur upprrv;a.


ol the C:*ilnntl:alon.
(b) Meteorology assumptions: xIQ values shall be
1/10 of those given in Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.


(al Whether it Iz, Iktly hli;it liiltcd ;-,
(c) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.
eratIon d uringi the ptrr-p'ctive rev:cw
,r
..td will give rise ti it a ;ig*lMc.atit. iaJv,'r:A.- lIit*',t fin the nuv rou, line the o
li itti r, ani e
it,!t
,,f sulch Itnipact, If any: and w.lhether redt!:.
of tny5 Lsuc is dversLe v ovI ninnin stL1 I nln.sL
can ;ea.5onably be effected should nlkpdilht.-
tion t'r termlination of the lIHnm ted lhn:;e rn'siult, fromn the Mlngolng NEPA erievIroniiniii- tl review.


(b)  
3.3 Release of liquid waste storage tank contents (a) Radioactive liquids: 100% of the average storage tank inventory shall be assumed to be spilled on the floor of the building.
Whether limited operation duelrin: the prco-pectlve revIew period would fomcl-o.e sub.bccluent avdop)tIon of alteruiiatt I
ln I -
cility design or operatlinu of the type that could result from the ougolrrn NVI'IA envtroll- mental review.


(c)  
(b) Building structure shall be assumed to remain intact.
'he effect of delay In flcrllty opera- lion ilpioo the public Inter.-.t. O
i plrinLry Im-portance under this eriCeilon are the power neede to be ierved iy the acililty: the availability of altersuttlive iitrce e
t.


a**y.
(c) Meteorology assumptions: x/Q values shall be
1/10 of those given in AEC Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.


to meet thnee needs on a timely
(d) Consequences should be calcilated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.
.tui;
dtri delay costs to the lIcensec and to consuiml'r.i.


If any party, Including the staff.
2Coues of such guide(s) dated November 2, 1970, are available at the Commission's Public Document Room, 1717 H
Street N.W., Washington, D.C., and on request to the Director, Division of Reactor Standards, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Com mission, Washington, D.C. 20555. (These two guides have been revised and reissued as Revision 2, Regulatory Guide 1.3, and Revision 2, Regulatory Guide 1.4, both dated June 1974.


,,poiimi the recluest, the provisions of 5 50.57 (ci will apply with respect to) the re:-,Wtlouth- tfi lhe objections of such party and the makilig of findings required by 1 50.57 c) afnd this puara- graph. 'The Comlnision Air the pre:ilig Atoric S.Tfety and Licensing Board. A.v aplpIo.
Copies of these guides may be obtained by request from the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, D.C. 20555, Attention: Director of Office of Standards Development.)
1-2


prtate, fav-y prescribe the tima within which the procecding, or any portion thereof. will be completed. Any license so is'*sued will le without prejudice to subaequent licerntg action which may be taken by the Connini-q slon with regard to the envirolunmelrltl wspectA of the facility. and any licen-e issued Will be conditioned to that effect.
ACCIDENT-4.0 FISSION PRODUCTS TO PRIMARY
SYSTEM (BWR)
4.1 Fuel cladding defect.


3. This paragraph applies tl proceeding!
Release from these events shall be included and evaluated under routine releases in accordance with proposed Appendix I.
on an application for an operating licentie for which a notice of opportunity for hear- ing was Issued prior to October 31, 1971. and no hearing has been requested. In such pr.-
ceedings an envlronmental report or a supple- ment to the envlIronmental report, covering the matters descrlbed In actlons A.1-4 to the extent not previously covered, shall 1e submitted. Upon receipt of the supplemental environmental report, the procedures aet out in sections A.6-9 will be followed, except that comments will be requested, and 1n0um be received, within thirty (30)
days from Federal agencies, State and local offilelhi. and interested persons on environmental reports and draft detailed statements. If no com- ments are submitted within thirty (30) days by such ageneles.,
efllals, or persons, It will be presumed that such agencies, oifrlliht. or persons have no comment to make.


In additIon Wo the pert'innt pro- vlakuns off pJxignspbs 1-9 of amctton A. the provisiona of eectSWU
4.2 Off-destgn transients that induce fuel failures above those expected (such as flow blockage and flux maldistributions).
Dq will be f101 lowa,.
(a) 0.02% of the core inventory of noble gases and
If In such proceedinf,. the require- menta of paragraphs, 1-9 of &#xfd;ectton A have not as yet been met, the Coinmisslon may issue a license authoriAng tho loafdIng of fuei in the reactor core and limited operation within the Scope of 150.57 (cl, upon a show- Ing that such licensing actlon will not have a Slgnificant. adverse Impact on tile quality of the environment And upon inaking the appropriate findings on the matters specified in
0.02% of the core inventory of halogens shall be assumed to be released into the reactor coolant.
1 50.57(a). In addition, the Commi-sIon recogntres that there may be other circuin- stances where, consistent with approprIate regard for environmental values, limited operation may be warranted during the pe- riod of the ongoing NEPA envlronmental re- A


Appendix 1. Appendix D of 10 CFR Part 50 (Continued)
(b) 1% of the halogens in the reactor coolant shall be assumed to be released into the steamline.
view. Such circurnstances include testing and vertifIcation of plant performance and other limited activities whoere operation can be Justified without prejudice to the ends of environmental protection, Accordingly. thie Commission may Issue a license for limited
,peratlon after consideration and balancing of the factors described in paragraph 2. of this section and upon making the appro- priate findlngs on the matters specified in
1 50.57(a); Provided, however. That opera- tion beyond twenty percent (20%.)
of full power will not be authorized except in emer- gency situations or other situations where the public Interest so requires. Any license so Issued will be without prejudice to sub- sequent licensing action which may be taken by the Commission with regard to the en- vironsmental aspects of the facility, and any license Issued will be conditioned to that effect.


I;. Consfdcratfou of suspension of certain permit.? and licenses pending NEP.4 Enriron- tri'ntal Reinew.
(c) The mechanical vacuum pump shall be assumed to be automatically isolated by a high radiation signal on the steamline.


1. In regard to (a) proceedings sutJect to Section D other than those in which a hear- lug on an operating license appllcwion has commenced, ib) proceedings subject to see- tion C Involving nuclear power reactors and ltsting facllities.u and 4c)
(d) Radioactivity shall be assumed to carry over to the condenser where 10% of the halogens shall be assumed to be available for leakage from the condenser to the environment at 0.5%/day for the course of the accident (24 hours). 
proceedlusjs li which the Commission cetimAtes that con- tructLion under a permit will not be cam-
(e) Meteorology assumptions-x/Q values shall be  
-picLed by January 1. 19*3. the Comnmissio will consider and determine. in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs 3 and 4 of this section E, whether the permit or ii- cerise should be suspended, in whole or in part, pending completion of the NAEPA envi- rotunentail review apeclned In thi g mctlons.
1/10 of those given in AEC Safety Guide No. 3 dated November 2, 1970.


2. In MnakInr tVe d'eunlnntnion catled for in para..raph
(f) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the, frequency the wind blows in each direction.
1. the Cbm-nnuzion will con.


sider ard balatnce tile following factorn:
ACCIDENT-5.0 FISSION PRODUCTS TO PRIMARY
(a)
AND
Whether it ini likely that continued COn-trnctlon or operation during the pru- rnpectlve review period will gtive rise to a eignlflncat adverse hnp-w, on the environ- Inent; the natu,-e and extent of such .m- pact. if any: and whether redruax of any such adverse environn;ental impact can reasonably be eflected should modification. eatpension or termination of the pernUt or ltcetae re- suit from the ongoing NEPA envIronmental review.
SECONDARY
SYSTEMS
(PRESSURIZED WATER REACTORJ
5.1 Fuel cladding defects and steam generator leak Release from these events shall be included and evalu ated under routine releases in accordance with proposed Appendix I.


(b) Whether continued coontructicn or operation during the proapectlse review pe- rnod would foreclose snbsequent adoption of atlterntatives In facility design or operntIon of the type that coud reault from the ongoing XNPA environmental review.
5.2 Off-design transients that induce fuel failure above those expected and steam generator leak (such as flow blockage and flux maldistributions). 
(a) 0.02% of the core inventory of noble gases and
0.02% of the core inventory of halogens shall be assumed to be released into the reactor coolani.


(c)  
(b) Average inventory in the primary system prior to the transient shall be based on operation with 0.5%
The effect of delay In facility con- struction or operation upon the public In- terest. Of prlnary Importance under this criterion are the power needs to be served by the facility: the availability of alterna- tire sources. If any, to meet thoe needs on a timely basis: and delay costs to the li- censee and to consumers.
failed fuel.


3. Each holder of a permit or license sub- ject to paragraph I at this section E shall turnLLsh to the Conlmission. before 40 clays after September 9, 1971 or such later date As may be approved by the Comxnrsslon. upon good cause Shown, & wrItte statement or any reasons, with supporting factual submtsslon.
(c) Secondary system equilibrium radioactivity prior to the transient shall be based on a 20 gal/day steam generator leak and a 10 gpm blowdown rate.


why, with reference to tho criteria In para- graph 2. the permit or license should not be suspended, In whole or It. part. pending com- pletion of the N*A environmental review speclfled in sectionA B, C, or D. Such docu- ments will be publicly available and any Interested person may submIt comments thereon to the Comm'ssion.
(d) All noble gases and 0.1% of the halogens in the steam reaching the condenser shall be assumed to be released by the condenser air ejector.


4. The Commlasson will thereafter deter- mine whether the permit or license shall be suspended pending NEPA envlronmental re- view and will publish that determination In the P=MAt Reclms*. A public announce- ment cf that determination will Also be made.
(e) Meteorology assumptions: x/Q values should be  
1/10 of those given in AEC Safety Guide No. 4.


(a)  
(f) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.
It the Corimmtsion determines that the permit or license shall be suspended, an order to show cause pursuant to 12.202 of this chapter shall be served upon the II-
centme ar~l the provisions of that section tolowediJr (b)
Any person whose Interest may be aftected by the proceeding, other than the ifonse.*
may ifle a request for a hearing within thirty (30)
days after publIcation of the Commlalon's determination on this matter in the l=zDwAL Rttclirxt. Such re- quest shall set forth the matters, with ref- erence to the criteria set out in paragraph
2, alleged to warrant a suspension determl- naUon other than that made by the Com- mission, and shall set forth the factual basi for the requestL I
the Co-mlaeon deter- ailnes that the mattars stated In such re- quest warrant a herlng, a notice of hesa- Ing vill be published In the ftmn
.c)
IThe Comns.a.lon or the prersding Atomic Safety and Licensinf. Bolard. a-1 ap- propriate, may prencribe the time within whielh a proceedin,. or uny portion thereof.


conducted puriuant to this paragraph bliall be completed.
5.3 Steam generator tube rupture.


it In proceedings In which an applicant's enviroillnethtal report, rather than a draft detailed statcmnent, was circulated by the Cotnntll%%lol. that environmental report shall be deemed a draft detailed statement for the purpoies of this paragraph.
(a) 15% of the average inventory of noble gases and halogens in the primary coolant shall be assumed to be released into the secondary coolant.


* ~PUsi reProcesailog plaists; bare been ex- cluded since only one such plant is subject to section C and Its construction is complete,
The average primary coolant activity shall be based on 0.5% failed fuel.
130O GiCP 2202 "Wmong other things. pro- vides for Institution of a prooeeding to mod- ify, suspend, or revoke a iloenat by timsanee of an order to show cause iad provides an opportunity for hearing.


Appendix 1. Appendix D of 10 CFR Part 50 (Continued)
(b) Equilibrium radioactivity prior to rupture shall be based on a 20 gallon per day steam generator leak and a 10 gpm blowdown rate.
FEDERAL REGISTER,
VOL. 36, NO. 175- THURSDAY, SEPIEMBIER 9, 1971 Title I1O-ATOMIC ENERGY
Chapter I-Atomic Energy Commission PART 50-LICENSING OF PRODUC-
TION'AND UTILIZATION FACILITIES
Implementation of National environmental Policy Act of 1969 On July 23. 1971. the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit rendered its decision in Calvert Cliffs&#xfd;
Coordinating Committee. Inc.,
et al. v. United States Atomic Energy Commission, et al. Nos. 24,839 and 24,871, holding that Atomic Energy Commission regulations for the Implementation of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA) in AEC licensing pro- ceedings did not comply in several sped- fled respects with the dictates of that Act, and remanding the proceedings to the Commission for rule making con- sistent with the Court's opinion.


Revised Appendix D set forth below is an interim statement of Commission policy and procedure for the Implemen- tation of NEPA in accordance with the decision of the Court of Appeals.
(c) All noble gases and 0.1% of the halogens in the steam reaching the condenser shall be assumed to be released by the condenser air ejector.


The effect of the revised regulations will be to make the Atomic Energy Com- mission directly responsible for evalu- ating the total environmental Impact, including thermal effects, of ndclear power plants, and for assessing this Im- pact in terms of the available alterna- tives and the need for electrLi power.
(d) Meteorology assumptions: x/Q values shall be  
1/10 of those given in AEC Safety Guide No. 4.


The Commisdon Intends to be respon- sive to the conservation and environ- mental concerns of the public. At the same time the Commission Is also exam- ining steps that can be taken to reconcile a proper regard for the environment with the necessity for meeting the Na- tion's growing requirements for electric power on a timely basis.
(e) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.


The procedures In Appendix 0 ripply to licentsing proceedings for nuclear power reactors: testing facilities: fuel reprocessing plants: and other produc- tion and utillzation facilities whrse conrstruction or operation may be deter- mined by the Commission to have a sic- niflcant Impact on the environment. The procedures also apply to proceedines in- volhing certain specified activitics sub- ject to materials licensing.
ACCIDENT-6.0 REFUELING ACCIDENTS
6.1 Fuel bundle drop.


ReL-sed Appendix D Is divided Into five sections. Section A deals with the basic procedures for implementinm, NEPA. including an identification of the information required of applicants. the circulation of environmental reports and detailed statements for comment, and the role of Atomic Safety and Licensino Boards in the environmental review process.
(a) The gap activity (noble gases and halogens) in one row of fuel pins shall be assumed to be released into the water. (Gap activity is 1% of total activity in a pin.)
(b) One week decay time before the accident occurs shall be assumed.


Section B deals with procedures ap- plicable to the specified facility and ma- terials licenses Issued during the period from January 1. 2970. the date of enact- ment of NEPA, to the effective date of this revision.
(c) Iodine decontamination factor in water shall be
500.


SOction C deals with the procedure;
(d) Charcoal filter efficiency for iodines shall be
applicable to oonstructlon permitL
99%. 
for the specified facilities issued prior to January 1, 1970, for which operating licenses have not been issued.
(e) A realistic fraction of the containment volume shall be assumed to leak to the atmosphere prior to isolating the containment.


Section D deals with the procedures applicable to pending hearings and hear- ings to be conducted in the near future.
1-3


It makes provision for NEPA review and hearing opportunity on NEPA matters following such review and also provides for possible auhorization of fuel loadlin and limited operation of nuclear power reactors, consistent with appropriate re- gard for environmental values, during the period of ongoing NEPA environ- mental review. Operation beyond twenty percent (20%)  
(f) Meteorology assumptions: x/Q values shall be
of full power would ie- quire the specific prior approval of the Commission and would not be authorized except in emergency situations or other situations where the public Interest so requires. (Counterart provisions for certain materials licensing actions are contained in section A.)
1/10 of those given in AEC Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.
Section E sets forth the factors which will be considered by the Commission in determining whether to suspend, pend- ing the required NEPA environmental review, permits or licenses of the speci- fied types issued during the period from January 1, 1970, and the effective date of this revision and construction permits for the specified facilities Issued prior to January 1, 1970, for which operating Uloenses have not been issued.


Sections B, C, and D provide that the Commission or the presiding Atomic Safety and Licensing Board. as appro- priate, may prescribe the times within which the proceedings subject to those sections will be completed. These provi- alons amre In keeping with the Commis- alon's continuing objective of mintlrz- Ing undue delay In the conduct of its licensing proceedings. They would Ilot Impinge upon the basic requiretictnLs for a fair arid orderly hiearing on the NE1'A
(g) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.
issues.


Because the revision of Appendix D
6.2 Heavy object drop onto fuel in core.
which follows is necei*ary to comply with Court of Appeals' decision ill the Calvert Cliffs case. tile Com0UiJ&Mlo lhas found that good cause exists for omitting no- tice of proposed rule inakinh and publiv procedure thereon as tnnecessary and Impracticable and for making the revi- sion effective upon publication in tile FEDERAL REGISTER %kithout the c


====u. stomary====
(a) The gap activity (noble gases and halogens) in one average fuel assembly shall be assumed to be released into the water. (Gap activity shall be 1% of total activity in a pin.)
30-day notice.
(b) 100 hours of decay time before object is dropped shall be assumed.


Accordingly, pursuant to thie N:t.nonwil Environmental Policy Act of 1969, the Atomic Energy Act of 1954. as amended.
(c) Iodine decontamination factor in water shall be
500.


and sections 552 wid 553 of title 5 of the United States Code, the following rc- vision of Appendix D of 10 CIO'R Part 50 is publi!.ned ws a document subject to codification, to be effective upon publi- cation in the FliEPAL RECISTER 09-9-71).
(d) Charcoal filter efficiency for iodines shall be  
The Commision Invites all interestcd per.-ns who dcsire to sulmnit wriLttin comments or suggestions for considera- tion in comnection with the revision to send them to the Secretary of the Corn- mission. U.S. Atomic Enerry Commission.
99%.
(e) A realistic fraction of the containment volume shall be assumed to leak to the atmosphere prior to isolating the containment.


Washington, D.C.
(0 Meteorological assumptions: xJQ values shall be
1/10 of those given in AEC Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.


205.15.
(g) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.


Attention:
ACCIDENT-7.0 SPENT FUEL HANDLING
Chief. Public Proceedings Branch, within
ACCIDENT
60 days after publication of this notice in the FEDERAL REGIsTER. Consideration will be given to such submission with the view to possible further nmendments.
7.1 Fuel assembly drop in fuel storage pool (a) The gap activity (noble gases and halogens) in one row of fuel pins shall be assumed to be released into the water. (Gap activity shall be 1% of total activity in a pin.)
(b) One week decay time before accident occurs shall be assumed.


Copies of comment,, received by the Commission may be examined [at tile Commission's Public Document Room.
(c) Iodine decontamination factor in water shall be  
500.


1717 H Street NWV., Washington. DC.
(d) Charcoal filter efficiency for iodines shall be
99%.
(e) Meteorology assumptions: x/Q values shall be
1/10 of those given in AEC Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.


Appendix D 1.' revi.ed to read as follows;
(f) Consequences shall be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.
I
L
90


Appendix 1. Appendix D of 10 CFR Part 50 (Continued)
7.2 Heavy object drop onto fuel rack.
FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 36, NO. 190-
THURSDAY. SEPTEMBER 30, 1971 Title IO0-ATOMIC ENERGY
Chapter I-Alomic Energy Commission PART 50-LICENSING OF PRODUJC-
TION AND UTILIZATION FACILITIES
Implementation of the Notional Environmental Policy Act of 1969 On September 9, 1971. the Atomic l.tl".:y Colllni..&#xfd;Slon publiished ill tile FlE*iAL RcItSTrE. '36 F.R. 18071, a revi- sion of Ap)penihx D of its regulation in
10 CF'1 Part 50. effective oil publication.


Revi*cd Appendix D as published is an interim stat1tItienlt of Commission policy antd procedure tor the implementation of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 'NEPAI in accordance with the deci.isioi of tile U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit in Calvert Cliffs' Coordinating Committee.
(a) The gap activity (noble gases and halogens) in one average fuel assembly shall be assumed to be released into the water. (Gap activity is 1% of total activity in a pin.)
(b) 30 days decay time before the accident occurs shall be assumed.


Inc., et al. v. United States Atomic lnerry Commision. et al.. Nos. 24.839 and 24,871. The procedures in Appendix L) apply to licensing proceedin':s for nlu- clear power reactors: testing facilities:
(c) Iodine decontamination factor in water shall be
fuel reprocessing plants; and other pro- ductiun and utilization facilities whose constructioln or operation may be deter- inined by tile Commission to have a sig- iifiicant impact on the environment. The procedures also apply to proceedings in- volving certain specified activities subject to materials ihcensing.
500.


Revised Appendix D is divided into five scetions. Section A deals with the basic procedtues for implemenLing NEPA,
(d) Charcoal filter efficiency for iodines shall be
while sections 13, C. and D deal with pro- oedurets applhicable to certain categories of permits or licenses already issued or for which applications are pending. See- tion E defines the categories of proceed- ings in which the Commission will con- sider and determine whether a permit or license already issued should be sus- pended pending completion of tile NEPA
99%.
environmental review and sets out the factors to be considered by the Commis- sion In maniing its determinations.
(e) Meteorology assumptions: x/Q values shall be
1/10 of those given in AEC Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.


The Commniission has adopted Ute lunendinients to revised Appendix D
(f) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.
which follow to correct revised Appendix D and clarify the intent of the Commts- slot, with respect to proceedins subject to sectlons C, D. and E.


Section C. Procedures for revh'w of certai con wtruction pcrinils for produc- tion or utilization facilities issued prior to January 1. 1970. /or which optratingf licenses har'e not been issued, has been amended to cover such Ipermit., is4sued prior to ,)antuary 1, 1970 for facilities for which iieither an. operating license nor a notice of opporltutity (or hearing on the operating license had been issued prior to September 9. 1971 ithe effective date of revised AppendLx W'. The exclu- sloft of holders of construction permitu;
7.3 Fuel cask drop.
subject to section D. which is applicable to proceediugs in which lharings were pending as of September 9. 1971, or in which a draft or final detailed statement of environental conbiderations had been circulated prior to that date. has bcen deleted. This has the effect of mak- ing proceedings such as the Calvert Cliffs proceeding. Dockeu; Nos. 50-317 atud 50-
318. subject to sections C and E, as the Commission originally intended.


In section D.I.. a fooLuote has bvven added to provide that in proceedings in which an applicant's environnlental re- port, rather tiutn a draft detailed state- ment. was circulated by the Commission that environmental report shall be deemed a draft detailed statement for the purposes of that paragraph.
(a) Noble gas gap activity from one fully loaded fuel cask (120-day cooling) shall be assumed to be released.


Section E. which presently applies to proceedings subject to sections B and C.
(Gap activity shall be 1% of total activity in the pins.)
(b) Meteorology assumptions-x/Q values shall be
1/10 of those given in AEC Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.


has been amended to apply to (a)  
(c) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.
pro- ceedin!s subject to section B other than thoaw in whlch a hearing on an operating license application has commenced, tb)
proceedings subject to section C involving nuclear power reactors and testing facil- ities. and ic. proceedings in which the Commission estimates that construction under a permit will not be completed by January 1, 1972. This amendment will exclude one fuel reprocessing plant from consideration of suspension pending completion of NEPA environmental re- view. Since that plant has already been completed. and will be subject to section C procedures before the Issuance of an operating license w,1ll be considered, no useful purpose would be served by sus- pension of the construction permit. The amendment will, on the other hand, sub- ject to consideration of suspension. Wn, addition to cases involving nuclear power reactors and testing facilities for which construction permits were issued prior to January 1. 1970. for which operating li- censes or notice of opportunity for hear- log on the operating license application have not been issued proceedings in which the Commission estimates that construction will not be completed by January 1. 1972, even though a notice of opportunity for hearing on the operating license application or a draft or final de- tailed statement of environmental con- siderations has been issued.


Because these amendments relate solely to correction and clarification, the Commission has found that good cause exists for omitting notice of proposed rule making and public procedure thereon as unnecessary. The Commission has also found that since the amendments correct and clarify previous amendments which have already become effective, good cause exi.sts for inakning the amenlihlents effec- live without the custontart,
ACCIDENT-8.O ACCIDENT INITIATION EVENTS
30-day notice.
CONSIDERED IN DESIGN BASIS
EVALUATION IN THE SAFETY
ANALYSIS REPORT
8.1 Loss-of-coolant accidents Small Pipe Break (6 in. or less)
(a) Source term: the average radioactivity inventory in the primary coolant phall be assumed. (This inventory shall be based on operation with 0.5% failed fuel). 
(b) Filter efficiencies shall be 95% for internal filters and 99% for external filters.


Ac.rodlingly. pursuant to tile National Environmnental Policy Act of 1969, Ill(!
(c) 50% building mixing for boiling water reactors shall be assumed.
Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended.


and sections 552 and 553 of Title 5 of the Ulited States Code. tile following amnend- nuents to Title 10, Chapter 1, Code of Federal Regulitions. Part 50, are pub- lishced I!; a (documeInt subbject to cxdifica- tion to be effletive upon publication in tile FrDiRAI. l11itsrr.n. (9-30-71):
(d) For the effects of Plateout, Sprays, Decontami nation Factor in Pool, and Core Sprays, the following reduction factors shall be assumed:
1. Iln Alipetnlix I1. tile Dhlras3e, "evlcetivc date of this amended Appendix D- ill S'ctiOrnS B and 1) is change:-c to read
1-4
"Slepteuber 9. 1971" wherr it appealrs.


2. Section C.l.
For pressurized water reactors-0.05 with chemical additives in sprays, 0.2 for no chemical additives.


of Appendix D
For boiling water reactors-0.2.
is
"imnended to read as follows:
3. A footnote 11 is:udded tosul ion D.1 of Appendix ) followin,:., tile word "date"
to read a*s follows:
4. Sections E.I. ald E.


===3. of Appendix D===
(e) A realistic building leak rate as a function of time shall be assumed.
are ateueded to read as Iolloa;
91


Appendix 1. Appendix D of 10 CFR Part 50 (Continued)
(0 Meteorology assumptions: x/Q values shall be
FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 36, NO. 21E-
1/10 of those given in AEC Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.
.THUIRSOAY, NOVEMIU 11, 1971 Title IO-ATOMIC ENERGY
Chapter I-Atomic Energy Commission PART 50--LICENSING
OF PRODUC-
TION AND UTILIZATION FACILITIES
Implementation of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 On September 9. 1971, the Atomic En- ergy CommLsslon published in the FSD-
ERAL REGISTER (38 P.R. 18071) a revision of Appendix D of itz regulation in 10 CFR
Part 50. effective on publication. Revised Appendix D as published is an interim statement of Commission policy and pro- cedure for the implemenitation of the National Environmental Policy Act of
1969 (NEPA) In accordance with the de- cision of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit In "Cal- vwrt Cliffs 'Coordinating Committee, Inc.,
et al. v. United States Atomic Energy Commission. et al.," Nos. 24.839 and
24.871. The procedures In Appendix D
apply to licensing proceedings for nu- clear power reactors: testing facilities:
fuel reproceming plants:; and other pro- duction and utilization facilities whose construction or operation may be deter- mined by the Commission to have a sig- nificant impact on the environment. The procedures also apply to proceedings In- volving certain specified activities sub- ject to materials licensing.


The Commission adopted certain minor amendments to revised Appendix D, pub- lshed in the FEDERAL REcIsTEa on Sep- tember 30, 1971.
(g) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.


The Commission- has adopted addi- tional amendnsents to revised Appendix D that clarify the intent of the Commis- Sion with respect to proceedings subject to section D.
Large P*pe Break (a) Source term: The average radioactivity inventory in the primary coolant shall be assumed. (This inventory shall be based on operation with 0.5% failed fuel), plus release into the coolant of:
For pressurized water reactors-2% of the core inventory of halogens and noble gases.


In section 4, Procedures Applicable to Pending Hea-ings or Proceedings to be Noticed in the Near Future, pe.agraph 1 has been amended to make the provi- sions of paragraphs 1 and 2 of that sec- tion applicable to proceedings In which'
For boiling water reactors-0.2% of the core inven tory of halogens and noble gases.
hearings are pending as of September 9,
1971. or in which a draft or final detailed statement of environmental considera- tions prepared by the Director of Regula- tIon or his designee hna been circulated prior to sadd date, in the case of an ap- plication for a construcion permit, or in which a notice of opportunity for hearing on the application has been isbuea prior to October 31, 1971, in the Case of aul application for an operating license. A
conforming amendment has been made to section C.A of Appendix D.


Paragraph 3 of section D of Appendix D has been amended to make clear that.
(b) Filter efficiencies shall be 95% for internal filters and 99% for external filters.


In cases where a notice of opportunity for hearing on an operating license ap- plication was issued prior to October 31.
(c) 50% building mixing for boiling water reactors shall be assumed.


1971, and no hearing has been requosted.
(d) For the effects of Plateout, Containment Sprays, Core Sprays (values based on 0.5% of halogens in organic form), the following reduction factors shall be assumed:
For pressurized water reactors-O.05 with chemical additives in sprays, 0.2 for no chemical additives.


the environmental review procedures set out In section A of Appendix D
For boiling water reactors-0.2.
will, withi respect to such proceedings, be sub- ject to the limitation that comnment,, will be requested. and must be received.


within 30 days from Fedeml agencies.
(e) A realistic building leak rate as a function of time and including design leakage of steamline valves in BWRs shall be assumed.


State and local oficials and Interested persons on environmental reports -and draft detailed statements. This change conforms paragraph 3 of section D to paragraph I of section D In this respect.
(f) Meteorology assumptions: x/Q values shall be
1/10 of those given in AEC Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.


Because these amendments relate solely to correction and clarification, the Commission has found that good cause exists for omitting notice of proposed rule making and public procedure thereon as unnecessary. The Commission has also found that since the amend- ments correct and clarify previous amendments which have already become effective, good cause exists for making the amendments effective without the customary 30 day notice.
(g) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency -the wind blows in each lirection.


Accordingly, pursuant to the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended.
8.1(a) Break in instrument line from primary system that penetrates the containment (lines not provided with isolation capability inside containment).
(a) The primary coolant inventory of noble gases and halogens shall be based on operation with 0.5% failed fuel.


and sections 552 and 553 of title 5 of the tUntted States Code, the following amend- ments to Title )0, Chapter I, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 50, are pub- lished as a document subject to codifica- tion to be effective upon publication in the FEDERAL REGISTER (11-11-71).
(b) Release rate through failed line shall be assumed constant for the four-hour duration of the accident.
in Appendix D. sections C.1, D.1, anud D.3 are amended to read as follows:
(Sec. 102. 83 Stat. 853; secs. 3. 161; 08 Stat.


922. 948. as amended: 42 U.S.C. 2013. 2201)
(c) Charcoal filter efficiency shall be 99%.
Dated at Gennantown, Md.. this 29th day of October 1971.
(d) Reduction factor from combined plateout and building mixing shall be 0.1.


For the Atomic Energy Commisslon.
(e) Meteorology assumptions x/Q values shall be
1/10 of thosegiven in AEC Safety Guide No. 3.


W. B. McCOOL.
(f) Consequences shall be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.


SecretarV of the Commission.
8.2(a) Rod ejection accident (pressurized water reac tor)
(a) 0.2% of the core inventory of noble gases and halogens shall be assumed to be released into the primary coolant plus the average inventory in the primary coolant based on operation with 0.5% failed fuel.


[I(  
(b) Loss-of-wo6lant accident occurs with break size equivalent to diameter of rod housing (see assumptions for Accident 8.1).
Doc.71-104a9 Filed 11-10-71:8:48 aM1 FEDERAt REGISTER. VOL. 36, NI., 742- THURSDAY, DEcEMO13
8.2(b) Rod drop accident (boiling water reactor)
16. 1971 PART 50-LICENSING OF PRODUC-
Radioactive material released (a) 0.025% of the core inventory of noble gas and
TION AND UTILIZATION FACILITIES
0.025% of the core inventory of halogens shall b'e assumed to be released into the coolant.
Implementations of the Notional En- vironmental Policy Act of 1969;
Correction Onl November 11, 1971, F.R, Doe. 71-
16469, amending Appendix D of 10 CFR
Part 50, wias published in the FEDERAL
REGzSTRn at ip{.e 21579. The foUowing correction Is made to tie amendneni.. to
10 CFR Part 50, Appendix D:
In paragraph 3 in the second colunuh on page 21580, the reference to "9 50.57
'a)"
in the 30th line should read
"*50.571c) ."
(See. IGI, 68 Stat. 948; 42 U.S.C. 2201)
Dated at Washington D.C.. tills Dth day of December 1971.


For tile Atomic Energy Commission.
(b) 1% of the halogens in the reactor coolant shall be assumed to be released into the condenser.


W. B. McCOOL.
(c) The mechanical vacuum pump shall be assumed to be automatically isolated by high radiation signal on the steamline.


Sccretary of the Commission.
(d) Radioactivity shall be assumed to carry over to the condenser where 10% of the halogens shall be assumed to be available for leakage from the condenser to the environment at 0.5%/day for the course of the accident (24 hours). 
(e)
Meteorology assumptions: x/Q
values shall be 1/10 of those given in AEC Safety Guide No. 3.


FWR
(f) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.
Doc.71-10402 Flied 12-16-71:8:5i ami I
I
92


Appendix 1. Appendix D of 10 CFR Part 50 (Continued)
I-5
FEDERAL REOISTEI,
VOL 36, 1O. 218--
*THUIRSOAY, NOVEMBR 11, 1971 Title IO-ATOMIC ENERGY
Chapter I-Atomic Energy Commission PART SO--LICENSING OF PRODUC-
TION AND UTILIZATION FACILITIES
Implementation of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 On September 9, 1971. the Atomic En- ergy Commission published in the PFD-
ERAL REOxsTrR (36 P.R. 18071) a revision of Appendix D of it- regulation in 10 CPR
Part 50, effective on publication. Revised Appendix D as published is an interim statement of Commission policy and pro- cedure for the implementbi.tion of the National Environmental Policy Act of
1969 (NEPA) in accordance with the de- cision of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit in "Cal- vert Cliffs' Coordinating Committee, Inc.,
et el. v. United States Atomic Energy Commission. et al.." Nos. 24,839 and
24.871. The procedu'es in Appendix D
apply to licensing proceedings for nu- clear power reactors: testing facilities:
fuel reprocessing plants; and other pro.


duction and utilization facilities whose construction or operation may be deter- mined by the Commission to have a sig- niflcant impect on the environment. The procedures also apply to proceedings in- volving certain specified vxtivitles sub- ject to materials licensing.
8.3(a) Steamline breaks (pressurized water reactors outside containment) Break size equal to area of safety valve throat.


The Commission adopted certain minor amendments to revised Appendix D, pub- liahed in the FEDERAL RzoxSTZR
Small break (a) Primary coolant activity shall be based on opera tion with 0.5% failed fuel. The primary system contribu tion diring the course of the accident shall be based on a
on Sep- tember 30. 1971.
20 gal/day tube leak.


The Commisalor- has adopted addl- tional amendments to revised Appendix D that clarify the intent of the Commis- sion with respect to proceedings subject to section D.
(b) During the course of the accident, a halogen reduction factor of 0.1 shall be applied to the primary coolant source when the steam generator tubes are covered; a factor of 0.5 shall be used when the tubes are uncovered.


In section 4, Procedures Applicable to Pending Hearings or Proceedings to be Noticed in the Near Future. paragraph 1 has been amended to make the provi- sions of paragraphs I and 2 of that sec- tion applicable to Proceedings in whiclh hearingg are pending as of September 9.
(c) Secondary coolant system radioactivity prior to the accident shall be based on:
(a) 20 gallons per day primary-to-secondary leak.


1971, or In which a draft or final detailed statement of environmental conddera- tions prepared by the Director of Regula- tdon or hris designee hms been circulated prior to said date, in the caze of an ap- plication for a comstructIon permit, or In which a notice of opportunity for hearing on the application has been isLuea prior to October 31, 1971, in the case of an application for an operating license. A
(b) Blowdown of 10 gpm.
conforming amendment has been made to section C.- of Appendix D.


Paragraph 3 of section D of Appendix D has been amended to make clear Vhnt.
(d) Volume of one steam generator shall be released to the atmosphere with an iodine partition factor of 10.


in cases where a notice of opportunity for hearing on an operating license ap- plication was issued prior to October 31.
(e) Meteorology assumptions: xJQ values shall be
1/10 of those given in AEC Safety Guide No. 4.


1971. and no hearing has been reqtueted, the environmental review procedures set out In section A of Appendix D. will, with respect to such proceedings, be sub- Ject to the limitation that comments will be requested, and must be received.
(f) Consequences shall be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.


within 30 days from Federal agencies.
Large break (a) Primary coolant activity shall be based on opera tion with 0.5% failed fuel. The primary system contribu tion during the course of the accident shall be based on a
20 gal/day tube leak.


State and local offIcials and interested persons on environmental reports -and draft detailed statements. This change conforms paragraph 3 of section D to paragraph 1 of section D in this respect.
(b) A halogen reduction factor of 0.5 shall be applied to the primary coolant source during the course of the accident.


Because these amendments relate solely to correction and clarification, the Commission has found that good cause exists for omitting notice of proposed rule making and public procedure thereon as unnecessary. The Commission has also found that since the amend- ments correct and clarify previous amendments which have already become effective, good cause exists for making the amendments effective without the customary 30 day notice.
(c) Secondary coolant system radioactivity prior to the accident shall be based on:
(a) 20 gallons per day primary-to-secondary leak.


Accordingly, pursuant to the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended, and sections 552 and 553 of title 5 of the Uited States Code. the following amend- ments to Title 10. Chapter I, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 50, are pub- lished as a document subject to codifica- tion to be effective upon publication in the FEDrRAL REGISTER (11-11-71).
(b) Blowdown to 10 gpm.
In Appendix D, sections C.1, D.1, and D,3 are amended to read as follows:
(Sec. 102, 83 Stat. 853; secs. 3, 161: 6a Stat.


922, 948. as a*mended; 42 U.S.C. 2013. 22011 Dated at Germantown. Md.. this 29t11 day of October 1971.
(d) Volume of one steam generator shall be assumed to be released to the atmosphere with an iodine partition factor of 10.


For the Atomic Energy Commission.
(e) Meteorology assumptions-xIQ values shall be
1/10 of those given in AEC Safety Guide No. 4.


W. B. McCoOL.
(f) Consequences shall be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.


Secretary of the Commissfon.
8.3(b) Steamline breaks (boiling water reactor)
Small pipe break (of 1/4 ft 2 )
(a) Primary coolant activity shall be based on opera tion with 0.5% failed fuel.


IFR Doc.71-18489 Flied 11-10-71:8:48 am)
(b) The main steamline shall be assumed to fail, releasing coolant until 5 seconds after isolation signal is received.
FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 36, Nf.. 242- THURSDAY.


DECEMBER
(c) Halogens in the fluid released to the atmosphere shall be at 1/10 the primary system liquid concentration.
16, 1971 PART 50-LICENSING OF PRODUC-
TION AND UTILIZATION
FACILITIES
Implerr.entations of the National En- vironmental Policy Act of 1969;
Correction On November II, 1W71, FR. Doc. 71-
16469. amending Appendix D of 10 CFR
Part 50, wvs Iublished in the FEDERAL
REISTERa (It pae 21579. The following correction is mnatdle to the amendments to
10 CFR Part 50. Appendix D:
In paragraph 3 in the second colunmi on page 21580. the reference to "&sect; 50.57 ia'"
in the 30th line should read
" 50.57(c)."
(Sec. 161. 68 Stat. 948; 42 U.S.C. 2201)
Dated at Washington DC., this 9th diay of December 1971.


For the Atomic Energy Corrmmission.
(d) Meteorology assumptions-x/Q values shall be
1/10 of those in AEC Safety Guide No. 3.


W. B. McCoot.,
(e) Consequences shall be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.
Sccretary of the Commission.


IFFR Doc.71-18402 Plied 12-15-71:8:51 am)
Large break (a) Primary coolant activity shall be based on opera tion with 0.5% failed fuel.
4
92


Appendix 1. Appendix D of 10 CFR Part 50 (Continued)
(b) Main steamline shall be assumed to fail, releasing that amount of coolant corresponding to a 5 seconds isolation time.
*1E5t RfoaMIm, Vet. I7, No. 13- NUS"YAy, JrMuAX7 2C, 1972 Title 10--ATOMIC ENERGY
Chapter I--Atomic Energy Commission PART 50--UCENSING
OF PRODUC-
TION AND UTILIZATION FACILITIES
Implementation of the National Enwironmentvl Policy Act of 1969 Ol, September 9. 1971, the Atomic nerg.,
Commission published in the FrnBAL. RZoMisrn (36 F.R. 18011) a revi- sion of ippendix D of its regulation in
10 CFR Part 50. effective on publication.


Revised Appendix D as published Is an tatori statement of Commission policy and procedure for the implementation of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA) In aocordance with the decision of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit in
(c) 50% of the halogens in the fluid exiting the break shall be assumed to be released to the atmosphere.
"Calvert Cliffs' Coordinating Committee, Inc., et al. v. United States Atomic Energy Commission. et al.". Nos. 24,839 and 24,871. The procedures in Appendix D apply to licensing proceedings for nuclear power reacors: testing facUlItes:
fuel reprocessing plants; and other pro- ductIon and utilimatlon facilities whose eoostrutUon or operation may be deter- mined by the Commission to have 'a significant Impact on the environment.


The procedures also apply to proceedings Ianvving certain specified activities msbject to materials licemsing.
(d) Meteorology assumptions-x/Q values shall be
1/10 of those in AEC Safety Guide No. 3.


The Commissio adopted certain minor amendments to revised Appendix D, pub- lished in the FEDLRAL REzrsR on Sep- tember 30. 1971. and November 11, 1971.
(e) Consequences shall be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.
 
The Conunisaion has adopted addi- tional amendments to revised Appendix D relating to the procedures for publish- ing notices of hearing or opportunity for hearing with respect to proceedings sub- lec to sections B. C, and D.
 
Those sections deal respectively %1Lu procedures applicable to certain facility and materials licenses Issued during the period from January 1, 1970. the date of enactment of NEPA, to September 0.
 
1971, with the procedures applicable to construction permits for certain facilities issued prior to January 1. 1970. for which operating licenses or notice of oppor- tunity for hearing on operating license applications have not been issued, and with procedures applkcaWe to pending hearings and hearings to be noticed in the near future.
 
Under section B, section C, and section D.3 presently in effect, notices of hearing or opportunity for hearing in the li- censing proceedings subject to those sec- tions could not be published until the final detailed statement or supplemental detailed statement had been prepared by the Commission's Director of Regulation or his designee. The basic procedures for implementing NEPA in section A of Ap- pendix D. on the other band. contain no such restriction. Furthermore, the re- striction is inconsistent with the Com- mission's practice of giving early notice of hearing or opportunity for heriing in facility licensing cases-before com- pletion of the reviews of the application by the AEC staff and the Advisory Com- mittee on Reactor Safeguards. That practice results in extra time between the admission of intervening parties and the beginning of the hearing, thus af- fording a longer period for the prepara- tion of intervenors' cases and avoiding unnecessary delays.
 
Accordingly, the amendments which follow permit, but do not require, the Commission to issue no- tices of hearing or opportunity for hear- ing, an appropriate, for the consideration of NEPA environmental issues in such proceedings, before the final detailed statement has been prepared.
 
Pursuant to the National Environmen- tal Policy Act of 1969. the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended, and sections 552 and 553 of title 5 of the United States Code, the following amendments to Title
10, Chapter 1, Code of Federal Regula- tions, Part 50, are published as a docu- ment subject to codification to be eff ec- tive upon publication In the Flusta.
 
RZITSTER.
 
In Appendix D. the sxLn sentence in section C.2 is deleted, and section B.3. the fifth sentence in section C. and the fifth sentence in section D.3 are amended to read as follows:
93
 
Appendix 1. Appendix D of 10 CFR Part 50 (Continued)
FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 37, NO.
 
94- SATURDAY,
MAY 13, 1972 Title 1 O-ATOMIC ENERGY
Chapter l-Atomic Ene;gy
. Commission PART 50--LICENSING OF PRODUC-
TION AND UTILIZATION FACILITIES
Implementation of National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 On September 9. 1971. the Atomic En- ergy Commission published in the FED-
BRAL REGISTER (36 F.R. 18071) a revision of Appendix D of its regulation In 10 CFR
Part 50, effective on publication. Revised Appendix D as published is an interim statement of Commission policy and pro- cedure for the Implementation of the National Environmental Policy Act of
1969 (NEPA) in light of the decision of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit in Calvert Cliffs'
Coordinating Committee. Inc., et al. v.
 
United States Atomic Energy Commis- sion. et al., Nos. 24.839 and 24.871. The procedures in Appendix D apply to li- ceasing proceedings for nuclear power reactors: testing facilities; fuel reproc- essing plants; and other production and utilization facilities whose construction or operation may be determined by the Commission to have a significant impact on the environment. The procedures alo apply to proceedings involving certain specified activities subject to materials licensing.
 
Paragraph 13 of section A of Appen-
'dix D of Part 50 provides that:
The Commission Will Incorporate in all con- struction permits and operating licenses for production and utilization facilities de- scribed in paragraph 1. a condition. in addi- tion to Say conditions imposed pursunflt to paragraph 11, to the effect that the licensee shell observe such standards and requtre ments for the protection of the environment as are validly imposed pursuant to authority established under Federal and Stat: law and as are determined by the Coaroxission to be applicabie to the facility that is subject to the licensing action involved. This condition will not apply to radiological effects since radiological effects ae dealt with In other provisions of the construction permit and operating license.
 
The central premise of Appendix DV
prior to its revision in light of the earlier referenced Calvert Cliffs' decision, was the concept that the preservation of en- vironmental values could best be ac- complished through the establishment of environmental quality standards and re- quirements by appropriate Federal, State, and regional agencies hi'iAng re- sponsibility for environmental protec- tion. The condition referred to was an aspect of NEPA Implementation by the Commlssion reflecting that concept.
 
Since the decision in the Calvert Cliffs'
case, the Commission, In compliance with the mandate of the Court of Ap- peals, has revised its NEPA regulations to provide for an Independent review of the environmental Impact of the matters covered by such standards and require- ments. Accordingly, the condition no longer serves the purpose intended. Any license conditions resulting from the Commission's independent review will be tailored to the particular facility. The Commission has, therefore, revoked paragraph 13 of section A of Appendix D of Part 50 since it Is no longer neces- sary or appropriate. This amendment does not, of course, relieve holders of AEC licenses of any obligation which they otherwise have in regard to appli- cable standards and requirements Im- posed by other agencies under Federal or State law, Because this amendment relates solely to elimination of an obsolete require- ment, the Commission has found that good cause exists for omitting notice of proposed rule making and public proce- dure thereon as unnecessary and for making the amendment effective with- out the customary 30-day notice, Accordingly, pursuant to the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, the Atomic Energy Act of 1954. as amended, and sections 552 and 553 of title 5 of the United. States Code.
 
the following amendment to TItle 10, Chapter 1, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 50, is pub- lished as a document subject to codifi- cation to be effective upon publication in the FEoRALt. REGsmITR (5-13-72).
In Appendix D, paragraph 13 of sec- tion A is revoked.
 
(Sec. 102. 83 Stat, 853; sees. 3. 161: 68 Stat.
 
922. D48. ns amended; 42 U.S.C. 2013, 2201)
Dated at Oermantown, Md., this 8th day of May 1972.
 
For the Atomic Energy Commission.
 
VW. B. MCCooL,
Secretory of the Commission.
 
[FR Doc.72-7344 Filed 5-12-72;8:51 amI
94
 
Appendix 1. Appendix D of 10 CFR Part 50 (Continued FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 37, NO. 96--
WEDNESDAY, MAY 17, 1972 Title 10-ATOMIC ENERGY
Chapter I--Atomic Energy Commission PART 50-LICENSING OF PRODUC-
TION AND UTILIZATION FACILITIES
Implementation of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 The Atomic Energy Commission has adopted an amendment to Appendix D
of 10 CFR Part 50, an Interim statement of Commission policy and procedure for the implementation of the National En- vironmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA)
in accordance with the decision of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit In Calvert Cliffs' Co- ordinating Committee, Thc., et al v.
 
United States Atomic Energy Commis- sion, et al., Nos; 24,839 end 24.871. The procedures in Appendix D apply to 11- censing proceedings for nuclear reac- tors; testing facilities; fuel reprocessing plants; and other production and utillza- tiop facilities whose construction or op- eration may be determined by the Com- mission to have a significant impact on the environment. The procedures also apply to proceedings involving ceftaln specified activities subject to materials licensing.
 
In Appendix D, the last sentence of paragraph A.9 provides that, to the max- imum extent practicable. the final de- tailed statement required by NEPA will be publicly available at least thirty (30)
days before the commencement of any re- lated evidentiary hearing that may be held. In contrast, the guidelines of the Council on Environmental Quality (CEQ),
in paragraph
10(e)  
of its
"Guidelines on Statements on Proposed Federal Actions Affecting the Environ- ment' published April 23, 1971 (36 FLR.
 
7724). provide that the draft environ- mental statement should be publicly available at least fifteen (15) days prior to the time of any relevant hearing.
 
The sentence In paragraph A.9 of Ap- pendix D has been amended to conform more closely to the applicable CEQ guide- line. This amendment does not, of course, preclude an applicant for a facility con- struction permit or operating license from presenting Its case on environmen- tal matters as well as on radliologIcal health and safety matters prior to the end of the 15-day period. The position of the Commission's regulatory staff will not be presented at any hearing until the final detailed statement is made available.
 
This amendment is another in a series of amendments which the Commission has adopted or iL contemplating in Its ef-'
forts to establish an effective environ- mental protection program in the con- text of a timely declsiornaklng process.
 
Recent examples of such amendments are the amendments to Part 50, effective on March 21. 1972 (37 F.R. 5745). limiting site preparation activities that may be performed prior to Issuance of a con- struction permit, and proposed amend- ments which would restructure the li- censing and hearing process published on May 9. 1972 (37 P.R. 9331), The latter amendments would, among other things, provide for earlier and more meaningful participation by the parties to a licens- ing proceeding.
 
Since the amendment which follows relates to agency procedures, notice of proposed rule making and public pro- cedure thereon are not required.
 
Accordingly, pursuant to the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended.
 
and sections 552 and 553 of title 5 of the United States Code, the following amendment to Title 10, Chapter 1, Code of Pederal Regulations. Part 50, is pub- lished as a document subject to codifica- tion to be effective upon publication in the FEDERAL RECISTER (5-17-72).
The last sentence of paragraph A.9 of Appendix D is amended to read as follows:
APPZM*rm O---vTzrRIM S.rA,
MHENT OF OzNSxmAL
POLeCy AND
PaocunMfSL: IMPLZUE*TrATON
OF THlE NATIONAL ENVRo
&#xa3;NrTAL PoLicy AcT or 1969 (PUfLuc LAW 91-190)
A. BarlL, procedures.
 
9. *
* In addition. the draft detailed statement will be made available to the pub- lic at least fifteen (18)
days prior to the time of any relevant hearing. At any such hearing, the position of the Commisslon's regulatory staff will not be presented untU
the final detailed statement Is made avail.
 
able to the public. The foregoing provisions will not preclude an applicant for a facility construction permit or operating license from presenting Its case on environmental matters as well as on radiological health and safety matters prior to the end of the fifteen day period.
 
(See. 102, 83 Stat. 853: sees. 3. 161: 88 Stat.
 
922, 948, as amended; 42 U.S.C. 2013, 2201)
Dated at Germantown, Md., this 15th day of May 1972.
 
For the Atomic Energy Commission.
 
W. B. McCoOL,
Secretary of the Commission.
 
IFR Doe.72-7t51 Fled 5-15-72;12:40 pmI
95
 
Appendix 1. Appendix D of 10 CFR Part 50 (Continued FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 37, NO. 96- WEDNESDAY, MAY 17, 1972 Title 1 O-ATOMIC ENERGY
Chapter I-Atomic Energy Commission PART 50-LICENSING OF PRODUC-
TION AND UTILIZATION FACILITIES
Implementation of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 The Atomic Energy Commission has adopted an amendment to Appendix D
of 10 CFR Part 50, an Interim statement of Commission policy and procedure for the implementation of the National En- vironmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA)
in accordance with the decision of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit in Calvert Cliffs' Co- ordinating Committee, Mc., et aL v.
 
United States Atomic Energy Commis- sion, et aL. Nos. 24,839 and 24.871. The procedures In Appendix D apply to li- censing proceedings for nuclear reac- tors; testing facilities; fuel reprocessing plants: and other production and utillza- tiop facilities whose construction or op- eration may be determined by the Com- mission to have a significant impact on the environment. The procedures also apply to proceedings involving ceftain specified activities subject to materials licensing.
 
In Appendix D, the last sentence of paragraph A.9 provides that, to the max- imum extent practicable; the final de- tailed statement required by NEPA will be publicly available at least thirty (30)
days before the commencement of any re- lated evidentlary hearing that may be held. In contrast, the guidelines of the Council on Environmental Quality (CEQ).
in paragraph
10(e)
of its
"Guidelines on Statements on Proposed Federal Actions Affecting the Environ- ment" published April 23, 1971 (36 P.R.
 
7724), provide that the draft environ- mental statement should be publicly available at least fifteen (15) days prior to the time of any relevant hearing.
 
The sentence In paragraph A.9 of Ap- pendix D has been amended to conform more closely to the applicable CEQ guide- line. This amendment does not of course, preclude an applicant for a facility con- struction permit or operating license from presenting Its case on environmen- tal matters as well as on radiological health and safety matters prior to the end of the 15-day period. The position of the Commission's regulatory staff will not be presented at any hearing until the final detailed statement is made available.
 
This amendment is another in a series of amendments which the Commission has adopted or Is contemplating in Its ef- forts to establish an effective environ- mental protection program in the con- text of a timely decislonmaking process.
 
Recent examples of such amendments are the amendments to Part 50, effective on March 21. 1972 (3 F.R. 5745), lImJting site preparation activities that may be performed prior to Issuance of a con- struction permit, and proposed amend- ments which would restructure the l- censing and hearing process published on May 9, 1972 (37 F.R. 9331). The latter amendments would, among other things.
 
provide for earlier and more meaningful participation by the parties to a licens- ing proceeding.
 
Since the amendment which follows relates to agency procedures, notice of proposed rule making and public pro- cedure thereon ore not required.
 
Accordingly, pursuant to the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended.
 
and sections 552 and 553 of title 5 of the United States Code. the following amendment to Title 10, Chapter 1, Code of Federal Regulations. Part 50. is pub- lished as a document subject to codiflca- tion to be effective upon publication in the PFSDRAL RzMrSTER (5-17-72).
The last sentence of paragraph A.9 of Appendix D is amended to read as follows:
APPrmrx fl.--lwrEzIM F rrZMENT OFP
O
MAE
L
POLrY AND Psoc=noaK: IMPLZMENTATION
O THUE
NATIONAL ENVIRONMEZTAL POUCT
AcT or 1913 (PuaLic Law 91-190)
A. Basic procedures.
 
9. 1 1 0 In addition, the draft detailed statement will be made available to the pub.
 
lic at least fifteen (15)
days prior to the time of any relevant hearing. At any such hearing, the position of the Commission's regulatory staff will not be presented until the final detailed statement is made avail.
 
able to the public. The foregoing provisions will not preclude an applicant for a facility construction permit or operating license from presenting its case on environmental matters as well as on radiological health'and safety matters prior to the end of the fifteen day period.
 
(See. 102, 83 Stat. 853: sees. 3. 101: 88 Stat.
 
922, 948. as amended; 42 U.8.C. 2013, 2201)
Dated at Germantown, Md., this 15th day of May 1972.
 
For the Atomic Energy Commission.
 
W. B. McCooL,
Secretary of the Commission.
 
IPR Doc.72-.7551 Fied 5-15-42; 12:4 pm]
95
 
F
Annendix 2. Questionnaire for Elicitina Data For Radioactive Source-Term Calculation Pressurized Water Reactors Basic Data for Source Term Calculation I. Reactor power (MWt) at which impact is to be analyzed.
 
2. Weight of U loaded (first loading and equilibrium cycle),
3. isotopic ratio ir fresh fuel (first loading and equilibrium cycle).
4. Expected percentage of leaking fuel.
 
5. Escape rate coefficients used (or reference).
6. Plant capacity factor (%).
7. Number of steam generators.
 
8. Type of steam generators (recirculating, once through).
9. Mass of primary coolant in system total (lb) and mass of primary coolant in reactor (lb).
10. Primary coolant flow rate (lb/hr).
II. Mass of steam and mass of liquid in each generator (Ib).
12. Total active mass of secondary coolant (Ib)
(excluding condensate storage tanks).
13. Steam generator operating conditions (temperaturc OF, pressure psi, flow rate, lb/hr),
14. The number, type and size of condensate demineralizer and total flow rate (lb/hr).
15, What is the containment free volume (ft3 )?
16. Whtat is the expected leak rate of primary coolant to the containment atmosphere (lb/hr)?
17. Is there an internal air cleanup system for iodine in the containment? If so, what volume per unit time is circulated through it? What decontamination factor is expected? How long will the system be operated prior to purging?
18. How often is the containment purged? Is it filtered prior to release? Type of iodine clean up system provided?
What decontamination factor is expected?
19. Give the total expected annual average letdown rate during power operation (lb/hr).
a.
 
What fraction of the letdown is returned to the primary system? How is it treated? What are the expected decontamination factors for removal of principal isotopes?
b.
 
How is the Li and Cs normally controlled?
c.
 
What fraction of this goes to boron control system? How is this treated, demineralization, evaporation, filtration?
d.
 
Is plant design for load follow or base load?
What fraction of the letdown stream is diverted to the radwaste system for boron control. How is this treated (demineralization, evaporation, filtration, etc.) and what fraction will be discharged from the plant?
20. What fraction of the letdown stream is stripped of noble gases & iodines'?
How are these gases collected? What decay do they receive prior to release'? Indicate si ripping fracl in?
21. How are the noble gases and iodines stripped from that portion of the letdown stream which is sent to the boron control system? How are these gases collected? What decay do they receive prior to release?
22. Are the releases from the gaseous waste storage tanks passed through a charcoal absorber? What decontamination factor is expected'
23. How frequently is the system shut down and degassed and by what method? How many volumes of the primary coolant system are degassed in this way each year? What fraction of the gases present are removed? What fraction of other principal nuclides are removed, and by what means? What decay time is provided?
24. Are there any other methods of degassing (i.e.,
through pressurizer, etc.)? If so describe. How is it treated?
25. What is the expected leak rate ofprimary coolant to the secondary system (lb/hr)?
4
*26. What is the expected rate of steam generator blowdown (lb/hr) during power operation with the expected leak rate noted in 25. above? Where are the gases from the blowdown vent discharged? Are there charcoal absorbers and/or condensers on the blowduwn tank vent? If so, what decontamination factor is expected? How will the blowdown liquid be treated?
27. What is the expected leak rate of steam to the turbine building (lb/hr)? What is the ventik.tion air flow through the turbine building "(cfm)? Where is it discharged? Is the air filtered or treated before discharge? If so, provide expected performance.
 
28. What is the flow rate (cfm) of gaseous effluent from the main condenser ejector? What treatment is provided? Where is it released?
29. What is the origin of the steam used in the gland seals (i.e.,
is it primary steam, condensate, or demineralized water from a separate source, etc.)?
How is the effluent steam from the gland seals treated and disposed of?
30. What is the expected leak rate of primary coolant to the auxiliary building (lb/hr)?
What is the ventilation air flow through the auxiliary building (cfm)?? Where is it discharged? Is the air filtered or
96
 
otherwise treated before discharged? If so, provide expected performance.
 
31. Provide average gallons/day and MACi/cc for following categories of liquid effluents.
 
Use currently observed data in the industry where different from the SAR or Environmental Report (indicate which is used).
a.
 
High-level wastes (for example, primary coolant let down, "clean" or low conductivity waste, equipment drains and deaerated wastes):
b. "Dirty"
wastes (for example, floor drain wastes, high-conductivity wastes, aerated wastes, and laboratory wastes);
c.
 
Laundry, decontamination, and wash-down wastes;
d.
 
Steam generator blowdown-give average flow rate and maximum short-term flows and their duration;
e.
 
Drains from turbine building;
f.
 
Frequency of regenerating condensate demineralizers and expected volume of regenerant solutions.
 
For these wastes (a-f) provide:
I. Number and capacity of collector tanks.
 
2.
 
Fraction of water to be recycled and factors controlling decision.
 
3.
 
Treatment steps-include number, capacity, and process decontamination factor for each principal nuclide for each step. If step is optional, state factors controlling decision.
 
4.
 
Decay time from primary loop to discharge.
 
32. Dilution flow rate for liquid effluents, minimum and normal gpm and total gallons per year.
 
33. How is waste concentrate (filter cake, demineralizer resin, evaporator bottoms) handled? Give total volume, weight and curies per day or year.
 
34. Include the expected annual volume of dry waste and curie content of each drum.
 
Boiling water reactors Basic Data for Source Term Calculation I. Reactor power (MWt) and plant capacity factor (%)
at which Impact is to be analyzed.
 
2. Weight of U loaded (first loading and equilibrium cycle).
3. Isotopic ratio in fresh fuel (first loading and equilibrium cycle).
4. Expected offgas rate after 30 minutes delay.
 
5. Escape rate coefficients used (or reference).
6. Primary coolant in system (lb).
a.
 
Mass of primary coolant in reactor; mass water, mass steam (Ib).
b.
 
Mass of primary coolant in recirculating system (Ib).
c.
 
Fraction of primary coolant in main condenser (Ib).
7. Steam conditions at turbine (temp 'F. press. psi.
 
flow lb/hr.)
8. Normal recirculation flow rate (lblhr).
9. Normal clean-up system flow rate (lb/hr). What type of resins are used? What decontamination factors are expected for each principal nuclide? What is the frequency of regeneration and volume of regenerants?
10. Describe and provide the expected performance of the expanded gaseous radwaste treatment system from the main condenser air ejector? Give the expected air in leakage. Is the condenser ejector one
*agc or two stage? Where is it discharged'! How many condenser shells'? (If applicable-Pounds of chafrcol and operating temperature of)
I1. Whvat is the expected leak rate of primary coolant to
..iJ dry well (lb/hr)? How frequently is the dry well puiged? What treatment is given to .his purge and where is it released?
12. Waat is tile expecteC
leak rate of primary coolant (lb/hr)
to the reactor building'? What is the ventilation air flow through the reactor building (cfm)?Where is it discharged? Is the air filtered or otherwise treated before discharge? If so provide expected performance.
 
13. What is the expected leak rate of steam (lb/hr) to the turbine building? What is the ventilation air flow, through the turbine building (cfm)?
Where is it discharged? Is the air filtered or treated before discharge? If so, provide expected performance.
 
14. Describe the treatment of the exhaust stream from the turbine seal glands.
 
a.
 
What is the oiigin of the steam used in tihe gland seals?
(i.e.,
is it primary steam condensate, or demineralized water from a separate source, etc.?)
b.
 
How is the waste stream from the gland seals treated and disposed of ?
c.
 
Indicate how often the mechanical vacuum will be operated and the expected range of activity released.
 
15. Provide average gallons/day and pCi/cc prior to treatment for the following categories of liquid waste. Use currently observed data in the industry where different from the SAR or Environmental Report (indicate which is used).
a.
 
High-purity wastes (for example, "clean" or low conductivity waste and equipment drains).
Give range of activity expected.
 
b.
 
"Dirty"
wastes (for example, floor drain wastes, high-conductivity wastes, and laboratory wastes).
Give range of activity expected.
 
c. Chemical wastes.
 
Give range of activity expected.
 
d.
 
Laundry, decontamination, and wash-down wastes. Give range of activity expected.
 
97
 
For these wastes (a-d), provide:
a.
 
Number and capacity of collector tanks.
 
b.
 
Fraction of water to be recycled or factors controlling decision.
 
c.
 
Treatment steps-include number, capacity, and process D.F. for each princi'.il nuclide for each step. If step is optional, stW.e factors controlling decision.
 
d.
 
Decay time from primary loop to discharge.
 
16. For the condensate demineralizers provide tlie flow rate lb/hr. type of resin used, expected backwash and regeneration frequency, and expected D.F. for each principal nuclide.
 
17. Dilution flow rate for liquid effluents, minimum and normal gpm and total gallons per year.
 
18. How is waste concentrate (filter cake. demineralizer resin, evaporator bottoms) handled? Give total volume or weight and curies per day or year.
 
Include the expected annual volume of dry waste and curie content of each drum.
 
4
4
98
 
Appendix 3. Example of Chart Showing Radiation Exposure Pathways AITMOSPHERIC
AQUMTA
RELEASES,,
RELEASES I
EXTERNAL
MAN*
(From the Final Environmental Statement related to the operation of Oconee Nuclear Station Units I. 2, and 3: Docket Nos. 50-269,
50-270, 50-287; March 1972. See page 120 of the Statement.)
99
 
Appendix 4. Proposed Appendix I of 10 CFR Part 50
FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 36, NO. III-
WEDNESDAY, JUNE 9, 1971 ATOMIC ENERGY COMMISSION
[10 CFR Part 501 LICENSING OF PRODUCTION AND
UTILIZATION FACILMES
Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Reactors The Atomic Energy Commbalon has under consideration amendments to its regulation. 10 CFR Part 50, "Licensing of Production and Ut/iization Facilities,"
which would supplement the regulation with a new Appendix I to that part to provide numerical guides for design ob- jectives and technical specification re- quirements for limiting conditions for operation for light-water -cooled nuclear power reactors to keep radioactivity in effluents as low as practicable.
 
On December 3. 1970, the Atomic Energy Commission published in the FzDERA'.
REGISTER
(35 F.R.
 
18385)
amendinents to 10 CFR Part 50 that specified design and operating require- ments for nuclear power reactors to keep levels of radioactivity in efuents to un- restricted areas zs low as practicable.
 
The amendments provided qualitative guidance, but not numerical criteria, for determining when design objectives and operations meet the requirements for keeping levels uf radioactivity in eflluents as low as pratucable.
 
The Commission noted in the State- ment of Considerations published with the amendments the desirability of de- veloping more definitive guidance in con- nection with the amendments and that it was initiating discussions with the nuclear power industry and other com- petent groups to achieve that goal.
 
The Commission considers that the proposed numerical guides for design objectives and technicea specification requirements for limiting conditions for operation for light-water-cooled nuclear power reactors set out below would meet the criterion "as luw as practicable" for radioactive material In effluentsreleased to Unrestricted areas. The guidance would be specifically applicable only to light-water-cooled nuclear power reac- tors and would not necessarily be appro- priate for other types of nuclear power reactors and other kinds of nuclear facilities.
 
As noted in the Statement of Consid- eraUons accompanying the amendments to Part 50 published in the PAmESAL RZo- ISTER on December 3. 1970, the Com- mission has always subscribed to the general principle t?'Rt. within e(tablished radiation protection guides, .radiatign exposures to the public should be kept as low as practicable. This general prin- ciple has been a central one in the field of radiation protection for many years.
 
Operating licenses include provisions to limit and control radioactive eMuents from the plants. Experience has shown that licenseep have generally kept ex- posures to radiation and releases of radioactivity in effluents to levels well below the limits specified in 1O cpR Part
20. Specifically, experience with licensed light-water-cooled nuclear power reac- tors to date shows that radioactivity in water and air effluents has been kept at low levels-for the mest panrt small per- centages of the Part 20 limits. Resultant exposures to the public living In the immediate vicinity of operating power reactors have been small percentages of Federal radiation protection guides.
 
The Commission also noted that, in general, the release of radioactivity in eflluents from nuclear power reactors now in operation have been within ranges that may be considered "as low as prac- ticable." and that, as a result of advaTices in reactor technology, further redutUon of those releases can be achieved. The amendments to Part 50 published on De- cember 3. 1970, were intended to give appropriate regulatory effect, with re- spect to radioactivity in effluents from nuclear power reactors, to the qualitative guidance of the Federal Radiatiod Coun- cil that radiation doses should be kept
"'s low as practicable". The proposed guides set out below are Intended to pro- vide quantitative guidance to that end for I ght-water-cooled nuclear power reactors.
 
The proposed numerical uwdes are based on present light-water-cooled nu- clear power reactor operating experience and state of technology (including recent improvements). In developing the guides the Commission has taken Into account comments and suggestions by represent- aUves of power reactor suppliers, elec- trical util-tles, architect-engineering firms, environmental and conservation groups and States in which nuclear power reactors are located on the general subject of definitive guidance for nuclear power reactors. Meetings were held by the Cbmmission with these groups in Janu- ary and February 1971. The participants in these meetings were provided an op- portunity, to express their views on the need for more definitive guidance for design objectives for light-water-cooled nuclear power reactors to keep radio- activity in effluents as low as prac- ticable: whether the guidance should be expressed in terms of waste treatment equipment requirements and perform- ance specifications or numerical criteria on quantities and concentrations released to the environment; and to suggest what equipment or numerical criteria would be appropriate at this time.
 
Generally. the participants favored numerical criteria. Views were expressed that the criteria should be derived from potential doses to people or in the form of quantities andbconcentrations of radio- active material emitted to the environ- ment. Some opinions were expressed that present technolog Oincluding recent im- provements) is such that light-water- cooled nuclear power reactors can be designed to keep exposures to the public in the offsite environment within a few percent of exposures from natural back- ground radiation.
 
The participanta also at'aeed the im- portance of oeperang flexibilty to take into account unu l condtions of opera- Lion which may, on a temporary basis.
 
result in exposures higher than the few percent of natural backgrotnd radiation, but well within radiation proteotion guides. Recognition of the need for this operating flexibility Is currently stated in I 50.3fiatb).
The Commnisalon believes that the pro- posed guides for design objectives and limiting conditions for operation for light-water-cooled nuclear power reac- tors set out below provide a reasonable basis at the present time for implement- ing the principle that radioactive mate- rial In effluents released to unrestricted areas should be kept "as low as practi- cable." As noted In the amendments to Part 50 published on December 3, 1970.
 
"The term 'as low as practicable' as used in this part means as low as is practicably achievable taking into account the state of technology, and the economies of im- provements in relr.tlon to benefits to the public health and safety and in relation to the utilization of atomic energy in the public interest." The Commission will continue to evaluate the appropriateness of these guides for light-water-cooled nu- clear power reactors in light of further operating experience.
 
Under the President's Reorganization Plan No. 3 of 1970, the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is responsible for establishing generally applicable en- vironmental radiation standards for the protection of the general environment from radioactive materials. The AEC is responsible for the implementation and enforcement of EPA's generally ap- plicable environmental standards.
 
EPA has under consideration generally applicable environmental standards for these types of power reactors. AEC has consulted EPA in the development of the guides on design objectives and limiting conditions for operation set forth below to control radioactivity in effluent re- leases. If the design objectives sod op- erating limits established herein Chould prove to be incompatible with any gen- erally applicable environmental stand- ard hereafter established by EPA, the AEC will modify these objectives -and limits as necessary.
 
The proposed guides for design obJec- tives and limiting conditions for opera- tion for light-water-wooled nuclear power reactors are consistpnt with the basic radiation protection standards and guides recommended by the Internatiroal Commission on Radiological Protection (ICIRP). the National Cotmcil on Ra- diation Protection and Measurements (NCRP), and the Federal Radiation Council (FRC). (The functions of the FRC were transestsd to' the Environ- mental Protection Agency pursuant to ReorganizaHion Plan Not 3 of 1970.)
These standards form the basis for the f'ommlssion's regulation. 10 CPR Pr rt
20, "Standards for Protection Against RadLaton,". ru this regzad the NCRP
*anno ed an Jpzuuy 26, 1971. the re- esm at NC(P Report Wo. 30, ,%selo Radiation Pioteatko Crktteia'% The IOMP noted Uzat a 10-yiar study by the
"4
100
 
Appendix 4. Proposed Appendix I of 10 CFR Part 50 (Continued)
Council has confirmed the validity of most of the basic radiation protection criteria presently used by governmental agencies to regulate the exposure of the population and of radiation workers. The dose limits for Individual members of the public remain at 0.5 rem per year and the yearly dose limit of 0.17 rem per person averaged over the population is unchanged. The.e limits are compatible with the limits and guides recommended by the ICRP and the, FT0 and apply to exposures from all sources other than medical procedures and natural background.
 
The NCRP-1CRP-FRC recommended limits and guides give appropriate con- sideration to the overall reqilirements of health protection and the Iriieficial use of radiation and atomic energy. Any biological effects that may occur at the low levels of the limits and gijdes occur so infrequently that they cannot be de- tected with existing techniques. The standards setting groups have added to the numerical guidance the general admonition that all radiation exposure should be held to lowest practicable level.
 
This admonition takes into account that generally applicable standnrds or rules establL'dted to cover many situations must necessarily be set at a higher level than may be justifled in any given indi- vidual situcation.
 
The acceptability of a given level of exposure for a particular activity can be determined only by giving due regard to the reasons for pet %itting the ex- posure. This means that, within the basic standards of FRC. NCRP, and ICRP, dif- ferent limitations on exposure levels are appropriato for various types of activities depending upon the circumstances. A
level that is practicable for one type of activity may not be practicable for a dif- ferent type of activity.
 
The proposed guides for design objec- tives and limitations on operations set forthebelow %puld be specifically appli- cable to light-water-cooled nuclear power reactors.
 
Light-water-cooled nuclear power reactors are the only type of power reactors that are being installed in rela- tively large numbers and on which there is substantial operating experience In the United States, The guides would not necessarily be appropriate for control- ing levels of radioactivity in effluents from other. types of nuclear power reactors.
 
On the basis of present information on the technology of these other types of reactors, it is expected that releases of radioactivity in effluents can generally be kept within the proposed guides for light-water-cooled nuclear power reac- tors. The Commission plans to develop numerical guides on levels of radioac- tivity in efluents that may be considered as low as practicable for other types of nuclear power reactors such as gas cooled and fast breeder reactors as adequate de- sign and operating experience is ac- quired. In the meantime, design objec- tives and technical specifications for lim- iting conditions for operation to carry out the purposes of 'keeping levels of radioactivity in effluents to unrestricted areas as low as practicable will be speci- fied for otiher types of nuclear power reactors on a case-by-case basis.
 
Neither would the guides necessarily be appropriate for controlling levels of radioactivity in effluents from other kinds of nuclear facilities such as fuel reproc- essing plants, fuel fabrication plants, or radioisotope processing plants where the design -haracteristics of the plant and nature of operations Involve different considerations. The Commission is giving further consideration to appropriate amendments to its regulations to specify design objectives and limiting conditions for operation to minimize levels of radio- activlty released in the operation of other types of licensed facilities such as reactor fuel reprocessing plants.
 
E.xpected consequences of guides for design objectives. The proposed guides for design objectives for light-water- cooled nuclear power reartors have been selected primarily on thu basis that ex- isting technclngy makes it feasible to design and operate light-water-cooled nuclear power reactors within the guides.
 
The design objectives are expressed in terms of guides for limiting the number of quantiaes and for limiting concentra- tions of radioactive materials in effluents, It is expected that conformance with the guides on design objectives would achieve the following results:
1. Provide reasonable assurance that annual exposures to individuals living near the boundary of a site where one or more light-water-cooled nuclear power reactors are located, from radioactivity released in either liquid or gaseous efflu- ents from all such reactors, will gen- erally be less than about 5 percent of average exposures from natural back- ground radiation.1 This level of exposure is about I percent of Federal radiation protection guides for individual members of the public.
 
2. Provide reasonable assurance that annual exposures to sizeable population groups from radioactivity released in either liquid or gaseous effluents from all light-water-cooled nuclear power reac- tors on all sites in the United States for the foreseeable future will generally be less than about I percent of exposures from natural background radiation. This level of exposure is also less than I per- cent of Federal radiation protection guides for the average population dose.
 
These levels of exposure would be in- distinguishable from exposures due to variation In natural background radia- tion, would not be measurable with exist- ing techniques. and would be estimated from effluent data from nuclear power plants by calculational techniques. These levels of exposure are obviously very low in comparison with the much higher ex- posures incurred by the public from niatural background due to cosmic radia- tion, natural radioactivity in the body and In all materials with which people Average exposures due to natural back- ground radiation In the United States are In the range of I00-125 tillilrems per year.
 
come into contact, air travel, and from many activities commonly engaged in by the public.
 
Specific provLsons of guides for design objeciers. The proposed guides for radi- oactive materials in liquid effluents would specify limitations on annual total quantities of radioactive material, except tritium. "nd annual average con- centrations of radioactive material Il effluent. prior to dilution In a natural body of water, released by each light- water-cooled nuclear )ower reactor at a site. The release of the concentrations and total quantity of radioactive mate- rial from a site at these levels is not likely to result in exposures to the whole body
3r any organ of an Individual in the off- site environment in excess of 5 millirenis.
 
In deriving the guides on design objec- tive quantities and concentrations, con- servative assumptions have been made on dilution factors, physical, and biologi- cal concentration factors in the food chain, dietary intakes and other per- tinent factors to relate quantities re- leased to exposures offsitc.
 
The proposed guides foi design objec- tives for radioactive materials in gas- eous effluents would limit the total quan- tity of radioactive material relefsed front a site to the offslte environment so that annual average exposure rates due to noble gases at any location on the bound- r.ry of the site or in the offsite environ- ment would not be likely to exceed 10
millirems. Annual average concentra- tions at any location on the boundary of a site or in the offsite environment from radioactive lodines or radioactive mate- rial in paxticulate form would be limited to specified values.
 
The proposed guides for design objec- tive concentrations specified for radio- active iodines or radioactive material In particulate form would include a reduc- tion factor of 100,000 for Part 20 con- centration values In air that would allow for possible exposures from certain radi- oactive materials that may be concen- trated in the food chain. Resultant exposures to individuals offsite would not be expected to exceed 5 millirems per year. The reduction factor would include a 1.000 factor by which the maximum permissible concentration of radioactive iodine in air should be reduced to allow for the milk exposure pathway. "'ltls factor of 1,000 has been derived for radio- active iodine, taking into account the milk pathway. However, it has been ar- bitrarily applied to radionuclides of iodinn and to all radionuclides in partic- ulate form with a half-life greater than
8 days. The factor is not appropriate for iodine where milk is not a pathway of exposure or for other radionuclides un- der any actual conditions of exposure.
 
The factor is highly conservative for radionuclides other than iodine and is applied only because it appears feasible to meet these very low levels. The speci- fied annual average exposure rates of 10
millirems from noble gases and specified concentrations of radiolodines and par- ticulates at any location on the boundary
101
 
Appendix 4. Proposed Appendix I of 10 CFR Part 50 (Continued)
of the site or in the offsite environment provide reasonable awurance that actual annual exposures to the whole body or any organ of an lndividyal member of the public will not exceed 5 milllrem..
The proposed guides for design oblec- tives would provide that an applicant for a permit to construct a light-water- cooled nuclear power.reactor at a par- ticular site could propose design obJec- tive quantities and concentrations. in effluents higher than Uiose specified in the guides. The Commission would ap- prove the design objectives If the appli- cant provided reasonable assurance that, taking Into account the environmental characteristics of the site, the concentra- tions and total quantity of radioactive material released by all light-water- cooled nuclear power reactors at the site in either liquid or gaseous efluents would not result in actual exposures to the whole body or any organ of an Individual In the offalte environment in excess of 5 millireins per year.
 
The proposed guides for design objec- tives. (expressed as quantities and con- centrations in emuents) for light-water- cooled. nuclear power reactors are sufficiently conservative to provide rea- sonable assurance that, for most locations having environmental char- acteristics likely to be considered ac- ceptable by the Commission for a nuclear power rc -.ctor site. Increases in radiation exposures to individual members of the public living- at the site boundary, due to radioactive material In either liquid or gaseous effluents from operation of lighxt- water-cooled nuclear power reactors at the site, will generally be less than 5 millirems per year and average exposures to sizeable population groups will gen- erally be less than I millirem per year.
 
Nevertheless, the guides provide that the Commission may specify, as design ob- Jectives, quantities and concentrations of radioactive material above backgrotmd In either liquid or gaseous effluents to be released to uwzestricted areas that are lower than the specified quantities and concentrations if it appears that for a particular site the specified quantities and concentrations are likely to result in annual exposures to an individual that would exceed 5 mlli ems.
 
Conformance with the proposed guides for design objective quantities and conr- centrations in effluents would provide reasonable assurance that the resultant whole body dose to the total populafon exposed would be les than about 400
man-rein ' per Year per 1,000 megawatts electrical installed nuclear generating capacity at a site from radioactive mate- rial in liquid and gaseous effluents. Av- I A useful measure of the total exposure of a large number of persons Is the man-rem.
 
The exposure of any group of persons mens- ured in man-re-ms is the product ot the num.
 
ber of persons In the group tim the avr age exposure In reme of the mamber of the StoIp, Thus, it seeh
.mai- at a popul.-
tsiON of It M
milluon peopl were exposed to 0.001 rem, (i millirem), the total rma.rem exposure would be 1,000 man-rem.
 
erage exposures to large population groups would be less than 1 nllUrem per year.
 
Guides on technical specification. lim- iting conditions for operation. The pro- posed guidance would include provisions for developing technical specifications with respect to limiting conditions for operation to control radioactivity in ef- fluents from llght-water-cooled nuclear power reactors during normal operations.
 
The technical specifications would be In- cluded as conditions in operating li- censes. These provisions are designed to assure that reasonable efforts are made to keep actual releases of radioactivity in effluents during operation to levels that are within the guides on design objective quantities and concentrations. It is ex- pected that actual levels of radioactivity in efiluents will normally be within the design objective levels. It is necessary, however, that nuclear power reactors de- signed for generating electricity have a high degree of reliability. Operating flex- ibility is needed to take into account some variation in the small quantities of radioactivity that leak from fuel ele- ments which may, on a transient basis.
 
result In levels of radioactivity in efflu- ents In excess of the design objective quantities and concentrations.
 
The proposed guidance would provide operating flexibility and at the same time assure a positive system of control, by a graded scale of action by the licensee, to reduce releases of radioactivity if rates of release actually experienced, averaged over any calendar quarter, are such that the quantities or concentrations In efflu- ents would be likely to exceed twice the design objective quantities and concen- trations. The proposed Appendix I would provide that the Commission may take appropriate action to assure that release rates are reduced if rates of release of quantities and concentrations in effluents actually experienced, averaged over any calendar quarter, indicate that annual rates of release are likely to exceed is range of 4-8 times the design objective quantities and concentrations. Release rates within this range would be expected to keep the annual exposure rate to indi- viduals offsite within a range of 20-40
ttnems per year during the quarterly period. In the proposed guidance on tech- nical specifications, provision would be made for an appropriate period of time for all licensees of light-water-cooled nuclear power reactors to implement the guidance with respect to facility operation.
 
Pursuant to the Atomic Energy Act of
1954, as amended, and section 553 of title
5 of the United States Code, nutice is hereby given that adoption of the follow- Ing amendment to 10 CFR Part 50 is con- templated. All Interested persons who wish to msbmit oanmenta or auggestions in connection with the Proposed amend- ment should send them to the Secretary of the Commrlsslo.
 
U.S Atomic Energy Commission, Washington. D.C., 20545, Attention:
Chief, Public Proceedinag Branch, within 60 days after publication of this notice in the FZZZRAL REGIsTER.
 
Comments and suggestions received after that period will be considered if It is prac- ticable to do so, but assurance of con- sideation cannot be given except as to comments filed within the period speci- fied, Copies of comments received may be examined in the Commission's Public Document Room at 1717 H Street NW.,
Washington. D.C.
 
1. Section 50.34a of 10 CFR Part 50 Is amended by adding the following sen- tence at the end of paragraph (a) :
&sect; 30.34a Design objeciives fur equip- msnt to control releases of radio- active materiul in e4rluenlo---nuclcur power reactors.
 
(a) I I
* The guides set out in Ap- pendix I provide numerical guidance on design objectives for light-water-cooled nuclear power reactors to meet the re- quirement that radioactive material In effluents released to unrestricted areas be kept "as low as practicable."
2. Section 50.36a of 10 CFR Part 50 is amended by adding the following sen- tence at the end of paragraph (b) :
&sect; 50.36a Technical specifications on er- fluenis from nuclear power reactors.
 
(b)
The guides set out in Ap- pendix I provide numerical guidance on limiting conditions for operation for light-water-cooled nuclear power re- actors to meet. the requirement that radioactive materials in effluents released to unrestricted areas be kept "as low as practicable."
3. A new Appendix I is added to read as follows:
Arrsmnax T-NUMUICAL
OVgxoa Von DJraIGN
OagZCTntl AND LiirrmNo o(oovmOs wsai OPZAAATO
H To Mfi=r Tri Car'stom "As Low AS PRAcnCMILZ" VOR RIO31oACTSSU LAM'rSAL
rN Ltoarr-WAza&-Cooro, NuCmA
PowZa RxAcTon ErnLwevra SzcrtoN I. Introduction. Section 50.34a(a)
provides that an application for a permit to construct a nuclear power reactor shall in- clude a description of the preliminary design of equipment to be installed to maintain control over radioactive materials in gaseous and liquid emuents produced during normal reactor operations, including expected op- erational occurrences. In the case of an ap- plioUtion filed on or After January 2, 1971, the application must also identify the design objectives. and the means to be employed.
 
for keeping levels of radioactive material in effluents to unrestricted areas "as low as practicable".
Section 50.lO6. contains provisions designed to assure that releases of radioactivity from nuclear power reactors to unrestriated areas during normal reactor operations, including expected operational occurrences, are kept
"as low as practicable".
This appendix provides numerical guid.
 
ance on design objectives and limiting condi- tions for operation to asaet applicants for.
 
and holders of, licenses for light-water- cooled nuclear power resctors in meeting'the requirement that radioaetive material in efluewt released frmn those fseitlties to un- restrieted Areas be kept "a low as pms.-
tiale". This guidance is appropriate only for light-water-eooled nuclear power reactors and not for other types of nuclear facillties.
 
'4
102
 
Appendix 4.
 
Proposed Appendix I of 10 CFR Part 50 (Continued)
SEc. II. Guides on design objectires for light-water-cooled nuclear power reactors licensed under 10 CFR Part So. The guides for design objectives (expressed as quantities and conoentratlons of radioactve material in effluents) for light-water-cooled nuclear power reactors specified in paragraphs A and IJ of this section are suficlently conservative to provide reasonable assurance that, for most locations having environmental char- acteristlcs likely to be considered acceptable by the Commission for a nuclear power re- actor site, resultant increases In radiation expcsures tn individual members of the pub- lie living at the site boundary, dud to opera- tiont of light-water-cooled nuclear power re- actors at the site, will generally be less than
5 percent of exposures due to natural back- ground radiation and average exposures to silzeible population groups will generally be less than I percent of exposures due to nat- ural background radiation. The guides on design objectives for light-water-cooled nuclear power reactors set forth in para- graphs A and B of this section may be Used by an applicant for a permit to construct a llight-water-cooled ruclear power rewctor as guidance in meeting the requirements of I 50.34a(a) that applications filed after Jan- tary 2. 107t. Identity the design objectives, and the means to be employed, for keeping levels of radioactive material in effluents to unrestricted areas as low as practicable.
 
A* For radioactive m.-terial above back- ground In liquid effluents to be released to unrestricted areas by each light-water-cooled nuclear power reactor at a site:.
I. The estimated annual total quantity of radioactive mterlal, except tritium. should not exceed 5 curies; and
2. The estimated annual average concen- tr&Uon of radioactive material prior to dilu- tion in a natural body of wa.er, except trtt- ism, should not exceed 0.00002 microcrie
(20 ploocturies) per lilta; and S. The esttloated annual average concen- tratlon of tritium prior to dilution in a nat- ural body of water should not exceed 0.005 mlrerocurle (s.0p0 picocuries) per i:ter.
 
B. For radlo.ictlve material above back- ground In gaseous effluents, the estimated total quantities Of radioactive material to be released to unrestricted areas by all light- water-cooled nuclear power reactors at a site should not result in:
i. An annusl average exposure rate due to noble goses at any location on the boundary of the site or in the ofslte environment In excess of 10 mllIlrems:; and
2. Annual average concentrations at any location on the boundary of the aste or In the offAtte environment of radioactive lodines.
 
or ,mddtoaetve material in Prt~culate form with a half-life greater than 8 dais, in ex- oem of the coneentirsons In air specified in Appendi.x B, Table If, Column I, of 10 CFR
Part 20. divided by 100,000.
 
C. Notwithstanding the guidance in Para- graphs A and B above, design objectives, based on quantities and ooncentlatione of radioactive material shove background in eMuents to be released to Unrestricted areas, a An exposure rate such that a hypothetical individual contlnuously present In the open at any location on the boundary of the site or In the offslte environment would not In- cur a&enrnual exposure in exc-e of 6 mlli- rems.Thita neglects the reduction in the exposures to & real Individual that would be afforded by the distanCe from the site bounda*Tat which the Individual is loeated, shieldg provided by living indoors and petioda e1 time the tIndtvidual in not prest in the area.


higlier than Lhos, rpeclfled In those parn- graphs may be deemed to meet the require- ment for keeping levels of redioactive =ao- tertal In efltuenit to unrestricted Areas as low as practicable If the applicant provides rea- sonable asat.ance that:
1-6
1. pof radioactive material above back- ground in liquid effluents to be released to unrestricted areas by all light-water-cooled nuclear power reactors at a site, the pro- poed higher qunntil.iea or coneentrations8 will not result In annual exposures to tihe whole body or any organ o1 an individual II
excess of 5 millirems: - and
2. For radLoctlive noble gases and lodlilLes and radloactive kr.aterial in particulate form above background In gansous eflluents to be released to unrestricted areas by all light- water-cooled nuclear power reactors at a site.


the proposed higher quantities and concen- trations wtil no!. result tn Annual expokuires to the whole body or any organ of All indi- vldual in excess of 5 niflliremns.
UNITED STATES
 
NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION
Dr Notwithstanding the guidance in panM-
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20555 FIRST CLASS MAIL
graphs A. B, and C above, for a particular site the Commission may specify, as guldance oil design objectives, lower qu.lttititis and con- centrationa of radloact*'e material above background in effluents to be rele&%ed tl un- restricted areas If it appears that the use of the design objectives deecribed in thoGe para- graphs is likely to result In releases of total n quantities of radioactive material from all lIght-water-cooled nuclear power reactors at the alte that are eStimated to ca**e an An- nual exposure in excess of 5 miliLrems to the whole body or any organ of an Individual in the offeite environment from radioactive " a- terial above background in either llqtti,, or gaseous effluents.
POSTAGE & FEES PAID
 
USNRC
SEc. III. Guides on technical specifLaftions for limiting conditions for operation for light-water-cooled nuclear power reactors licensed under 10 CFR Part 50. The Ftddes on limiting conditions for operation for light- water-cooled nuclear power reactors set forth below may be used by an applicant for a license to operate a light-water-cooled nu- clear power reactor as guidance in develop- ing technical specifications under I 50.3ia(a)
PERMIT No. G-67 OFFICIAL BUSINESS
to keep levels of radioactive materials In
PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE, $300}}
'For purposes of the guides in Appendix I.
 
exposure of members of the public should be estimated from distributions In the envIron- ment of radioactive material released In efu- ents, For estimates of external exposure the rem may be considered equivalent to the rad;
and account should be taken of the aPpro- priate physical paraet-ers (energy of radia- tion, absorption coefficients, etc..
Estimates of internal dose commitment. In terms of the common unit of dose equivalence (rem).
should be generally consistent with the con- ventions or assumptions for cslcutlatlonal purposes moat recently pubuahed by the In- tornatlonal Commiesion on Radiological Pro- tectlon which apply directly to intakes of radioactive material from air and water, and those appljcable to water may be applied to Intakes from food. These conventiOns or a- gumptdons should be used for calculations of dose equivalence except for exposures due to strontium-89, strontfuln-90, or radionu&#xa2;.lldee of Iodine. For those radionuclides the blologi- cal and physical a-umptions of FRC Report No. 2 should be used. It is assumed that an- nual average concentrations of radioactive iodine in the environment, as listed in Part
20, Appendix B, Table Il, would result In annual doses of 1.5 rems to the thyTroid aind the concentration of stront-ium-89 or siren tiurn-90 would result in annual doses of 0.5 rem to the bone. Exposure to the whole body should be assessed as exposur. to the gonads or red bone marrow.
 
eftluents to unrestricted areas as low as prscticable.
 
Section 50.30a(b) provides that licensees shall be guided by cert&tn conalderattons in establishing an F.tvnnomenting operating procodure" that take into account the need for operating flexibility while at the amnie time assure that the licensee will exert his best effort to keep levels of radioactive ma- tertal in effluents ts low as practicable. The guidance set forth below provides more spe- chfIc guida.nce to iiceiuseeu In this re..pecl.
 
In using the guides set forth in section'
IV It Is expected that it should generally be feasible to keep average annual releases of radioActive niatcrial il effluents front Ilght-water-cooled nuclear power renclor within the levels set forth as numerlcal guides for design objectives In section ii above. At the saame time, the lirensee is per- mitted the flexlbility of operation, conmpatible with considerAtLions of health And safety, to assure that the public Is provided a depend- able rource of po0wer even under utusu:al operating conditions which nmay temporarily result In releases higher than such numerical guides for design objectives, but still Within i-veis tentt assure that actual expm'*lret to the pUblic are small fractions of naltiral background radiation. It is expected that ut using this operational flexibility under tun- usual operating conditions, the Il'ensee will exert his beat efforts to keep levels of rnidl)-
active material in effluentst wit' in the nu- merical guides for design objectives.
 
SEc. TV, Gu:des for limiting conditions for opcration for light-urafer-cooled nuclear power reactors. A. If rates of release of radio- Active materials In effluents from liglht- water-cooled nuclear power reactors actually experienced, avernged over any calendar quarter, are such that the estimated anntal quantities or concentrations of radioactive material in effluents are likely to exceed twice the desIgn objective quantities and concentrations set forth in section If above, the licernee should:
I. make an investigation to Identify the causes for such release rates; and
2. define and Initiate a program of action to reduce such release rates to the design levels; and
3. report these actions to the Commislson on a timely basis.
 
B. If rates of release of radioactive ma- terial In liquid or gaseous effluents actually experienced, averaged over any calendar quarter, are such that estimated annual quantities or concentrations of radioactive material in effluents are likely to exceed a range of 4-8 times the design objective quantitles and concentrations set forth In section TI above.6 the Commission will take appropriate action to assure that such re- lease rates ere reduced. (Section 50,360(a)
(2) requires the licensee to submit certain reports to the Commission with regard to the quantities of the principal radionuelides r-eleased to unrestricted areas. It also pro- vides that, on the basis of such reports and any additional information the Conuntsslon may obtain from the licenene and others, the commission may from time to time require the licensee to take Such ac~lon as the Commission deems appropriate.)
C. The guides for limiting conditions for operation described In paragraphs A and D
of this section are applicable to technical
' Release ;%tes within thou range would be expected to keep the annual exposure rate to individuals offalte within a range of 20-
40 mnrems per year during this quarterly period.
 
I
103
 
r Appendix 4. Proposed Appendix Ilof 10 CFR Part 50 (Continued)
epecificatUona Includcd In any license au- thornzing operation of a light-water-cooled nuclear power reactor constructed pursuant to a construction permit for which applica- tion was fied on or Mter January 2, 1971.
 
Fotr lght-water-cooled nuclear power reactors L constructed pursuant to a construction per- mit for which application was filed prior to January 2, 1971, appropriate technical &peel.
 
ficaUtons should be developed to carry out the purpom of keeping levels of rs~dilontlve material In effluents to unrestricted arem as low as practicable. In any event, all holders of licenses authorizing operation of a light- water-cooled nuclear power reoactor ehould, after (36 months from effective date of this guide). develop technical specifications In conformity with the guides of this Section.
 
(Sec. 161, 08 Brat. 948: 42 UA.B. 2201)
Dated at Weahlngton. D.C., this 4th day of June 1971.
 
For the Atomic Energy Commission, W. B. MCCOOL,
Secrctary of the Commission.
 
IFit Doc.71-8049 Ilied 0-8-71:8:51 amn
1
104
4}}


{{RG-Nav}}
{{RG-Nav}}

Revision as of 02:09, 17 January 2025

Preparation of Environmental Reports for Nuclear Power Stations
ML003739519
Person / Time
Issue date: 07/31/1976
From:
Office of Nuclear Regulatory Research
To:
References
-nr RG-4.2 Revision 2
Download: ML003739519 (101)


NUREG-0099 Regulatory Guide 4.2 Revision 2 USNRC REGULATORY GUIDE SERIES

REGULATORY GUIDE 4.2, REVISION 2 PREPARATION OF

ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTS

FOR

NUCLEAR POWER STATIONS

J U LY 1976 U.S. NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION

Revision 2 July 1976 U.S. NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION

REGULATORY GUIDE

OFFICE OF STANDARDS DEVELOPMENT

REGULATORY GUIDE 4.2 PREPARATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL

REPORTS FOR NUCLEAR POWER STATIONS

USNRC REGULATORY GUIDES

Comments should be sent to the Secretary of the Commission. U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Guides are issued to describe and make available to the public Regulatory Commission. Washington, D.C. 20555. Attention: Docketing end methods acceptable to the NRC staff of implementing specific parts of the Service Section.

Commission'% regulations, to delineate techniques used qy the staff in evalu eting specific problems or postulated accidents, or to provide guidance to appli- The guides ere issued in the following ten broad divisions:

cents. Regulatory Guides are not substitutes for regulations, and compliance

1. Power Reactors S. Products with them is not required. Methods and solutions different from those set out in

2 Rmsrchend Test Reactors

7. Transportation the guides will be acceptable it they provide a basis for the findings requisite to

3. Fuels and Materials Facilities

7. Occupational Health the issuance or continuance of a permit or license by the Commission.

4. Environmental and Siting

9. Antitrust Review Comments and suggestions for improvements in these guides are encouraged

5. Materials and Plant Protection

10. General at all times. and guides will be revised, as appropriate, to accommodate com.

monte and to reflect new information or experience. This guide was revised as a Copies of published guides may be obtained by written request indicating the result of substantive comments received from the public and additional staff divisions desired to the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission. Washington. D.C.

review

25.

Attention: Director. Office of Standards Development.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page A.

INTRODUCTION ...................................................................

v

1.

National Environmental Goals .....................................................

v

2.

Federal Water Pollution Control Act .................................................

v

3.

NRC Implementing Actions Concerning the Environment ................................

v

4.

Commission Action on Environmental Reports ........................................

vMii

5.

Cost-Benefit Analysis ............................................................

viii

6.

Environmental Reports ...........................................................

viii

7.

Preparation of Environmental Reports ..............................................

ix B.

STANDARD FORMAT AND CONTENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTS .....................

1-1 Chapter 1 Purpose of the Proposed Facility and Associated Transmission ........................

1-1

1.1 System Demand and Reliability ................................................

1-1

1.1.1 Load Characteristics ...................................................

1-1

1.1.2 System Capacity ......................................................

1-2

1.1.3 Reserve M argins ......................................................

1-2

1.1.4 External Supporting Studies. ............................................

1-2

1.2 Other Objectives ...........................................................

1-2

1.3 Consequences of Delay ......................................................

1-2 Chapter 2 The Site and Environmental Interfaces .........................................

.2-1

2.1 Geography and Demography ..................................................

2-1

2.1.1 Site Location and Description .......

....................................

2-1

2.1.2 Population Distribution .................................................

2-1

2.1.3 Uses of Adjacent Lands and Waters ........................................

2-2

2.2 Ecology ..................................................................

2-3

2.3 Meteorology ..............................................................

2-4

2.4 Hydrology ................................................................

2-5

2.5 Geology ..................................................................

2-6

2.6 Regional Historic, Archeological, Architectural, Scenic, Cultural, and Natural Features .....

2-6

2.7 N oise ....................................................................

2-7 Chapter 3 The Station ................................................................

3-1

3.1 External Appearance

.......................................................

3-1

3.2 Reactor and Steam-Electric System .............................................

3-1

3.3 Station W ater Use ..........................................................

3-1

3.4 Heat Dissipation System .....................................................

3-1

3.5 Radwaste Systems and Source Term ............................................

3-2

3.5.1 Source Term ..........................................................

3-2

3.5.2 Liquid Radwaste Systems ...............................................

3-3

3.5.3 Gaseous Radwaste Systems ..............................................

3-3

3.5.4 Solid Radwaste System .................................................

3-3

3.5.5 Process and Effluent Monitoring ..........................................

3-4

3.6 Chemical and Biocide Wastes .................................................

3-4

3.7 Sanitary and Other Waste Systems .............................................

3-4 i

Page

3.8 Reporting of Radioactive Material Movement .....................................

3-5

3.9 Transmission Facilities ......................................................

3-5 Chapter 4 Environmental Effects of Site Preparation, Station Construction, and Transmission Facilities Construction .......................................................

4-1

4.1 Site Preparation and Station Construction .......................................

4-1

4.2 Transmission Facilities Construction ............................................

4-2

4.3 Resources Committed ......................................................

4-2

4.4 Radioactivity ..............................................................

4-2

4.5 Construction Impact Control Program ...........................................

4-2 Chapter 5 Environmental Effects of Station Operation ......................................

5-1

5.1 Effects of Operation of Heat Dissipation System ..................................

5-1

5.1.1 Effluent Limitations and Water Quality Standards ............................

5-1

5.1.2 Physical Effects .......................................................

5-1

5.1.3 Biological Effects ......................................................

5-1

5.1.4 Effects of Heat Dissipation Facilities ......................................

5-2

5.2 Radiological Impact from Routine Operation .....................................

5-2

5.2.1 Exposure Pathways ....................................................

5-2

5.2.2 Radioactivity in Environment ............................................

5-3

5.2.3 Dose Rate Estimates for Biota Other Than Man ...............................

5-5

5.2.4 Dose Rate Estimates for Man .............................................

5-5

5.2.5 Summary of Annual Radiation Doses ......................................

5-6

5.3 Effects of Chemical and Biocide Discharges ......................................

5-6

5.4 Effects of Sanitary Waste Discharges ............................................

5-6

5.5 Effects of Operation and Maintenance of the Transmission Systems ....................

5-6

5.6 Other Effects .............................................................

5-7

5.7 Resources Committed .......................................................

5-7

5.8 Decommissioning and Dismantling .............................................

5-7

5.9 The Uranium Fuel Cycle .....................................................

5-7 Chapter 6 Effluent and Environmental Measurements and Monitoring Programs ...................

6-1

6.1 Applicant's Preoperational Environmental Programs ................................

6-1

6.1.1 Surface Waters .......................................................

6-2

6.1.2 Ground W ater ........................................................

6-2

6.1.3 A ir .................................................................

6-2

6.1.4 Land ...............................................................

6-3

6.1.5 Radiological Monitoring ................................................

6-3

6.2 Applicant's Proposed Operational Monitoring Programs .............................

6-4

6.3 Related Environmental Measurement and Monitoring Programs .......................

6-4

6.4 Preoperational Environmental Radiological Monitoring Data ..........................

6-4 Chapter 7 Environmental Effects of Accidents ............................................

7-1

7.1 Station Accidents Involving Radioactivity ........................................

7-1

7.2 Transportation Accidents Involving Radioactivity ..................................

7-1

7.3 Other Accidents ...........................................................

7-1 ii

Page Chapter 8 Economic and Social Effects of Station Construction and Operation ...................

8-1

8.1 Benefits ..................................................................

8-1

8.2 Costs ....................................................................

8-2 Chapter 9 Alternative Energy Sources and Sites ...........................................

9-1

9.1 Alternatives Not Requiring the Creation of New Generating Capacity ...................

9-1

9.2 Alternatives Requiring the Creation of New Generating Capacity ......................

9-1

9.2.1 Selection of Candidate Areas .............................................

9-1

9.2.2 Selection of Candidate Site-Plant Alternatives ................................

9-3

9.3 Cost-Effectiveness Analysis of Candidate Site-Plant Alternatives .......................

9-3

9.4 Costs of Alternative Power Generation Methods ...................................

9-4 Chapter 10 Station Design Alternatives ...................................................

10-1

10.1 Circulating System .......................................................

10-3

10.2 Intake System ...........................................................

10-3

10.3 Discharge System ........................................................

10-3

10.4 Chemical Waste Treatment .................................................

10-3

10.5 Biocide Treatment .......................................................

10-3

10.6 Sanitary Waste System ....................................................

10-3

10.7 Liquid Radwaste Systems .................................................

10-4

10.8 Gaseous Radwaste Systems .................................................

10-4

10.9 Transmission Facilities ....................................................

10-4

10.10

Other Systems ..........................................................

10-4 Chapter 11 Summary Cost-Benefit Analysis .............................................

11-1 Chapter 12 Environmental Approvals and Consultation ....................................

124 Chapter 13 References .............................................................

13-1 iii

LIST OF TABLES

Table

1 Primary Benefits to be Considered in Cost-Benefit Analysis ...................................

2 Cost Information for Nuclear and Alternative Power Generation Methods ........................

3 Estimated Costs of Electrical Energy Generation ............................................

4 Monetized Bases for Generation Costs ...................................................

5 Environmental Factors to be Used in Comparing Alternative Station Systems .....................

APPENDIX A

APPENDIX B

APPENDIX C

APPENDIX D

APPENDIX E

APPENDIX F

APPENDIX G

APPENDIX H

APPENDIX I

APPENDICES

§ 51.20, IOCFR Part 51, "Applicant's -Environmental Report - Construction Permit Stage" ......

..........................................................

§51.21, 10CFR Part 51, "Applicant's Environmental Report - Operating License Stage" ................................................................

Data Retrieval System (Proposed) ...........................................

Use of U.S. Age Group Population Distribution Data ............................

Data Needed for Radioactive Source Term Calculations for Pressurized Water Reactors...

Data Needed for Radioactive Source Term Calculations for Boiling Water Reactors ......

Data Needed for Radwaste Treatment System Cost-Benefit Analysis for Light-Water Cooled Nuclear Reactors ...................................................

Table G. 1 Total Direct Cost Estimate Sheet of Radwaste Treatment System for Light Water-Cooled Nuclear Reactors .....................................

Table G.2 Annual Operating and Maintenance Cost Estimate Sheet for Radwaste Treat ment System for Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear Reactors ..................

Examples of Figures Showing Radiation Exposure Pathways .......................

Proposed Annex to Appendix D, 10 CFR Part 50, "Discussion of Accidents in Appli cants' Environmental Reports: Assumptions" .. ...............................

iv Page T-1 T-2 T-3 T-4 T-5 A-I

B-i C-1 D-1 E-1 F-i G-1 G-2 G-3 H-i I-1

A. INTRODUCTION

1. National Environmental Goals The national environmental goals are expressed by the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) of

1969 (Public Law 91-190, 83 Stat. 852), as follows:

"...it is the continuing responsibility of the Fed eral Government to use all practicable means, consistent with other essential considerations of national policy, to improve and coordinate Fed eral plans, functions, programs, and resources to the end that the Nation may

"(1)

fulfill the responsibilities of each genera tion as trustee of the environment for succeed ing generations;

"(2) assure for all Americans safe, healthful, productive, and esthetically and culturally pleas ing surroundings;

"(3) attain the widest range of beneficial uses of the environment without degradation, risk to health or safety, or other undesirable and unin tended consequences;

"(4) preserve important historic, cultural, and natural aspects of national heritage, and main tain, wherever possible, an environment which supports diversity and variety of individual choice;

"(5) achieve a balance between population and resource use which will permit high standards of living and a wide sharing of life's amenities; and

"(6) enhance the quality of renewable resources and approach the maximum attainable recycling of depletable resources."

Prior to the issuance of a construction permit or an operating license for a nuclear power station, the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) is required to assess the potential environmental effects of that facility to ensure that issuance of the permit or license will be consistent with the national environ mental goals presented above. In order to obtain information essential to this assessment, the NRC

requires each applicant for a permit or a license to submit a report on the potential environmental impacts of the proposed station and associated facilities. The Commission's implementation of NEPA is discussed in Section 3 of this Introduction.

2. Federal Water Pollution Control Act The responsibilities of the NRC under NEPA are affected by the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (FWPCA) Amendments of 1972 (Public Law 92-500, 86 Stat. 816). The FWPCA gives the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) regulatory authority over the discharge of pollutants to waters in "the United States from nuclear power stations requiring an NRC license or permit subject to the requirements of 10 CFR Part 51.

Section 511 of the FWPCA provides that nothing under NEPA shall be deemed to authorize any Federal agency to review any effluent limitation or other requirements established pursuant to the FWPCA, or to impose, as a condition of any license or permit, any effluent limita tion other than any such limitation established pursuant to the FWPCA.

Pursuant to the authority of the FWPCA, EPA

requires applicants for discharge permits to submit information required by EPA in order to establish effluent limitations in permits. Pursuant to the authority of NEPA, the NRC may require applicants for licenses or permits to submit information required by NRC in order to evaluate and consider the environmental impacts of any actions it may take. Consequently, the informa tional needs imposed by the two agencies may be similar in the area of impacts on water quality and biota. In addition, the FWPCA requires that EPA comply with NEPA regarding the issuance of discharge permits for new sources, as defined in the FWPCA, but not for other point sources. The responsibilities of the NRC and EPA

under NEPA as affected by the FWPCA are the subject of a memorandum of understanding discussed in Section

3.c.(l) of this Introduction.

In cases where the cooling system proposed in an application does not comply with the thermal effluent limitations under Sections 301 and 306 of Public Law 92-500 (FWPCA), a request for alternative thermal effluent limitations under Section 316(a) may be initiat ed according to the provisions of 40 CFR Part 122. If the request for alternative thermal effluent limitations under Section 316(a) is denied, the applicant will be required to submit a supplement to the environmental report presenting a description and environmental analysis of the alternative cooling system.

3. NRC Implementing Actions Concerning the Environ ment a. Licensing and Regulatory Policy and Procedures for Environmental Protection (10 CFR Part 51)

The Commission's implementation of NEPA 1 is contained in 10 CFR Part 51, "Licensing and Regulatory Policy and Procedures for Environmental Protection."

ISee also CEQ Guidelines (38 FR 20549) published August 1,

1973.

v

Other relevant information is contained in a proposed Annex, "Discussion of Accidents in Applicants' Environ mental Reports: Assumptions," to Appendix D, 10

CFR Part 50 (36 FR 22851).

b. Radiological Impact Assessment (Appendix I to

10 CFR Part 50)

The Nuclear Regulatory Commission published Appendix I, "Numerical Guides for Design Objectives and Limiting Conditions for Operation to Meet the Criterion 'As Low As Is Reasonably Achievable' 2 for Radioactive Material in Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Reactor Effluents," to 10 CFR Part 50 in the Federal Register (40 FR 19437) as an effective rule on May 5, 1975. This revision of Regulatory Guide 4.2 includes changes in NRC's information requirements made necessary by Appendix I to 10 CFR Part 50.

On September 4, 1975, the NRC published amend ments to Appendix I to 10 CFR Part 50 in the Federal Register (40 FR 40816). These amendments provide persons who have filed applications for construction permits for light-water-cooled nuclear power reactors that were docketed on or after January 2, 1971, and prior to June 4, 1976, the option of dispensing with the cost-benefit analysis required by Paragraph II.D of Appendix I if the proposed or installed radwaste systems and equipment satisfy the Guides on Design Objectives for Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Reactors pro posed in the Concluding Statement of Position of the AEC Regulatory staff in Docket No. RM-50-2 dated February 20, 1974 (reproduced in the Annex to Appendix I to 10 CFR Part 50).

The NRC staff intends to employ realistic analyt ical models for assessing the potential release of radio active materials to the environment and for estimating their pathways and impacts over the operating life of the proposed nuclear facility. The models used in determin ing potential radioactive releases should consider all potential sources and pathways within the proposed station.

The NRC has published a series of regulatory guides' that provide guidance m evaluating the potential

2 Amended 40 FR 58847, December 19, 1975.

3 Regulatory Guide 1.109, "Calculation of Annual Doses to Man from Routine Releases of Reactor Effluents for the Purpose of Evaluating Compliance with 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix 1;"

Regulatory Guide 1.111, "Methods for Estimating Atmospheric Transport and Dispersion for Gaseous Effluents in Routine Releases from Light-Water-Cooled Reactors;" Regulatory Guide

1.112, "Calculation of Releases of Radioactive Materials in Gaseous and Uquid Effluents from Light-Water-Cooled Power Reactors;" and Regulatory Guide 1.113, "Estimating Aquatic Dispersion of Effluents from Accidental and Routine Reactor Releases for the Purpose of Implementing Appendix I."

radiation dose to individuals and populations within 50

miles (80 kilometers) of the station in order to demon strate compliance with Appendix I to 10 CFR Part 50.

These same analytical models can be used to evaluate the radiological impact of the radioactive effluents released during normal operation on the environment within 50

miles of the station.

The following principles stated by the Commission in its opinion on the Appendix I rulemaking proceed ings, 4 although specifically related to the provisions of Appendix I, provide useful guidance for evaluating environmental impacts under NEPA.

(1) An applicant should be free to use as realistic a model for characterizing natural phenomena, including plant performance, as he considers useful. An applicant may take into account situations not adequately char acterized by such standardized models as may be available with respect to specific features of plant design, proposed modes of plant operation, or local natural environmental features which are not likely to change significantly during the term of plant operation.

(2) Where selection of data is strictly a matter of interpreting experimental evidence, both the applicant and the Regulatory staff should use prudent scientific expertise to select those values which would be expected to yield estimates nearest the real case.

(3) If approximations implicit in a model can pro duce a deviation from the true result, the direction of which is either uncertain or would tend to underestimate dosage, or if available experimental information leaves a substantial range of uncertainty as to the best estimate of some parameter values, or both, data should be chosen so as to make it unlikely, with all such deviations and uncertainties taken into account together, that the true dose would be underestimated substantially.

(4) The models used in describing effluent releases should take into account all real sources and pathways within the plant; and the estimated releases should be characteristic of the expected average releases over a long period of time, with account taken of normal operation and anic-ipuied operniormd occurrences o.er the lifetime of the plant.

(5) The model of the exposed individual and the assumed characteristics of the environs with respect to known occupancy and to land and water use should be

4From the "Opinion of the Commission," Docket No. RM-50-2.

Single copies of this volume may be purchased at a cost of

$4.00 fromv the USERDA Technical Information Center, P.O.

Box 62, Oak Ridge, Tennessee 37830. Copies of the complete opinion are also available for inspection and copying in the Commission's Public Document Room, 1717 H Street, NW.,

Washington, D.C. 20555.

vi

determined in each case in accordance with the intent indicated below for each particular category of effluent for which design-objective guidelines are given.

(a) For design objectives affected by assumptions as to consumption of water or food (other than milk)

produced in the environs, one should consider the model individual to be that hypothetical individual who would be maximally exposed with account taken only of such potential occupancies and usages as could actually be realized during the term of plant operation.

(b) For design objectives affected by exposure as a direct result of human occupancy (immersion expo sure), the model individual should be the hypothetical individual maximally exposed with account taken only of such potential occupancies, including the fraction of time an individual would be exposed, as could actually be realized during the term of plant operation.

(c) For design objectives relative to thyroid dose as affected by consumption of milk, the iodine pathway through the environs of a plant and the characteristics of the model receptor should be essentially as they actually exist at the time of licensing.

c. Interagency Memoranda of Understanding The Nuclear Regulatory Commission and other agencies of the Federal government sometimes have overlapping responsibilities regarding the issuance of licenses or permits. For the purposes of coordinating and implementing certain requirements to ensure effective, efficient, and thorough regulation of nuclear power stations and to avoid conflicting and unnecessary dupli cation of effort and standards related to the overall public health and safety and environmental protection, the NRC and other Federal agencies have entered into several memoranda of understanding.

(1) Memoranda of Understanding Between the NRC and the Environmental Protection Agency For the purpose of implementing NEPA and the FWPCA in a manner consistent with both acts and the public interest, the Atomic Energy Commissions (AEC published in the Federal Register (38 FR 2679)

on January 29, 1973, an Interim Statement of Policy concerning the effects of Section 511 of the FWPCA

upon the AEC's statutory responsibility and authority under NEPA in licensing actions covered by Appendix D

to 10 CFR Part 50 (now superseded by 10 CFR Part

51). On the same date, the AEC published in the Federal SThe Atomic Energy Commission was abolished by the Energy Reorganization Act of 1974, which also created the Nuclear Regulatory Commission and gave it the licensing and related regulatory functions of the AEC.

Register (38 FR 2713) a first "Memorandum of Under standing Regarding Implementation of Certain Comple mentary Responsibilities" between AEC and EPA under the FWPCA.

To further clarify the respective roles of NRC

and EPA in the decision-making process concerning nuclear power stations and other facilities requiring an NRC license or permit, a "Second Memorandum of Understanding and Policy Statement Regarding Imple mentation of Certain NRC and EPA Responsibilities"

was published in the Federal Register (40 FR 60115) on December 31,

1975. This Second Memorandum of Understanding supersedes the January 29, 1973 Memo randum; NRC has adopted the revised Policy Statement set forth in Appendix A to this Second Memorandum.

The revised Policy Statement will serve as the legal basis for NRC decision-making concerning licensing matters covered by NEPA and Section 511 of the FWPCA.

Appropriate changes will be made in future revisions of this guide as various implementing actions are developed to meet the provisions of the Second Memorandum of Understanding.

(2) Memorandum of Understanding Between the NRC and the Corps of Engineers, United States Army Both the Corps of Engineers, United States Army, and the Nuclear Regulatory Commission have responsibilities for assuring that nuclear power stations on coastal and inland navigable waters and at offshore sites are built and operated safely and with minimum impact on the environment. For the purpose of coordi nating and implementing consistent and comprehensive requirements to assure effective, efficient, and thorough regulation of nuclear power stations and to avoid conflicting and unnecessary duplication of effort and of standards related to overall public health and safety and environmental protection, the Corps of Engineers, United States Army, and the NRC have entered into a Memorandum of Understanding (40 FR 37110; August

25, 1975).

Under this agreement, the NRC will exercise the primary responsibility in conducting environmental reviews and in preparilig environmental statements for nuclear power stations covered by this Memorandum of Understanding.

The Corps of Engineers will participate with the NRC in the preparation of the environmental impact statements to include the drafting of material for the sections that consider and evaluate the following topics, as applicable, and the analysis leading thereto:

(a) Coastal erosion and other shoreline modi fications, shoaling, and scouring;

vii

(b) Siltation and sedimentation processes;

(c) Dredging activities and disposal of dredged materials; and (d) Location of structures in or affecting navigable waters.

The Commission is developing specific guidance concerning the information to be requested from applicants in order to meet the provisions of this Memorandum of Understanding. As various implement ing actions are taken, appropriate changes will be made in this guide.

4. Commission Action on Environmental Reports As noted in § 51.50, "Federal Register notices;

distribution of reports; public announcements; public comment," of 10 CFR Part 51, the NRC places a copy of each applicant's environmental report in the Com mission's Public Document Room in Washington, D.C.

and in a local public document room near the proposed site. The report is also made available to the public at the appropriate State, regional, and metropolitan clear inghouses. In addition, a public announcement is made, and a summary notice of the availability of the report is published in the Federal Register.

The applicant's environmental report and any com ments received from interested persons are considered by the NRC staff in preparing a Draft Environmental Impact Statement (DES) concerning the proposed licens ing action. The NRC staff's draft statement, the appli cant's environmental report, and any comments received on the statement or report are provided to the Council on Environmental Quality. Copies of the draft statement and the applicant's environmental report will be provided to (a) those Federal agencies that have special expertise or jurisdiction by law with respect to any environmental impacts involved and which are authorized to develop and enforce relevant environ mental standards; (b) the Environmental Protection Agency; and (c) the appropriate State and local agencies authorized to develop and enforce _relevant environ mental standards and the appropriate State, regional, and metropolitan clearinghouses. A reasonable effort will be made to distribute draft environmental state ments prepared for licensing actions to all States that may be affected and to appropriate national and local environmental organizations. The draft statement is made available to the general public in the same manner as is the applicant's environmental report. Comments on the applicant's environmental report and the draft statement are requested within a specified time interval.

These activities are based on § §51.22, 51.24, and 51.25 of 10 CFR Part 51.

As described in. detail in §51.26 of 10 CFR Part 51, the NRC staff considers the comments on the report and on the draft statement received from the various Federal, State, and local agencies and officials, from the applicant, and from private organizations and individuals and prepares a Final Environmental Impact Statement (FES). The final statement is transmitted to the Council on Environmental Quality and is made available to appropriate Federal, State, and local agencies and State, regional, and metropolitan clearinghouses. A public announcement is made and a notice of availability is published in the Federal Register.

Subsequent hearings and actions as described in Subpart D, "Administrative Action and Authorization;

Public Hearings and Comment," of 10 CFR Part 51 on the environmental aspects involved in issuance of a construction permit or operating license are based on the applicant's environmental report and on the NRC's Final Environmental Impact Statement. The FES takes into account information from many sources, including the applicant's environmental report and its supplements and the comments of the various governmental agencies, the applicant, and private organizations and individuals.

5. Cost-Benefit Analysis The cost-benefit analysis referred to in paragraph

51.20(b) of 10 CFR Part 51 should consist of two parts.

In the first part, alternative site-plant combinations (site-plant combinations are defined and discussed in Chapter 9) and station systems should be examined in order to show that the proposed facility is the cost-effective choice, considering economic, social, and other environmental factors and any institutional (governmental, etc.) constraints. In the second part of the cost-benefit analysis, the benefits to be created by the proposed facility should be weighed against the aggregate of environmental, economic, and other costs to be incurred.

6. Environmental Reports Sections 51.20 and 51.21 of 10 CFR Part 51 require the applicant to submit two environmental reports (see Appendices A and B). The first is the "Applicant's Eiiivironmental Report -

Construction Permiit Stage,"

which must be submitted in conjunction with the construction permit applicatio

n. The second is the

"Applicant's Environmental Report - Operating License Siage," which must be submitted later in conjunction with the operating license application. The applicant's environmental reports are important documents of public record. Therefore, the applicant is urged to give full attention to their completeness.

If the site for a nuclear power station already contains one or more units (i.e., steam-electric plants) in operation, under construction, or for which an applica tion for a construction permit or operating license has been filed, the applicant shovld consider the environ- viii

mental effects of the proposed units (and their inservice schedule) in conjunction with the effects of existing or planned units. Furthermore, if the site contains signif icant sources of environmental impact other than elec tric power units, the interactions of these sources with the proposed nuclear unit should be taken into account.

Effects between units are considered especially important as efforts to conserve such resources as water focus on the transfer and reuse of materials within plant complexes. In addition, adjacent or contiguous facilities involving the potential interchange of radionuclides should be treated in considerable detail to ensure the applicant's full knowledge of interrelationships with the proposed nuclear station.

a. Construction Permit Stage The applicant should present sufficient informa tion in the environmental report that is submitted with the application for a construction permit to allow staff evaluation of the potential environmental impact of constructing and operating the proposed facility. In all cases, the site-specific environmental data presented at the time of filing for a construction permit should (1)

document the critical life stages and biologically signif icant activities (e.g., spawning, nesting, migration) that increase the vulnerability of the potentially affected biota at the proposed site and (2) characterize the seasonal variations of biota likely to be affected by the station.

An applicant wishing to accelerate the start of construction by early submittal of the environmental report (according to the procedure set forth in paragraph

50.10(e) of 10 CFR Part 50) may submit an initial evaluation of environmental impact based on an analysis of at least 6 months of field data related to the proposed facility and suitable projections of the remaining sea sonal periods if the information called for in item (1)

above is provided. If this is done, the applicant should also make a commitment to furnish, within 6 months of the time of filing, a final evaluation based on a full year of field data.

b. Operating License Stage The "Applicant's Environmental Report - Operat ing License Stage" should, in effect, be an updating of the earlier report and should:

(1) Discuss differences between currently pro jected environmental effects of the nuclear power station (including those that would degrade and those that would enhance environmental conditions) and the effects discussed in the environmental report submitted at the construction stage. (Differences may result, for example, from changes in plans, changes in station design, availability of new or more detailed information, or changes in surrounding land use, water use, or zoning classifications.)

(2) Discuss the results of studies that were not completed at the tiqw of preconstruction review and that were specified to be completed before the preopera tional review. Indicate how the results of these studies were factored into the design znd proposed operation of the station.

(3) Describe the scope of the monitoring programs that have been and will be undertaken to determine the effects of the operating station on the environment.

Include any monitoring programs being developed or carried out in cooperation with Federal and State fish and wildlife services. The result of preoperational moni toring activities should be presented (refer to Chapter 6 of Section B of this guide). A listing of types of measurements, kinds and numbers of samples collected, frequencies, and analyses should be provided and the locations described and indicated on a map of the area.

(4) Discuss planned studies, not yet completed, that may yield results relevant to the environmental impact of the station.

(5) Propose environmental technical specifications.

The recommended format for these specifications is presented in Regulatory Guide 4.8, "Environmental Technical Specifications for Nuclear Power Plants."

Detailed technical specifications may become an appen dix to the applicant's "Environmental Report - Operat ing License Stage," but the body of the report need only include the required discussion of general scope des cribed in Section 6.2 of this guide. Interim guidance will continue to be provided on a case-by-case basis.

7. Preparation of Environmental Reports a. Purpose of This Guide Section B of this guide identifies the information needed by the staff in its assessment of the potential environmental effects of the proposed nuclear facility and establishes a format acceptable to the staff for its presentation. Use of the format of this guide will help ensure the completeness of the information provided, will assist the NRC .staff and others in locating the information, and will aid in shortening the time needed for the review process. Conformance with this format, however, is not required. An environmental report with a different format will be acceptable to the staff if it provides an adequate basis for the findings requisite to the issuance of a license or permit. However, because it may be more difficult to locate needed information, the staff review time for such a report may be longer, and there is a greater likelihood that the staff may regard the report as incomplete.

ix

The staff plans to provide additional information on a data retrieval system (outlined in Appendix C) in a future revision of this guide.

In developing the implementation policy for Regu latory Guide 4.2, Revision 2, both the difficulties that applicants might face unless a suitable transition period was provided and the NRC staff's need for information to complete the review of applications for construction permits and operating licenses have been considered.

Therefore, the NRC staff will use Regulatory Guide 4.2, Revision 2, in the evaluation of environmental reports submitted in connection with applications docketed after December 31, 1976.

If an applicant wishes to use this revision in developing the environmental report submitted in con nection with an application docketed on or prior to December 31, 1976, the report will be evaluated on the basis of pertinent portions of this revision of the guide.

b. Scope In order to cover a wide variety of anticipated situations, the scope of this guide is comprehensive. In some instances, requests for specific information may not be applicable to a particular station or site.

Some of the text of this guide (e.g., Section 7.1)

has been written with specific reference to light-water cooled reactors. For applicants proposing to construct and operate other types of reactors, guidelines on the recommended content of these sections will be provided on a case-by-case basis. Similarly, offshore power systems will, in general, require special guidelines for each individual case.

c. Presentation of Infonnation Some of the information to be included in the environmental report (e.g., that pertaining to demo graphy, meteorology, hydrology) may have already been prepared by the applicant during consideration of the safety aspects of the proposed facility. In such cases, this information (whether in the form of text, tables, or figures) should be incorporated in the environmental report where appropriate to avoid duplication of effort.

The presentation in the environmental report of some information that also appears in the applicant's safety analysis report is necessary because these reports are responsive to different statutory requirements and because each report should be essentially self-contained.

The applicant should strive for clear, concise presentations of the information provided in the envi ronmental report. Each subject should be treated in sufficient depth and should be documented 6 to permit a reviewer to evaluate the extent of the environmental impact independently. The length of the environmental report will depend on the nature of the station and its environment. Tables, line drawings, and photographs should be used wherever they contribute to the clarity and brevity of the report. The number of significant figures stated in numerical data should reflect the accuracy of the data.

Pertinent published information relating to the site, the station, and its surroundings should be refer enced. Where published information is essential for evaluation of specific environmental effects of the station construction and operation, it should be in cluded, in summary or verbatim form, in the environ mental report or as an appendix to the report. In particular, water quality standards and regulations rele vant to the environmental impact assessment should be given in an appendix. If the applicant considers the reports of work it supported will contribute to the environmental impact analysis, these may be included as appendices.

6Documentation as used in this guide means presentation of information, supporting data, and statements and includes (1)

references to published information, (2) citations from the applicant's experience, and (3) reference to unpublished infor mation developed by the applicant or the applicant's consul tants. Statements not supported by documentation are accept able provided the applicant identifies them either as information for which documentation is not available or as expressions of belief or judgment.

x

B. STANDARD FORMAT AND CONTENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTS

CHAPTER 1 PURPOSE OF THE PROPOSED FACILITY AND ASSOCIATED TRANSMISSION

In Chapter 1 of its environmental report, the appli cant should demonstrate the purpose of, and thus the benefits of, the proposed facility with respect to the power requirements to be satisfied, the system reliability to be achieved, or any other primary objectives of the facility and how these objectives would be affected by variations in the scheduled operation of the proposed station. In this chapter, the term "applicant's system"

includes all existing, committed, and planned generating units owned in whole or in part by the applicant and all large (greater than 100 MWe), existing, committed, and planned generating units not owned in whole or in part by the applicant that it plans to rely on for meeting demand and reliability requirements to which it is committed.

1.1 System Demand and Reliability This section should discuss the requirements for the proposed nuclear unit(s) in the applicant's system and in the region, considering the overall power supply situa tion, past load and projected load, and reserve margins.

In addition, the applicant should consider the impact of applicable energy conservation and other potential load affecting programs on its planning effort. Inconsisten cies between the data presented and that furnished to the Federal Power Commission (FPC) or the regional reliability council should be explained.

The discussion on the applicant's energy conservation program should mention the steps that have been taken and those being planned to encourage energy conserva tion in connection with such matters as advertising, sales promotion, consumer education, rate structure, and efficiency of production and utilization of electricity.

Evidence of the effects of increasing rates on consump tion of electrical energy and forecasts of future impacts on demand from further rate increases should be included in the discussion.

A full and clear description of the applicant's system should be provided, including, for each generating unit or group of units, the extent of ownership by the applicant and the commitments involved. Where an entire power pool, planning area, reliability council, coordinating agreement, etc., is involved, identification should be clear and details should be presented in separate tables.

1.1.1 Load Characteristics In order to portray the relationship of the proposed generating facility to the applicant's system and related iystems, data should be provided on the following: (a)

the applicant's system, (b) the power pool or area within which the applicant's planning studies are based, and (c)

where available, the regional reliability council or the appropriate subregion or area of the reliability council as follows:

1.1.1.1 Load Analysis. The past annual peak load demands and the annual energy requirements for a period beginning at least 10 years prior to the filing of the environmental report should be reported. In addi tion, the future projected annual peak demand should be reported from the year of filing of the environmental report up to and including, as a minimum, the first 24 months following start of commercial operation of the last unit with which this report is concerned. To the extent feasible, the applicant should also present future demands during the expected life of the facilities under review.

The applicant should present the expected annual load duration curve for at least 24 months following the start of commercial operation of the proposed nuclear station in order to show the relationship of the station to the short-term system requirements.

1.1.1.2 Demand Projections. 'Demand projections should show explicitly any assumptions made about economic and demographic projections involved in the forecasting methodology. Specifically, any changes in the demand projections expected on the basis of alternative assumptions made about household forma tion, migration, personal income, industrial and commer cial construction volume and location, or other factors should be specified. Past and future growth trends should be compared and explanations should be given for deviations in trends.

Monthly data for both actual and latest forecast peak load should be provided, as well as both actual and latest forecast total monthly kWh sales from October 1972 through the most current month. A copy of the reports supplied to the FPC in accordance with FPC Order 496 should also be provided in an appendix to the environ mental report.

The applicant should describe its forecasting meth ods. Where regression equations or elasticity demand models are used to estimate projections, all statistical measures of correlation should be provided. If the method of correlation forecasting is used, the historic electric loads should be correlated with such variables as population, gross national product, consumer income, Federal Reserve Board Index of Industrial Production, appliance saturation, or other factor

s. Wherever possible

1-1

and to the extent that demand projections are based on the accuracy of past demand projections for the appli cant's system performed on the same or a comparable basis, these past demand projections should be shown and compared with the past loads. This comparison of the applicant's earlier projections and the actual loads experienced should be listed in a table along with the percent deviation between the previously forecasted loads and past loads.

1.1.1.3 Power Exchanges. Past and expected future net power exchanges applicable at the time of the annual peak demands presented above should be shown as they relate to demand estimates supporting the station capacity under review.

1.1.2 System Capacity The applicant should briefly discuss power planning programs and criteria used as they apply (a) to the applicant's system, (b) to the power pool or area within which the applicant's planning studies are based, and (c)

to the regional reliability council or the appropriate subregion or area of the reliability council. System capabilities, both existing and planned, should be tab ulated for the three respective areas to the extent applicable at the time of the annual peak demand for 5 years preceding filing of the environmental report through at least 2 years beyond the start of commercial operation of the last nuclear unit with which the report is concerned. Each generator with a capacity of 100

MWe or greater should be listed separately for the initial reporting year, and capability additions thereafter should be separately tabulated by date, including net non-firm-power sales and purchases, retirements or deratings, and upratings. Each generator should be categorized as to type (hydroelectric, fossil, nuclear, pumped storage, etc.) and as to function (base load, intermediate, peaking, etc.). Estimates of projected capacity factor ranges for each unit tabulated should be provided. Small peaking units may be lumped into a single category for simplicity.

1.1.3 Reserve Margins The applicant's method of determining system gen erating capacity requirements and reserve margins should be described including:

1. The method employed for the scheduling of outages of individual generating units within the appli cant's system.

2. The method and criterion employed to determine the minimum system reserve requirement, such as single largest unit, probability method, or historical 'data and judgment. If probabilistic studies are used as a planning tool, the results should be stated along with the significant input data utilized, such as the load model generating unit characteristics, unit availability, the duration of periods examined, treatment of interconnec tions, and a general description of the methodology employed.

3. The effect of operation of the proposed nuclear unit(s) on the applicant's or planning entity's capacity requirements. In addition, the effects of present and planned interconnections on the capacity requirements should be discussed.

4. The reserve margin responsibility of participants in the regional coordinating council or power pool.

1.1.4 External Supporting Studies Reports should be summarized and referenced or statements should be included that indicate the power

'requirements in the overall area(s), as determined by responsible officials in the regional reliability council and/or the power pool or planning entity with which the applicant is associated.

The report or statements should include the following information or a statement that such information is not available:

1. Description of the minimum installed reserve criterion for the region and/or subarea;

2. Identification, description, and brief discussion of studies and/or analyses made to assess the area-wide adequacy and expected reliability of power supply for the first full year of commercial operation of the entire station covered in this report; and

3. The minimum reserve requirement in the region and/or subarea for the first year of operation of the completed nuclear station.

1.2 Other Objectives If other objectives are to be met by the operation of the proposed facility, such as producing process steam for sale or desalting water, a description of these should be given. An analysis of the effect of other objectives on the station capacity factor or availability of individual units should be given.

1.3 Consequences of Delay The effects of delays in the proposed project on the reserve margin of the power supply for the applicant's system, subregion, and region should be discussed for increments of delay of 1, 2, and 3 years. The effect of no action to increase capacity should also be illustrated.

1-2

CHAPTER 2 THE SITE AND ENVIRONMENTAL INTERFACES

This chapter should present the basic relevant infor mation concerning those physical, biological, and human characteristics of the area environment that might be affected by the construction and operation of a nuclear power station on the designated site. To the extent possible, the information presented should reflect obser vations and measurements made over a period of years.

2.1 Geography and Demography

2.1.1 Site Location and Description

2.1.1.1 Specification of Location. The site location should be specified by latitude and longitude of the reactor to the nearest second and by Universal Trans verse Mercator Coordinates (Zone Number, Northing, and Easting, as found on USGS topographical maps) to the nearest 100 meters. The State and county or other political subdivision in which the site is located should be identified, as well as the location of the site with respect to prominent natural and man-made features such as rivers and lakes.

2.1.1.2 Site' Area. A map of the site area of suitable scale (with explanatory text as necessary) should be included; it should clearly show the following:

1. The station property lines. The area of station property in acres should be stated.

2. Location of the site boundary. If the site bound ary lines are the same as the station property lines, this should be stated.

3. The location and orientation of principal station structures within the site area. Principal structures should be identified as to function (e.g., reactor build ing, auxiliary building, turbine building).

4. The location of any industrial, recreational, or residential structures within the site area.

5. The boundary lines of the plant exclusion area (as defined in 10 CFR Part 100). If these boundary lines are the same as the station property lines, this should be stated. The minimum distance from each reactor to the exclusion area boundary should be shown and specified.

tSite means the contiguous real estate on which nuclear facilities are located And for which one or more licensees has the legal right to control access by individuals and to restrict land use for purposes of limiting the potential doses from radiation or radioactive material during normal operation of the facilities.

6. A scale that will permit the measurement of distances with reasonable accuracy.

7. True north.

8. Highways, railways, and waterways that traverse or are adjacent to the site.

2.1.1.3 Boundaries for Establishing Effluent Release Limits. The site description should define the boundary lines of the restricted area (as defined in 10 CFR Part

20, "Standards for Protection Against Radiation"). If it is proposed that limits higher than those established by

§20.106(a) (and related as low as is reasonably achiev able provisions) be set, the information required by

§20.106 should be submitted. The site map discussed above may be used to identify this area, or a separate map of the site may be used. Indicate the location of the boundary line with respect to the water's edge of nearby rivers and lakes. Distances from the station effluent release points to the boundary line should be defined clearly.

2.1.2 Population Distribution Population data presented should be based on the

1970 census data and, where available, more recent census data. The following information should be presented on population distribution.

2.1.2.1 Population Within. 10 Miles. On a map of suitable scale that identifies places of significant population grouping, such as cities and towns within a

10-mile radius, concentric circles should be drawn, with the reactor at the center point, at distances of 1, 2, 3, 4,

5, and 10 miles. The circles should be divided into

22W-degree sectors with each sector centered on one of the 16 compass points (with reference to true north, e.g., north-northeast, northeast, etc.). A table appro priately keyed to the map should provide the current residential population within each area of the map formed by the concentric circles and radial lines. The same table or separate tables should provide the pro jected population within each area for (1) the expected first year of station operation and (2) by census decade (e.g., 1990) through the projected station life. The tables should provide population totals for each sector and annular ring and a total for the 0 to 10 miles enclosed population. The basis for population projections should be described. Fumish the age distribution of the projected population (e.g., 0 to 12 years, 12 to 18 years,

> 18 years) for the year corresponding to the midpoint of the station operating life. The distribution by age of the U.S. population may be used provided there is no

2-1

knowledge the site has a significantly different distribu tion. Appendix D provides guidance concerning the use of the U.S. age population distribution.

2.1.2.2 Population Between 10 and 50 Miles. A map of suitable scale and appropriately keyed tables should be used in the same manner as described above to describe the population and its distribution at 10-mile intervals between the 10- and 50-mile radii from the reactor. Furnish the age distribution of the projected population (e.g., 0 to 12 years, 12 to 18 years, > 18 years) for the year corresponding to the midpoint of the station operating life. The distribution by age of the U.S.

population may be used provided there is no knowledge the site has a significantly different distribution. Appen dix D provides guidance concerning the use of the U.S.

age population distribution.

2.1.2.3 Transient Population. Seasonal and daily variations in population and population distribution within 10 miles of the proposed station resulting from land uses such as recreational or industrial should be generally described and appropriately keyed to the areas and population numbers contained on the maps and tables of Sections 2.1.2.1 and 2.1.2.2. If the station is located in an area where significant population variations due to transient land use are expected, additional tables of population distribution should be provided to indi cate peak seasonal and daily populations. The addi tional tables should cover projected as well as current populations. Wherever possible, applicants should state the expected residence times for the transient popula tion.

2.1.3 Uses of Adjacent Lands and Waters On detailed topographical maps, show the locations of the station perimeter; exclusion area boundary; utility property; abutting and adjacent properties; water bodies;

wooded areas; farms; residences; nearby settlements;

commercial areas; industrial plants; parks; dedicated areas; other public facilities; valued historic, scenic, cultural, recreational, or natural areas; and transporta tion links (e.g., railroads, highways, waterways). Indicate the total acreage owned by the applicant and that part occupied or modified by the station and station facili ties. Indicate other existing and proposed uses, if any, of applicant's property and the acreage devoted to these uses. Describe any plans for site modifications, such as a visitors center or park.

Provide, in tabular form, the distances from the centerline of the first operational nuclear unit proposed to the following for each of the 16 sectors described in Section 2.1.2 above:

1. Nearest milk cow (to a distance of 5 miles)

2. Nearest milk goat (to a distance of 5 miles)

3. Nearest residence (to a distance of 5 miles)

4. Nearest site boundary

5. Nearest vegetable garden (greater than 500 ft2 in area; to a distance of 5 miles)

Indicate which, if any, of the cow and goat locations are dairy operations. Where possible, the applicant should provide specific information on the actual usage of the milk, whether the milk is used raw by infants, children, or adults or whether or not the milk goes to a dairy. Estimate the dairy dilution factor, and provide the basis. Determine the fraction of the milk at the dairy that is used to produce dairy products such as butter, whey, etc.

Indicate (for the 5-mile-radius area) the nature and extent of present and projected land use (e.g., agricul ture, livestock raising; dairies, pasturelands, residences, wildlife preserves, sanctuaries, hunting areas, industries, recreation, transportation) and any recent trends such as abnormal changes in population or industrial patterns. If the area near the station site is zoned for specific uses, the applicant should indicate the zoning restrictions, both at the site and within 5 miles of the reactor building location and any local plans to restrict develop ment to limit population encroachment.

Provide data on annual meat (kg/yr), milk (liters/yr),

and truck farming production (kg/yr) and distribution within a 50-mile radius from the proposed reactor.

Provide the data by sectors in the same manner as indicated in Sections 2.1.2.1 and 2.1.2.2. Furnish information on type, quantity (kg/yr), and yield (kg/m2) of crops grown within a 50-mile radius from the proposed reactor. Provide information on grazing season (give dates), feeding regimes for cattle (such as grazing practices, green chop feeding, corn and grass silage feeding, and hay feeding), pasture grass density (kg/mi),

and yield statistics (kg/mi)

for harvested forage crops for beef and dairy cattle feeding within a 50-mile radius of the proposed reactor. Agricultural production, crop yield, grazing, and feeding data may be obtained from sources such as local and State agricultural agencies, agricultural agents, and other reliable sources.

Determine and indicate in tabular format the past, present, and projected commercial fish and shellfish catch (according to the National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) standard reporting units) from contiguous waters within 50 miles of the station discharge. Report the catch by total landings and by principal species, indicating the amounts used as human food. Indicate the location of principal fishing areas and ports of landing associated with these contiguous waters, and relate these locations to harvest by species. Note the amounts consumed locally. Determine and tabulate the present and projected recreational fish and shellfish harvest from

2-2

these waters in the same format, also indicating principal fishing areas and their respective yield by species. As above, indicate the amounts consumed locally. Include any harvest and use of seaweed, other aquatic life, or any vegetation used as human food from these waters.

Indicate the closest location to the point of discharge that is publicly accessible (from land and from water)

and influenced by the discharge flow. Provide a qualita tive estimate of the fishing success that a fisherman could have at this location. Identify and describe any fish farms or similar aquatic activity within the 50-mile area utilizing water that reasonably may be affected by the power station discharge. Indicate the species and produc tion from each of these facilities and the amounts consumed locally. If hunting occurs within 50 miles of the station, determine the average annual harvest by species, and indicate the amount of game that will be consumed locally. Fish landings, recreational and com mercial fin and shellfish harvests, and hunting and game information may be obtained from sources such as Federal, State, and county recreation, conservation, game, and fish agencies. Institutional or other authorita tive sources may also be used. Where adequate data are not available, the applicant should determine the in formation independently.

The information in this section should be organized in a manner that demonstrates coordination of the principal activities of the proposed station with the various uses of land and water outside the station. These activities should include details of required offsite access corridors such as railroad spurs, rights-of-way for cooling water conveyance, new or future roadways, and other cultural features that relate to the principal purpose of the facility. The discussion should include reference to the reservation of rights-of-way for any future ex pansions that might be foreseen at the time of the application.

On a monthly basis, identify the location, nature, and amounts of present and projected surface and ground water use (e.g., water supplies, irrigation, reservoirs, recreation, and transportation) within 50 miles of the station where the water supplies may be contaminated by station effluents and the present and projected population associated with each use point, where appro priate. In addition, all population centers taking water from waterways between the station and the ocean, or such lesser distance as the applicant can technically justify, should be tabulated (distance, uses, amounts, and population). Sources that are river bank wells should be tabulated separately with their associated populations. The effect of present and projected regional consumptive water uses by the station on the supplies or vice versa should be identified. Water and sewage treatment processes should be described where water suppliers may be affected by station effluents.

Data on both present and projected future water use should be summarized and tabulated; users should be located on maps of legible scale. Tabulations containing information similar to that listed below should be provided for water users that may be affected.

1. Number: Include numbers shown on maps identi fying the location of water users;

2. Distance from Station: Separate intake and dis charge locations should be identified as follows:

a. Identify radial distance from station for each water user;

b. Provide distance from station via water route, or by River Mile, etc.;

3. Coordinates: Provide map coordinates, if appropri ate;

4. Withdrawal Rate: Provide present and projected withdrawal rate (in cfs or gpm) for each water use;

5. Return Rates: Provide present and projected return rates (in cfs or gpm) if appropriate:

6. Type of Water Use: Provide type of water use for each location, e.g., municipal, industrial, irrigation;

7. Source and Projection Dates of Water-Use Esti mates: Where use rates are anticipated to change over the life of the project, indicate periodic projections and the source of the projection information. Sources for such projections may be available for users or planning agencies at different levels of government.

For items 4 and 5 above, if use varies significantly seasonally, indicate monthly values. Also, where substan tial holdup or flow changes occur in water use systems, such as in storage ponds or by flow augmentation, indicate the character of the changes.

In addition, for ground water users, indicate the types of ground water use, depth of wells, ground water elevation, and return rates (if to surface water), and characterize the use by aquifer.

2.2 Ecology In this section, the applicant should describe the flora and fauna in the vicinity of the site, their habitats, and their distribution. This initial inventory will reveal certain organisms which, because of their importance to the community, should be given specific attention. A

species is "important" (for the purposes of this guide) if a specific causal link can be identified between the nuclear power station and the species and if one or more of the following criteria applies: (a) the species is

2-3

commercially or recreationally valuable, (b) the species is threatened or endangered, 2 (c) the species affects the well-being of some ivnportant species within criteria (a)

or (b), or (d) the species is critical to the structure and function of the ecological system or is a biological indicator of radionuclides in the environment.

The initial inventory should establish the identity of the majority of terrestrial and aquatic organisms on or near the site and their relative (qualitative) abundances.

The applicant should identify the "important" species from this list and discuss in detail their quantitative abundances. The discussion should include species that migrate through the area or use it for breeding grounds.

Special attention should be given to the relative impor tance of the station area to the total regional area of the living resources (potential or exploited).

The applicant should provide data on the count and distribution of important domestic fauna, in particular cows and goats, that may be involved in the radiological exposure of man via the iodine-milk route. A map that shows the distribution of the principal plant communi ties should be provided.

The discussion of species-environment relationships should include descriptions of area usage (e.g., habitat, breeding, etc.) for important species; it should include life histories of important regional animals and aquatic organisms, their normal seasonal population fluctua tions, the density and distribution of their planktonic life stages, and their habitat requirements (e.g., thermal tolerance ranges); and it should include identification of food chains and other interspecies relationships, particu larly when these are contributory to predictions or evaluations of the impact of the nuclear station on the regional biota.

Identify any definable preexisting environmental stresses from sources such as pollutants, as well as pertinent ecological conditions suggestive of such stresses. The status of ecological succession should be described. Discuss the histories of any infestations, epidemics, or catastrophes (caused by natural phenom ena) that have had a significant impact on regional biota.

The irformation should be presented in two separate subsections, the first entitled "Terrestrial Ecology" and the second, "Aquatic Ecology." The sources of informa tion should be identified. As part of this identification, present a list of pertinent published material dealing

21n the writing and reviewing of environmental reports, specific consideration should be given to possible impact on any species (or its habitat) that has been determined to be endangered or threatened with endangerment by the Secretary of the Interior and the Secretary of Commerce. New terminology defining

"endangered or threatened with endangerment" has been promulgated in Pub. Law 93-205, 87 Stat. 884.

with the ecology of the region. Locate and describe any ecological or biological studies of the site or its environs currently in progress.

2.3 Meteorology 3 This section should provide a meteorological descrip tion of the site and its surrounding area. The description should include the use of at least one annual cycle from the onsite meteorological program for a construction permit application and at least two annual cycles (preferably three or more whole years), including the most recent 1-year period, for an operating license application, plus examination of additional regional meteorological information. Sufficient data should be included to permit independent evaluations and assess ments of atmospheric diffusion characteristics and sta tion impacts on the environment. A discussion of climatology, existing levels of air pollution and their effects on station operations, the relationship of the meteorological data gathered on a regional basis to local data, and the impact of the local terrain and large lakes and other bodies of water on meteorological conditions in the area should also be included.

The following data concerning site meteorology, taken from onsite meteorological measurements and nearby representative stations, should be presented:

1. Diurnal and monthly averages and extremes of temperature, dewpoint, and humidity;

2. Monthly and annual wind speed and direction data in joint frequency form at all heights of measurement representative of wind characteristics for points of effluent release to, and transport within, the atmos phere;

3. Monthly and annual joint frequencies of wind direction and speed by atmospheric stability class at heights and intervals relevant to atmospheric transport of effluents;

4. Total precipitation by month, number of hours with precipitation, rainfall rate distributions, and monthly precipitation wind roses;

5. Frequency of occurrence of winds greater than 50

knots by storm type (e.g., orographic or synoptic flow regimes, tornadoes, and hurricanes).

This information should be fully documented and substantiated as to validity of its representation of expected long-term conditions at and near the site.

3Data for this section may be drawn from information in Section

2.3 of the Preliminary Safety Analysis Report, as appropriate.

2-4

Guidance on acceptable onsite meteorological measure ments and data format is presented in Regulatory Guide

1.23 (Safety Guide 23), "Onsite Meteorological Pro grams."

Sufficient meteorological information should also be provided to adequately characterize atmospheric trans port processes (i.e., airflow trajectories, diffusion condi tions, deposition characteristics) out to a distance of 50

miles from the nuclear station. The primary source of meteorological information is the onsite meteorological program. Other sources of meteorological information could include available National Weather Service (NWS)

stations, meteorological programs that are well main tained and well exposed (e.g., other nuclear facilities, university, private meteorological programs), and addi tional satellite meteorological facilities established by the applicant to characterize relevant conditions at critical onsite and offsite locations. Adequate characteri zation of atmospheric transport processes within 50

miles of the station may include examination of meteoro logical data from stations farther than 50 miles from the station when this information can provide additional clarification of the mesoscale atmospheric transport processes. For an assessment of atmospheric transport to distances of 50 miles from the station, the following additional regional meteorological information (based on at least a 1-year period of record) should be presented for as many relevant stations as practicable:

1. Wind speed and direction data at all heights at which wind characteristic data are applicable or have been measured;

2. Atmospheric stability as defined by vertical tem perature gradient or other well-documented parameters that have been substantiated by diffusion data;

3. Monthly mixing height data; and

4. Total precipitation by month, number of hours with precipitation, rainfall rate distributions, and monthly precipitation wind roses.

All meteorological data should be concurrent for each station with the onsite data collection periods, presented by hour, and should be available on magnetic tapes. In addition, a map showing the detailed topographic features (as modified by the station) on a large scale within a 5-mile radius of the station, a smaller scale map showing topography within a 50-mile radius of the station, and a plot of maximum elevation versus distance from the center of the station in each of the sixteen

221/4-degree compass point sectors (i.e., centered on true north, northnortheast, northeast, etc.) radiating from the station to a distance of 50 miles should be presented.

For assessment of the impact of station operation on the environment, data summaries (e.g., moisture deficit, visibility, solar radiation) should be presented to support the description given in Section 5.1.4 of the frequency and extent of fogging and icing conditions and other impacts on the atmospheric environment due to station presence and operation.

At the time of construction permit application, applicants proposing a wet, dry, or wet-dry cooling tower for main condenser cooling or service water cooling should furnish appropriate summaries of joint humidity data along with the joint wind speed, stability category, and wind direction frequencies for heights related to the estimation of cooling tower moisture dispersion for at least 6 months and preferably one annual cycle in order to provide a basis for the estimation of the impact of tower operation on the environment. If the applicant does not have the detailed site-specific meteorological data described above, it may present information applicable to the general site area from the National Weather Service or other authoritative sources. The detailed site-specific data may be scheduled in accordance with Section 6, "Environmental Reports,"

of the Introduction to this guide.

2.4 Hydrology 4 The effects of station construction and operation on adjacent surface and ground waters are of prime impor tance. The applicant should describe, in quantitative terms, the physical, chemical, biological, and hydro logical characteristics, the typical seasonal ranges and averages, and the historical extremes for surface and ground water bodies.

Information should be provided only for those waters that may affect station effluents and water supply or that may be reasonably assumed to be affected by the construction or operation of the station. For those water bodies and systems that may receive radionuclides from the station, the data should be supplied out to a radius of 50 miles from the site.

Expected seasonal and other temporal variations of important parameters such as flow and currents should be described monthly; daily or shorter increments should be provided when they are important in deter mining the basis for evaluation of environmental effects.

The applicant should identify, to the extent possible, the source and nature of the background pollutants (e.g.,

chemical species and physical chirac-ceristics such as

4Data for this section may be drawn from information in Section 2.4 of the Preliminary Safety Analysis Report, as appropriate.

2-5

color and temperature), the range of concentrations involved, and the time variations in release. Information relating to water quality characteristics should include measurements made on or in close proximity to the site.

Station construction and operation will affect the hydrologic characteristics in the site area. Information should be provided to establish the bases for estimates of the effects. For systems involving water impoundments, the flow rates (in and out), evaporation, drawdown, percolation, evapotranspiration, and net volumes should be provided. In addition, provide elevation-area-capacity curves. Furnish sufficient site-specific data to justify the evaluation of the effects of construction and operation of the station on established ground water tables and usage.

Where a stream is to be used by the station in any way, the estimated 7-day, once-in-lO-years low flow should be presented, in addition to observed instanta neous and average daily minimums. Furthermore, the period-of-record drought with the monthly flow sequence identified above, transposed to the station intake and adjusted for existing and projected upstream developments, should be provided. A description of significant tributaries above and below the site, their monthly flow sequences (if necessary to identify future water use), and the pattern and gradients of drainage in the area should be provided.

In order to develop a systematic evaluation of the interaction of proposed releases with the receiving water, and to permit establishment of distributional isopleths of temperature or chemical and radionuclide concentra tions, as discussed in Chapter 5 of this guide, detailed hydrologic descriptions of the site environment to a radius of 50 miles are necessary. (Note that water use is discussed in Section 2.1.3.)

For the surface water environment, site-specific hydrologic information should include descriptions of both tidal and nontidal flow patterns. For large lakes and coastal regions, the description of nontidal circula tion should include frequency distributions of current speed direction and persistence.

The seasonal cycles of temperature and salinity structure should be provided. Additionally, information should be included that describes the bottom and shoreline configuration, sedimentation rates (suspended and bed load), sediment gradation analysis, and distrib ution (sorption) coefficients.

For the ground water environment, the hydrologic information should include descriptions of the major aquifers in the area, ground water piezometric contour maps of pre- and postconstruction conditions, hydraulic gradients, permeabilities for representative geologic fea tures, total and effective porosities, bulk density esti- mates, storage coefficients, dispersion and distribution (sorption) coefficients, descriptions of pertinent geologic formations and soil types, including formation depth throughout the site and to the nearest downgradient well or water body (note that geology is discussed in Section

2.5), chemical properties, and time histories of ground water fluctuations. The applicant should provide data concerning any drawdown of ground water caused by withdrawals from neighboring major industrial and municipal wells that may result in the transport of material from the site to these or other wells.

Where features of a proposed station such as founda tions, excavations, artificial lakes, and canals create artificial conduits for flow of ground water between and among aquifers, the applicant should furnish sufficient site-specific detail to justify its evaluation of the effects of construction and operation of the station on estab lished ground water tables and usage. (Note that water use at the site is discussed in Section 2.1.3.)

In addition to providing the information described above for the hydrologic environment in the immediate vicinity of the station, information should also be provided for all points that could be affected by station construction and operation within the 50-mile radius where water is withdrawn or where there are significant changes in important parameters. All data for parameters should be adjusted to both present-day conditions and to those that may reasonably be expected to occur over the life of the station. Chemical and biological para meters of the hydrologic environment should be des cribed in a like manner.

The amount of information required for evaluation of radionuclide transport in water should be commensurate with the models used in support of the analysis required in Appendix I to 10CFR Part 50.

2.5 Geology A description of the major geological aspects of the site and its immediate environs should be provided. The level of detail presented should be appropriate to the proposed station design and particularly the heat dissipa tion system planned. For example, if holding or cooling ponds are to be created, a detailed description of soil and bedrock types, etc., should be provided. Except for those specific features that are relevant to the environ mental impact assessment, the discussion may be limited to noting the broad features and general characteristics of the site and environs (topography, stratigraphy, and soil and rock types).

2.6 Regional Historic, Archeological, Architectural, Scenic, Cultural, and Natural Features Areas valued for their historic, archeological, architec tural, scenic, cultural, or natural significance may be

2-6

affected. The environmental report should include a brief discussion of the historic, scenic, archeological, architectural, cultural, and natural significance, if any, of the station site and nearby areas with specific attention to the sites and areas listed in the National Registry of Natural Landmarks and properties included in or eligible for inclusion in the National Register of Historic Places.

The National Registry of National Landmarks appears in 37 FR 1496. The National Register of Historic Places is published annually in the Federal Register; additions are published in the Federal Register on the first Tuesday of each month. General guidance on the treatment of historic, archeological, architectural, and cultural features can be obtained from the National Park Service publication,

"Preparation of Environmental Statements: Guidelines for Discussion of Cultural (Historic, Archeological, Architectural)

Resources,"

August 1973.5 The environmental report should identify those prop erties included in or eligible for inclusion in the National Register of Historic Places which may be affected by the construction or operation of a station or its associated facilities, including the transmission lines and corridor rights-of-way. Also, the applicant should* discuss its consultation with the appropriate State Liaison Officer for Historic Preservation concerning the identification of properties included in or eligible for inclusion in the National Register of Historic Places. The environmental report should contain evidence of contact with the Historic Preservation Officer for the state involved, including a copy of his comments concerning the effect of the undertaking on historic, archeological, and cul tural resources. Procedures for the protection of historic

5Copies may be obtained from Chief Historian, Room 1226, National Park Service, 18th and C Streets NW, Washington, D.C.

20240.

and cultural properties (36 CFR Part 800) were pub lished in 39 FR 3366 (January 25, 1974).

The environmental report should also indicate whether or not the site has any archeological significance and how this conclusion was reached. Where necessary, professional quality assessments should be undertaken by archeologists.. If such significance or value is present, the applicant's plans to ensure its preservation or plans filed in a public agency for this purpose should be described. The environmental report should contain evidence of any steps taken to recover historical and archeological data affected by station construction or transmission lines in accordance with the Historic and Archeological Preservation Act of 1974 (PL 93-29 1).

In addition, the applicant should provide an assess ment of the visual effects of the station and transmission lines on nearby valued cultural, scenic, historic, park, and recreation areas. The assessment should include drawings or modified photographs indicating the station facilities and their surroundings, if visible from these nearby important vantage points, and estimates of the number of people affected.

It should be stated whether the proposed transmis sion line rights-of-way from the station to the hookup with the existing system (Section 3.9) will pass through or near any area or location of known historic, scenic, cultural, natural, or archeological significance.

2.7 Noise Ambient noise levels obtained from the surrounding biotic communities within 5 miles of the proposed station should be reported. Particular attention should be directed toward obtaining acoustic noise levels where high voltage transmission lines are located. Federal and State noise standards should be referenced, where applicable.

2-7

CHAPTER 3 THE STATION

The operating station and transmission system should be described in this chapter. Since environmental effects are of primary concern in the report, the station effluents and station-related systems that interact with the environment should be described in particular detail.

3.1 External Appearance The building layout and station perimeter should be illustrated and related to the site maps presented in Section 2.1. The station profile should be shown to scale by line drawings or other illustrative techniques. A

recent oblique aerial photograph or graphic representa tion of the completed station should be included.

The applicant should describe efforts made in locat ing facilities on the site to use existing terrain and vegetation to achieve seclusion and sight screening as appropriate to the topography. In addition, the architec tural design efforts made to integrate the facilities into their environmental setting and to create esthetically pleasing buildings and grounds should be noted.

The location and elevation of release points for liquid and gaseous wastes should be clearly indicated by a system of (x,y) coordinates related to the centerline of containment of the first nuclear unit covered by this proposal.

3.2 Reactor and Steam-Electric System The reactor type (e.g.., BWR, PWR, HTGR), manu facturer, architect-engineer, number of units, and kind (make) of turbine generator should be stated. The fuel (cladding, enrichment, etc.) should be described. Rated (license level) and design ("stretch" level) electrical and thermal power of the reactor, as well as the station's electrical power consumption, should be given.

The relationship of station heat rate to the expected variation of turbine back pressure for 100%, 80%, and

60% unit load should be furnished for design circulator flow, and ranges of operational variation should be given. The proposed station operating life (years) should be indicated.

3.3 Station Water Use A quantitative water-use diagram for the station showing anticipated- maximum and monthly average flow rates to and from the various station water systems (e.g., heat dissipation system, sanitary system, radwaste and chemical waste systems, process water systems)

should be presented. The sources of the water for each input should be described. The anticipated maximum and monthly average consumptive use of water by the station should be shown. The above data that quantify station water use should be tabulated for various station conditions, including maximum power operation, minimum anticipated power operation, and temporary shutdown, with or without cooling towers and cooling ponds (if seasonal usage is planned). To avoid excessive detail on the diagrams, refer to other sections (e.g.,

Sections 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, and 3.7) for relevant data.

The station usage above should be compared with the low-flow (drought) periods of record on rivers or variable lakes. Based on historical low-flow records, provide the estimated frequency and duration of station outages and emergency systems usage resulting from insufficient supply of operational cooling water. If onsite reservoirs are to be created, describe level fluctuations and the consequences of such fluctuations on such environmental factors as vegetation, aquatic food chains, and insect breeding.

3.4 Heat Dissipation System Heat-removal facilities for normal operation should be discussed in detail. Process flow diagrams and scale drawings of intake and outfall structures should be presented. The reasons for providing the particular facilities (such as water resources limitations or reduc tion of thermal effects) should be noted. The water bodies from which cooling water is withdrawn and to which cooling water is returned should be identified.

(Natural temperatures, including monthly changes and stratification, should be described in Section 2.4.)

Topics to be covered include quantity of heat dissipated; quantity of water withdrawn; consumptive water use, return, design, size, and location of cooling towers, cooling lakes and ponds, canals with spray modules, or spray ponds; air and water flow rates, pertinent temperatures, estimates of quantity of drift and drizzle (and methods used in making estimates) for cooling towers and spray systems; blowdown volume, rate of discharge, and physical and chemical characteris tics for cooling towers, spray systems, and ponds;

temperature changes, rate of changes, and holdup times in cooling ponds or artificial lakes; and rate of evapora tion of water (by months) from towers, ponds, lakes, or other related cooling facilities. Also include information on dams or dikes where a cooling reservoir is created to include essential features of the interior flow patterns;

design and location of water intake systems or struc tures, including numbers, types, and sizes of screens, water depth, and flow and velocity at design conditions and for any anticipated conditions of reduced circulator

3-1

flow; number and capacity of pumps at intake structure;

temperature differences between withdrawn and re turned water, including consideration of operational variation of circulator flow; time of travel across condenser and to the end of contained discharge lines, canals, etc., for different months and flows; point of addition and flow rate of any diluent added to the cooling water stream; and details of outfall design, including discharge flow and velocity and the depth of the discharge structure in the receiving water. Descrip tions should include operational modes of important subsystems. Ranges of operating conditions involving special conditions, such as operating with reduced circulator flow, should be described.

Procedures and schedules for removal and disposal of blowdown, of slimes and algal growth in the system, and of trash collected at the intake structures should be described. The methods used to prevent the initial accumulation of slime and algae and data on relevant chemical constituents should be presented in Section

3.6.

Seasonal and operational variations in all discharges should be described. This should include deicing, back flushing, and pump maintenance downtime under worst-case operating conditions.

Include a description of all details supporting the claims that any of the exemptions regarding the dis charge of heat in hot side blowdown as permitted by

40 CFR Part 423, Section 423.13(1)(2), is warranted with respect to the requirement that "there shall be no discharge of heat from the main condensers."

3.5 Radwaste Systems and Source Term This section should describe the liquid, gaseous, and solid radioactive waste (radwaste) treatment systems and the instrumentation used to monitor all effluent release points. The information should include the origin, treatment, and disposal of all liquid, gaseous, and solid radioactive wastes generated by the station during normal operation including anticipated operational occurrences (e.g., refueling, purging, equipment down time, maintenance).

Describe in detail the capabilities of the proposed radwaste treatment systems to maintain releases of radioactive materials in effluents to "as low as is reasonably achievable" levels in conformance with 10

CFR Parts 20 and 50 including the cost-benefit analysis required by Appendix I to 10 CFR Part 50.

Since the radwaste systems are discussed and shown in detail in the applicant's Preliminary Safety Analysis Report (PSAR), the applicant may show the radwaste treatment systems by block diagrams. References to appropriate sections of the PSAR should be indicated wherever needed.

3.5.1 Source Term Provide the sources of radioactivity that serve as input to the liquid, gaseous, and solid radioactive waste treatment systems for normal operation and anticipated operational occurrences. Describe the calculational model used to determine the activity of each radio nuclide in the primary and secondary (PWR) coolant.

The fraction of fuel releasing radioactivity into the primary coolant or the fission product noble gas release rate used as a design basis should be consistent with operating experience.

Provide a complete derivation of the concentrations of activated corrosion products used in the source term calculations. Provide the bases for all assumptions used in the derivation. Cite pertinent operating experience where data are available. The activation of water and constituents normally found in the reactor coolant system should also be taken into account. Sources of isotopes (e.g., N-16, Ar-41), together with the concentra tion of each isotope, should be identified.

Identify sources and appearance rate of tritium in the reactor coolant. Describe the management of tritiated liquids during normal operations and anticipated opera tional occurrences. Identify release points for tritiated liquids and gases and the quantity of tritium (curies)

expected to be released annually by each pathway.

Provide piping and instrumentation diagrams (P&IDs)

for fuel pool cooling and purification systems and for fuel pool ventilation systems. Provide the volume of the fuel pool and refueling canal, identify sources of makeup water, and describe the management of water inventories during refueling. Provide an analysis of the concentra tions of radioactive materials in the fuel pool water following refueling, and calculate the releases of radio active materials in gaseous effluents due to evaporation from the surface of the fuel pool and refueling canals during refueling and during normal power operation.

Provide the bases for the values used and cite pertinent operating experience.

For purposes of evaluating the effluents from the various ventilation systems, provide estimates of the leakage rates from the reactor coolant system and other fluid systems containing radioactivity into buildings and areas serviced by the ventilation systems. Identify planned operations and anticipated operational occur rences that may result in release of radioactive materials to the environment. Consider leakage rates and concen trations of radioactive materials for both expected and design conditions. Tabulate the sources of leakage and estimate their contribution to the total quantity. Des cribe special design features provided to reduce leakage.

Provide estimates of the releases of radioactive gases, radioactive particulates, and radioiodines (by radio nuclide) from each leakage source, and describe their

3-2

subsequent transport mechanisms and release paths.

Provide the bases for the values used. Cite previous pertinent experience from operating reactors, dqscribing any changes from previous designs that would affect the release of radioactive materials to the environment.

Regulatory Guide 1.112, "Calculation of Releases of Radioactive Materials in Gaseous and Liquid Effluents from Light-Water-Cooled Power Reactors," may be referenced, as appropriate, in providing the above information.

Provide responses to the source term questionnaires and to the cost-benefit analysis questionnaire which appear as Appendices E, F, and G of this guide.

3.5.2 Liquid Radwaste Systems Describe the liquid radwaste systems and their capa bilities to control, collect, process, handle, store, and dispose of liquid radioactive wastes generated as the result of normal operation and anticipated operational occurrences. Provide piping and instrumentation dia grams and flow diagrams for liquid radwaste systems.

Reference may be made to the appropriate sections in the PSAR. Show tank capacities, system flow rates, and design capacities of components. Show all interconnec tions with other systems and all potential bypass paths.

Identify the normal mode of operation. Provide esti mated quantities and flow rates from all sources, expected decontamination factors, and holdup times.

Estimated quantities should be given in terms of gallons, total curie content, and activity concentration in pCi/ml.

Indicate which systems are used separately and which are shared with other units at the site, as appropriate.

Provide a summary tabulation of all radionuclides that will be discharged with each effluent stream, and provide the expected annual average release rate (Cilyr per reactor).

An evaluation should be provided showing confor mance with the design objectives specified in Appendix I

to 10 CFR Part 50, Section II, Paragraphs A and D. With regard to Paragraph D, tabulate the components and the parameters considered in the cost-benefit analyses, along with dollarlman-rem reduction. Analyses should be based on a 30-year station operating life. Describe the cost-benefit analysis model in sufficient detail that the tabulated values can be verified. Provide the bases for all assumptions and parameters used in the analyses. Pro vide design specifications for all equipment involved in the cost-benefit analyse

s. Regulatory Guide

1.110,

"Cost-Benefit Analysis for Radwaste Systems for Light Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Reactors," may be refer enced, as appropriate, in providing the above informa tion.

3.5.3 Gaseous Radwaste Systems Describe the gaseous radwaste systems and their capa bilities to control, collect, process, handle, store, and dispose of gaseous and particulate radioactive wastes generated as the result of normal operation and antici pated operational occurrences. Include building ventila tion systems that exhaust potentially radioactive materials to the environment. Indicate systems that incorporate high-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filters and/or charcoal adsorbers in the treatment of building effluents. Provide P&IDs and flow diagrams for all gaseous radwaste systems. Reference may be made to the appropriate sections of the PSAR. Show system and component capacities. Provide calculations for gas holdup systems, indicating holdup times, decay factors, and reserve capacity. Identify the normal mode of operation. List estimated quantities and flow rates from all sources, expected decontamination factors, and holdup times. Estimated quantities should be given in terms of cubic feet, total curie content, and aciivity concentration in pCi/cc.

Indicate which systems are used continuously and which are operated only under specific circumstances.

Note those systems that are shared with other reactors at the site, those systems that are shared between separate buildings or between units, and also those that share a common effluent release point. Identify all gaseous radioactive effluent release points including heights above station grade, temperature, and exit velocity. Provide a summary tabulation of all radio nuclides that will be discharged with each effluent stream, and provide the expected annual average release rate (Ci/yr per reactor).

Provide an evaluation showing conformance with the design objectives specitied in Appendix I to 10 CFR Part

50,Section II, Paragraphs B, C, and D. With regard to Paragraph D, tabulate the components and the para meters considered in the cost-benefit analyses along with the dollar/man-rem reduction. Analyses should be based on a 30-year station operating life. Describe the cost benefit analysis model in detail sufficient to verify the tabulated values. Provide the bases for all assumptions and the parameters used in the analyses. Give the design specifications for all equipment involved in the cost benefit analyses. Regulatory Guide 1.110, "Cost-Benefit Analysis for Radwaste Systems for Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Reactors," may be referenced, as appro priate, in providing the above information.

3.SA Solid Radwaste System Describe the solid radwaste system and its capability to solidify liquid waste concentrates and to handle, store, and package for shipment the solid radioactive wastes generated as a result of normal operation in cluding anticipated operational occurrence

s. Include any

3-3

tanks designed to receive concentrated liquid wastes, sludges, or resins prior to processing in the solid radwaste system. Interconnections with liquid radwaste systems should be described. A description of the provisions for 'the compaction or baling of dry solid wastes should also be included. List estimated quantities from all sources. Estimated quantities should be given in terms of cubic feet of solid product (as processed and prepared for shipment), total curie content, and activity concentration in curies per package, or curies per cubic foot. Indicate if the solid radwaste system is shared with other units at the site.

Describe provisions for the storage of packaged solid wastes. Estimate the decay time provided in storage prior to shipment offsite.

Provide P&IDs and flow diagrams showing the origin, treatment, storage, and shipment provisions for all solid radwaste generated by the station under consideration.

Reference should be made to the appropriate sections of the PSAR. Show system and component capacities, and identify the normal mode of operation.

3.5.5 Process and Effluent Monitoring Identify all radioactive effluent release points, and indicate which points are continuously monitored. Note those monitors that automatically terminate effluent discharges upon alarm. Indicate those monitors that, upon alarm, automatically actuate standby or alternative treatment systems or that automatically divert streams to holdup tanks.

3.6 Chemical and Biocide Wastes The applicant should provide a complete list of all chemicals (including scaling and corrosion inhibitors, chemical and biological antifouling agents, and cleaning compounds) to be used at the proposed station. Chemi cal names should be given in addition to generic or trade names wherever possible. The list should describe in tabular form the use of each chemical agent, the frequency of use, and the average and maximum quantities (pounds) used annually.

The applicant should describe average and expected maximum design discharge concentrations of chemicals, including corrosion products, that may enter the environment as a result of station operation.

Sources of chemicals discharged by the station should be identified by the waste categories specified in 40 CFR

Part 423, "Effluent Guidelines and Standards for the Steam Electric Power Generating Point Source Cate gory," issued by the Environmental Protection Agency, and should include, where applicable, circulating and service water systems; blowdown from recirculating cooling water systems; low-volume waste discharge systems such as demineralizer regenerant waste, water treatment sludge supernatant, filter backwash, steam generator blowdown; area rainfall runoff from construc tion activities and materials storage piles; waste streams or discharges from roof, yard, and other drains; laundry waste streams which may also contain radionuclides; and other waste streams that may enter the local environ ment as a result of station operation.

Maximum and average concentrations (in mg/liter) of chemicals and solids in any brines or cooling system effluents should be given. The expected average and maximum design discharge concentrations of each pollutant for each permitted station discharge should be listed in a table along with the chemical concentrations in each of the above-mentioned waste source categories, where applicable, and the chemical concentration of the intake water supply. Each pollutant in the station's cooling system effluent should be compared with appli cable State and Federal (40 CFR Part 423) effluent limitations guidelines and reported in the table. All flow rates, frequencies of discharge, and regenerant times for the waste sources should also be included in the table.

Quantities of chemicals discharged with treated or partially treated waste streams not covered by 40 CFR

Part 423 should be specifically listed.

Where discharges of free available chlorine or total residual chlorine are not in compliance with 40 CFR

Part 423 guidelines, details should be given which support any conclusion that the proposed unit(s) cannot operate at or below this level of chlorination and thus a variance from the effluent limitations of 40 CFR Part

423 is warranted (as is currently allowed by 40 CFR Part

423).

Ground deposition and airborne concentrations of chemicals and solids entrained in spray fallout should be estimated and the methods and bases for the estimates stated. The discussion should include a description of procedures by which all effluents will be treated, controlled, and discharged to meet State and EPA

effluent limitation guidelines and new source perfor mance standards. Seasonal and operational variations in discharges should be described as they relate to effluent limitations and standards of performance. A flow dia gram (which may also be combined with the liquid radwaste system flow diagram) should be included.

3.7 Sanitary and Other Waste Systems The applicant should describe any other nonradio active solid or liquid waste materials such as sanitary and chemical laboratory wastes, laundry solutions, and de contamination solutions that may be created during station operation. The description should include esti mates of the quantities of wastes to be disposed of, their pollutant concentrations, biochemical oxygen demands at points of release as appropriate to the system, and other relevant data. The manner in which they will be

34

treated and controlled and the procedures for disposal should also be described. Means for control and treat ment of all systems subject to effluent limitation guidelines and standards of performance under FWPCA

should be described.

The applicant should (a) describe any other gaseous effluents (e.g., from diesel engines, gas turbines, heating plants, incinerators) created during station operation, (b)

estimate the frequency of release and describe how they will be treated before release to the environment, and (c)

estimate the total quantity of SO 2 and NO, pollutants to be discharged annually.

3.8 Reporting of Radioactive Material Movement The detailed requirements for the analysis Of environ.

mental impacts involving the transportation of radio active materials to and from nuclear power reactors is contained in 10 CFR Part 51.

If the transportation of fuel and waste to and from nuclear power reactors is within the scope of paragraph (g) of § 51.20, the environmental report need only contain a statement that such environmental impacts are as set forth in Summary Table S4 of 10

CFR Part 51 (see Appendix A). No further discussion of such environmental effects will be required.

If the transportation of fuel and waste to and from nuclear power reactors is not within the scope of paragraph (g) of §51.20, a full description and detailed analysis of the environmental impacts of transportation of radioactive materials under normal conditions of transport will be required. An analysis of the environmental impacts of transportation of radioactive materials following the approach set forth in WASH-1238 is acceptable.1

3.9 Transmission Facilities The environmental report should contain sufficient information to permit evaluation of the environmental impact of transmission lines and related facilities that are to be constructed between the proposed nuclear installa tion and an interconnecting point or points on the existing high-voltage transmission system, or are required elsewhere in the system for stability or power distribution purposes directly related to the proposed nuclear installation. For material useful in preparing this

1A general analysis of the environmental impact of transporting radioactive materials-to and from a light-water-cooled nuclear power reactor has been issued by the Commission. See "Envi ronmental Survey of Transportation of Radioactive Materials to and from Nuclear Power Plants," WASH-1238, December 1972, and Supplement I to WASH-1238, NUREG-75/038, April

1975. Copies of WASH-1238 and NUREG-75/038 may be obtained from the National Technical Information Service, Springfield, Virginia 22161.

section, the applicant is advised to consult the Depart ment of Interior/Department of Agruculture publica tion, Environmental Criteria for Electric Transmission Systems; the Federal Power Commission publication, Electric Power Transmission and the Environmert; the Electric Power Research Institute (EPRI) book, Trans mission Line Reference Book, 345kV and Above,2 and the National Electrical Safety Code.

Adequate descriptions of proposed line-related facilities, such as substations, should be included in the report. Sufficient information should be provided on the external appearance of the transmission structures to permit an assessment of their esthetic impact.

This portion of the report should describe the proposed transmission system and include basic design parameters such as voltage, capacity under normal and emergency load conditions, conductor type and configu ration, ruling spans, and electrical clearances. Illustrate the type of transmission structures, and provide profile drawings of the conductors and transmission structures to be located in highly visible areas. Indicate the dimensions, materials, color, and finish of the trans mission structures, substations, and other related facil ities.

The applicant should supply contour maps or aerial photographs, or both, showing the proposed rights-of way and identifying substations or other points at which the transmission lines will connect with the existing high-voltage system. The lengths, widths, and acreage of the proposed rights-of-way should be specified. The applicant should characterize the land types to be crossed by transmission lines and indicate the present and expected usage of such land. Any area where construction of the transmission lines will require permanent clearing of trees and vegetation, changes in topography, or removal of man-made structures should also be indicated, as well as areas where the transmission lines will be placed underground. Indicate where high ways, railways, water bodies, and areas of archeological, historical, and recreational interest will be crossed.

Where transmission lines offer potential hazard to aerial navigation, appropriate FAA standards should be referenced.

Identify alternative rights-of-way and terminal loca tions considered, and provide a brief discussion of the rationale for the selection of the proposed rights-of-way.

Provide sufficient information (including selection criteria) for assessment of the alternatives.

2Copies may be obtained from Fred Weidner and Son, Printers,

421 Hudson St., New York, NY 10014.

3-5

This portion of the report should identify and be taken to minimize these effects. 3 Appropriate State evaluate parameters of possible environmental signifi- and Federal standards should be referenced, as cance, including radiated electrical and acoustic noise, applicable.

induced or conducted ground currents, corona effects, and ozone production, and what mitigating actions will

3Details of the controls and effects are requested in Section 5.5.

3-6

CHAPTER 4 ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS OF SITE PREPARATION, STATION CONSTRUCTION,

AND TRANSMISSION FACILITIES CONSTRUCTION

This chapter of the applicant's environmental report should discuss the expected effects of site preparation and station and transmission facilities construction. The effects should be presented in terms of their physical impact on the resources and populations described in Chapter 2. Means selected by the applicant to measure and minimize related environmental effects should be outlined. Effects that are primarily economic or social in character should be discussed in Chapter 8.

The preparation of the site and the construction of a nuclear power station and related facilities will inevitably affect the environment; some of the effects will be adverse and some will be beneficial. Effects are considered adverse if environmental change or stress causes some biotic population or natural resource to be less safe, less healthy, less abundant, less productive, or less esthetically or culturally pleasing, as applicable; if the change or stress reduces the diversity and variety of individual choice, the standard of living, or the extent of sharing of life's amenities; or if the change or stress tends to lower the quality of renewable resources or to impair the recycling of depletable resources. Effects are considered beneficial if they cause changes or stresses having consequences opposite to those just enumerated.

In the applicant's discussion of adverse environmental effects, it should be made clear which of these are considered unavoidable and subject to later amelioration and which are regarded as unavoidable and irreversible.

Those effects that represent an irretrievable commitment of resources should receive detailed consideration in Section 4.3. (In the context of this discussion, "irretriev able commitment of resources" alludes to natural resources and means a permanent impairment of these, e.g., loss of wildlife habitat; destruction of nesting, breeding, or nursing areas; interference with migratory routes; loss of valuable or esthetically treasured natural areas as well as expenditure of directly utilized resources.)

4.1 Site Preparation and Station Construction The applicant should organize the discussion in terms of the effects of site preparation and station construc tion on both land use and water use. The consequences to both human and wildlife populations should be considered and identified as unavoidable, reversible, etc.,

according to the categorization set forth above.

In the land-use discussion, describe how construction activities may disturb the existing terrain and wildlife habitats. Consider the effects of such activities as creating building material supply areas;

building temporary or permanent roads, bridges, and service lines;

disposing of trash and chemical wastes (including oil);

excavating; and land filling. Provide information bearing on such questions as: How much land will be torn up?

For how long? Will there be dust or smoke problems?

How will explosives be used? Where and how often?

Indicate the proximity of human populations. Identify undesirable impacts on their environment arising from noise and from inconvenience due to the movement of men, material, and machines, including activities asso ciated with any provision of housing, transportation, and educational facilities for workers and their families.

The applicant should show in tabular form the land area requirements (in acres) affected by the station and station-related facilities. Where applicable, acieage should be specified for the site, station, cooling towers (main condenser and service water), switching stations, safe-shutdown and emergency cooling ponds, trans mission line corridors (both onsite and offsite), railroad spurs (both onsite and offsite) to be constructed, access roads, makeup and blowdown pipes, intake structures, parking lots, permanent buildings, and any other facility or pond occupying more than 2 acres.

An annual schedule of the estimated work force to be involved in site preparation and station construction should be presented. Describe any expected changes in accessibility of historical, cultural,' and archeological sites and natural landmarks in the region.

The discussion should also include any effects of site preparation and station construction activities whose consequences may be beneficial to the . region; for example, the use of spoil to create playgrounds and recreational facilities.

The discussion of water use should describe the impact of site preparation and construction activities on regional water (e.g., lakes, streams, ground water). The overall plan for protection of water bodies (e.g., recrea tion, reservoir) that may be affected by station construction should be discussed. Activities that might affect water use include the construction of cofferdams and storm sewers, dredging operations, placement of fill material in the water, and the creation of shoreside IDepending on location, the construction of a nuclear power station and associated access roads, docks, landscaping, etc.,

may have an impact on monuments of the National Geodetic Control Networks. The applicant should list all known markers in the construction area in its review and independently notify the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, National Geodetic Survey (NGS) of any impending damage to markers so that efforts can be made to relocate them prior to destruction.

4-1

facilities involving bulkheads, piers, jetties, basins, or other structures allowing ingress to or egress from the station by water. Examples of other pertinent activities are the construction of intake and discharge structures for cooling water or other purposes, straightening or deepening of a water channel, and operations affecting water level (flooding), construction, and dewatering effects on nearby ground water users. The applicant should describe the effects of these activities on naviga tion, fish and wildlife resources, water quality, water supply, esthetics, etc., as applicable.

Where it is proposed to create a cooling lake or pond, describe the effects on the local ecology, including the loss of flora and local migration of fauna from the area the lake or pond will occupy. In addition, the expected establishment and development of aquatic plant and animal life should be described. This discussion may reference any available data based on studies of similarly sited artificial lakes.

4.2 Transmission Facilities Construction The effects of clearing the rights-of-way and installing transmission line towers and conductors on the environs and on the people living in or traveling through the adjacent area should be discussed in this section.

(Refer to Section 3.9 for the basic information.)

The following topics may serve as guidelines for this discussion, but the applicant. should include any additional relevant material.

1. The proposed techniques for clearing the rights-of way and any resulting temporary and permanent changes that will be induced in the physical and biological processes of plant and wildlife through changes in the hydrology, topography, or ground cover or the use of growth retardants, chemicals, biocides, sprays, etc.,

during construction and installation of the transmission lines.

2. The methods to be used for erecting the trans mission line structures and for stringing conductors, including related environmental effects.

3. Number and length of new access and service roads required.

4. Erosion directly traceable to construction activities.

5. Loss of agricultural productivity and other present uses of rights-of-way.

Briefly discuss the effects of construction on any identified endangered species (as defined in Section 2.2).

4.3 Resources Committed Discuss any irreversible and irretrievable commitments of resources (e.g., loss of land, water, nonrecyclable building materials, destruction of biota)

that are expected if site preparation and construction of station and transmission facilities proceed. Commit ments of material resources involved in the construction of nuclear reactors are discussed in Regulatory Guide

4.10, "Irreversible and Irretrievable Commitments of Material Resources." Such losses should be evaluated in terms of their relative and long-term net and absolute impacts. (See Section 5.7 for more detailed consider ation.)

4.4 Radioactivity For multiunit stations, provide the estimated annual doses at various locations in a new unit construction area from onsite radiation sources such as the turbine systems (for BWRs), the auxiliary building, the reactor building, and stored radioactive wastes and from radio active effluents (e.g., direct radiation from the gaseous radioactive plume). Provide estimated annual doses to construction workers due to radiation from these sources from the adjacent operating unit(s) and the annual man-rem doses associated with such construction.

Include models, assumptions, and input data. If the Safety Analysis Report (SAR) has already been submitted or will be submitted simultaneously with the applicant's ER, reference may be made to the analysis contained in the SAR.

4.5 Construction Impact Control Program 2 The construction permit may require certain actions on the part of the applicant to ensure that environ mental controls to minimize impacts are carried out. In addition to the discussion of the effects of site prepara tion and construction, the applicant should furnish details of the program with which it plans to monitor those activities affecting site-related environmental quality. The applicant should state the specific nature of its control programs and the control procedures it intends to follow as a means of implementing adherence to environmental quality control limits, as applicable.

The applicant should describe measures designed to mitigate or reverse undesirable effects such as noise, erosion, dust, truck traffic, flooding, ground water level modification, and channel blockage. The description should include plans for landscape restoration, protec tion of natural drainage channels or development of

2A compilation of construction practices is provided in General Environmental Guidelines for Evaluating and Reporting the Effects of Nuclear Power Plant Site Preparation, Plant and Transmission Facilities Construction, AIF/NESP-003, February

1974. Copies may be obtained from the Atomic Industrial Forum, Inc.,

7101 Wisconsin Avenue, Washington, D.C. 20014.

4-2

appropriate substitutes, measures taken to control rainfall runoff, installation of fish ladders or elevators or other habitat improvement, augmentea water supply for affected surface and ground water users, and flood and pollution control.

The applicant should describe the means by which compliance with EPA's effluent limitation guidelines or new source performance standards (40 CFR Part 423)

applicable to construction activities will be achieved.

Precautions for handling of fuels, lubricants, oily wastes, and other chemical waste should be included.

Describe procedures for disposal of slash and unmer chantable timber and for cleanup and restoration of areas affected by clearing and construction activities.

Describe any other measures planned for the protec tion of fish and wildlife during construction.

4-3

CHAPTER 5 ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS OF STATION OPERATION

This chapter should describe the interaction of the station and transmission facilities (discussed in Chapter

3) and the environment (discussed in Chapter 2). To the extent possible, the applicant should avoid repeating the material presented in Chapters 2 and 3. Measures planned to reduce any undesirable effects of station operation (including the transmission facilities) on the environment should be described in detail. In the discussion of environmental effects, as in Chapter 4, effects that are considered unavoidable but either inherently temporary or subject to later amelioration should be clearly distinguished from those regarded as unavoidable and irreversible. Those effects that represent an irretrievable commitment of resources should receive detailed consideration in Section 5. Z

The impacts of operation of the proposed facility should be, to the fullest extent practicable, quantified and systematically presented.' In the discussion of each impact, the applicant should make clear whether the supporting evidence is based on theoretical, laboratory, onsite, or field studies undertaken on this or on previous occasions. The source of each impact (i.e.,

the station subsystem, waste effluent) and the popula tion or resource affected should be made clear in each case. The impacts should be distinguished in terms of their effects on surface water bodies, ground water, air, and land.

Finally, the applicant should discuss the relationship between local short-term uses of man's environment and the maintenance and enhancement of long-term pro ductivity. As used in this guide, "short term" may be taken to refer to the operating life of the proposed facility and "long term" to time periods extending beyond this life. The applicant should assess the action for cumulative and projected long-term effects from the point of view that each generation is trustee of the environment for each succeeding generation. This means considering, for example, the commitment of a water source to use as a cooling medium in terms of impair ment of other actual or potential uses and any other long-term effects to which the operation of this facility may contribute.

5. 1 Effects of Operation of Heat Dissipation System Waste heat dissipated by the system described in Section 3.A alters the thermal conditions of the environ ment. Since the heat transfer is usually effected through the surface of a river, pond, lake, estuary, or ocean or by the evaporation of water in a cooling tower, the meteor ology and hydrology of the environment (Sections 2.3 lQuantification of environmental costs is discussed in Chapter

10.

and 2.4) and the aquatic ecology (Section 2.2) are of primary importance in determining what effects the released heat will have on the aquatic environment.

5.1.1 Effluent Limitations and Water Quality Standards Describe applicable State and Federal (40 CFR Part

423) effluent guidelines and the thermal standards or limitations applicable to the water body to which the discharge is made (including maximum permissible temperature, maximum permissible increase, mixing zones, and maximum rates of increase and decrease) and whether and to what extent these standards or limita tions have been approved by the Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency in accordance with the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended.

Indicate whether the discharge could affect the quality of the waters of any other State or States.

5.1.2 Physical Effects Describe the effect that any heated effluent, including service water or closed-cycle system blow down, will have on the temperature of the receiving body of water with respect to space and time. Describe changes in temperature caused by drawing water from one depth and discharging it at another. The predicted characteristics of the mixing zone and temperature changes in the receiving body of water as a whole should be covered. Include seasonal effects. Discuss any model studies and calculations that have been performed to determine these characteristics, giving references to reports that provide supporting details. Details of calculational methods used in predicting thermal plume configurations should be given in an appendix to the report. The results should be portrayed in graphic form, showing isotherms in three dimensions for a range of conditions that form the basis for the estimation of ecological impact.

Where releases are determined to be affected by tides and winds, a probability rose relating directions, extent

"of modification, and time should be included. Both a daily and an annual probability rose should be developed where tides are operative.

5.1.3 Biological Effects Describe the effects of released heat on marine and freshwater life. Give the basis for the prediction of effects. In this discussion, appropriate references to the baseline ecological data presented in Section 2.2 should be made. Expected thermal effects should be related to the optimum and tolerance temperature ranges for important aquatic species (as defined in Section 2.2) and

5-1

the food base that supports them. The evaluation should consider not only the mixing zone, but also the entire regional aquatic habitat potentially affected by operation of the proposed station.

Potential hazards of the cooling water intake and discharge structures (described in Section 3.4) to fish populations and food base organisms should be identified, and steps planned to measure and minimize the hazards should be discussed. Diversion techniques should be discussed in the light of information obtained from ecological studies on fish population, size, and habitats.

The effects of passage through the condenser on zooplankton, phytoplankton, meroplankton, and small nektonic forms such as immature fish should be discussed, as well as the resultant implications for the important species and functional groups.

The applicant should discuss the potential biological effects of modifying the natural circulation of the water bodies affected by the station, especially if water is withdrawn from one region or zone and discharged into another. This discussion should consider such factors as the alteration of the dissolved oxygen and nutrient content and distribution in the receiving water, as well as the effects of scouring and suspended sediments. Where natural salinity is modified by station waterflow, the effects should be quantitatively investigated.

Station-induced changes in the temperature of the discharged water subsequent to environmental stabilization can affect aquatic life in the receiving body.

Accordingly, the applicant should discuss the possible effects of reactor shutdown (and other temporary related conditions), including the dependence of effects on the season in which shutdown occurs. An estimate of the number of scheduled and unscheduled shutdowns per year should be given. Refueling schedules should be indicated, particularly where the rate and magnitude of temperature change in the receiving waters are likely to be large (e.g., as a result of refueling in winter). Describe procedures for reducing thermal shock to aquatic organisms during shutdown or refueling. A discussion of operation with reduced circulator flow or increased temperature differentials should be specifically addressed to timing and extent to provide a basis for comparison of the effects of such operation with those of standard operating modes.

5.1.4 Effects of Heat Dissipation Facilities Discuss the expected effects of heat dissipation facilities such as cooling towers, cooling lakes and ponds, spray ponds, or diffusers on the local environment and on agriculture, housing, highway safety, recreation, air and water traffic, airports, or other installations with respect to meteorological phenomena, including fog, icing, precipitation modification, humidity changes,

"cooling tower blowdown and drift, and noise. Where cooling towers are considered, the discussion should include estimates of the dimensions of the visible plume under various stability classes (Pasquill) and the proba bility distribution of wind directions, air temperature, and humidity expected at the site. Discuss shadowing effects and esthetic considerations caused by cooling tower plumes. If fog clouds or icing may occur, the estimated hours per year, distances, and directions should be presented, along with transportation arteries (including navigable waters) potentially affected and measures to mitigate such effects. Consider possible synergistic effects that might result from mixing of fog or drift with other effluents discharged into the atmo sphere from nearby fossil-fueled or industrial facilities.

(Environmental effects of chemicals discharged from cooling tower blowdown and drift should be discussed in Section 5.3.)

In addition to the meteorological effects noted, other local environmental impacts may occur. These should be described. For example, if a cooling pond or lake is created or where ground water is a source of station water supply, the effects on ground water may be substantial; consequently, the alteration of water table levels, recharge rates, and soil permeability should be discussed.

5.2 Radiological Impact from Routine Operation In this section, the applicant should consider impacts on man or on biota other than man that are attributable to the release of radioactive materials and to direct radiation from the facility. The biota to be considered are those species of local flora and local and migratory fauna defined as "important" in Section 2.2 and whose terrestrial and/or aquatic habitats provide the highest potential for radiation exposure. Estimates of the radiological impact on man via the most significant exposure pathways should be provided.

5.2.1 Exposure Pathways The various possible pathways for radiation exposure of the important local flora and local and migratory fauna should be identified and described in the text and flowcharts. (An example of an exposure pathway chart for organisms other than man is given in Appendix H.)

The pathways should include the important routes of radionuclide translocation (including food chains leading to important species) to organisms or sites.

The various possible pathways for radiation exposure of man should be identified and described in text and flowcharts. (An example of an exposure pathway chart for man is given in Appendix H.) As a minimum, the following pathways should be evaluated: direct radiation from radioactivity contained within the station, shore-

5-2

line fishing (radionuclides deposited in sediments),

immersion in airborne effluents, and radionuclides deposited on the ground surface and vegetation, and internal exposure from inhalation of airborne effluents and from ingestion of milk, drinking water, fish and game, invertebrates, and plants. Identify any additional exposure pathways specific to the region around the site that could contribute 10% or more to either individual or population doses.

5.2.2 Radioactivity in Environment In Section 3.5, the radionuclide concentrations in the liquid and gaseous effluents discharged from the station are listed. In this section, the applicant should consider how these effluents are quantitatively distributed in the environment. Specifically, estimates should be provided for the radionuclide concentration (a) in all waters that receive any liquid radioactive effluent, (b) on land areas, (c) on vegetation (on a per unit area basis) in the environs, and (d) in the atmosphere around the nuclear station.

If there are other components of the physical environment that may accumulate radioactivity and thus result in the exposure of living organisms to nuclear radiations, they should be identified and their radioactivity burden estimated. In addition, information concerning any cumulative buildup of radionuclides in the environment, such as in sediments, should be presented and discussed. Information concerning any relocation of contaminated or potentially contaminated materials in the physical environment, such as occurs in dredging operations, should be provided.

Estimate the expected annual average concentrations of radioactive nuclides (listed in Section 3.5) in receiving water at locations where water is consumed or otherwise used by human beings or where it is inhabited by biota of significance to human food chains. (If discharges are intermittent, concentration peaks as well as annual averages should be estimated.) Specify the dilution factors used in preparing the estimates and the locations wheie the dilution factors are applicable.

The models and assumptions used to determine air concentration andjor deposition should be described in detail and their validity and accuracy discussed.

Guidance on acceptable models is provided in Regula tory Guide 1.111, "Methods for Estimating Atmospheric Transport and Dispersion from Gaseous Effluents in Routine Releases from Light-Water-Cooled Reactors."

The meteorological data used in these models should be identified and consistent with Section 2.3. From the atmospheric transport and diffusion models and meteor ological data, provide estimates of relative concentra tions (XJQ), where X and Q are expressed in units of Ci/m2 and Ci/yr, respectively, and/or relative annual (or seasonal) deposition (D/Q), where D is expressed in units of Ci/m 2 -yr, at points of potential maximum concentra tion outside the site boundary, at points of estimated maximum individual exposure, and at points within a radial grid of sixteen 221/4-degree sectors centered on true north and extending to a distance of 50 miles from the station. A set of data points should be located within each sector at increments of 0.25 mile to a distance of 1 mile from the station, at increments of 0.5 mile from a distance of 1 to 5 miles, at increments of 2.5 miles from a distance of 5 to 10 miles, and at increments of 5 miles thereafter to a distance of 50 miles. Estimates of relative concentration (x/Q) for noble gas effluents and, if applicable, relative concentration (x/Q) depleted by deposition and relative deposition (D/Q) for radioiodine and particulate effluents should be provided at each of these grid points. In addition, averages of these XiQ

and/or D/Q values between all adjacent grid points along the radials should be provided.

5.2.2.1 Surface Water Models. Models are herein classified into two categories:

those that estimate physical effects using simplifying, conservative assump tions and those that are state-of-the-art attempts at realistically modeling physical effects. Predicting the transport of liquid radioactive effluents may require the use of both categories of models, each applicable under different situations and for different regions of the hydrologic environment. The applicant should discuss the range of applicability of the models used, the methods used in model calibration and verification, the error limits of the resulting predictions, and the input data. Basic hydrologic and station data are discussed in Sections 2.1.3, 2.4, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, and 6.1. Discussions of the three general types of surface water models (transport, sediment uptake, and water use) that may be used in predicting the effects of liquid radioactive effluents follow.

5.2.2.1.1 Transport Models. Mathematical and/or physical models may be required to predict the transport of liquid radioactive effluents. The size of the region to be simulated and the required level of detail will depend on the radionuclide in question, the quantity released, the surface water pathways, and the temporal and spatial variability of important model parameters (e.g.,

diffusion coefficients). In cases where significant levels of station-discharged radionuclides remain in the surface waters over large distances, Appendix I to 10 CFR Part

50 requires transport predictions along the surface water pathways ranging from the immediate vicinity of the discharge point to a 50-mile radius of the station.

Transport predictions will often require the use of different models, each applicable to a given region of the surface water pathway. In each case, the model should be described in detail. The description should include justification of all model input data and assumptions.

The applicant should describe in detail the methods

5-3

employed to obtain model parameters (e.g., diffusion coefficients).

In the case of physical models, the applicant should present detailed descriptions of the model facilities, scaling requirements, data collection and analysis techniques, and error estimates.

For liquid radwaste transport analysis pursuant to Appendix I to 10 CFR Part 50, a tabulation of the expected concentrations and travel times for each of the important radionuclides released to each important pathway to man should be provided on a monthly average basis for conditions anticipated during station operation.

5.2.2.1.2 Sediment Uptake Models. In some cases, a substantial portion of certain radionuclides released from the station will be removed from solution and deposited on bottom and suspended sediments.

Consideration of such removal mechanisms may substantially change the ultimate calculated doses to man. If credit is claimed for reduction of radionuclide concentrations in surface waters by the mechanism of sediment uptake, analysis and verification should be provided. Such analysis should include actual field and laboratory measurements to determine sorption and transport of radionuclide ions by bottom and suspended sediments. The sampling and analyses should cover the area of significant influence of the station and should consider seasonal changes of sediment transport.

Mathematical models may be used for calculating the removal of ions by sediment and the transport of attached ions in the sediment. Models should be verified by comparison to field studies (e.g., tracers) from water bodies having characteristics similar to those at the station. Data should be provided to substantiate that the conditions postulated in the model will be typical of those at the site.

In those cases where a proposed site is similar or in close proximity to an operating station, anticipated sediment-related effects may be inferred from the results of field measurement programs associated with the operating station.

If the applicant elects to carry out -an analysis of the removal of radionuclide ions by sediment uptake, the results should also be used to estimate the concentra tions in the sediments for other pathways to man, such as direct contact or uptake by benthic organisms.

Regulatory guides are in preparation to establish both criteria and data collection requirements for sediment uptake and transport models.

If credit is claimed for concentration reductions of radionuclides resulting from sediment uptake and transport, results should be tabulated separately in the table requested in Section 5.2.2.1.1.

5.2.2.1.3 Water-Use Models. Where water use may affect or be affected by station discharges, computa tional models may be required to predict projected changes in surface use and flows upstream and down stream (present and projected surface water use is discussed in Section 2.1.3). Such models may be required to predict types of water and temporal variations in use over the life of the station. Predictions will often require the use of models of varying sophistication which are compatible with population projections. In each case the model and input data should be described in detail.

Descriptions should include discussions of the applicability and validity of the models with supporting evidence to substantiate the applicant's conclusions.

Models of water use are necessary in rivers, lakes, estuaries, and oceans where realistic projections of radionuclide transport are undertaken and where the sensitivity of concentration estimates to assumptions of monthly average flow indicates changes in water use that could significantly change Appendix I to 10 CFR Part 50

objectives. For example, estimates of monthly average flow in a river based solely on historical streamflow records will not indicate the changes in water uses that have occurred historically, nor will they indicate changes to be expected in the future. One way to project flow is to assumne that long-term recorded historical runoff conditions adjusted for the effects of man (e.g.,

reservoirs, diversions, water supply) will be indicative of the future. This adjusted record is then modified for projected water use by man to the end of the station lifetime. The analyses can be undertaken by simulating streamflow and water use sequentially.2

5.2.2.2 Ground Water Models. The general categories of models, as described for surface water in Section

5.2.2.1, are also applicable to ground water models.

Mathematical models may be used for predicting ground water use and flow and radionuclide transport in aquifers to provide the assessment required by Appendix I to 10 CFR Part 50. For ground water use models, the size of the region to be simulated is the area within 50

miles of the station unless it can be clearly demonstrated that the region within station influence is of smaller extenL For ground water flow and transport models, the size of the region to be simulated and the required level of detail will depend on the radionuclide in question, the quantity released, potential ground water pathways, and temporal and spatial variability of important model parameters (e.g., dispersion coefficients). In general, the size of the simulated region should encompass an area

2One such model involving a computer program is "HEC-3, Reservoir Systems Analysis," available from the U.S. Army Corps of Enoeers, The Hydrologic Engineer*i Center, Davis, California.

5-4

large enough to reach the nearest significant down gradient surface water body and/or downgradient water supply wells within 50 miles of the station.

Transport predictions will often require the use of different models, each applicable to a given region of the ground water pathway. In each case, the model should be described in detail. The description of the model should include justification of all model input data and assumptions. The applicant should describe in detail the methods employed to obtain model parameters such as dispersion and distribution (sorption) coefficients. Data for model parameters should be presented in Section

2.4. The techniques and results of both laboratory and field calibration and verification studies, including sensitivity analysi*,-should be presented for each model.

5.23 Dose Rate Estimates for Biota Other Than Man From considerations of the exposure pathways and the distribution of facility-derived radioactivity in the environs, the applicant should estimate (1) the maximum radionuclide concentrations that may be present in important local flora and local and migratory fauna and (2) the internal dose rates (millirad/year) that may result from those concentrations. Values of bioaccumulation factorsO used in prepaing the estimates should be based on site-specific data, if available; other wise, values from the literature may be used. The applicant should tabulate and reference the values of bioaccumulation factors used in the calculations. Dose rates to important local flora and local and migratory fauna that receive the highest external exposures should be provided along with a description of the calculational models.

5.2.4 Dose Rate Estimates for Man

5.2.4.1 Liquid Pathway.. Provide data (in terms of man-hours) on recreational and similar use of receiving water and its shoreline, e.g., fishing, picnicking, hunting, clam digging within 50 miles of the site. Include any persons who spend the major part of their working time on the water adjacent to the site, and indicate the amount of time spent per year in this activity.

3 The acculation factor for aquatic organisms is the evalue of the ratio: (concentration in organism)

/(concentration in wawt). Values of bioaccumulation factors can be obtained from such refrences as SE. Thompson, CA.

Burton, DJ. Quinn, and Y.C. Ng, Coneenbtarion Factors of zemica Elementfs i Edible Aqueous &punism University 3f Califomri, Lawrence Livemore Laboratory Report UXRL

50564 (Rev. 1), October 1972. Vilues of bioaccumulation factors for terretria organisms can be obtained from Y.C. Ng.

et 2L, hv&edtk of dte Maximum Dage to man fium the Fallout of Nudear Devices - IV. Handbook for Estmateig the Mahimwum Intenl Dowe from Ravoudiiles ReleMased to the Maheate, USAb. Report, UCRL-50163, Pt. TV, Lawrence Radiation Lab., University -of Caifornia, livermore, CA,, 1968.

Data on irrigation usage of the receiving water should be included, such as the amount of water used, the number of acres irrigated, locations at which irrigation water is withdrawn (downstream from the site), types of crops produced on irrigated soils within 50 miles down stream of the site, and the yield per acre of each crop.

Where downstream users may ingest waters drawn from mixing zones or acres of limited dilution, provide data on means to provide temporary water supply from storage or alternative sources Determine the expected radionudide concentrations in aquatic and terrestrial organisms significant to human food chains. (Information and data on aquatic and terrestrial organisms are requested in Section 2.13.) Use the bioaccumulation factors given in Section 52.3, or supply others as necessary.

Calculate, using the above information and any other necessary supporting data, the total body and significant organ (including GI tract, thyroid, skin, and bone) doses (millirem/year) to individuals in the population from all receiving-water-related exposure pathways, ie., all sources of internal and external exposure. Provide details and models of the calculation as an appendix.

5.2.4.2 Gaseous Pathways. Estimate total body and significant organ doses (millirem/year) to individuals exposed at the point of maximum ground-level concentrations offsite.

Estimate the total body and thyroid doses (millirem/

year) and significant doses received by other organs via such potential pathways,4 including direct radiation from surface-deposited radionuclides.

Provide an appendix describing the transport and dose models used in these calculationsA. 5

5.2.43 Direct Radiation from Faclity. The applicant should provide an estimate of the total exter nal dose (millivremyear) received by individuals outside the facility from direct radiation, e.g., gamma radiation emitted by turbines and vessels for storage of radioactive waste. In particular, the applicant should estimate the expected external dose rates at the site boundary (as defined in Section 2.11.2) and-the dose rate at the most critical nearby residences, as well as schools, hospitals, or other publicly used facilities within one mile of the

4Modeh and a-smption s for calculating doses awe desibed in Regulatory Guide 1.109, "Cakulation of Annual Doses to Man from Routine Release of Reactor Effluents for the Purpose of Evluting Compliance with 10 MFl Part 50, Appendix L

5Resuktoxy Guide 1.1 1, -Methods for Estimating Atmospheric Transport and Dispersion for Gaseous F.fluents i Routine Releas from Light-Water-Cooled Reactor&"

5-5

proposed nuclear unit(s). A summary of data, assump tions, and models used in the dose calculations should be given.

5.2.4.4 Annual Population Doses. Using the above information and any other necessary supporting data, calculate the annual total-body man-rem dose and the annual man thyroid-rem dose to the population ex pected to reside within the 50-mile region at the mid-point of station operation. Also calculate the annual total-body man-rem dose and the annual man thyroid rem dose received by the population of the contiguous U.S. at the same time from all liquid and gaseous exposure pathways. Provide an appendix describing the models and assumptions used in these calculations.

5.2.5 Summary of Annual Radiation Doses The applicant should present a table that summarizes the estimated annual radiation dose to the regional population (during commercial operation of the station)

from all station-related sources, using values calculated in previous sections. The tabulation should include, out to a distance of 50 miles from the site, (a) the total of the whole-body doses to the population (man-rem/year)

from all receiving-water-related pathways, (b) the total of the whole-body doses to the population (man-rem/

year) attributable to gaseous effluents, and (c) the total of the thyroid doses to the population (thyroid-rem/

year) from radioiodines and particulates. The applicant should include a table comparing the calculated individual doses with the applicable design objectives of Appendix I to 10 CFR Part 50.

5.3 Effects of Chemical and Biocide Discharges Chemical and biocide discharges and comparisons with applicable State and Federal (40 CFR Part 423)

effluent limitation guidelines are described in Section

3.6. Water resources and use are discussed in Sections

2.4 and 3.3. In this section, the specific concentrations of these wastes at the points of discharge should be compared with natural ambient concentrations, with applicable State water quality standards, and, where appropriate, with water quality criteria for the protec tion of all other uses of the receiving water body.

Dilution and mixing of discharges into the receiving waters should be discussed in detail, and estimates of concentrations at various distances from the point of discharge should be provided. Include a detailed descrip tion of the method of calculation. The estimated area in the receiving body of water enclosed by contours corresponding to water-quality-standard values should be given. Variation of concentrations with changes in condition (e.g., streamnflow, temperature) of receiving water should be discussed.

The effects on the environment of chemicals in the station's cooling system effluents (including cooling tower blowdown and drift) should also be considered in this section. Using the design discharge contaminant concentrations (see Section 3.6), estimate the resulting stream concentrations at various distances and water flow variations (including the average 7-day, once in-l0-years low flow, normal flow conditions, the lowest control flow, and the lowest recorded minimum for the receiving water body), and compare, in tabular form, the resulting stream concentrations to State water quality standards. Include a description of the method of calculation.

The applicant should furnish sufficient data and information to allow the NRC to fulfill its responsi bilities under NEPA. Calculated receiving water con centrations should also be compared with water quality criteria appropriate to the protection of actual uses of the receiving water body.6 Any anticipated chemical or biocide contamination of domestic water supplies (from surface water bodies or ground water) should be identified and discussed. Rate of percolation of each contaminant into the water supply, travel time from the station to points of public water supply, dilution factors, dispersion coefficients, and the resulting concentrations in the water should be estimated.

If available, applicants should supply copies of the

401 water quality certificate and the 402 discharge permit.

5.4 Effects of Sanitary Waste Discharges Sanitary waste systems are described in Section 3.7.

The expected discharges should be discussed as in Section 5.3 and compared with appropriate effluent guidelines and water quality standards for municipal systems under 40 CFR Part 133, "Secondary Treatment Information."

5.5 Effects of Operation and Maintenance of the Transmisson Systems The environmental effects of operation and main tenance of the transmission system required to tie in the proposed facility to the preexisting network should be evaluated. The evaluation of effects should make clear the applicant's plans for maintenance of the transmission

6Applicants are encouraged to reference the latest scientific information related to water quality criteria. Other useful documents include: Water Quality Criteria, 1972, National Academy of Sciences-National Academy of Engineering, Wash ington, D.C., 1972 and Water Quality CWteria, Second Edition, State Water Quality Control Board, Sacramento, California,

1963.

5-6

line right-of-way and required access roads. Plans for use of herbicides and pesticides should indicate types, volume, concentrations, and manner and frequency of use. Include references to authoritative guidelines en suring that the applicant's procedures are acceptable.

Resulting effects on plant life, wildlife habitat, land resources, and scenic values should be evaluated.

New access roads may increase the exposure of transmission line corridors to the public. The applicant should consider the effect of this increased exposure on resident wildlife.

This section of the report should also discuss the potential environmental impacts of any electrical effects identified in Section 3.9 and any operating and main tenance impacts that will be adopted to minimize these.

5.6 Other Effects The applicant should discuss any effects of station operation that do not clearly fall under any single topic of Sections 5.1 to 5.5. These may include changes in land and water use at the station site, interaction of the station with other existing or projected neighboring stations, effect of ground water withdrawal on ground water resources in the vicinity of the station, and disposal of solid and liquid wastes other than those discussed in Sections 5.3 and 5.4. Any features of the station producing noise levels outside the suggested levels 7 should be specifically identified and discussed in relation to adjacent occupancy, both day and night, based on measurements of preconstruction ambient levels.

5.7 Resources Committed Any irreversible and irretrievable commitments of resources due to station operation should be discussed.

This discussion should include both direct commitments, such as depletion of uranium resources, and irreversible environmental losses, such as destruction of wildlife habitat and consumptive use or diversion of water.

In this discussion, the applicant should consider lost resources from the viewpoints of both relative impacts and long-term net effects. As an example of relative impact assessment, the loss of two thousand fish of a given species could represent quite different degrees of significance, depending on the total population in the immediate region. Such a loss, however, in the case of a

7 See The Industrial Noise Manual, American Industrial Hygiene Association, Detroit, Mich.; Noise Abatement and Control:

Departmental Policy Implementation Responsibility and Stan dards HUD Circular 1390.2 (1971); and Information on Levels of Environmental Noise Requisite to Protect Public Health and Welfare with an Adequate Margin of Safety, EPA,

550/9-74-004, U.S. Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D.C.

small local population, could be less serious if the same species were abundant in neighboring regions. Similarly, the loss of a given area of highly desirable land should be evaluated in terms of the total amount of such land in the environs. These relative assessments should accord ingly include statements expressed in percentage terms in which the amount of expected resource loss is related to the total resource in the immediate region and in which the total in the immediate region is related to that in surrounding regions. The latter should be specified in terms of areas and distances from the site.

In evaluating long-term effects for their net con sequences, the applicant may consider, as an example, the impact of thermal and chemical dischargeg on fish.

There may be severe losses in the local discharge area.

The local population change may or may not be a net loss. Therefore, changes in population of important species caused by or expected to be caused by the operation of the station should be examined with the view of determining whether they represent long-term net losses or long-term net gains. The above considera tions are also applicable to Chapters 9 and 10 of the report.

5.8 Decommissioning and Dismantling The applicant should describe its plans and policies regarding the actions to be taken at the end of the station's useful life. Information should be provided on the long-term uses of the land, the amount of land irretrievably committed, the expected environmental consequences of decommissioning, and an estimate of the monetary costs involved. The applicant should also discuss the consideration given in the design of the station and its auxiliary systems relative to eventual decommissioning, the amount of equipment and build ings to be removed, and the expected condition of the site after decommissioning. It is understood that the plans and intentions of applicants for a construction permit may not be fully developed at the time of filing.

However, since the environmental impact of terminating station operation is, in part, determined by station design, applicants should give attention to the subject in the project planning.

5.9 The Uranium Fuel Cycle z1 srnmntl rfzpet for.

light -w-atOr coole vrtt Auml z;zl:, itteladigg the zffzts of uooaiuu WAiofo and mAiling, the~ przduztieft of uiffltim hezxo fitteriJo, isoteoje efr.iehmeont, fuel fabrizati49, the repro c._in of irradited fu"l, the tr#&rp@rtati4-G

of rFad.io

"eeti.e Dlteeil, and ma ngement of lo14 ;YAn

-W&i

1e'.'e

'Wztee related to th40

1-Anil"M A-81 2Gcti0io W

wt fath in F.! -MeroyT..ble 6- o ~f 10

CTR %it

1

1,2

1.200~~ AppeniiA A). No Afuthzr diozumion of 8uc

-"'wauMental offsctr in the nvrmetlreport is~

-mwe.d . Deleted August 1976

5-7

CHAPTER 6 EFFLUENT AND ENVIRONMENTAL MEASUREMENTS

AND MONITORING PROGRAMS

This chapter should describe in detail the means by which the applicant collected the baseline data presented in other chapters and should describe the applicant's plans and programs for monitoring the environmental impacts of site preparation, station construction, and station operation.

Section 6.1 addresses the proposed program for assessing the characteristics of the site and the surround ing region (including transmission corridors) before station operation. The purpose of this program is to establish a reference framework for assessing subsequent environmental effects attributable to site preparation, station construction, and station operation.

The applicant should note two considerations perti nent to Section 6.1. First, a given environmental characteristic or parameter may or may not require assessment before site preparation and station construc tion, depending on whether that particular characteristic or parameter may be altered at these stages. Second, in most instances this guide indicates the specific environ mental effects to be evaluated; consequently, the para meters to be measured are apparent. In some cases, the applicant may consider it necessary to establish a monitoring program based on identification of potential or possible effects not mentioned in the guide. In such instances, the program should be described. The appli cant should carefully review plans for the measurement of conditions existing prior to site preparation to ensure that these plans include all environmental parameters that must be subsequently monitored during station operation (discussed in Section 6.2), as well as during site preparation and station construction.

If, as permitted by 10 CFR Part 2, §2.101(a), the applicant chooses to make an early separate filing of the environmental report prior to obtaining and evaluating a.

full year's environmental data, particular attention should be paid to the description of sampling design, Ssampling frequency, and statistical methodology and validity (including calibration checks and standards) in order to justify the scope of the proposed program, the timing and scheduling of the data collection, and other technical validation that will assure the review staff that sufficient information will be available for the prepara tion of the Final Environmental Statement.

This is especially critical if the timing of partial presentations under the procedure may be related to seasonal ecological factors such as migration or other phases of critical biological activity.

In all cases, the applicant should estimate the statistical validity of any proposed sampling program in order to avoid unnecessary time delay during staff review which might be associated with incomplete descriptions, invalid sampling locations, and level of sample replication. Information should be provided on instrument accuracy, sensitivity, and (especially for highly automated systems) reliability. Where standard analytical or sampling techniques can be identified, they need only be so identified and referenced.

For quantitative descriptions of samples collected within each area of interest and each time of interest, descriptive statistics should include, unless justifiably omitted, the mean, standard deviation, standard error, and a confidence interval for the mean. In each case the sample size should be clearly indicated. If diversity indices are used to describe a collection of lake or terrestrial organisms, the specific diversity indices used should be stated.

6.1 Applicant's Preoperational Environmental programs The programs for collection of initial or baseline environmental data prior to operation should be des cribed in sufficient detail to make it clear that the applicant has established a thorough and comprehensive approach to environmental assessment. The description of these programs should be confined principally to technical descriptions of technique, instrumentation, scheduling, and procedures.

Where an effect of site preparation or facility construction may alter a previously measured or observed environmental condition, the program for determining the modified condition should be described.

Refer to the discussion in Section 4.5, as appropriate.

Where information from the literature has been used by the applicant, it should be concisely summarized and documented by reference to original data sources. Where the availability of original sources that support impor tant conclusions is limited, the applicant should provide either extensive quotations or references to accessible secondary sources.'

In all cases, information derived from published results should be clearly distinguished from information derived from the applicant's field measurements.

1Any reports of work (e.g., ecological surveys) supported by the applicant that are of significant value in assessing the environ mental impact of the facility may be included at appendices or supplements to the environmental report if these reports are not otherwise generally available.

6-1

6.1.1 Surface Waters When a body of surface water may be affected by the proposed facility or a practicable alternative, the appli cant should describe the programs by which the back ground condition of the water and the related ecology were determined and reported in Section 2.4. The applicant should have sufficient data to permit staff verification of any predictive computations or models used in the evaluation of environmental effects.

6.1.1.1 Physical and Chemical Parameters. The pro grams and methods for measuring physical and chemical parameters of surface waters that may be affected by construction or operation of the facility should be described. The sampling program should be presented in sufficient detail to demonstrate its adequacy with respect both to spatial coverage (surface area and depth)

and to temporal coverage (duration and sampling fre quency), giving due consideration to seasonal effects.

This discussion should include a description of the techniques used to investigate any condition that might lead to interactions with station discharges, such as how the presence of impurities in a water body may ieact synergistically with heated effluent or how the heated effluent may restrict mixing and dispersion of radio active effluents. The applicant should describe any computational models and their bases and verification used in predicting effects described in Section 5.2.2.1.

6.1.1.2 Ecological Parameters. The applicant should describe the preoperational program used to determine the ecological characteristics presented in Section 2.2.

Those portions of the program concerned with determin ing the presence and abundance of important aquatic and amphibious species (identified in Section 2.2)

should be detailed in terms of frequency, pattern, and duration of observation. The applicant should describe how taxonomic determinations were made and validated. In this connection, the applicant should discuss its reference collection of voucher specimens or other means whereby consistent identification will be ensured.

A description should be provided of the methods used, or to be used, for observing natural variations of ecological parameters. If these methods involve indicator organisms, the criteria for their selection should be presented. The discussion of methods should include estimates of standard error in making reported determinations.

The applicant should discuss the basis for its pre dictions of any nonlethal physiological and behavioral responses of important species which may be caused by construction or operation of the station. This discussion should be appropriately correlated with the description of the monitoring program, including estimates of the standard error for each correlation.

Parameters of stress for important species (as defined in Section 2.2) that could be affected by station discharges should be identified. The methodology for determining such parameters should be reviewed with respect to applicability to actual local conditions antici pated during operation, including interactive effects among multiple effluents and existing constituents of the surface water body concerned.

6.1.2 Ground Water In those cases in which the proposed facility or a practicable design alternative may potentially affect local ground watei or in which the ground water environment may serve as a pathway to man, either directly or indirectly, the program leading to assessment of potential effects should be described.

6.1.2.1 Physical and Chemical Parameters. The pro perties and configuration of the local aquifer, variations (spatial and temporal) in ground water levels, and ground water quality data are discussed in sufficient detail in Section 2.4 to permit a reasonable projection of the effects of station operation on the ground water.

The methods used to obtain and reduce the data presented in Section 2.4 should be described, including instrumentation (suggested criteria will be presented in a forthcoming regulatory guide on hydrologic data collec tion).

6.1.2.2 Models. Models may be used to predict effects such as changes in ground water levels, dispersion of contaminants, and eventual transport through aqui fers to surface water bodies. The models should be described and supporting evidence for their reliability and validity presented.

6.1.3 Air The applicant should describe the program for obtain ing information on local air quality and local and regional meteorology. Guidance on an acceptable onsite meteorological measurement program and on data for mat is presented in Regulatory Guide 1.23 (Safety Guide

23), "Onsite Meteorological Programs." The description should show the basis for predicting such effects as the dispersion of gaseous effluents to a distance of 50

miles from the station and the alteration of local climate (e.g., fogging, icing, precipitation augmentation, or other phenomena) and should present the methodology for gathering baseline data.

6.1.3.1 Meteorology. The applicant should identify sources of meteorological data used in the atmospheric transport models and reported in Section 2.3. Locations and elevations of observation stations, instrumentation, and frequency and duration of measurements should be specified both for the applicant's measuring activities and for activities of governmental agencies or other

6-2

organizations on whose information the applicant in tends to rely. For the applicant's preoperational and operational programs, the applicant should include descriptions of instruments, performance specifications, calibration and maintenance procedures, data output and recording systems and locations, and data analysis procedures.

6.1.3.2 Models. Any models used by the applicant, either to derive estimates of basic meteorological infor mation or to estimate the effects of effluent systems, should be described in detail and their validity and accuracy discussed. Guidance on acceptable atmospheric transport and diffusion models is provided in Regulatory Guide 1.111, "Methods for Estimating Atmospheric Transport and Dispersion for Gaseous Effluents in Routine Releases from Light-Water-Cooled Reactors."

6.1.4 Land Data collection and evaluation programs concerning the terrestrial environment of the proposed facility should be described and justified with regard to both scope and methodology.

6.1.4.1 Geology and Soils. Those geological and soil studies designed to determine the environmental impact of the construction or operation of the facility should be described. The description should include identification of the sampling pattern and the justification for its selection, the sampling method, preanalysis treatment, and analytic techniques. Other geological and soil studies (e.g., conducted in support of safety analyses) should be briefly summarized if relevant.

6.1.4.2 Land Use and Demographic Surveys. The applicant should describe its program for identifying the actual land use in the site environs and for acquiring demographic data for the region as reported in Section

2.1.

Sources of information should be identified. Methods used to forecast probable changes in land use and demographic trends should be described.

6.1.4.3 Ecological Parameters. In this section, the applicant should discuss the program used to assess the ecological characteristics of the site, with primary reference to important terrestrial biota identified in Section 2.2. In general, the considerations involved are similar to those suggested in connection with aquatic biota (Section 6.1.1.2). However, the differences in habitat, differences in animal physiology, and other pertinent factors will, of necessity, influence the design of .the assessment program. The applicant should pre sent, as in Section 6.1.1.2, an analysis of the program in terms of taxonomic validation, rationale for its pre dictive aspects, and the details of its methodology.

6.1.5 Radiological Monitoring The preoperational program should be described in detail in the Environmental Report-Construction Per mit Stage. Specific information should be provided on (a) the types of samples to be collected, (b) sampling locations clearly shown on a map keyed to a table listing sampling locations as a function of direction and distance from the proposed site, (c) analyses to be performed on each sample, (d) general types of sample collection equipment, (e) sample collection and analysis frequency, (f)

lower limit of detection2 for each analysis, and (g) the approximate starting date and duration of the program. The discussion should include the justification for the choice of. sampling sites, analyses, and sampling frequencies. Review of this description will be facilitated if the applicant presents a tabular summary of the 'program.

The applicant should also describe how it expects to extend the preoperational program into the operational phase and in what manner the results of the preopera tional program may be used to effect the design of the operational program. Guidance for both the preopera tional program and operational program is provided in Regulatory Guide 4.1, "Programs for Monitoring Radio activity in the Environs of Nuclear Power Plants."

Additional guidance is provided in Regulatory Guide

4.8, "Environmental Technical Specifications for Nuclear Power Plants." In addition, EPA report ORP/

SID 72.2, Environmental Radioactivity Surveilance Guide, recommends methods for conducting a minimum level of environmental radiation surveillance outside the station site boundary of light-water-cooled nuclear power facilities.

The applicant should summarize any information available from the literature regarding background radi ological characteristics of the site which were con sidered in designing the program (reference may be made to Section 6.3 as appropriate).3 The Environmental Report-Operating License Stage should discuss the preoperational program which has gone or will soon go into operation. Any changes in the program (relative to the description supplied at the construction permit stage) should be discussed and the rationale provided for such changes.

2The lower limit of detection (LLD), as defined in HASL-300,

revised August 1974, should be stated for the 95% confidence level.

3A report on this subject by the National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurements is available; Natural Bacground Radiation 'n the United States, NCRP Report No. 45. Copies may be obtained from Publications, NCRP, P.O. Box 30175, Washington, D.C. 20014.

6-3

6.2 Applicant's Proposed Operational Monitoig rgrng ms Operational monitoring programs may not be fully developed at the time of applying for a construction permit. The applicant should, to the extent feasible, describe the general scope and objectives of its intended programs and provide a tentative listing of parameters that it bel eves should be monitored for detailed evaluation. This listing should include numerical ex cerpts from water or air standards against which the proposed monitoring program will be measured as understood at the time of initial submission of the environmental report. The listing should also include parameters that are important for the models described in Sections 5.2-2.1 and 5.2.2.2, as required in Section IV

of Appendix I to 10 CFR Part 50.

Regulatory Guide 4.8, "Environmental Technical Specifications for Nuclear Power Plants," describes information to be submitted with an application for an operating license.

In the Environmental Report-Construction Permit Stage, the operational program need only be discussed to the extent that it is expected to differ (if at all) from the ongoing preoperational program, such as the inclusion of a census of dairy cattle and vegetable gardens. If, in the Environmental Report-Operating license Stage, there are no differences between the preoperational programs (as finally formulated) and the operational programs, the applicant need only make a statement to that effect and provide a commitment to conduct the operational program. If there are differences in the operational program, the applicant should describe the reasons for the differences. The applicant should also discuss any plans and rationale for updating the program during station operation.

Final approval of the operational program, as des cribed completely in the proposed environmental techni cal specifications, will be given at the end of the technical specification review process.

6.3 Related Envkonmental Measurement mnd Monitoring Progiams When the applicant's site lies within a region for which environmental measurement or monitoring pro grams are carried out by public agencies or other agencies not directly supported by the applicant, any such related programs known to the applicant should be identified and discussed. Relevance of such independent findings to the proposed facility's effects should be described, and plans for exchange of information, if any, should be presented. Agencies responsible for the pro grams should be identified and, to the extent possible, the procedures and methodologies employed should be briefly described. These agencies may have developed and verified mathematical or physical models that encompass the site area and the surrounding water environs comparable to those discussed in Sections

5.2.2.1 -and 5.2.2.2. Such models may be used either directly or with minor modifications. When such models are used in support of liquid transport analyses of radionuclide releases, the same data and technical bases as suggsted'in Sections 5.2.2.1 and 5.22.2 should be furnished.

6.4 Preoperational Enviromnental Radiological Monitoring Data Data from the preoperational program may not be available at the time of submission of the Environmental Report-Construction Permit Stage. Accordingly, the applicant should submit for Section 6.4, as a later supplement to the Environmental Report-Operating License Stage, 6 to 12 months4 of preoperational environmental radiological monitoring data.

fThe minimnum amount of preoperational data may be sub mitted if it indudesdata from a crop harvest and a complete grang mason. AR media with a collction frequency less than semnammal (e.g., annual or once In 3 years) should be included in the 6 to 12 months of data ubmitted.

64

CHAPTER 7 ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS OF ACCIDENTS

In this chapter, the applicant should discuss the potential environmental effects of accidents inolvoing the station.

7.1 Station Accidents Involving Radioactivity The detailed requirements for analysis of accidents are contained in the proposed Annex to Appendix D of

10 CFR Part 50 (36 FR 22851). Appendix D of 10 CFR

Part 50 has been superseded by 10 CFR Part 51;

however, Part 51 does not affect the status of the proposed Annex to Appendix D of 10 CFR Part 50. (See Appendix I of this guide for this Annex.)

Applicants may, for purposes of environmental reports, take the option in the calculation of xJQ values of using either of two meteorological assumptions for all accident cases:

1. XJQ values may be determined from onsite meteorological data at the 50% probability level or

2. xJQ values may be determined at 10% of the levels in Regulatory Guide 1.3, "Assumptions Used for Evaluat ing the Potential Radiological Consequences of a Loss of Coolant Accident for Boiling Water Reactors," or Regulatory Guide 1.4, "Assumptions Used for Evaluat ing the Potential Radiological Consequences of a Loss of Coolant Accident for Pressurized Water Reactors."

7.2 Transportation Accidents Involving Radioactivity The requirements for analysis of environmental risk from accidents involving the transportation of radio active materials to and from nuclear power reactors are contained in 10 CFR Part 51. If the transportation of fuel and wastes to and from nuclear power reactors is within the scope of paragraph (g) of §51.20, the environmental report need only contain a statement that such environmental risks aem as set forth in Summary Table S-4 of 10 CFR Part 51 (see Appendix A). No further discussion of environmental risks concerning the transportation of radioactive materials is needed in the environmental report.

If the transportation of fuel and waste to and from nuclear power reactors is not within the scope of paragraph (g) of §51.20, a full description and detailed analysis of the environmental risk from accidents should be provided. An analysis of the environmental risks from accidents in the transportation of radioactive materials to and from nuclear power reactors following the approach set forth in WASH-1238 is acceptable.'

7.3 Other Accidents In addition to accidents that can release radioactivity to the environs, accidents may occur as a result of station operation that, although they do not involve radioactive materials, have consequences that may affect the environment. Accidents such as chemical explosions, fires, and leakage or ruptures of vessels containing oil or toxic materials can have significant environmental im pact. These possible accidents and associated effects should be identified and evaluated (see Section 2.2 of Regulatory Guide 1.70, "Standard Format and Content of Safety Analysis Reports for Nuclear Power Plants").

lAn analysis of the environmentat risks from accidents in the transportation of radioactive materials to and from nuclear power reactors is given in WASH-1238, Environmental Survey of Tanaportation of Radioactive Materials To and From Nuclear Power Plants, December 1972, and Supplement I to WASH-1238, NUREG-75/038, April 1975. Both documents may be obtained from the National Technical Information Service, Springfield, Vignia 22161.

7-1

CHAPTER 8 ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL EFFECTS OF STATION

CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATION

This chapter should present the applicant's assess ment of the economic and social effects of the proposed nuclear facility.

There are, of course, limitations on the extent to which the applicant can evaluate all the social and economic benefits and costs of -the construction and operation of a nuclear facility that may have a pro ductive life of 30 years or more. The wide variety of benefits and costs are not only difficult to assess, but many are not amenable to quantification or even to estimation in commensurable units. Some primary bene fits such as the generated electrical energy are, to a degree, measurable, as are the capital costs and operating and maintenance costs of the proposed facility. On the other hand, numerous environmental costs and their economic and social consequences are not readily quantified.'

Second- and higher-order costs or benefits (i.e.,

impacts flowing from first-order social and economic impacts) need be discussed by the applicant only where they would significantly modify the aggregate of costs or benefits, thus affecting the overall cost-benefit balance.

8.1 Benefits The primary benefits of the proposed nuclear station are those inherent in the value of the generated electricity delivered to consumers. The applicant should report, as shown in Table 1, the expected average annual kilowatt-hours of electrical energy to be generated.

Further, a breakdown of the expected use of electricity in the applicant's service area should be provided for the major classes identified in the Federal Power Commis sion publication, National Power Survey.2 The importance of the proposed station in providing adequate reserves of generating capacity to ensure a reliable supply for the applicant's service area (and associated power pool, if any) is discussed in Section

1.1. The increase in the probabilities of the extent and duration of electrical shortages if the proposed station (or its equivalent capacity) is not built by the proposed date should be estimated. The applicant should also appraise the likely social and economic impacts of such IThe estimate of generated electrical energy-should reflect the outages consistent with the applicant's forced outage ratio experience and should include outages induced by natural phenomena such as floods, droughts, tornadoes, or hurricanes (see Sections 2.3 and 2.4).

2Copies may be obtained from the Superintendent of Docu ments, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C.

20402.

shortages. The benefits in averting these impacts should be related to regional experience, if any, with brownouts and emergency load-shedding and the applicant's plans or procedures for meeting such emergencies. If benefits are claimed for recreational uses of the proposed nuclear station site, the effect of any plan to place additional generating units at the site at some future time should be discussed.

Other primary benefits of some nuclear electrical generating facilities may be in the form of sales of steam or other products or services. Revenues from such sales should be estimated. The use of waste or reject heat for desalination or for other processes could expand the benefits of nuclear stations. Such benefits, if claimed, should be accompanied by an estimate of the degree of certainty of their realization.

There are other social and economic benefits that affect various political jurisdictions or interests to a greater or lesser degree. Some of these reflect transfer payments or other values which may partially, if not fully, compensate for certain services, as well as external or environmental costs, and this fact should be reflected in the designation of the benefit. A list of examples follows:

9 Tax revenues to be received by local and State governments.

  • Temporary and permanent new jobs created and payroll.
  • Incremental increase in regional product (value added concept).
  • Enhancement of recreational values through making available for public use any parks, artificially created cooling lakes, marinas, etc.
  • Enhancement of esthetic values through any special design measures as applied to structures, artificial lakes or canals, parks, etc.

D Environmental enhancement in support of the propagation or protection of wildlife and the improve ment of wildlife habitats.

9 Creation and improvement of local roads, water ways, or other transportation facilities.

.

Increased knowledge of the environment as a consequence of ecological research and environmental monitoring activities associated with station operation,

8-1

and technological improvements from the applicant's research program.

  • Creation of a source of heated discharge which may be used for beneficial purposes (e.g., in aquaculture, in improving commercial and sport fishing, or in industrial, residential, or commercial heating).
  • Provision of public educational facilities (e.g., a visitors' center).
  • Annual savings in consumption of imported crude oil for power generation.

The applicant should discuss significant benefits that may be realized from the construction and operation of the proposed station. Where the benefits can be ex pressed in monetary terms, they should be discounted to present worth. In each instance where a particular benefit is discussed, the applicant should indicate, to the extent practical, who is likely to be affected and for how long. In the case of esthetic impacts that are difficult to quantify, the applicant should provide illustrations of significant station structures or environmental modifica tions visible to the public in addition to parks or other recreational facilities on the site which will be available for public use. The details should be drawn from information presented in Sections 2.6 and 3.1.

8.2 Costs The economic and social costs resulting from the proposed nuclear station and its operation are likewise complex and should be quantified wherever possible.

The primary internal costs are (a) the capital costs of land acquisition and improvement; (b) the capital costs of facility construction; (c) the incremental capital costs of transmission and distribution facilities; (d) fuel costs, including the cost of spent fuel disposition; (e) other operating and maintenance costs, including license fees and taxes; (f) plant decommissioning costs; and (g)

research and development costs associated with potential future improvements of the station and its operation and maintenance. The applicant should discount these costs to present worth.

The applicant should provide the types of information listed in Table 2 for nuclear and alternative power generation methods. (Alternative power generation methods are discussed in detail in Chapter 9.) If the applicant includes a coal-fired plant as a viable alterna tive to a nuclear power station, information should be provided for both a coal-fired plant with sulfur removal equipment and one that burns low-sulfur coal.

In Table 2, items (1) through (5) are necessary to run the CONCEPT3 code used by the NRC staff. Inclusion of this information in the applicant's environmental report could expedite the staff's review process. Item (6)

would permit the staff to compare detailed cost categories to distinguish any significant differences that might exist between the applicant's estimate and the CONCEPT model.

The environmental report should include the esti mated cost of generating electric energy in mills per kilowatt-hour for the proposed nuclear station and for alternative fossil-fueled plants in the detail shown in Table 3. (Alternative energy sources are discussed in Chapter 9.) It should be stated whether the costs of fuel and of operation and maintenance are initial costs or levelized costs over some period of operation and, in the latter case, what assumptions are made about escalation.

There are also external costs. Their effects on the interests of people should be examined. The applicant should supply, as applicable, an evaluation plus support ing data and rationale regarding such external social and economic costs as noted below.4 For each cost, the applicant should describe the probable number and location of the population group adversely affected, the estimated economic and social impact, and any special measures to be taken to alleviate the impact.

Temporary external costss include: shortages of housing; inflationary rentals or prices; congestion of local streets and highways; noise and temporary es thetic disturbances; overloading of water supply and sewage treatment facilities; crowding of local schools, hospitals, or other public facilities; overtaxing of com munity services; and the disruption of people's lives or the local community caused by acquisition of land for the proposed site.

Long-term external costs6 include impairment of recreational values (e.g., reduced availability of desired species of wildlife and sport fish, restrictions on access to land or water areas preferred for recreational use);

deterioration of esthetic and scenic values; restrictions on access to areas of scenic, historic, or cultural interest;

degradation of areas having historic, cultural, natural, or archeological value; removal of land from present or

3 H. 1. Bowers and I. T. Dudley, Multi-Unit Power Plant Cost Models For the Concept Code, ORNL-TM-4300, July 1974, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tennessee 37830

(and references therein).

4 For convenience of treatment, the listed cost examples have been divided into long-term. (or continuing) costs and the temporary costs generally associated with the period of construction or the readjustment of the lives of persons whose jobs or homes will have been displaced by the purchase of land at the proposed site.

SRefer, as appropriate, to the information presented in Chapter

4.

6 Refer, as appropriate, to the information presented in Chapter

5.

8-2

contemplated alternative uses; creation of locally adverse meteorological conditions (e.g., fog and plumes from cooling towers, cooling lakes and ponds); creation of noise, especially by mechanical-draft cooling towers;

reduction of regionial products due to displacement of persons from the land proposed for the site; lost income from recreation or tounsim that may be impaired by environmental disturbances; lost income of commercial fishermen attributable to environmental degradation;

decrease in real estate values in areas adjacent to the proposed facility;

and increased costs to local governments for the services required by the permanently employed workers and their families. In discussing the costs, the applicant should indicate, to the extent practical, who is likely to be affected and for how long.

8-3

CHAPTER 9 ALTERNATIVE ENERGY SOURCES AND SITES

This chapter should present the basis for the appli cant's proposed choice of site and nuclear fuel among the available alternative sites and energy sources. Ac cordingly, the applicant should discuss the range of practicable alternatives and the considerations and rationale that led to the proposed site-plant combina tion. It is recognized that planning methods differ among applicants. However, the applicant should present its site-plant selection process as the consequence of an analysis of alternatives whose environmental costs and benefits were evaluated and compared to reveal suitable site-plant combinations which were then subjected to a detailed cost-effectiveness comparison to make the final site selection.

This chapter should encompass information relevant both to the availability of alternatives and to their relative merits. Two classes of alternatives should be considered: those that can meet the power demand without requiring the creation of new generating capac ity and those that do require the creation of new generating capacity.

9.1 Alternatives Not Requiring the Creation of New Generating Capacity Practicable means that meet the projected power demand with adequate system reliability and that do not require the creation of additional generating capac ity should be identified and evaluated. 1 Such alterna tives may include, but not be limited to, purchased energy, reactivating or upgrading an older plant, or base load operation of an existing peaking facility. Such alternatives should be analyzed in terms of cost, environ mental impact, adequacy, reliability, and other pertinent factors. If such alternatives are totally unavailable or if their availability is highly uncertain, the relevant facts should be stated. This analysis is of major importance because it supports the justification for new generating capacity.

9.2 Alternatives Requiring the Creation of New Generating Capacity In this guide, an alternative constituting new gener ating capacity is termed a "site-plant combination" in order to emphasize that the alternatives to be evaluated should include both site and energy source options. A

site-plant combination is a combination of a specific site (which may include the proposed site) and a particular category of energy source (nuclear, fossil-fueled, hydro electric, geothermal) together with the transmission hookup. A given site considered in combination with lIf transmission facilities must be constructed in order to secure the energy from alternative sources, this should be discussed.

two different energy sources is regarded as providing two alternatives.

9.2.1 Selection of Candidate Areas2 In this section, the applicant should present an initial survey of site availability using any methodology that surveys the entire region available to the applicant and that, after identifying areas containing possible sites, eliminates those whose less desirable characteristics are recognizable without extensive analysis. The purpose of this site selection process is to identify a reasonable number of realistic siting options. To ensure that realistic alternatives are presented, two or more candidate areas should be chosen for detailed comparison with appropriate site-plant combinations. In assessing potential candidate areas, the applicant may place primary reliance on published materials 3 and reconnaissance level information. Guidance on the selection of potential sites for nuclear stations is presented in Regulatory Guide 4.7, "General Site Suitability Criteria for Nuclear Power Stations." The applicant may wish to use the following definitions in discussing its site selection process:

  • Region of Interest. The geographical area initially considered in the site selection process. This area may represent the applicant's system, the power pool or area within which the applicant's planning studies are based, or the regional reliability council or the appropriate subregion or area of the reliability council.
  • Candidate Areas. Reasonable homogeneous areas within the region of interest investigated for potential sites. Candidate areas may be made up of a single large area or several unconnected ones. The criteria governing a candidate area are the same resources and populations on which the potential plant would have an impact and similar facility costs.
  • Potential Site& Sites within the candidate areas that have been identified for preliminary assessment in estab lishing candidate sites.
  • Candidate Sites. Sites suitable for evaluation by the applicant during the process of selecting a proposed site.

To be a candidate site, the site must be considered to be potentially licensable and capable of being developed.

  • Proposed Sites. Sites for which an applicant seeks a license to construct and operate a power station.

2As used in this chapter, the term area is defined as several square miles (large enough to contain several sites).

3Several methods of site selection and evaluation may be found in Nuclear Power Plant Siting-A Generalized Process, AIF/

NESP-002, Atomic Industrial Forum, August 1974. Copies may be obtained from Atomic Industrial Forum, Inc., 7101 Wiscon sin Avenue, Washington, D.C. 20014.

9-1

The geographical regions considered by the applicant may be within or outside the applicant's franchise service area. It is ekpected that each area considered will be small enough for any site developed within it to have essentially similar environmental relationships (i.e., ther mal discharge to the same body of water, proximity to the same urban area). The areas considered should not be restricted to those containing land actually owned by the applicant.

If a State, region, or locality has a power station'

siting law, the law should be cited and any applicable constraints described.

The applicant should display the areas being ap praised by means of maps and charts portraying the power network,4 environmental and other features, and other relevant information. (A consistent identification system should be established and retained on all graphic and verbal materials in this section.) The map or maps should be clearly related to the applicant's service area (and adjacent areas if relevant). The maps should display pertinent information such as the following:

1. Areas considered by the applicant;

2. Major centers of population density (urban, high density, medium density, low density, or similar scale);

3. Water bodies suitable for use in cooling systems;

4. Railroads, highways (existing and planned), and waterways suitable for fuel and waste transportation;

5. Important topographic features (e.g., mountains, marshes, fault lines);

6. Dedicated land-use areas (e.g., parks, historical sites, wilderness areas, testing grounds, airports);

7. Valuable agricultural, residential, recreational, or industrial areas that may be impacted;

8. Primary generating plants, together with effective operating capacity in megawatts, both electrical and thermal, and indication of fuel (all generating units of the same fuel type at the same location should be considered a single source);

9. Other generating additions to the network to be installed before the proposed nuclear facility goes on line;

10. Transmission lines of 115 kV or more and termination points on the system for proposed and potential lines from the applicant's proposed facility (with emphasis on new rights-of-way); and

41TO avoid repetition, the applicant should refer, as appropriate, to material presented in Section 1.1.

11. Major interconnections with other power suppliers (with emphasis on new rights-of-way).

These considerations may be expanded to include appropriate factors such as those discussed in Regulatory Guide 4.7.

Maps of areas outside the japplicant's service area should include the probable transmission corridor to the applicant's system.

Suitable correlations should be made among the maps. For example, one or more of the maps showing environmental features may be to the same scale as a map showing power network configurations; or present generating sites and major transmission lines may be overlaid on the environmental maps, if this is helpful to the discussion.

The applicant should discuss the availability of fuel or other energy sources at the areas considered. It is recognized that conditions with regard to alternatives to nuclear fuel vary for different applicants. Oil and coal may be readily available in many areas although limitations on maximum sulfur content or transporta tion costs may restrict or prevent their use. Hydro electric and geothermal sources should also be consid ered if available. In some situations, combinations of energy sources (e.g.,

coal-fired baseload units plus gas-turbine peaking units may be practical alterna tives. The discussion should clearly establish the energy source alternatives.

Long-term supplies and forecasted costs of each realistic fuel alternative should be stated. The nature of any supply restriction should be specified as to physical shortages, environmental controls, international trade restrictions, or other factors.

Using the materials described above, the applicant should provide a condensed description of the major considerations that led to the final selection of the candidate areas. These candidate areas should constitute a complete but realistic listing of areas in which it would be feasible to site a power generation facility. While the number of suitable locations for any one siting consider ation may be large, the comparison of factors may constrain the final list of candidate areas to a small number with each area displaying several favorable characteristics.

The following remarks may apply in specific instances:

1. The first general geographic screening may be based on power load and transmission considerations.

2. Certain promising areas may be identified as suitable for only one type of fuel; others may be broadly

9-2

defined at this stage of analysis (e.g., a stretch of coastline) and may admit several fuel-type options.

3. Only the determining characteristics of the identified areas need be discussed. Specific tracts need not be identified unless already owned by the applicant.

4. If areas outside the service area are not consid ered during this phase of the decision process, the reasons for not considering them should be provided.

5. If certain fuel types are eliminated in selecting candidate areas because of predicted unavailability or because of economic factors, supporting information should be supplied.

6. In eliminating a fuel type at a site on the grounds of monetary cost, the applicant should make clear that the excess cost over a preferred alternative outweighs any potential advantages of the eliminated fuel type with respect to environmental protection.

7. The compatability with any existing land-use planning programs of the development of each candidate area should be indicated and the views, if any, of local planning groups and interested citizens concerning use of the candidate area should be summarized.

8. If it is proposed to add a nuclear unit to a station where there are already thermal electric generating units under construction or in operation, the local and regional significance of concentrating a large block of thermal generating capacity at one location should be given specific consideration.

9. Current use of the land should be documented and the potential for preempting other high valued uses of land such as agriculture, recreation, residences, or industry should be noted.

10. The availability of a labor pool for power plant construction within commuting distance should be estimated.

9.2.2 Selection of Candidate Site-Plant Alternatives 5 At this point, the number of suitable areas will have been reduced, making possible investigation of a realistic set of alternative site-plant combinations. These alterna tive combinations should be briefly described. The description should include site plans indicating locations considered for the plant, access facilities, and any transmission considerations that significantly affect site desirability.

5The range of candidate site-plant alternatives selected by the applicant should include other energy source options (coal, oil, hydroelectric, geothermal), as practicable.

The criteria, to be used in selecting the candidate site-plant alternatives are essentially the criteria used in selecting candidate areas. Application of these criteria in greater depth may be required, however, since the relative merits of the various site-plant combinations may be less obvious than those of the initially identified areas. If the site is currently, or expected to be, used for agriculture, its soil class should be reported according to the U.S. Soil Conservation Service Soil Classification System, 6 and the number of acres should be indicated.

Furthermore, although a particular geographical area may have been judged unsuitable for consideration as a candidate area because of one major overriding disad vantage, the establishment of the suitability of a given site-plant combination will (except for choice of fuel)

require balancing both favorable and unfavorable factors (benefits versus environmental and other costs).

The applicant is not expected to conduct detailed environmental studies at alternative sites; only prblim inary reconnaissance-type investigations need be conducted. Neither is it expected that detailed engi neering design studies will be made for all alternative plants or that detailed transmission route studies will be made for all alternatives.

9.3 Cost-Effectiveness Analysis of Candidate Site-Plant Alternatives A cost-effectiveness analysis of realistic alternatives in terms of both economic and environmental costs should be made to show why the proposed site-plant combina tion is preferred over all other candidate alternatives for meeting the power requirement. In presenting the cost-effectiveness analysis, the applicant should use, insofar as possible, a tabular format showing side-by-side comparison or alternatives with respect to selection criteria.

Quantification, while desirable, may not be possible for all factors because of lack of adequate data. Under such circumstances, qualitative and general comparative statements supported by documentation may be used.

Where possible, experience derived from operation of plants at the same or at an environmentally similar site may be helpful in appraising the nature of expected environmental impacts.

Various criteria have been suggested in this guide for use in comparing the alternatives and the proposed facility. The criteria chosen by the applicant should reflect benefits and costs7 that were evaluated in

6U.S. Department of Agriculture, Land-Capability Classiflcation, Agriculture Handbook No. 210, 1973, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C.

7The applicant may use, if the necessary data are available, the method for calculating generating costs discussed in Chapter

10. The analysis should highlight significant environmental differences among alternative sites which can be balanced against dollar cost differentials.

9-3

selecting the site-plant candidates. The following itemization of evaluatory factors may be helpful as a checklist:

Engineering and Environmental Factors Meteorology Geology Seismology Hydrology Population density in site environs Access to road, rail, and water transportation Fuel supply and waste disposal routes Cooling water supply Water quality Sensitivity of aquatic and terrestrial habitats affected Commitment of resources Dedicated areas Projected recreational usage Scenic values Transmission Hookup Factors Access to transmission system in place Problems of routing new transmission lines Problems of transmission reliability Minimization of transmission losses Construction Factors Access for equipment and materials Access, housing, etc., for construction workers Land-Use Factors (including compatibility with zoning or use changes)

Institutional Factors (e.g., State or regional site certifica tion)

Cost Factors Construction costs including transmission Fuel costs (annual)

Operating and maintenance costs (annual)

Operating Factors Load-following capability Transient response Alternative Site Cost Factors Land and water rights Base station facilities Main condenser cooling system Main condenser cooling intake structures and dis charge system Transmission and substation facilities Access roads and railroads Site preparation including technical investigations.

9.4 Costs of Alternative Power Generation Methods The applicant should provide cost information for alternative power generation methods and the proposed nuclear station. (Costs for the proposed nuclear station are discussed in Chapter 8.)

In order to supplement the economic information provided in Chapter 8 of the environmental report, the cost information shown in Table 2 should be provided for (1) coal-fired units (one use that would utilize low-sulfur coal and a second that would use high-sulfur coal with stack gas cleaning), (2) oil-fired units, and (3)

nuclear power units.

The environmental report should also include the estimated cost of generating electric energy in mills per kilowatt-hour for the proposed nuclear station and for alternative fossil-fueled plants in the detail shown in Table 3. It should be stated whether the costs of fuel and of operation and maintenance are initial costs or levelized costs over some period of operation and, in the latter case, what assumptions are made about escalation.

9-4

CHAPTER 10

STATION DESIGN ALTERNATIVES

This chapter should show how the applicant arived at the design of the proposed station through consider ation of alternative designs of identifiable systems and through their comparative assessment.

The significant environmental interfaces of a nuclear power station will be associated with the operation of certain identifiable systems. The applicant's proposed station should incorporate a combination of these identifiable systems, each of which has been selected through a cost-effectiveness analysis of economic and other factors as the preferred choice within its category.

In some instances, the interaction of these systems may be such as to require their selection on the basis of a preferred combination rather than on the basis of individual preferred systems. For example, an alternative cooling system may have to be evaluated in combination with a preferred chemical effluent system that would be used with it.

The applicant's discussion should be organized on the basis of station systems and arranged according to the following list:

  • Intake system for circulating water
  • Discharge system for circulating water
  • Other cooling systems (including intake and dis charge where not treated in the preceding three items)
  • Biocide systems (all cooling circuits)'
  • Chemical waste treatment1
  • Sanitary waste system
  • liquid radwaste systems (see Section 10.7)
  • Gaseous radwaste systems (see Section 10.8)

"* Transmission facilities

"* Other systems.

The following should be considered in preparing the discussion:

1. Range of alternatives. The applicant's discussion should emphasize those alternative station systems that appear promising in. terms of environmental protection.

'systems that are subject to effluent limitation guidelines and new source performance standards of 40 CFR Part 423.

Different designs for systems that are essentially identi cal with respect to environmental effects should be considered only if their costs are appreciably different.

The applicant should include alternatives that meet the following criteria: (1) they provide improved levels of environmental protection (in the case of systems subject to 40 CFR Part 423, the analysis should focus on alternative systems that comply with 40 CFR Part 423 but that are a better environmental solution, taking into account impacts on air quality, esthetics, etc.) and (2)

although not necessarily economically attractive, they are based on feasible technology available to the applicant during the design state.

In cases where the system proposed in the applica tion does not comply with thermal effluent limitations under Sections 301 and 306 of Public Law 92-500 [the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (FWPCA)

as amended] and no disposition of any request for waiver under Section 316(a) is expected until after issuance of a construction permit, the environmental report should clearly identify the most feasible alternative cooling system that would be selected in the event that alternative thermal effluent limitations are not imposed.

2. Normalization of cost comparison. Alternatives should be compared on the basis of an assumed fixed amount of energy generated for distribution outside the station. Thus, any effect of an alternative on station power consumption should be discussed.

3. Effect of capacity factor. The projected effect of alternatives on station capacity factor should be given and explained for capacity factors of 60, 70, and 80

percent.

4. Monetized costs. The acquisition and operation costs of individual systems and their alternatives (as well as costs of the total station and transmission facility and alternatives) should be expressed as power generating costs. The latter will be derived from cost elements compounded or discounted (as appropriate) to their present values as of the date of initial commercial operation and will be converted to their annualized values. The method of computation is shown in Table 4.

The individual cost items in this table should be used as applicable. The total cost will be the sum of:

0 Capital to be expended up uritil the scheduled date of operation.2

  • Interest to the date of operation on all expendi tures prior to that date.

2For operating license proceedings, costs should be based on capital to be expended to complete the facility.

10-1

  • Expenditures subsequent to the scheduled date of operation discounted to that date. In calculations, the applicant should assume a 30-year station life.3 In computing the annualized present value of station systems and their alternatives, the following cost ele ments are suggested:

e Engineering design and planning costs

0 Construction costs

  • Interest on capital expended prior to operation
  • Operating, maintenance, and fuel (if applicable)

costs over the 30-year life of the station

"* Taxes

"* Insurance costs

"* Cost of modification or alteration of any other station system if required for accommodation of alterna tives to maintain station capacity (see Item 2 above)

  • Maintenance costs for the transmission facility (if applicable)

0 Cost of supplying makeup power during a delay resulting from an alternative design choice that will not meet the power requirement by the scheduled inservice date.

5. Environmental costs Environmental effects of alternatives should be documented and supported by available information. To the extent practicable, the magnitude of each effect should be quantified. Where quantification is not possible, qualitative evaluations should be expressed in terms of comparison to the effects of the subsystem chosen for the proposed design.

In either case, the derivation of the evaluations should be completely documented.

Table 5 presents a set of environmental factors that should be considered in comparing alternative station systems in the cost-effectiveness analysis. Although incomplete, the factors listed are believed to represent the principal environmental effects of power station construction and operation that can be evaluated by generally accepted techniques. The table provides for three key elements of environmental cost evaluation:

a. A description of each effect to be measured (Column 3).

3Uwe 30-year life for steamelectic generatiMg stationi For other types of electric pneafting prints, m genewal accepted Vahes b. Suggested units to be used for measurement (Column 4). The NRC recognizes the difficulty, if not the impossibility, of using the assigned units for every item in Table 5 in each case, given the current state of the art. The applicant may elect to use other units, provided they are meaningful to the informed public and adequately reflect the impact of the listed environmental effects.

c. A suggested methodology of computation (Column 5). Computation of effects in response to each block in Table 5, e.g., 1.1, 1.2, etc., should be given without adjustment for effects computed in other blocks for the same population or resource affected. However, provision is made in Table 5 (i.e., 1.9 and 4.9) to account for combined effects that may be either less than or greater than the sum of individual effects.

In discussing environmental effects, the applicant should specify not only the magnitude of the effect (e.g., pounds of fish killed or acres of a particular habitat destroyed) but also the relative effect, that is, the fraction of the population or resource that is affected.

(See the discussion in Section 5.7.)

In some specific cases, accurate estimation of an effect which the applicant believes to be very small may require a data collection effort that would not be commensurate with the value of the information to be obtained. In such cases, the applicant may substitute a preferred measure which conservatively estimates envi ronmental costs for the effect in question, provided the substituted measure is clearly documented and realisti cally evaluates the potentially detrimental (ie., worst case) aspects of the effect, and provided the measure is applied consistently to all alternatives.

6. Supporting details. In the following sections, the applicant should discuss design alternatives for each of the relevant station systems (e.g., cooling system, intake system). The discussion should describe each alternative, present estimates of its environmental impact, and compare the estimated impact with that of the proposed system. The assumptions and calculations on which the estimates are based should be presented. Engineering design and supporting studies, e.g., thermal modeling, performed to assess the impact of alternative station systems should be limited in scope to those efforts required to support the cost-effectiveness analysis that led to selection of the proposed design.

7. Presentation of alternative desnks The results should be tabulated for each station system in a format consistent with the definitions in Table 5.

The monetized costs of the proposed systems and alternatives should be presented on an incremental bas.

This means that the costs of the proposed system should appear as zeroes in appropriate columns of summary

10-2

tables and costs of the other alternative systems should appear as cost differences, with any negative values enclosed in parentheses. The environmental costs are not incremental, and the tabulations should therefore show these as total costs, whether monetized or not. (If an environmental effect is considered beneficial, the entry should be enclosed in parentheses.)

In addition to the information displayed in the tables.

the applicant should provide a textual description of the process by which the tradeoffs were weighed and balanced in arriving at the proposed design. This discussion may include any factors not provided for in the tabulation.

10.1 Circulatifg System (exclusive of intake and dschaW)

The applicant should identify and describe altema tives to the proposed cooling system deign. Estimates of environmental effects should be prepared and tabulated.

Where cooling towers are discussed, the analysis should include variations in drift and blowdown and optional control ranges that might minimize the environmental impact to the receiving air, water, or land with respect to time or space.

When an applicant proposes to create a lake or pond for primary cooling, the environmental report at the construction permit stage should consider the effects of variations in the size of the cooling reservoir on the performance of the power station, the enviromnental impacts (including the loss of agricultural lands and woodlands and the products therefrom and the impacts on terrestrial and aquatic life), and the economic costs.

The enviromnental report should also discuss the matter of making the cooling reservoir and its surroundings a multiple-use facility, including a public recreational resource, and should present the reasons for the decision in favor of or opposing such a development.

If the applicant decides to provide a recreational facility, the environmental report kt the construction permit stage should contain a general plan to provide for public recreational use. The specific plan for public recreational use should be provided at the operating license stage. The plan should include a discussion of recreational needs in the area; a description (including maps and artist conceptions) of the proposed recrea ti6nal facilities, lake management and fisheries stodking program, and associated landscaping; a schedule of installation, estimated costs of construction, operation and maintenance, and the source of funds to pay these costs; and estimated public use of the facilities. Describe the participation in planning, if any, by local, State, and Federal governments. A commitment to implement the plan must be made if the potential benefit is considered in balancing the costs and benefits.

10.2 Intake System The applicant should identify and describe alterna fives to the proposed intake system design, such as shoreline and offshore intakes, traveling screens (vertical, horizontal, angle-mounted, single entry-double exit),

barriers (lower, electric, sound, light, bubble),

perforated-pipe intakes, and infiltration-bed intakes.

Estimates of environmental effects should be prepared and tabulated. Alternatives should be referenced to any requirements for intake systems imposed under Section

316(b) of PL 92-500.

10.3 Discharge System The applicant should identify and describe alterna tives to the proposed discharge system design. Estimates of environmental effects should be prepared and tabu lated. Appropriate graphic illustrations of visible plumes or hydraulic mixing zones (air or water as applioable)

should be included.

10.4 Chemical Waste Treatment Alternative chemical systems that meet EPA effluent guidelines but involve differing external environmental impacts associated with ultimate waste disposal of end products should be evaluated. Management of corrosion and resulting corrosion products released with cooling tower blowdown should be treated in detail. The description should include specification of both maxi mum and average concentrations and dilution sources.

(If a discharge is not continuous, the discharge schedule should be specified.) Any toxicity and lethality to affected biota should be documented for all potential points of exposure. Specifically, information should be sufficient to define the impacts to entrained organisms at their points of exposure, as well as the impacts beyond the point of discharge. Estimates of environ mental effects should be prepared and tabulated.

10.5 Biocide Treatment The applicant should describe alternatives to the use of biocide for control of fouling organisms, including both mechanical and chemical methods where such alternatives may be expected to have less severe gnviron mental effects than the proposed system. The informa tiou provided on chemical biocides should be similar to that specified above for chemical effluent treatment.

Estimates of environmental effects should be prepared and tabulated.

10.6 Sanitmy Waste System Alternative sanitary waste systems that meet EPA

guidelines for municipal waste treatment should be

10-3

identified and discussed with regard to the environ mental implications of both waste products and chem ical additives for waste treatment. Estimates of environ mental effect on receiving land, water, and air should be considered and tabulated to the extent that measurable effects can be identified.

10.7 Liquid Radwaste Systems For proposed light-water-cooled reactor installations in which the quantities of radioactive material in effluents will be limited to levels that are within the numerical guides for design objectives and limiting conditions of operation set forth in Appendix I of 10

CFR Part 50, no further consideration need be given to the reduction of radiological impacts in formulating alternative plant designs. If the reactor is not a light.

water-cooled reactor, the possibility must be explored of an alternative radwaste system that reduces the level of radioactivity in the effluents and direct radiation to the levels in Appendix I. In any case, for reactors to which Appendix I does not apply, the applicant should demonstrate sufficient consideration of alternative rad waste systems and their radiological output to ensure that releases from the proposed facility will be as low as is reasonably achievable.

10.8 Gaseous Radwaste Systems Consideration of systems for the disposal of gaseous radwaste is subject to the qualifying condition noted in Section 10.7 above.

10.9 Transmission Facilities The applicant should discuss the cost and environ mental effects of alternative routes for new transmission facilities required for tie-in of the proposed facility to the applicant's system. The documentation should include maps of the alternative routes. These maps should clearly indicate topographic features important to evaluation of the routes and boundaries of visually sensitive areas. The applicant may find the documents cited in Section 3.9 helpful in this analysis. Estimates of environmental effects should be prepared and tabulated.

S10.10 Other Systems Any station system, other than those specified above, that is associated with an adverse environmental effect should be discussed in terms of practicable add feasible alternatives that may reduce or eliminate this environ mental effect.

104

CHAPTER 11 SUMMARY COST-BENEFIT ANALYSIS

This chapter should demonstrate through a cost benefit analysis of the proposed station why in the applicant's judgment the aggregate benefits outweigh the aggregate costs. The NRC will independently prepare a cost-benefit analysis of the proposed station in the Environmental Statement; nevertheless, the applicant should perform its own analysis in order to aid the NRC

in its evaluation.

Although the cost-benefit analysis approach discussed in this guide is conceptually similar to the cost-benefit approach classically employed in a purely economic context, the method recommended differs from it procedurally. This is because the benefits and costs to be evaluated will not all be monetized by the applicant. The incommensurable nature of the benefits and costs makes it virtually impossible to provide a concise assessment of costs versus benefits in classical quantitative terms. Even though a simple numerical weighing of benefits against costs is clearly not feasible here, the applicant can evaluate the factors on a judgmental basis that is consistent with the underlying concept of cost-benefit analysis.

The following considerations may be helpful to the applicant in preparing the analysis. As indicated above, it is incumbent on the applicant to demonstrate that the benefits of the proposed facility are considered to outweigh the aggregate costs. Beyond this, the degree to which the benefits may outweigh the costs is a factor that will be considered in the NRC's Environmental Statement. In selecting each proposed station system from a set of alternative systems, the cost-effectiveness analysis of Chapter 10 will have maximized the net benefit (i.e., aggregate of benefits minus the costs).

In presenting the cost-benefit analysis, the applicant should first consider the benefits identified and de scribed in Chapters 1 and 8. Second, the applicant should consider generating, environmental, and other cost items identified in Chapters 4, 5, 8, 9, and 10; these costs should be summarized in tabular form.

11-1

CHAPTER 12 ENVIRONMENTAL APPROVALS AND CONSULTATION

List and give the status of all licenses, permits, and other approvals of station construction and operations required by Federal, State, local, and regional authorities for the protection of the environment.

list all laws or ordinances applicable to the proposed transmission system and the status of approvals that must be obtained. Indicate any public hearings held or to be held with respect to the proposed transmission system.

The listing should cite the relevant statutory or other authority requiring approvals with respect to the con struction and/or operation of the station and should be categorized by the environmental impact to which the approval is addressed. These categories could include, for example, air, land, and water use and planning, fish diversion, and construction effects.

Discuss the status of efforts to obtain a water quality certification under Section 401 and discharge permits under Section 402 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (FWPCA), as amended. If certification has not already been obtained, indicate when it is expected.

If certification is not required, explain. Any other actions such as a pending request based on Section

316(a) of Public Law 92-500 (FWPCA) for alternative effluent limitations should be explained.

If a discharge could alter the quality of the water or air of another State, indicate the State or States that may be affected and their applicable limitations, stan dards, or regulations.

In view of the effects of the station on the economic development of the region in which it is located, the applicant should also note the State, local, and regional planning authorities contacted or consulted. OMB Circu lar A-95 1 identifies the State, metropolitan, and regional clearinghouses 2 that should be contacted as appropriate.

Where consumptive water uses involve permits or adjudication, applicants should show evidence of such with respect to State, Federal, or Compact or Commis sion authorities having purview over the proposed diversion.

'lnquiries concerning this circular may be addressed to the Office of Management and Budget, Washington, D.C. 20503.

2A listing of the clearinghouses that serve a particular site area may be obtained from the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commis sion, Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation, Division of Site Safety and Environmental Analysis, Washington, D.C. 2055,.

12-1

CHAPTER 13 REFERENCES

The applicant should provide a bibliography of sources used in preparation of the environmental report.

References should be cited by numerical designation and listed at the end of the chapter to which they refer.

13-1

TABLES

TABLE 1 PRIMARY2 BENEFITS TO BE CONSIDERED IN

COST-BENEFIT ANALYSIS

Drect Benefits Expected average annual generation in kWh ..............

...............................

Capacity in kW ...................

............................................

Proportional distribution of electrical energy (Expected annual delivery in kWh)

Industrial ...................

............................................

Commercial ....................

..........................................

Residential .......................

..........................................

Other

. .

. .

. . . . . . . . .

. . .

. . . . .

. .

. .

. . . . .

. .

. .

. . .

. .

. .

. .

.

Expected average annual Btu (in millions) of steam sold from the facility

..................

Expected average annual delivery of other beneficial products (appropriate physical units)

.

.........

Annual revenues from delivered benefits Electrical energy generated

.................

Steam sold

.

. .

. . .

. .

. . .

. .

. . .

. .

. .

. .

. . .

. .

. .

. .

. . .

. .

. .

. . .

.

.

Other products

.

. . .

. .

. .

. . .

. .

. . .

. .

. .

. . .

. .

. .

. .

. . .

. .

. .

. .

. .

.

Indirect Benefits (as appropriate)

Taxes (local, State, Federal Research

......

Regional product

. . .

Environmental enhanceme'

Recreation

....

Navigation

.

Air Quality:

SO

NO

.

.

.

.

.

.

Particulates..

Others .......

Employment .......

Education .........

Others

.......

%wsceectin &I.1

).......

T-1

°..

.

.

.

.

.

..

°. .

.

.

.

.

.* .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.* .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.* .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.° .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.* .

.

.

.

S. .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

°

o

.

.

.

.

.

.

.* .

.

.

.

.* .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

°

o. .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.* .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

o

°. .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.* .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.* .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.. .

.

.

.

.

.

..

°*

.

.

.

.

.

.

.o

.

.

.

.

.*

..

S.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

S. .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

TABLE 2 COST INFORMATION FOR NUCLEAR AND

ALTERNATIVE POWER GENERATION METHODS

1. Interest during con struction

2. Length of construc tion workweek

3. Estimated site labor requirement

%/year, compound rate hours/week man-hours/kWe

4. Average site labor pay rate (including fringe benefits) ef fective at month and year of NSSS order

5. Escalation rates Site labor Materials Composite esca lation rate

-$S/hour

%(year

-

Jyear

%/year

6. Power Station Costa Unit 2 Indirect Costs a. Land and land rights b. Structures and site facilities c. Reactor (boiler)

plant equipment d. Turbine plant equipment not including heat rejection systems e. Heat rejection system f. Electric plant equipment g. Miscellaneous equipment h. Spare parts al lowance i. Contingency al lowance Subtotal a. Construction facilities, equip ment, and serv ices b. Engineering and construction management services c. Other costs d. Interest during construction

((R

%1 year)

Escalation Escalation during construction year Total Cost Total Station Cost,

@ Start of Com mercial Operation aCost components of nuclear stations to be included in each cost category listed under direct and indirect costs in Part 6 above are described in "Guide for Economic Evaluation of Nuclear Reactor Plant Designs," U.S. Atomic Energy Commission, NUS-531, Appendix B, available from National Technical Information Service, Springfield, Virginia 22161.

T-2 Direct Costs Unit I

Unit I

Unit 2

TABLE 3 ESTIMATED COSTS OF ELECTRICAL ENERGY GENERATION

Milh1/Kilowatt-Hour Fixed Chargsa Cost of money Depreciation Interim replacements Taxes Fuel Cycle CoStab For fossil-fueled plants, costs of high-sulfur coal, low-sulfur coal, or oil For nuclear stations:

Cost of U308 (yellowcake)

Cost of conver sion and enrich ment Cost of conver sion and fabrica tion of fuel ele ments Cost of proces fn spent fuel Carrying charge on fuel Inventory Cost of waste dis posalc Credit for pluto nium or U-233 Costs of Operation and nItensanced Fixed component Variable component Costs Of in ance Property insurance Liability insurance GGive the capacity factor assumed in computing those charges, and sie the total fixed-chape mte as a percentage of station investment bIndude shipping charges as appropriate. Give the heat rate in BtU/lowatt hour.

cif-ao costs are available, the applicant may ue the cost aswmptims as d=

in the most recent publication of Nucdw Induriy.

-

.

..

.

separately the fixed component that in dollars per year does not depend on capacity factor and the variable component that in dollars per yea is proportional to capacity factor.

T-3

TABLE 4 MONETIZED BASES FOR GENERATING COSTSa Item Total outlay required to bring facility to operation Annual operating cost Annual fuel cost Cost of makeup power pur chased or supplied in year

".It.,,

Discount factor Total generating cost present value Total generating cost present value annualized Symbol C,

Ot Ft Pt P

GCp Unit Item Description

$

All capital outlays including interest expense to be in vested in completion of the facility compounded to present value as of the scheduled inservice date of operation.

$

This is the total operating and maintenance cost of sta tion operation in year "t."

$

This is the total fuel cost in year "t."

$

Cost of power purchased or supplied internally in year

"t" to make up deficiency of power associated with any alternative that introduces delay~b v = (I + if 1 where i is the applicant's estimated average cost of capital over the life of this station.

30

$

GCp = C 1 +

t=!

30

A(0t +" Ft) +

vtPt

(1 + 13 0

$~

= GCp X-(1+1)3 -0-1 aFor conventional (nuclear or fossil fuel) steam-electric stations bDelay to be computed from the time of tiling for a construction permit (10 CFR Part 51, § 51.20)

T-4

K

TABLE 5 ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS TO BE USED IN COMPARING ALTERNATIVE STATION SYSTEMS ( )

Primary Impact Population or Unit of Method of Resources Affected Descrptn Measurea Computation Primay I

(Sp eciyoaurals wAfeter

1. NATURAL SURFACE WATER

BODY

1.1 Impingement or entrapment by cooling water intake structure

1.2 Passage through or reten tion in cooling systems (Specify natural water body affected)

1.1.1 Fishb

1.2.1 Phytoplankton and zooplankton Juveniles and adults are sub ject to attrition.

Plankton population (ex cluding fish) may be changed due to mechanical, thermal, and chemical effects.

Percent of har vestable or adult population de stroyed per year for each impor tant species Percent changes in production rates and species diversity K

Identify all important species as de fined in Section 2.2. Estimate the annual weight and number of each species that will be destroyed.

(For juveniles destroyed, only the expected population that would have survived naturally need be considered.) Compare with the estimated weight and number of the species population in the water body.

Field studies are required to esti mate (1) the diversity and produc tion rates of readily recognizable groups (e.g., diatoms, green algae, zooplankton) and (2) the mortality of organisms passing through the condenser and pumps. Include in direct effectsc which affect mortality.

aApplicant may substitute an alternative unit of measure where convenient. Such a measure should be related quantitatively to the unit of measure shown in this table.

bFgih as used in this table includes shellfish and other aquatic invertebrates harvested by man.

cIndirect effects could include increased disease incidence, increased predation, interference with spawning, changed metabolic rates, hatching of fish out of phase with food organisms.

TABLE 5 ( )

Population or Unit of Method of Primary Impact Resources Affected Measurea Computation

1.2.2 Fish

1.3 Discharge area and thermal plume

1.3.1 Water quality, excess heat

-1

1.3.2 Water quality, oxygen avail ability

1.3.3 Fish (nonmigratory)

All life stages (eggs, larvae, etc.) that reach the condenspr are subject to attrition.

The rate of dissipation of the excess heat, primarily to the atmosphere, will depend on both the method of discharge and the state of the receiving water (i.e., ambient tempera ture and water currents).

Dissolved oxygen concentration of receiving waters may be modified as a consequence of changes in the water temper ature, the translocation of water of different quality, and aeration.

Fishb. may be affected directly or indirectly because of ad verse conditions in the plume.

Percent of har vestable or adult population de stroyed per year for each impor tant species Acres and acre feet Acre-feet Net effect in pounds per year (as harvestable or adult fish by species of interest)

Identify all important species as de fined in Section 2.2. Estimate the annual weight and number of each species that will be destroyed. (For larvae, eggs, and juveniles destroyed, only the expected population that would have survived naturally need be considered.) Compare with the estimated weight and number of the species population in the water body.

Estimate the average heat in Btu's per hour -dissipated to the receiving water at full power. Estimate the water volume and surface areas within differential temperature isotherms of 2, 3, and 5*F under conditions that would tend, with respect to annual variations, to maximize the extent of the areas and volumes.

Estimate volumes of affected waters with concentrations below 5, 3, and 1 ppm under conditions that would tend to maximize the impact.

Field measurements are required to establish the average number and weight (as harvestable or adults)

of important species (as defined in Section 2.2). Estimate their mortality in the receiving water from direct and indirect effects.c

(

K

K

TABLE 5 ( )

Population or Description Unit of Method of Primary Impact Resources Affected Measurea Computation

1.3.4 Wildlife (in.

cluding birds and aquatic and amphibious mammals and reptiles)

1.3.5 Fish (migratory)

Suitable habitats (wetland or water surface) may be affected A thermal barrier may inhibit migration, both hampering spawning and diminishing the survival of returning fish.

Acres of defined habitat or nest ing area Pounds per year (as adult or harvestable fish by species of interest)

Determine the areas impaired as habitats because of thermal dis charges, including effects on food resources. Document estimates of affected population by species.

Estimate the fraction of the stock that is prevented from reaching spawning grounds because of station operation. Prorate this directly to a reduction in current and long-term fishing effort supported by that stock. Justify estimate on basis of local migration patterns, experience at other sites, and, applicable State standards.

-J

TABLE 5 (page 4 of 16)

Population or Unit of Method of Primary Impact Resources Affected DescriptionMeasure Computation

1.4 Chemical effluents

1.4.1 Water quality, chemical

1.4.2 Fish Water quality may be impaired.

Aquatic populations may be affected by toxic levels of discharged chemicals or by reduced dissolved oxygen concentrations.

Acre-feet, %

Pounds per year (by species of fish)

The volume of water required to dilute the average daily discharge of each chemical to meet applicable water quality standards should be calculated. Where suitable standards do not exist, use the volume re quired to dilute each chemical to a concentration equivalent to a selected lethal concentration for the most important species (as defined in Section 2.2) in the receiving waters. The ratio of this volume to the annual minimum value of th'e daily net flow, where applicable, of the receiving waters should be ex pressed as a percentage and the largest such percentage reported.

Include the total solids if this is a limiting factor. Include in this calculation the blowdown from cooling towers and other closed-cycle cooling systems.

Total chemical effect on important species of aquatic biota should be estimated. Biota exposed within the facility, as well as biota in re ceiving waters, should be considered.

Supporting documentation should include reference to applicable standards, chemicals discharged, and their toxicity to the aquatic populations affected.

(

p-3

60

K

TOLE 5 ( )

Population 9D

Unit of Method of Primry impact ResourcaAffacted Description Measurea Computation

1.4.3 Wildlife Q(Oluding

)6irds and aquatic and amphibious mammals and reptiles)

1.4.4 People Suitable habitats for wildlife may be affected.

Recreational water uses (boating, fishing, swim ming) may be inhibited.

Acres Lost annual user days and area (acres) or shoreline miles for dilution Estimate the area of wetland or water surface impaired as a wildlife habitat because of chemical con tamination, including effects on food resources. Document the estimates of affected population by species.

The volume of the net flow to the receiving waters required for dilution to reach accepted water quality standards must be determined on the basis of daily discharge and converted to either surface area or miles of shore. Cross-sectional and annual minimum flow character istics should be incorporated where applicable. The annual number of visitors to the affected area or shoreline must be obtained. This permits estimation of lost user-days on an annual basis. Any possible eutrophication effects should be estimated and included as a de gradation of quality.

1.5 Radionuclides dis charged to water body

.1.5.1 Aquatic organisms Radionuclide discharge may introduce a radiation level that adds to natural back ground radiation.

Rad per year Sum dose contributions from radionuclides expected to be released.

'0

TABLE 5 ( )

Population or Unit of Method of Primary Impt Resources Affected Measureg Computation

0

1.6 Consumptive use

1.5.2 People, external

1.5.3 People, ingestion

1.6.1 People

1.6.2 Agriculture Radionuclide discharge may introduce a radiation level that adds to natural back ground radiation for water Users.

Radionuclide discharge may introduce a radiation level that adds to natural back ground radiation for in gested food and water.

Drinking water supplies drawn from the water body may be diminished.

Water may be withdrawn from agricultural usage, and use of remaining water may be degraded.

Rem per year for individual; man rem per year for estimated popu.

lation at the midpoint of station operation Rem per year for individuals (whole body and organ);

man-rem per year for population at the midpoint of station operation Gallons per year Acre-feet per year Sum annual dose contributions from nuclides expected to be re leased.

Estimate biological accumulation in foods and intake by individuals and population. Calculate doses by summing results for expected radionuclides.

Where users withdraw drinking water supplies from the affected water body, lost water to users should be estimated. Relevant delivered costs of replacement drinking water should be included.

Where users withdraw irrigation water from the affected water body, the loss should be evalu ated as the sum of two volumes:

the volume of the water lost to agricultural users and the volume of dilution water required to re duce concentrations of dissolved solids in station effluent water to an agriculturally acceptable level.

(

I

TABLE 5 ( )

Population or Unit of Method of Primary impact Resources Affected Description Measure'

Computation

1.6.3 Industry

1.7 Plant construction (in cluding site prepara tion)

1.7.1 Water quality, physical

1.7.2 Water quality, chemical Water may be withdrawn for industrial use.

Turbidity, color, or temper ature of natural water body may be altered.

Water quality may be impaired.

Gallons per year Acre-feet and acres Acre-feet, %

1.8 Other impacts

1.9 Combined or inter active effects The volume of dilution water re quired to meet applicable water quality standards should be cal culated. The areal extent of the effect should be estimated.

To the extent possible, the appli cant should treat problems of spills and drainage during construction in the same manner as in Item 1.4.1.

The applicant should describe and quantify any other environmental effects of the proposed station that are significant.

Where evidence indicates that the combined effect of a number of impacts on a particular population or resource is not adequately indi cated by measures of the separate impacts, the total combined effect should be described.

See discussion in Section 5.7.

1.10 Net effects

TABLE 5 ( )

Population or Description Unit of Method of Primary Impact Resources Affected Measurea Computation

2. GROUND WATER

2.1 Raising/lowering of

ground water levels

2.1.1 People

2.1.2 Vegetation

2.2 Chemical contamina tion of ground water (excluding salt)

2.2.1 People

2.2.2 Vegetation

2.3 Radionuclide con tamination of ground water

2.3.1 People Availability or quality of drinking water may be decreased, and the func tioning of existing wells may be impaired.

Trees and other deep-rooted vegetation may be affected.

Drinking water of nearby communities may be affected.

Trees and other deep-rooted vegetation may experience toxic effects.

Radionuclides that enter ground water may add to natural background radia tion level for water and food supplies.

Gallons per year Acres Gallons per year Acres Rem per year for individuals (whole body and organ);

man-rem per year for population at the midpoint of station operation Volume of replacement water for local wells actually affected should be estimated.

Estimate the area in which ground water level change may have an adverse effect on local vegetation.

Report this acreage on a separate schedule by land use. Specify such uses as recreational, agricultural, and residential.

Compute annual loss of potable water.

Estimate area affected and report separately by land use. Specify such uses as recreational, agri cultural, and residential.

Estimate intakes by individuals and populations. Sum dose contributions for nuclides expected to be released.

(

i.l*

K

TABLE 5 (Page9 of 16)

Primary Impact Population or Unit of Method of Resources Affected Measurea Computation

2.3.2 Vegetation and animals Radionuclides that enter ground water may add to natural background radia tion level for local plant forms and animal popu lation.

Rad per year

2.4 Other impacts on ground water

3. AIR

3.1 Fogging and icing (caused by evapora tion and drift)

3.1.1 Ground transpor tation

3.1.2 Air transportation

3.1.3 Water transpor tation Safety hazards may be created in the nearby regions in all seasons.

Safety hazards may be created in the nearby regions in all seasons.

Safety hazards may be created in the nearby re gions in all seasons.

Vehicle-hours per year Hours per year, flights delayed per year Hours per year, number of ships affected per year Estimate uptake in plants and transfer to animals. Sum dose contributions for nuclides ex pected to be released.

The applicant should describe and quantify any other environmental effects of the proposed station that are significant.

Compute the number of hours per year that driving hazards will be increased on paved highways by fog and ice due to cooling towers and ponds. Documentation should in clude the visibility criteria used for defining hazardous conditions on the highways actually affected.

Compute the number of hours per year that commercial airports will be closed to visual (VFR) and in strumental (IFR) air traffic because of fog and ice from cooling towers.

Estimate number of flights delayed per year.

Compute the number of hours per year ships will need to reduce speed because of fog from cooling towers or ponds or because of warm water added to the surface of the river, lake, or sea.

K

TABLE 5 ( )

Primary Impact Population or Description Unit of Method of rtReources Affeted Measurem Computation

3.2 Chemical discharge to ambient air

3.3 Radionuclides dis charged to ambient air and direct radia tion from radioactive materials (in plant or being transported)

3.1.4 Vegetation

3.2.1 Air quality, chemical

3.2.2 Air quality, odor

3.3.1 People, external

3.3.2 People, ingestion

3.3.3 Vegetation and animals Damage to timber and crops may occur through intro duction of adverse conditions.

Pollutant emissions may di minish the quality of the local ambient air.

Odor in gaseous discharge or from effects on water body may be objectionable.

Radionuclide discharge or direct radiation may add to natural background radiation level.

Radionuclide discharge may add to the natural radioac tivity in vegetation and in soil.

Radionuclide discharge may add to natural background radioactivity of local plant and animal life.

Acres by crop

% and pounds or tons Statement Rem per year for individuals (whole body and organ);

man-rem per year for population at the midpoint of station operation Rem per year for individuals (whole body and organ);

man-rem per year for population at the midpoint of station operation Rad per year Estimate the acreage of potential plant damage by crop.

The actual concentration of each pollutant in ppm for maximum daily emission rate should be ex pressed as a percentage of the applicable emission standard. Re.

port weight for expected annual emissions.

A statement must be made as to whether odor originating in station is perceptible at any point offsite.

Sum dose contributions from nuclides expected to be released.

For radionuclides expected to be released, estimate deposit and accumulation in foods. Estimate intakes by individuals and popu lations and sum results for all ex pected radionuclides.

Estimate deposit of radionuclides on and uptake in plants and animals. Sum dose contributions for radionuclides expected to be released.

( (

p.-

t

TABLE 5 ( )

Population or Unit of Method of Primary Impct Resources Affected DMcription easure$

Computation

3.4 Other impacts on air

4. LAND

4.1 Site selection

4.2 Construction activities (including site preparation)

4.1.1 Land, amount

4.2.1 People (amenities)

4.2.2 People (accessi bility of historical sites)

Land will be preempted for construction of nuclear power station, station' facil ities, and exclusion zone.

There will be a loss of desir able qualities in the environ ment due to the noise and movement of men, material, and machines.

Historical sites may be af fected by construction Acres Total population affected, years Visitors per year The applicant should describe and quantify any other environ mental effects of the proposed plant that are significant.

State the number of acres preempted for station, exclusion zone, and accessory facilities such as cooling towers and ponds. By separate schedule, state the type and class of land preempted (e.g., scenic shoreline, wet land, forest land, etc.).

The disruption of community life (or alternatively the degree of community isolation from such irritations) should be estimated.

Estimate the number of residences, schools, hospitals, etc., within area of visual and audio impacts. Esti mate the duration of impacts and total population affected.

Determine historical sites that might be displaced by generation facilities.

Estimate effect on any other sites in plant environs. Express net impact in terms of annual number of visitors.

U'

TABLE 5 ( )

Population or Unit of Method of Primary Impact Resources Affected Measure'

Computation

4.2.3 People (accessi.

bility of archeo logical sites)

4.2.4 Wildlife

4.2.5 Land (erosion)

'-4

4.3 Station operation

4.3.1 People (amenities)

Construction activity may impinge upon sites of archeological value.

Wildlife may be affected.

Site preparation and station construction will involve cut and fill operations with accompanying erosion potential.

Noise may induce stress.

Qualified opinion Qualified opinion Cubic yards and acres Number of resi dents, school populations, hospital beds Summarize evaluation of impact on archeological resources in terms of remaining potential value of the site. Referenced documentation should include statements from responsible county, State, or Federal agencies, if available.

Summarize qualified opinion in cluding views of cognizant local and State wildlife agencies when available, taking into account both beneficial and adverse effects.

Estimate soil displaced by construc tion activity and erosion. Beneficial and detrimental effects should be reported separately.

Use applicable State and local codes for offaite noise levels foisasessifig impact. If there Is no code, consider nearby land use, current zoning, and ambient sound levels in asse~giig impact. The predicted sound level may be compared with the published guidelines of the Environmental Pro tection Agency (EPA), American Industrial Hygiene Association, and the Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD).

(

K

TABLE 5 ( )

Primary Impact Population or Description Unit of Method of Resources Affected Measurea Computation

4.3.2 People (esthetics)

4.3.3 Wildlife

4.3.4 Land, flood control

4.4 Salts discharged from cooling towers

4.4.1 People The local landscape as viewed from adjacent residential areas and neighboring historical, scenic, and recreational sites may be rendered esthetically objectionable by station structures.

'Wildlife may be affected.

Health and safety near the water body may be affected by flood control.

Intrusion of salts into ground water may affect water supply.

Qualified opinion Qualified opinion Reference to Flood Control District approval Pounds per square foot per year Summarize qualified opinion, in cluding views of cognizant local and regional authorities when available.

Summarize qualified opinion, in cluding views of cognizant local and State wildlife agencies when available, taking into account both beneficial and adverse effec*

Reference should be made to regula tions of cognizant Flood Control Agency by use of one of the follow ing terms: Has No Implications for flood control, Complies with flood control regulation.

Estimate the amount of salts dis charged as drift and particulates.

Report maximum deposition.

Supporting documentation should include patterns of deposition and projection of possible effect on water supplies.

TABLE 5 ( )

Population or Unit of Method of Pimary Impact Resources Affected Description Measurea Computation

4.4.2 Vegetation and animals

4.4.3 Property resources

4.5 Transmission route selection

4.5.1 Land, amount

4.5.2 Land use and land value Deposition of entrained salts may be detrimental in some nearby regions.

Structures and movable property may suffer de gradation from corrosive effects.

Land will be preempted for construction of transmission line systems.

Lines may pass through visually sensitive (that is, sensitive to presence of transmission lines and towers) areas, thus imping ing on the present and po tential use and value of neighboring property.

Acres Dollars per year Miles, acres Miles, acres, dollars Salt tolerance of vegetation in af fected area must be determined.

That area, if any, receiving salt deposition in excess of tolerance (after allowance for dilution) must be estimated. Report separately an appropriate tabulation of acreage by land use. Specify such uses as recreational, agricultural, and residential. Where wildlife habitat is affected, identify popula tions.

If salt spray impinges upon a local community, property damage may be estimated by applying to the local value of buildings, machinery, and vehicles a differential in average depreciation rates between this and a comparable seacoast community.

State total length and area of new rights-of-way. Estimate current market value of land involved.

Total length of new transmission lines and area of rights-of-way through various categories of visually sensitive land. Estimate minimum loss in current property values of adjacent areas.

(

00

4.6 Transmission facilities construction

4.5.3 People (esthetics)

4.6.1 Land adjacent to rights-of-way

4.6.2 Land, erosion

'0

4.6.3 Wildlife

4.7 Transmission line operation

4.6A

Vegetation

4.7.1 Land use

4.7.2 Wildlife Lines may present visually undesirable features..

Constructing new roads for access to rights-of-way may have environmental impact.

Soil erosion may result from construction activities.

Wildlife habitat and access to habitat may be affected.

Vegetation may be affected.

Land preempted by rights-of way may be used for addi tional beneficial purposes such as orchards, picnic areas, nurseries, and hiking and riding trails.

Modified wildlife habitat may result in changes.

Number of such features Miles Tons per year Number of im portant species affected

%, dollars Qualified opinion K

Estimate total number of visually undesirable features, such as number of major road crossings in vicinity of intersection of inter changes; number of major water way crossings; number of crest, ridge, or other high point crossings; and number of "long views" of transmission lines perpendicular to highways and waterways.

Estimate length of new access and service roads required for alter native routes.

Estimate area with increased erosion potential traceable to construction activities.

Identify important species that may be disturbed (Section 2.2).

Estimate percent of rights-of-way for which no multiple-use activities are planned. Annual value of multiple-use activities less cost of improvements.

Summarize qualified opinion in cluding views of cognizant local and State wildlife agencies when available.

TABLE 5 ( )

Population or Description Unit of Method of Primary Impact Resources Affected Measuren computation

TABLE 5 ( )

Primary Impact Population or Description Unit of Method of Resources Affected Measurea Computation

4.8 Other lan

d. impacts

4.9 Combined or interactive effects

4.10 Net effects The applicant should describe and quantify any other environmental effects of the proposed station that are significant.

Where evidence indicates that the combined effects of a number of impacts on a particular popula tion or resource are not adequately indicated by measures of the separate impacts, the total com bined effect should be described.

Both beneficial and adverse inter actions should be indicated.

See discussion in Section 5.7.

(

APPENDICES

APPENDIX A

§51.20. 10 CFR PART 51, -APPUCANT-S ENVIRONMENTAL REPORT-CONSTRUCTION PERMIT STAGE"

(a)

Invmmh nta consderatlkw Bach applicant I for a permit to construct a production or utilization facility cur ered by i 51.5(a shl submit with its application a separate document. en titled -Appncnt's Environmental Re port- tu Permit Stage:" which contains a description of the proposed action, a statement of its purposer, and a description of the environment af fected, and which discusses the follow Ing considerations:

(1) -The probable tmpact of the pro posed action on the environment:

(2) Any probable adverse environ mental effects which cannot be avoided should the proposal be Implemented;

(3) Alterma~e to the SZroposed Action;

(4) 22 relationship between local short-term uses of mup' environment and .ie maintenance and enhancement ef long-term Productivity: and

(5) An Irreversible and Iratrievable comnmileni of resources which would be involved In the proposed action should it be hnpleaented. The discusfn o alternatives to the proposed action re quired by paragraph (a) (3) shall be aut iciently complete to aid the Commission in deweloin and explorinL pursuant to section 102(2) (D) of lPA. -appropri.;

ate alternatives

  • in any proposal bi involvs unesved aonfflts om cemn alterative mea al avallabel resources."

(b) Cost-benefit analyde. 'The Mk vhmentsl Report required by parr gra*h (a) shall include a cost-bmmit anl-ys wbich considems and balances the environmental effects of the faciit grd the alternatives avalable for reduc lug or avoiding adverse environmental efeet. as well as the envitrimnmental.

ee minic technical and other benefits of the facility. The cost-beneft analysis dm.n, to the ftulest extent practicable.

qufnmy the varioum factors cdder-ei

7a the extent that such factors canmnt be quantified, Whey shall be discussed In qualitative terms The Environmetal Report honecontain sucen data to aid the Commission tn its development cc an iependent costbeneft analysis.

(G) btt of complianc The En vUnmUMtal Report required by para graph (a) shall include a dlscusso of the staus of compliance of the facility with applicable environmental quality a WkAm the "appisUt'*. ma umd In Ute part. b a Fedkral agncy. difetet a-ranve mmtS for -mplemenwltg ]UFA "my be mae puramnt to the GOuideni estabaitbed by the Counc on

&Tukooaina Qeuelty.

  • No permit or UemelS w, of ou-. be Ateod with mepect to an, acvity for wVhcha a Amwimiao zequtrd by secUon 401 o th yederal Watur loituta Control Act bha na"

bem obtatG&L

atswards and kequirenents (including.

but not limited to. applicable zoning and Iand-se regulations auO thermal and Other Water polution limitatlons or re quiremnt promulgated or imposed Pur mutt to the Federal Water Polluton ftntrl Act) which have been imposed by derml State, regional, and local agaeues having responsibility for en virnmmtal protection. 7he discussion ri alternative. In the Report shall In dude a dliscussion wether the alterna ttve wm cmnpl with msch ipplicable Menrnmental quality standards and re qulrent The envihronental impact of the facility and alternatives shall be ful cdacumsed with respect to matters

-

1r such standards and require ments irrsectv

e. of whether a cerU

ficaton or license from the appropriate autortly has been obtained (including, lbt not limlted to. saw certification ob ttned purmuant to section 401 of the Feden a Water Pollution Control Act ".

Bach discumson shaml be reflected in the ooW-bemsM analysis prescribed in para graph (b). While satisfaction of Com emm standards and crteria pertain nog to radiological effects wil be neces saw to meet the licensin requirements CC the Atomic Energy Act, the cest-bete fit analysis prescribed In paragraph (b)

saoll, for the purposes of NEPA. consder the radkfolgal effects -together with OWa other effecte. at the facility and altenatives.

(d) The information submitted por innt to paragrups (a)-(c) of this see donUsh. ld not be confined to data sup

-

x the p- acUo but should Inhale adverse data as well.

fe) In the Environmental Report re I

Id by paragraph (a) for lftht-water-:

-oie nuclear power reactors. -the con tributtiou -otU

te tovraimental effecits of.

rn sob mn and mmrml the pmotd fam at wanhon hezafillorlde. &Isovtoi enrichment ful fabrication. repmcesm tug of Irzadi*ted fuel. transportation of radctivm matls and m

nagement of Jow level wastes and high klel wastes related to uranium fuel cyle activities to the environmental om I a licensing the maclew pomwer reactor. shall be a set forth *t ftollownf table No further diocuoi of such envuriamental effectb shul be requir Th paragraph does n=t apy to ary appilicaf environental report ub f) -Number of copies. Each applicant Xlor a permit to construct a production or

.utlization facility covered by § 51.5(a)

shall submit the number of copies, as specified in § 51.40, of the Environmen tal Report required by § 51.5(a).

A-I

I

I

I

I I

I

Ii a' ii'

  • 1 I

I

I

a Ii I

Ja If I I I

I

  • 1 a

I I I I

U!

I I

,IJ il I

I

I

V*if a

V I

I Ii I a I

.383 liIi ii!

I

thu ii ii

  • I;

lift a,

I

1 Ii I

I

I

Iii if

11

1

1Id Jul

93 ii II!

 I

w v jJV

1fi Hi I

I:;

4fiI

UIJi Lii I

I I I

I

11 I

I I

I

I 11 ii If'

II:

Iii iI ii'

a

0 U

(g) (1) The Environmental Report re quired by paragraph (a) for light-water cooled nuclear power reactors shall con tain either (I) a statement that the transportation of cold fuel to the reactor and irradiated -fuel from the reactor to a fuel reprocessing plant and the trans portation of solid radioactive wastes from the reactor to waste burial grounds is within the scope of this paragraph, and as the contribution of the environmental effects of such transportation to the en vironmental costs of licensing the nu clear power reactor, the values set forth in the following Summary Table S-4; or (iI) If such transportation does not fanl within the scope of this paragraph, a full description and detailed analysis of the environmental effects of such trans portation and. as the contribution of such effects to the environmental costs of licensing the nuclear power reactor, the values determined by such analyses for the environmental Impact under nor mal conditions of transport and the environmental risk from accidents In transport.

(2) This paragraph applies to the transportation of fuel and wastes to and from a nuclear power reactor only if:

(1) The reactor is a light-water-cooled Auclear power reactor with a

core thermal power level not exceeding 3,800

megawatts;

(II) The reactor fuel is In the form of sintered uranium dioxide pellets encap sulated in zircaloy rods with a uranium

235 enrichment not exceeding 4% by weight;

(Mi) The average level of irradiation of the irradiated fuel from the reactor does not exceed 33.000 megawatt days per metric ton and no irradiated fuel assembly Is shipped until at least 90 days have elapsed after the fuel assembly was discharged from the reactor:

(iv) Waste (other than Irradiated fuel) shipped from the reactor is In the form of packs ged, solid wastes; and (v) Unirradiated fuel Is shipped to the reactor by truck; Irradiated fuel Is shipped from the reactor by truck, railL

or barge; and waste other than Irradi ated fuel is shipped from the reactor by truck or rail.

(3) ThIs paragraph does not apply to any applicant's environmental report submitted prior to Februwy 5, 1975.

  • uMAzT TABLZ S-4.HEnvirornta impact of Ounepottaiean of fuel mul-wade to mit from Iv lit leow e acto It?

lNormal conditiom oftrnsportl I

"Iest (..r hmdi&W fae cask In tnsit)

............ ....z2 MOW.

Wei&t (governed by Federal or Statrt

......................

7rAM ~p k

,

toW ae 4 w

lraflle density:

RTf .a il

........................... ...........

.............

L

Lothin.1pedi Uj..l ................. *............................


iestba lpr

]iposed population Erstneted Rang. of dowes to expused Cmaulatlve doss to expoee4 nomber of Individuals 2 (per reacte populetion (per Reactor pertoai year)

lm expose

"Traresportailon workers..* .................

20W Ootono0mrem *. .................. 4on-ia.

ileueral public:

Onlookers .............................

I, 100 0.0

to 13l milrem ...............- mre-iM.

Alid g Routell~ ......................................................----

-::::t AMUDSMN IN TMAX110

F

Common miradiological) causes.

ll-taiinl k

ylh100yeactoryear I Doohd*

in~ay in 10 resew year

5475

1101-ty arwresetoryes.

a Data supporting this table are given In the Commisim's "Enel nae

.i'ey ofi of Rat e..

ecU,. Materials to and from Nucler Po Plat.

=AH1

3. Dmib

17.

d Sup. ,

NUIREG-74"kS

Awl t975. Both documeuts are available for insec*io and co g

the Commissio's Pu..c Document Roo,

1f17 H St. NW., Washington. D.C.. and miay be otane a nI Technical nnormat.

Service.

n edf*,

Ve. 216L WASH-119 is available from NTIS at a cost of $545 (microejoe, $.*) )and NUREG-7,-4=

-s av l

at a cost of S325 (microfiche.

-2.25).

' The Federal itudiation Council has recommended that the radiation doses from el sourcets of racdaion other them satural background and medical expoue should be limited to 5,000 williremuspr yewr for individuals as a result at occupational exposure and should be imited to 50 m~lr

.n per year ior individu in thegeneral population. Thdoss toindivhiuals due to average natural background radiation is about 130il

"rem per-year.

a Man-reri is an exprewsion for the summnation of whvole body doses to Indivduals ina group. T"lu. Iiteaehm*eber of Spopulatlon group of 1,000 people were to rcceiveadodeof0O.Ul reut UI unllrem), or f 2 people were to receive a ma

0

rem (80,*10

nillir.mn) each, tha total man-rei doas iIn each ease would be I maism

4 Although the environmnental risk of rVadIiogC31 effects stenindug ftrom transportation accidents is curetl. yinca pable of being numerically quantliled. the risk3rentllm ma.ll regordl wnt it s in appi t

a single re actor ora imnultireartoite.

A-3

APPENDIX B

§51.21, 10 CFR PART 51, "APPLICANT'S ENVIRONMENTAL REPORT-OPERATING LICENSE STAGE"

Each applicant for a license to operate a production or utilization facility cov

.ered by § 51.5(a) shall submit with it% appli cation the number of copies, as specified in

§ 51.40, of a separate document,* to be en titled "Ap plicant's Environmental Report-OP

erating License Stage," which discusses the same matters described in 1 51.20

but only to the extent that they differ from those discussed or reflect new in formation In addition to that discussed in the final environmental Impact state ment prepared by the Commission In connection with the construction permit.

The "Applicant's Environmental Re port-Operating License Stage" may in corporate by reference any itformation contained in the Applicant's Environ mental Report or final environmental impact statement previously prepared in connection with the construction permit.

With respec; to the operation of nuclear reactors, the applicant, unless otherwise required by the Commission, shall sub mit the "Applicant's Environmental Re port-Operating License Stage" only in connection with the first licensing action that would authorize full power opera tion of the facility.

  • Aniended 41 I.R IS32.

B-I

APPENDIX C

DATA RETRIEVAL SYSTEM (PROPOSED)

With a view toward improving the usability of data presented by applicants, an outline format for a stan dardized data retrieval system for storage in a computer center is planned as an appendix in a future revision of this guide. Specific-use categories will be developed for the following guide outline topics:

DATA CATEGORIES

1. Station purpose

1.1 Demand analysis

1.2 Energy conservation

1.3 Reserve margins

1.4 Supporting references

3.A

3.5

3.6

3.7

3.8

3.9

2. Site and resource interface summaries

2.1 Geography and demography

2.2 Ecology

2.3 Meteorology and climatology

2.4 Hydrology

2.5 Geology

2.6 Esthetic and cultural data

3. Station and unit data summaries

3.1 Building grounds data

3.2 Reactor and steam-electric system

3.3 Water use Heat dissipation Radiation data Chemical effluent Sanitary waste data Transportation data Electrical transmission

6. Preoperational program summary

8. Socioeconomic data summary

9. Cost-benefit summary

10. Design alternatives summary

12. Permit and certification summary

13. Reference list C-1

APPENDIX D

USE OF U.S. AGE GROUP POPULATION

DISTRIBUTION DATA

The distribution by age of the U. S. population may be used provided there is no knowledge that the area within a radius of 50 miles of the site has a significantly different distribution. The test of significance is to be made by. a determination of whether the age distribution in the county in which the proposed station is to be located varied more than 10 percent from the U. S.

population in the 1970 decennial census. If this occurred for any of the three age groups, a refinement of the U. S.

age group distribution should be made as described below.

The Bureau of Economic Analysis (BEA), U. S.

Department of Commerce, has unpublished data on age distribution for 157 BEA regions covering the U.S.

These data were compiled for the Office of Business Economics, Department of Commerce and Economic.

Research Service (OBERS), Department of Agriculture, projections. The age groups are 0 to 14 years, 15 to 64 years, and over 64 years. These data may be obtained without charge by request to the U.S. Department of Commerce.

1 In employing the OBERS regional forecasts, the ratio-trend method may be used for the disparate class intervals of the age groups. First, select the BEA region containing the county in which the proposed station is to be located. Obtain the age distribution of the region from the above reference. The 0 to 11-year age group population for the BEA area at the midyear of the assumed 30-year operating life of the proposed station can be considered to be 80% of the 0 to 14-year age group since the former was 77% of the latter as of July

1, 1974, and is forecasted at 79% by July 1, 200

0. The

12- to 18-year age group requires a different approach.

The procedure that should be used makes use of existing forecasts to estimate this age group for the area

1Henry De Graff, Assistant Chief, Regional Economic Analysis Division, Bureau of Economic Analysis, U. S. Department of Commerce, Washington, D. C. 20230; Telephone: (202)

523-0528.

surrounding the site. It assumes that dependent age groups, i.e., 0 to 18 years, are in about the same proportion for various areas since they generally migrate with their parents. Moreover,. this procedure takes advantage of the tendency of birth rate changes across regions to follow similar patterns of changes with different lead-lag relations. The forecasts to be used are for the year of the midpoint of the station operating life.

Specific year figures can be obtained by interpolation or extrapolation from the years that are available. The percent of the BEA region population forecasted to be in the 12- to 18-year age group should be found from the following equation:

AfBxCD

where A = % of BEA region population forecasted to be in the 12- to 18-year age group at the midpoint year of station operation, B = % of U.S. population forecasted to be in the 12 to 18-year age group at this midpoint year of station operation, C = % of BEA region population forecasted to be in

0 to 14-year age group at the midpoint year of station operation, and D = % U.S. population forecasted to be in 0 to

14-year age group at the midpoint year of station operation.

A is then used to estimate the number of persons in that age group for the area within 50 miles of the proposed site by multiplying the percentage distribution calculated from the above equation by the total popula tion projected for this local area. The population of the

19-years-and-over age group can be obtained by subtrac ting the sum of the 0 to 11-year and 12- to 18-year age groups from the projected total population of the local area.

APPENDIX E

DATA NEEDED FOR RADIOACTIVE SOURCE TERM

CALCULATIONS FOR PRESSURIZED WATER REACTORS

The applicant should provide the information listed in this appendix. The information should be consistent with the contents of the safety analysis report (SAR)

and the environmental report (ER) of the proposed pressurized water reactor (PWR). Appropriate sections of the SAR and ER containing more detailed discussions or backup data for the required information should be referenced following each response. Each response, however, should be independent of the ER and SAR. 1 This information constitutes the basic data required to calculate the releases of radioactive material in liquid and gaseous effluents (the source terms). All responses should be on a per-reactor basis. Indicate systems shared between reactors.

The following data should be provided in Appendix E:

I. General

1. The maximum core thermal power (MWt) evalu ated for safety considerations in the SAR. (Note: All of the following responses should be adjusted to this power leveL)

2. Core properties:

a. The total mass (lb) of uranium and pluto nium in an equilibrium core (metal weight),

b. The percent enrichment of uranium in reload fuel, and c. The percent of fissile plutonium in reload fuel.

3. If methods and parameters used in estimating the source terms in the primary coolant are different from those given in Regulatory Guide 1.112, "Calcula tion of Releases of Radioactive Materials in Gaseous and Liquid Effluents from Light-Water-Cooled Power Reac tors," describe in detail the methods and parameters used. Include the following information:

a. Station capacity factor, b. Fraction of fuel releasing radioactivity in the primary coolant (indicate the type of fuel cladding),

IThe ER or SAR may be referenced as to the bases for the parameters used; however, the parameters should be given with the responses in this appendix.

c. Concentration of fission, activation, and corrosion products in the primary and secondary coolant (uCi/g). Provide the bases for the values used.

4. The quantity of tritium released in liquid and gaseous effluents (Ci/yr per reactor).

II. Primary System

1. The total mass (ib) of coolant in the primary system, excluding the pressurizer and primary coolant purification system at full power.

2. The average primary system letdown rate (gpm)

to the primary coolant purification system.

3. The average flow rate (gpm) through the pri mary coolant purification system cation demineralizers.

(Note: The letdown rate should include the fraction of time the cation demineralizers are in service.)

4. The average shim bleed flow (gpm).

I1

1. Secondary System

1. The number and type of steam generators and the carryover factor used in the applicant's evaluation for iodine and nonvolatiles.

2. The total steam flow (lb/hr) in the secondary system.

3. The mass of steam in each steam generator (lb)

at full power.

4. The mass of liquid in each steam generator (lb)

at full power.

5. The total mass of coolant in the secondary system (lb) at full power. For recirculating U-tube steam generators, do not include the- coolant in the condenser hotwell.

6. The primary to secondary system leakage rate (lb/day) used in the evaluation.

7. Description of the steam generator blowdown and blowdown purification systems. The average steam generator blowdown rate (lb/hr) used in the applicant's evaluation. The parameters used for steam generator blowdown rate (lb/hr).

8. The fraction of the steam generator feedwater processed through the condensate demineralizers and the E-1

decontamination factors (DF) used in the evaluation for the condensate demineralizer system.

9. Condensate demineralizers:

a. Average flow rate (lb/hr),

resin),

b. Demineralizer type (deep bed or powdered c. Number and size (ft3) of demineralizers, d. Regeneration frequency, e. Indicate whether ultrasonic resin cleaning is used and the waste liquid volume associated with its use, and f. Regenerant volume (gal/event) and activity.

IV. Liquid Waste Processing Systems

1. For each liquid waste processing system (includ ing the shim bleed, steam generator blowdown, and detergent waste processing systems), provide in tabular form the following information:

a. Sources, flow rates (gpd), and expected activities (fraction of primary coolant activity, PCA) for all inputs to each system, b. Holdup times associated with collection, processing, and discharge of all liquid streams, c. Capacities of all tanks (gal) and processing equipment (gpd) considered in calculating holdup times, d. Decontamination factors for each processing step, e. Fraction of each processing stream expected to be discharged over the life of the station;,

f. For demineralizer regeneration provide: time between regenerations, regenerant volumes and activ ities, treatment of regenerants, and fraction of regen erant discharged (include parameters used in making these determinations), and g. liquid source term by radionuclide in Ci/yr for normal operation, including anticipated operational occurrences.

2. Piping and instrumentation diagrams (P&IDs)

and process flow diagrams for the liquid radwaste systems along with all other systems influencing the source term calculations.

V. Gaseous Waste Processing System

1. The volumes (ft3 /yr) of gases stripped from the primary coolant.

2. Description of the process used to hold up gases stripped from the primary system during normal opera tions and reactor shutdown. If pressurized storage tanks are used, include a process flow diagram of the system indicating the capacities (ft3 ), number, and design and operating storage pressures for the storage tanks.

3. Description of the normal operation of the system, e.g., number of tanks held in reserve for back-to-back shutdown, fill time for tanks. Indicate the minimum holdup time used in the applicant's evaluation and the basis for this number.

4. If HEPA filters are used downstream of the pressurized storage tanks, provide the decontamination factor used in the evaluation.

5. If a charcoal delay system is used, describe this system and indicate the minimum holdup times for each radionuclide considered in the evaluation. List all para meters, including mass of charcoal (lb), flow rate (cfm),

operating and dew point temperatures, and dynamic adsorption coefficients for Xe and Kr used in calculating holdup times.

6. Piping and instrumentation diagrams (P&IDs)

and process flow diagrams for the gaseous radwaste systems, along with other systems influencing the source term calculations.

VI. Ventilation and Exhaust Systems For each building housing systems that contain radioactive materials, the steam generator blowdown system vent exhaust, and the main condenser air removal system, provide the following:

1. Provisions incorporated to reduce radioactivity releases through the ventilation or exhaust systems.

2. Decontamination factors assumed and the bases (include charcoal adsorbers, HEPA filters, mechanical devices).

3. Release rates for radioiodine, noble gases, and radioactive particulates (Ci/yr), and the bases.

4. Release points to the environment, including height, effluent temperature, and exit velocity.

5. For the containment building, provide the building free volume (ft') and a thorough description of the internal recirculation system (if provided), including E-2

the recirculation rate, charcoal bed depth, operating time assumed, and mixing efficiency. Indicate the expected purge and venting frequencies and duration and continuous purge rate (if used).

VII. Solid Waste Processing Systems

1. In tabular form, provide the following informa tion concerning all inputs to the solid waste processing system: source, volume (fts/yr per reactor), and activity (Ci/yr per reactor) of principal radionuclides, along with bases for values usd.

2. Provide information on onsite storage provi sions (location and capacity) and expected onsite storage times for all solid wastes prior to shipment.

3. Provide piping and instrumentation diagrams (P&IDs) for the solid radwaste system.

E-3

APPENDIX F

DATA NEEDED FOR RADIOACTIVE SOURCE TERM

CALCULATIONS FOR BOILING WATER REACTORS

The applicant should provide the information listed in this appendix. The information should be consistent with the contents of the safety analysis report (SAR)

and the environmental report (ER) of the proposed boiling water reactor (BWR). Appropriate sections of the SAR and ER containing more detailed discussions of the required information should be referenced following each response. Each response, however, should be independent of the ER and SAR. 1 This information constitutes the basic data required to calculate the releases of radioactive material in liquid and gaseous effluents (the source terms). All responses should be on a per-reactor basis. Indicate systems shared between reactors.

The following data should be provided in Appendix F:

1. General

1. The maximum core thermal power (MWt)

evaluated for safety considerations in the SAR.

(Note: All of the following responses should be adjusted to this power leveL)

2. Core properties:

a. The total mass (lb) of uranium and pluto nium in an equilibrium core (metal weight),

b. The percent enrichment of uranium in reload fuel, and c. The percent of fissile plutonium in reload fuel.

3. If methods and parameters used in estimating the source terms in the primary coolant are different from those given in Regulatory Guide 1.112, "Calcula tion of Releases of Radioactive Materials in Gaseous and Liquid Effluents from light-Water-Cooled Power Reac tors," describe in detail the methods and parameters used. Include the following information:

a. Plant capacity factor, b. Isotopic release rates of noble gases to the reactor coolant at 30-minute decay (pCi/sec), and IThe ER or SAR may be referenced as to the bases for the parameters used; however, the parameters should be given with the responses in this appendix.

c. Concentration of fission, corrosion, and activation products in the reactor coolant (pCi/sec).

Provide the bases for the values used.

4. The quantity of tritium released in liquid and gaseous effluents (Ci/yr per reactor).

H. Nuclear Steam Supply System

1. Total steam flow rate (lb/hr).

2. Mass of reactor coolant 0b) and steam (lb) in the reactor vessel at full power.

IH. Reactor Coolant Cleanup System

1. Average flow rate (lb/hr).

2. Demineralizer type (deep bed or powdered resin).

3. Regeneration frequency.

4. Regenerant volume (gal/event) and activity.

IV. Condensate Demineralizers

1. Average flow rate (lb/hr).

2. Demineralizer type (deep bed or powdered resin).

3. Number and size (ft3) of demineralizers.

4. Regeneration frequency.

5. Indicate whether ultrasonic resin cleaning is used and the waste liquid volume associated with its use.

6. Regenerant volume (gal/event) and activity.

V. Liquid Waste Processing Systems

1. For each liquid waste processing system, pro vide in tabular form the following information:

a. Sources, flow rates (gpd), and expected activities (fraction of primary coolant activity, PCA) for all inputs to each system, b. Holdup times associated with collection, processing, and discharge of all liquid streams, c. Capacities of all tanks (gal) and processing equipment (gpd) considered in calculating holdup times, F-I

d. Decontamination factors for each proces sing step, e. Fraction of each processing stream expected to be discharged over the life of the station, f. For waste demineralizer regeneration, time between regenerations, regenerant volumes and activ ities, treatment of regenerants, and fractions of regener ant discharged (include parameters used in making these determinations), and g. Liquid source term by radionuclide in Ci/yr for normal operation, including anticipated operational occurrences.

2. Piping and instrumentation diagrams (P&IDs)

and process flow diagrams for the liquid radwaste systems along with all other systems influencing the source term calculations.

VI. Main Condenser and Turbine Gland Seal Air Removal Systems

1. The holdup time (hr) for offgases from the main condenser air ejector prior to processing by the offgas treatment system.

2. Description and expected performance of the gaseous waste treatment systems for the offgases from the condenser air ejector and mechanical vacuum pump.

The expected air inleakage per condenser shell, the number of condenser shells, and the iodine source term from the condenser.

3. The mass of charcoal (tons) in the charcoal delay system used to treat the offgases from the main condenser air ejector, the operating and dew point temperatures of the delay system, and the dynamic adsorption coefficients for Xe and Kr.

4. Description of cryogenic distillation system, fraction of gases partitioned during distination, holdup in system, storage following distillation, and expected system leakage rate.

5. The steam flow (lb/hr) to the turbine gland seal and the source of the steam (primary or auxiliary).

6. The design holdup time (hr) for gas vented from the gland seal condenser, the iodine partition factor for the condenser, and the fraction of radioiodine released through the system vent. Description of the treatment system used to reduce radioiodine and partic ulate releases from the gland seal system.

7. Piping and instrumentation diagrams (P&IDs)

and process flow diagrams for the gaseous waste treat ment system along with all other systems influencing the source term calculations.

VII. Ventilation and Exhaust Systems For each station building housing system that contains radioactive materials, provide the following:

I. Provisions incorporated to reduce radioactivity releases through the ventilation or exhaust systems.

2. Decontamination factors assumed and the bases (include charcoal adsorbers, HEPA filters, mechan ical devices).

3. Release rates for radioiodines, noble gases, and radioactive particulates (Ci/yr) and the bases.

4. Release point to the environment including height, effluent temperature, and exit velocity.

5. For the containment building, indicate the expected purge and venting frequencies and duration, and continuous purge rate (if used).

Vm. Solid Waste Processing Systems

1. Jn tabular form, provide the following informa tion concerning all inputs to the solid waste processing system: source, volume (ft3 /yr per reactor), and activity (Ci/yr per reactor) of principal radionuclides along with bases for values.

2. Onsite storage provisions (location and capac ity) and expected onsite storage times for all solid wastes prior to shipment.

3. Piping and instrumentation diagrams (P&IDs)

and process flow diagrams for the solid radwaste system.

F-2

APPENDIX G

DATA NEEDED FOR RADWASTE TREATMENT SYSTEM

COST-BENEFIT ANALYSIS FOR LIGHT-WATER

COOLED NUCLEAR REACTORS

The applicant should provide the information listed in Tables G.1 and G.2. The information should be consistent with the contents of the safety analysis report (SAR) and environmental report (ER) for the proposed reactor. Appropriate sections of the SAR and ER

containing more detailed discussions of the required information should be referenced following each re sponse. Each response, however, should be independent of the ER and SAR. This information constitutes the basic data required in performing a cost-benefit analysis for radwaste treatment systems. All responses should be on a per-reactor basis. The following information should be provided:

1. Detailed cost estimate sheets, similar to Tables G.1 and G.2, listing all paremeters (and their bases) used in determining capital, operating, and maintenance costs associated with all augments considered in the cost benefit analysis. All costs should be stated in terms of

1975 dollars.

2. The cost of borrowed money used in the cost analysis and the method of arriving at this cost.

3. If methods and parameters used in the cost-benefit analysis are different from those given in Regulatory Guide

1.110, "Cost-Benefit Analysis for Radwaste Systems for Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Reac tors," describe in detail the methods used and provide the bases for all parameters. Include the following information:

a. Decontamination factors assigned to each aug ment and fraction of "online" time assumed, i.e., hours per year used.

b. Parameters and method used to determine the Indirect Cost Factor and the Capital Recovery Factor.

G-I

TABLE G.1 TOTAL DIRECT COST ESTIMATE SHEET

OF RADWASTE TREATMENT SYSTEM

FOR LIGHT-WATER-COOLED NUCLEAR REACTORS

Description of Augment ITEM

1.

PROCESS EQUIPMENT

2.

BUILDING ASSIGNMENT

3.

ASSOCIATED PIPING

SYSTEMS

4.

INSTRUMENTATION AND

CONTROLS

5.

ELECTRICAL SERVICE

6.

SPARE PARTS

SUB TOTAL

7.

CONTINGENCY

8.

TOTAL DIRECT COSTS

DIRECT COST (1975 $ 1000)/REACTOR

LABOR

EQUIPMENT/MATERIALS

BASIS FOR

TOTAL

COST ESTIMATE

G-2

TABLE G.2 ANNUAL OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE COST ESTIMATE SHEET

FOR RADWASTE TREATMENT SYSTEM

FOR LIGHT-WATER-COOLED NUCLEAR REACTORS

Description of Augment COST (1975 $ 1000)/REACTOR

ITEM

1.

OPERATING LABOR,

SUPERVISORY AND

OVERHEAD

2.

MAINTENANCE MATERIAL

AND LABOR

3.

CONSUMABLES, CHEMICALS,

AND SUPPLIES

4.

UTILITIES AND SERVICES

Waste Disposal Water Steam Electricity Building Services Other

5.

TOTAL OPERATING AND

MAINTENANCE ANNUAL

COST

LABOR

OTHER

TOTAL

BASIS FOR

COST ESTIMATE

G-3

APPENDIX H

EXAMPLES OF FIGURES SHOWING

RADIATION EXPOSURE PATHWAYS

Figure H-1. Generalized Exposure Pathways-for Man H-1

77-;_ý

LIQUID E

Sediments VelJ

mme rs ion Ingestion Figure H-2. Generalized Exposure Pathways for Organisms Other Than Man H-2

APPENDIX I

PROPOSED ANNEX TO APPENDIX D, 10 CFR PART 50

DISCUSSION OF ACCIDENTS IN APPLICANTS' ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTS: ASSUMPTIONS

The complete text of the proposed Annex to Appendix D, 10 CFR Part 50, follows. It

%us originally published in the Federal Register December 1, 1971 (36 FR 22851).

This Annex requires certain assumptions to be made in discussion of accidents in Environmental Reports submitted pursuant to Appendix D by applicants' for construction permits or operating licenses for nuclear power reactors.2 In the consideration of the environmental risks associated with the postulated accidents, the probabil ities of their occurrence and their consequences must both be taken into account. Since it is not practicable to consider all possible accidents, the spectrum of acci dents, ranging in severity from trivial to very serious, is divided into classes.

Each class can be characterized by an occurrence rate and a set of consequences.

Standardized examples of classes of accidents to be considered by applicants in preparing the section of Environmental Reports dealing with accidents are set out in tabular form below. The spectrum of accidents, from the most trivial to the most severe, is divided into nine classes, some of which have subclasses. The acci dents stated in each of the eight classes in tabular form below are representative of the types of accidents that must be analyzed by the applicant in Environmental Reports; however, other accident assumptions may be more suitable for individual cases. Where assumptions are not specified, or where those specified are deemed unsuitable, assumptions as realistic as the state of knowledge permits shall be used, taking into account the specific design and operational characteristics of the plant under consideration.

For each class, except Classes 1 and 9, the environ mental consequences shall be evaluated as indicated.

IAlthough this Annex refers to applicants' Environmental Reports, the current assumptions and other provisions thereof are applicable, except as the content may otherwise reqWre, to AEC draft and final Detailed Statements.

2 Prelminary guidance as to the content of applicants' Environ mental Rbports was provided in the Draft AEC Guide to the Preparation of Environmental Reports for Nuclear Power Plants dated February 19, 1971, a document made available to the public as well as to the applicant. Guidance concerning the discussion of accidents in environmental reports was provided to applicants in a September 1, 1971, document entitled

"Scope of Applicants! Environmental Reports with Respect to Transportation, Transmission Lines, and Accidents," also made available to the public.

Those classes of accidents, other than Classes 1 and 9, found to have significant adverse environmental effects shall be evaluated as to probability, or frequency of occurrence to permit estimates to be made of environ mental risk or cost arising from accidents of the given class.

Class I events need not be considered because of their trivial consequences.

Class 8 events are those considered in safety analysis reports and AEC staff safety evaluations. They are used, together with highly conservative assumptions, as the design-basis events to establish the performance require ments of engineered safety features. The highly conser vative assumptions and calculations used in AEC safety evaluations are not suitable for environmental risk evaluation, because their use would result in a substan tial overestimate of the environmental risk. For this reason, Class 8 events shall be evaluated realistically.

Consequences predicted in this way will be far less severe than those given for the same events in safety analysis reports where more conservative evaluations are used.

The occurrences in Class 9 involve sequences of postulated successive failures more severe than those postulated for establishing the design basis for protective systems and engineered safety features. Their conse quences could be severe. However, the probability of their occurrence is so small that their environmental risk is extremely low. Defense in depth (multiple physical barriers), quality assurance for design, manufacture, and operation, continued surveillance and testing, and con servative design are all applied to provide and maintain the required high degree of assurance that potential accidents in this class are, and will remain, sufficiently remote in probability that the environmental risk is extremely low. For these reasons, it is not necessary to discuss such events in applicants'

Environmental Reports.

Furthermore, it is not necessary to take into account those Class 8 accidents for which the applicant can demonstrate that the probability has been reduced and thereby the calculated risk to the environment made equivalent to that which might be hypothesized for a Class 9 event.

Applicant may substitute other accident class break downs and alternative values of radioactive material

1-1

releases and analytical assumptions, if such substitution is justified in the Environmental Report.

ACCIDENT ASSUMPTIONS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Accident

1.0 Trivial incidents.

2.0 Small releases outside containment.

3.0 Radwaste system failures.

3.1 Equipment leakage or malfunction.

3.2 Release of waste gas storage tank contents.

3.3 Release of liquid waste storage tank contents.

4.0 Fission products to primary system (BWR).

4.1 Fuel cladding defects.

4.2 Off-design transients that induce fuel failures above those expected.

5.0 Fission products to primary and secondary systems (PWR).

5.1 Fuel cladding defects and steam generator leaks.

5.2 Off-design transients that induce fuel failure above those expected and steam generator leak.

5.3 Steam generator tube rupture.

6.0 Refueling accidents.

6.1 Fuel bundle drop.

6.2 Heavy object drop onto fuel in core.

7.0 Spent fuel handling accident.

7.1 Fuel assembly drop in fuel storage pool.

7.2 Heavy object drop onto fuel rack.

7.3 Fuel cask drop.

8.0 Accident initiation events considered in design basis evaluation in the safety analysis report.

8.1 Loss-of-coolant accidents.

8.1(a) Break in instrument line from primary system that penetrates the containment.

8.2(a) Rod ejection accident (PWR).

8.2(b) Rod drop accident (BWR).

8.3(a) Steamline breaks (PWRs outside contain ment).

8.3(b) Steamline breaks (BWR).

ACCIDENT ASSUMPTIONS

ACCIDENT-1.0 TRIVIAL INCIDENTS

These incidents shall be included and evaluated under routine releases in accordance with proposed Appendix

1.1 ACCIDENT-2.0 SMALL RELEASE OUTSIDE CON

TAINMENT

These releases shall include such things as releases through steamline relief valves and small spills and leaks

136 FR II 11,June 8, 1971.

of radioactive materials outside containment. These releases shall be included and evaluated under routine releases in accordance with proposed Appendix I.

ACCIDENT-3.0 RADWASTE SYSTEM FAILURE

3.1 Equipment leakage or malfunction (includes operator error).

(a) Radioactive gases and liquids: 25% of average inventory in the largest storage tank shall be assumed to be released.

(b) Meteorology assumptions-x/Q values are to be

1/10 of those given in AEC Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.2 (c) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.

3.2 Release of waste gas storage tank contents (includes failure of release valve and rupture disks).

(a) 100% of the average tank inventory shall be assumed to be released.

(b) Meteorology assumptions: xIQ values shall be

1/10 of those given in Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.

(c) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.

3.3 Release of liquid waste storage tank contents (a) Radioactive liquids: 100% of the average storage tank inventory shall be assumed to be spilled on the floor of the building.

(b) Building structure shall be assumed to remain intact.

(c) Meteorology assumptions: x/Q values shall be

1/10 of those given in AEC Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.

(d) Consequences should be calcilated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.

2Coues of such guide(s) dated November 2, 1970, are available at the Commission's Public Document Room, 1717 H

Street N.W., Washington, D.C., and on request to the Director, Division of Reactor Standards, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Com mission, Washington, D.C. 20555. (These two guides have been revised and reissued as Revision 2, Regulatory Guide 1.3, and Revision 2, Regulatory Guide 1.4, both dated June 1974.

Copies of these guides may be obtained by request from the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, D.C. 20555, Attention: Director of Office of Standards Development.)

1-2

ACCIDENT-4.0 FISSION PRODUCTS TO PRIMARY

SYSTEM (BWR)

4.1 Fuel cladding defect.

Release from these events shall be included and evaluated under routine releases in accordance with proposed Appendix I.

4.2 Off-destgn transients that induce fuel failures above those expected (such as flow blockage and flux maldistributions).

(a) 0.02% of the core inventory of noble gases and

0.02% of the core inventory of halogens shall be assumed to be released into the reactor coolant.

(b) 1% of the halogens in the reactor coolant shall be assumed to be released into the steamline.

(c) The mechanical vacuum pump shall be assumed to be automatically isolated by a high radiation signal on the steamline.

(d) Radioactivity shall be assumed to carry over to the condenser where 10% of the halogens shall be assumed to be available for leakage from the condenser to the environment at 0.5%/day for the course of the accident (24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />).

(e) Meteorology assumptions-x/Q values shall be

1/10 of those given in AEC Safety Guide No. 3 dated November 2, 1970.

(f) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the, frequency the wind blows in each direction.

ACCIDENT-5.0 FISSION PRODUCTS TO PRIMARY

AND

SECONDARY

SYSTEMS

(PRESSURIZED WATER REACTORJ

5.1 Fuel cladding defects and steam generator leak Release from these events shall be included and evalu ated under routine releases in accordance with proposed Appendix I.

5.2 Off-design transients that induce fuel failure above those expected and steam generator leak (such as flow blockage and flux maldistributions).

(a) 0.02% of the core inventory of noble gases and

0.02% of the core inventory of halogens shall be assumed to be released into the reactor coolani.

(b) Average inventory in the primary system prior to the transient shall be based on operation with 0.5%

failed fuel.

(c) Secondary system equilibrium radioactivity prior to the transient shall be based on a 20 gal/day steam generator leak and a 10 gpm blowdown rate.

(d) All noble gases and 0.1% of the halogens in the steam reaching the condenser shall be assumed to be released by the condenser air ejector.

(e) Meteorology assumptions: x/Q values should be

1/10 of those given in AEC Safety Guide No. 4.

(f) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.

5.3 Steam generator tube rupture.

(a) 15% of the average inventory of noble gases and halogens in the primary coolant shall be assumed to be released into the secondary coolant.

The average primary coolant activity shall be based on 0.5% failed fuel.

(b) Equilibrium radioactivity prior to rupture shall be based on a 20 gallon per day steam generator leak and a 10 gpm blowdown rate.

(c) All noble gases and 0.1% of the halogens in the steam reaching the condenser shall be assumed to be released by the condenser air ejector.

(d) Meteorology assumptions: x/Q values shall be

1/10 of those given in AEC Safety Guide No. 4.

(e) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.

ACCIDENT-6.0 REFUELING ACCIDENTS

6.1 Fuel bundle drop.

(a) The gap activity (noble gases and halogens) in one row of fuel pins shall be assumed to be released into the water. (Gap activity is 1% of total activity in a pin.)

(b) One week decay time before the accident occurs shall be assumed.

(c) Iodine decontamination factor in water shall be

500.

(d) Charcoal filter efficiency for iodines shall be

99%.

(e) A realistic fraction of the containment volume shall be assumed to leak to the atmosphere prior to isolating the containment.

1-3

(f) Meteorology assumptions: x/Q values shall be

1/10 of those given in AEC Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.

(g) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.

6.2 Heavy object drop onto fuel in core.

(a) The gap activity (noble gases and halogens) in one average fuel assembly shall be assumed to be released into the water. (Gap activity shall be 1% of total activity in a pin.)

(b) 100 hours0.00116 days <br />0.0278 hours <br />1.653439e-4 weeks <br />3.805e-5 months <br /> of decay time before object is dropped shall be assumed.

(c) Iodine decontamination factor in water shall be

500.

(d) Charcoal filter efficiency for iodines shall be

99%.

(e) A realistic fraction of the containment volume shall be assumed to leak to the atmosphere prior to isolating the containment.

(0 Meteorological assumptions: xJQ values shall be

1/10 of those given in AEC Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.

(g) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.

ACCIDENT-7.0 SPENT FUEL HANDLING

ACCIDENT

7.1 Fuel assembly drop in fuel storage pool (a) The gap activity (noble gases and halogens) in one row of fuel pins shall be assumed to be released into the water. (Gap activity shall be 1% of total activity in a pin.)

(b) One week decay time before accident occurs shall be assumed.

(c) Iodine decontamination factor in water shall be

500.

(d) Charcoal filter efficiency for iodines shall be

99%.

(e) Meteorology assumptions: x/Q values shall be

1/10 of those given in AEC Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.

(f) Consequences shall be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.

7.2 Heavy object drop onto fuel rack.

(a) The gap activity (noble gases and halogens) in one average fuel assembly shall be assumed to be released into the water. (Gap activity is 1% of total activity in a pin.)

(b) 30 days decay time before the accident occurs shall be assumed.

(c) Iodine decontamination factor in water shall be

500.

(d) Charcoal filter efficiency for iodines shall be

99%.

(e) Meteorology assumptions: x/Q values shall be

1/10 of those given in AEC Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.

(f) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.

7.3 Fuel cask drop.

(a) Noble gas gap activity from one fully loaded fuel cask (120-day cooling) shall be assumed to be released.

(Gap activity shall be 1% of total activity in the pins.)

(b) Meteorology assumptions-x/Q values shall be

1/10 of those given in AEC Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.

(c) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.

ACCIDENT-8.O ACCIDENT INITIATION EVENTS

CONSIDERED IN DESIGN BASIS

EVALUATION IN THE SAFETY

ANALYSIS REPORT

8.1 Loss-of-coolant accidents Small Pipe Break (6 in. or less)

(a) Source term: the average radioactivity inventory in the primary coolant phall be assumed. (This inventory shall be based on operation with 0.5% failed fuel).

(b) Filter efficiencies shall be 95% for internal filters and 99% for external filters.

(c) 50% building mixing for boiling water reactors shall be assumed.

(d) For the effects of Plateout, Sprays, Decontami nation Factor in Pool, and Core Sprays, the following reduction factors shall be assumed:

1-4

For pressurized water reactors-0.05 with chemical additives in sprays, 0.2 for no chemical additives.

For boiling water reactors-0.2.

(e) A realistic building leak rate as a function of time shall be assumed.

(0 Meteorology assumptions: x/Q values shall be

1/10 of those given in AEC Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.

(g) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.

Large P*pe Break (a) Source term: The average radioactivity inventory in the primary coolant shall be assumed. (This inventory shall be based on operation with 0.5% failed fuel), plus release into the coolant of:

For pressurized water reactors-2% of the core inventory of halogens and noble gases.

For boiling water reactors-0.2% of the core inven tory of halogens and noble gases.

(b) Filter efficiencies shall be 95% for internal filters and 99% for external filters.

(c) 50% building mixing for boiling water reactors shall be assumed.

(d) For the effects of Plateout, Containment Sprays, Core Sprays (values based on 0.5% of halogens in organic form), the following reduction factors shall be assumed:

For pressurized water reactors-O.05 with chemical additives in sprays, 0.2 for no chemical additives.

For boiling water reactors-0.2.

(e) A realistic building leak rate as a function of time and including design leakage of steamline valves in BWRs shall be assumed.

(f) Meteorology assumptions: x/Q values shall be

1/10 of those given in AEC Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.

(g) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency -the wind blows in each lirection.

8.1(a) Break in instrument line from primary system that penetrates the containment (lines not provided with isolation capability inside containment).

(a) The primary coolant inventory of noble gases and halogens shall be based on operation with 0.5% failed fuel.

(b) Release rate through failed line shall be assumed constant for the four-hour duration of the accident.

(c) Charcoal filter efficiency shall be 99%.

(d) Reduction factor from combined plateout and building mixing shall be 0.1.

(e) Meteorology assumptions x/Q values shall be

1/10 of thosegiven in AEC Safety Guide No. 3.

(f) Consequences shall be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.

8.2(a) Rod ejection accident (pressurized water reac tor)

(a) 0.2% of the core inventory of noble gases and halogens shall be assumed to be released into the primary coolant plus the average inventory in the primary coolant based on operation with 0.5% failed fuel.

(b) Loss-of-wo6lant accident occurs with break size equivalent to diameter of rod housing (see assumptions for Accident 8.1).

8.2(b) Rod drop accident (boiling water reactor)

Radioactive material released (a) 0.025% of the core inventory of noble gas and

0.025% of the core inventory of halogens shall b'e assumed to be released into the coolant.

(b) 1% of the halogens in the reactor coolant shall be assumed to be released into the condenser.

(c) The mechanical vacuum pump shall be assumed to be automatically isolated by high radiation signal on the steamline.

(d) Radioactivity shall be assumed to carry over to the condenser where 10% of the halogens shall be assumed to be available for leakage from the condenser to the environment at 0.5%/day for the course of the accident (24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />).

(e)

Meteorology assumptions: x/Q

values shall be 1/10 of those given in AEC Safety Guide No. 3.

(f) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.

I-5

8.3(a) Steamline breaks (pressurized water reactors outside containment) Break size equal to area of safety valve throat.

Small break (a) Primary coolant activity shall be based on opera tion with 0.5% failed fuel. The primary system contribu tion diring the course of the accident shall be based on a

20 gal/day tube leak.

(b) During the course of the accident, a halogen reduction factor of 0.1 shall be applied to the primary coolant source when the steam generator tubes are covered; a factor of 0.5 shall be used when the tubes are uncovered.

(c) Secondary coolant system radioactivity prior to the accident shall be based on:

(a) 20 gallons per day primary-to-secondary leak.

(b) Blowdown of 10 gpm.

(d) Volume of one steam generator shall be released to the atmosphere with an iodine partition factor of 10.

(e) Meteorology assumptions: xJQ values shall be

1/10 of those given in AEC Safety Guide No. 4.

(f) Consequences shall be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.

Large break (a) Primary coolant activity shall be based on opera tion with 0.5% failed fuel. The primary system contribu tion during the course of the accident shall be based on a

20 gal/day tube leak.

(b) A halogen reduction factor of 0.5 shall be applied to the primary coolant source during the course of the accident.

(c) Secondary coolant system radioactivity prior to the accident shall be based on:

(a) 20 gallons per day primary-to-secondary leak.

(b) Blowdown to 10 gpm.

(d) Volume of one steam generator shall be assumed to be released to the atmosphere with an iodine partition factor of 10.

(e) Meteorology assumptions-xIQ values shall be

1/10 of those given in AEC Safety Guide No. 4.

(f) Consequences shall be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.

8.3(b) Steamline breaks (boiling water reactor)

Small pipe break (of 1/4 ft 2 )

(a) Primary coolant activity shall be based on opera tion with 0.5% failed fuel.

(b) The main steamline shall be assumed to fail, releasing coolant until 5 seconds after isolation signal is received.

(c) Halogens in the fluid released to the atmosphere shall be at 1/10 the primary system liquid concentration.

(d) Meteorology assumptions-x/Q values shall be

1/10 of those in AEC Safety Guide No. 3.

(e) Consequences shall be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.

Large break (a) Primary coolant activity shall be based on opera tion with 0.5% failed fuel.

(b) Main steamline shall be assumed to fail, releasing that amount of coolant corresponding to a 5 seconds isolation time.

(c) 50% of the halogens in the fluid exiting the break shall be assumed to be released to the atmosphere.

(d) Meteorology assumptions-x/Q values shall be

1/10 of those in AEC Safety Guide No. 3.

(e) Consequences shall be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.

1-6

UNITED STATES

NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20555 FIRST CLASS MAIL

POSTAGE & FEES PAID

USNRC

PERMIT No. G-67 OFFICIAL BUSINESS

PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE, $300